HARVARD UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
/ ft
Quaest
lones
entomologicae
MUS. COM P.
V
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology, Uni-
versity of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada
VOLUME VI
1970
11
CONTENTS
Editorial - Profit without Honour 1
Erwin — A reclassification of bombardier beetles and a taxonomic revision of
the North and Middle American species (Carabidae: Brachinida) 4
Book Review 217
Corrigenda 219
Book Review 221
Steiner — Solitary wasps from subarctic North America —
I. Pompilidae from the Northwest Territories and Yukon, Canada 223
Chance — The functional morphology of the mouthparts
of blackfly larvae (Diptera: Simuliidae) 245
Editorial - The Patience of Job 285
Chance — A review of chemical control methods for blackfly
larvae (Diptera: Simuliidae) 287
Thomas — Seasonal occurrence and relative abundance of
Tabanidae (Diptera) in three localities in Alberta 293
Book Review 303
Acknowledgements 304
Corrigenda 304
Editorial - How Many is Too Much? 305
Tawfik and Gooding - Observations on mosquitoes during 1969
control operations at Edmonton, Alberta 307
Kevan and Kevan - Collembola as pollen feeders and flower visitors
with observations from the high Arctic 311
El Moursy - The taxonomy of the Nearctic species of the
genus Byrrhas Linnaeus (Coleoptera: Byrrhidae) 327
Reddy The mode of action of insect repellents I: choice chamber
experiments with the German cockroach Blattella germanica (L.) 339
Reddy - The mode of action of insect repellents II:
electrophysiological studies 353
Announcements 364
Corrigenda 364
INDEX
Abate, 287, 307
Abdelnur, O. M., 245, 282
Abies lasiocarpa, 231
Aedes, 307, 310
communis, 308
excrucians, 308
fitchii , 279, 308
flavescens, 308
hexodontus, 308
increpitus, 308
pionips, 308
punctor, 308
riparius, 308
spencerii, 308
stimulans, 308
vexans, 308
Ageniodeus, 242
Agrell, I., 311,323
Ahrens, A., 209
Alluaud, C., 209
Alnus, 141
Altner, H.,314, 326
Ambrosia trifida, 316
Ammosphex, 239, 242
Anderson, J. R., 245, 280, 282
Andrewes, H. E., 189, 194, 209
Aneshansley, D., 324
(see Eisner, T., 321)
Anisochaeta, 167
Anopheles messae, 279
Anoplius, 242
cylindricus, 238
imbellis, 238
ithaca, 237
marginatus, 239
nigerrimus , 238, 242
relativus, 242
tenebrosus, 238
tenuicornis, 238, 242
ventralis, 242
virginiensis , 242
Anoplochares, 240, 242
Anthyllis fulneraria, 313, 320, 322
Antoine, M., 6, 1 1 , 209
Aploa, 13, 17, 22, 27, 42, 45, 175, 185,
187, 194
nobilis, 16, 18, 21, 23, 26, 30, 185
pictus, 42
Aporinellus taeniatus, 242
Aptinidius, 38
Aptinina 11, 17, 25, 28, 32, 37, 173, 192
Aptinoderus, 12, 24, 41, 174, 185, 187, 192
Aptinomimus, 42,46, 174, 185, 187
Aptinomorphus, 11, 13,20, 34,36, 173, 185,
187, 191
Aptinus, 12, 13, 20, 25, 27, 36, 42, 47, 173,
185, 187, 192, 194
americanus, 55
bombarda, 16, 18, 23, 26
displosor, 38, 173
jan th inipennis 156
Arachnospila , 240, 242
Araneidae, 241
Araneus
cornu tus, 241
patagiatus, 241
Arnason, A. P., 245, 287, 283
aspen, 226, 23 1
Aspidistra, 313
elatior, 313, 321
Aty lotus, 293
duplex, 297
incisuralis, 296
Auclair, J. C., 318, 324
Axelrod, D. I., 189, 194, 196, 205, 209
Badcock, R. M., 245, 280, 282
Ball, G. E., 6, 1 1, 20, 166, 184, 194, 196,
198, 202, 207, 209
Ball, G. B., 217
Barnley, G. R., 287, 290
Barreda, E.. A., 287, 290
Bar-Zeev, M., 339, 352
Basilewsky, P., 6, 11, 14, 28, 31 , 169, 189,
194, 209
Bates, H.W., 191,210
Bates, M., 279, 282
Bees, honey, 318
Beetles,
bombardier, 5-208
water, 12
Bell, R. T., 14, 17, 20, 22, 166, 168, 210
Bellinger, P. E., 314, 324
Bembidiines, 167
Bembidion, 25
benzene, 355, 358
hexachloride, 289
Berck, B., 245, 283, 287, 290
Bervoerts, W., 292 (see Wanson, M.) 287, 289
IV
Be tula, 316
Betulaceae, 316
blackfly larvae, 245
bloodsucking species, 277
cibarium, 262, 266
comparison with non-filtering species,
262
feeding, 266-275, 279
filter feeding, 245, 247-262, 280
glands, 278
head capsules, 245, 275
hypostomium, 262, 266
labio-hypopharyngeal complex, 260-262,
266, 278
labrum, 253, 263-264, 277
mandibles, 253-258, 264, 277-278
maxillae, 258-260, 264-266, 278
morphology, 275-279
mouthpart function, 245-284
mouthpart movements, 267-272
non-bloodsucking species, 277
non-filtering species, 262-266
rearing methods, 246
Blackwelder, R. E., 210
Blatchley, W. S.,6,210
Blattella germanica, 339, 355, 358, 360
Block, B. D., 353, 363
Bodvarsson,H , 311,314,316,324
Boeckh, J., 353,362
Boheman, C. H., 2 10
Boistel, J., 353, 362
Bonelli, F. A., 210
Bourletiella aquatica, 316,317
arvalis, 316, 317
batroches, 316, 317
bilineata, 314, 317
fallonae , 316, 3 17
hortensis, 314, 316, 322
lutea, 312, 317, 320, 322, 323
pallipes, 313, 317, 322
pruinosa, 312, 322
repanda ,311,317, 322
russata, 316, 317
signata, 312, 316, 321,322
spinata, 316, 317
Brachinida, 4-2 1 5
Brachinini, 25, 27, 32, 169, 171
Brachinus aabaaba, 5, 54, 157, 160, 164,
177, 182,. 202, 205
Brachinus (cont.)
adustipennis , 51, 74, 76, 78, 81, 177, 201
aeger, 51,74,76, 177,201
af finis, 134
alexiguus, 5, 50, 55, 177, 179, 201
altemans , 52, 84, 86, 88, 177, 180, 201
americanus, 27, 50, 54, 56, 58, 177, 201
amplipennis, 136
arboreus, 51, 74, 76, 78, 177, 201
atbarae, 136
azureipennis , 53,99, 111, 115, 177,181
ballistarius , 123
bigutticeps, 192
brunneus, 50, 68, 70, 177, 180, 201, 205
cancellatus, 85
capnicus, 5, 50, 56, 58, 60, 177, 179, 199
carinulatus, 85
cephalotes, 121, 127
chalchihuitlicue , 5, 51, 74, 76, 78,177,201
chirriador, 5, 51, 74, 76, 78, 80, 177, 201
cibolensis, 5, 50, 94, 96, 177, 201, 206
cinctipennis, 50, 94, 96, 177, 181, 201
conformis, 54, 118, 177, 181,201
connectus, 42
consanguineus , 54, 111, 1 16, 177, 181,201
convexus, 104
cordicollis, 54, 127, 144, 148, 177, 182,
202, 205
costipennis, 17, 19, 49, 84, 166, 177, 180,
201,205
crepitans, 11, 13, 19
cruciatus, 47
cyanipennis, 41,52, 124, 177, 181,201
cyanochroaticus, 53, 144, 147, 177, 182,
202
cyanopterus, 134
deyrollei, 88
distinguendus , 88
distribution patterns, 196-204
rfryas, 27, 175, 179, 194
elongatulus, 52, 54, 60, 64, 177, 179, 177,
201
explosus, 5,51, 157, 159, 177, 182, 199,
202, 205
favicollis, 52, 133, 137, 140, 177, 181,202
fidelis, 104
fulminatus, 54, 151, 177, 182, 202, 206
fumans, 53, 97, 133, 137, 177, 180, 201,
205, 207
V
Brachinus (cont.)
galactoderus, 5, 51, 124, 126, 131, 177,
181, 201, 206
gebhardis, 51, 124, 126, 131, 177, 181,
201, 206
gilvipes, 71
gracilis , 144
grandis, 51, 68, 70, 72, 177, 201, 205
hirsutus, 52, 92, 96, 177, 180, 201
hyalea, 180
ichabodopsis, 5, 54, 144, 148, 150, 177,
182, 199, 202
immaculicornis , 24, 42
imperialensis , 52, 133, 137, 143, 182,
202, 206
imporcitis, 5, 21, 54, 111, 177, 181, 201,
206
italicus, 42
janthinipennis , 4, 52, 152, 154, 156, 177,
181, 201, 206
kansanus , 52, 83, 86, 177, 180, 201, 205
kavanaughi, 54, 99, 102, 105, 108, 111,
177, 181, 201, 206
lateralis, 51, 73, 76, 78, 177, 180,201,205
lecontei, 104
leptocerus, 144
leucoloma, 73
librator, 88
longipalpis, 17
luzonicus, 192
metf/ws, 54, 124, 126, 129, 177, 181, 201
melanarthrus, 19, 50, 68, 70, 177, 201,
206
mexicanus, 7, 51, 99, 102, 104, 166, 177,
181,201,206
microamericanus , 19, 50, 55, 58, 177,179,
201
minutus, 129
moM/s, 5, 17, 50, 85, 157, 159, 162, 177,
182, 199, 202
neglectus, 53,99, 102, 105, 110, 177, 181,
201, 206
newberryi, 164
niger, 179
nigricans , 179
oaxacensis, 5, 52, 116, 120, 177, 181,201
ovipennis, 52, 1 18, 120, 177, 181, 201
oxygonus, 54, 151, 154, 177, 182, 202,
206
Brachinus (cont.)
pallidus , 12, 51, 55, 62, 92, 106, 125,166
177, 180, 201, 206
patruelis, 53, 1 17, 120, 177, 181, 201
perplexus, 52, 133, 137, 141, 177,182,202
phaeocerus, 16, 18, 21, 23, 53, 99, 111,
115, 166, 177, 181, 201, 206
puberulus, 53, 133, 137, 140, 177,182,202
pumilio, 156
puncticollis, 93
pygmaeus, 14, 46
quadrimaculatus , 39
quadripennis , 53, 99, 102, 130, 177, 181,
201, 207
rejectus, 127
repressus, 164
rhytiderus, 5 1 , 60, 63, 177, 179,201, 206
rugipennis , 54, 84, 86, 91, 177, 180, 201
*z/tez, 19, 50, 67, 177, 180, 201, 205
scotomedes, 17
sejungenius, 99
senegalensis , 34
similis, 123
sonorous , 5, 50, 52, 157, 160, 177, 182,
202, 206
spinipes, 69
stenoderus, 175
stenomus, 151
strennus, 88
stygicornis, 99
sublaevis, 53, 144, 148, 177, 182,202,206
suf flans, 134
tabasconus, 136
tenuicollis, 53, 123, 126, 177, 181, 201
texanus, 52, 54, 60, 61, 64, 179, 180,205
thermarum, 32
tormentarius , 88
tschernikhi, 93, 99
vdox, 144
velutinus, 52, 133, 137, 142, 177, 182,
202, 207
verticalis, 34
viridipennis , 13, 51, 84, 86, 88, 90, 177,
180, 201
viridis, 90
vulcanoides, 53, 151, 154, 177, 182, 202
Br achy nap tius , 42
Brachynicius , 42
Brachynidae, 32
VI
Brachynidius , 44
Brachynillus , 14, 28, 31, 18
extimus, 3 1
varendorffi, 12, 1 4, 3 1
Brachyninae, 32
Brachynini, 32
Brachynitae, 32
Brachynolomus , 17, 27, 42, 185, 192
Brachynomorphus , 41, 74
Brachynus, 42
ueger, 77
azureipennis , 115
brevior, 65
carinulatus, 85
cognatus , 85
consanguineus, 1 1 6
funebris, 41
melanarthrus, 72
pulchelus, 149
rugipennis, 91
69
tibialis, 41
Bracken, G. K., 293, 301
Brassica, 3 1 8
Brauns, A., 3 15, 324
Bretherick, O., 3 1 8, 326
Brittain, W. H., 311,313, 324
Brown, A. W. A., 287 , 290
Brown, I. C., 224, 227, 243
Browne, S. G., 289, 290
Brulle, G. A., 210
Brundin, L., 166, 210
Brunn, B., 214 (see Robbins, C. S.), 1
Biidel, A., 320, 324
Burdick, G. E., 287, 289, 290
Burks, B. D., 243
Burton, G. J., 270, 282
Burtt, E. T., 245, 279, 282
Byrrhidae, nearctic, 327
Byrrhus, 327-338
americanus, 327 , 332, 335
angustulus, 329
brunnescens, 329
callidus, 33 1
canterius, 329
centralis, 331
concolor, 327, 332, 335, 338
consuetus, 332
criddlei, 329
Byrrhus (cont.)
cyclophorus, 321, 335
difficilis, 330
egenus, 33 1
eximus, 327, 331,335,337
explicatus, 331
fasciatus, 327, 330, 334, 337
fulvovestitus , 329
geminatus, 327 , 330, 335
imperitus, 329
key, 328
kirbyi, 327, 331,335, 338
laramiensis, 332
perditus, 331
pettiti, 330
picipes, 331
pilula, 327
rigens, 332
stolidus, 330
torpidus, 330
vafer, 332
wickhami, 332
Campanula, 313, 320
barbata, 313,321
Carabidae, 5, 6, 27, 46, 164, 167
advanced, 168
higher, 167
lower, 167
primitive, 168, 173
Carabus crepe tans, 6, 42
exhalans, 42
fumans, 47, 134
scolopeta, 42
carbaryl, 289
Car ex, 293, 297
Carl, J., 311,320, 324
Carlsson, G., 245, 276, 280, 282
Carmichaelia , 316
Carpenter, G. D. H., 168, 210
Carpenter, S. L., 307, 310
Carrel, J. E., 324 (see Eisner, T.), 321
Caryophyllacene, 315
Casey, T. L., 333
Castelnau (de LaPorte), F. L. N. C., 210
Cerastium alpinum, 320
arcticum, 315, 322
Chance, M. M., 245-284, 287-292
Chapman, R. F., 221
Chaudoir, M. de, 6, 210
Vll
Chaudonneret, J., 247, 253, 267 , 282
Chevrolat, L. A. A., 210
Chironomidae, larvae, 279
Chironomus plumosus, 279
Chlaenius, 14
chlorten, 289
Chordospartium, 316
Christiansen, K., 311, 315, 324
Chrysops, 293
excitans, 296
frigidus, 294, 296
furcatus, 294, 296
mit is, 296
nigripes, 296
nubiapex, 294, 296
Cincindela aequinoctialis, 36
Cnecostolus, 17, 27, 42, 47, 174, 185, 187,
194
Cnephia, 252
dacotensis, 245, 250, 257, 259, 262,273
strenua, 248
cockroach, American, 353, 355, 358, 361
German, 345, 350, 353, 358, 359, 361
(see Blattella germanica )
Cohn, T. J„ 194, 196, 206, 210
Coffea, 314, 322
arabica, 3 1 4
Colinvaux, P. A., 243
Collembola, arctic, 31 1-323
flower visitors, 31 1-323
pollen feeders, 31 1-323
Collins, D. L., 288,290, 291, 292
(see Travis, B. V.), 287
Compositae, 313,316,318
alpine, 312, 320
Coniferae, 3 1 5
Connolly, R., 284 (see Williams, T. R.), 245
Cook, E. F., 247, 255, 258, 264, 282
Coope, G. R., 243
Cope, O. B., 287, 289, 290
Coraboef, E., 353, 362
Corbet, P. S., 288
Cory, E. N., 287, 292
Cosway, C. A., 339,352
Courtois, L., 292 (see Wanson, M.), 287, 289
Crafts, R. R., 291 (see Guttman, D.), 287
Craig, D. A., 222, 247, 260, 282
Crepidogaster, 25, 28, 184, 189
bimaculatus , 29
Crepidogaster (cont.)
caffra, 16, 18, 23, 30
numeratus, 3 1
pusillus, 31
rufescens, 29
Crepidogastrillus, 28, 31, 184
curtulus, 3 1
Crepidogastrini, 6-194
Crepidogastrinus , 11, 14, 28, 31, 184
kochi, 3 1
Crepidogastritae, 28
Crepidolomus* 14, 28, 31, 184, 189
extimus, 14
Crepidonellus, 28, 31, 184
Crepidostoma, 29
Crosskey, M. E., 290 (see Davies, J. B.), 287
Crosskey, R. W., 247, 260, 282, 287, 290
Crozetia crozetensis, 277 , 280
Cruciferae, 318
Cryobius , 166
Csiki, E., 6, 211
Culex, 279
Culiseta alaskaensis, 308
inomata , 279
Cupressaceae, 315
Cymindis, 164
Dalmat, H. T„ 287, 292
Darlington, P. J. Jr., 6, 20, 184, 189, 191,
194,211
Davies, D. M., 245, 280, 282, 284, 288, 290
(see Wood, D. M.), 248
Davies, J. B., 287, 290
Davies, L., 245, 253, 263, 278, 282
DDT, i , 287, 307
effects on crustaceans, 288, 289
fish, 288, 289
insects, 288
mammals, 288
mites, 288
molluscs, 288
worms, 288
Dean, H. J., 290 (see Burdick, G. E.), 287,
289
De Bemardi, F., 315, 324
Debot, L., 245, 282
DeFoliart, G. R„ 245, 276, 284, 292
(see Travis, B. V.), 287
Degeeria nivalis, 3 1 2
Dejean, P. F. M. A., 6, 21 1
Vlll
Dennis, R., 3 14, 321 , 324
Deonier, C. C., 288, 291
Desoria glacialis, 3 1 2
Dethier, V. G., 362, 355, 361, 363
Deuterosminthurus , 313
bicinctus, 312, 313
diatoms, 313
diazinon, 289
Dickie, R. J., 245, 280, 282
diethyl toluamide, 355
dimethyl phthalate, 355
Diptera, 245,287,293,301
Doflein, F., 312, 324
Donaldson, P. E. K., 354, 363
Drepanocyrtus, 314, 317, 322
flavovirens, 314, 317, 322
Drooz, A. T., 288,291
DuChanois, F. R„ 287, 291
Dufour, L., 211
Dumbleton, L. J., 245, 247, 278, 280, 283
Dursban, 289, 307
Dyke, G. R., 243 (see Fuller, W. A.), 225
Eabry, H. S., 287, 291
Ebeling, W. ,36 1,363
Eisner, T„ 22, 21 1, 321, 324
El Moursy, A. A., 327-338, 333
Entomobrya assuta, 3 1 6
clitellaria, 3 1 6
comparata, 311,317, 322
nivalis, 312, 313, 314, 317, 322
spectabilis, 312, 317,322
Entomobryinae, 315
Entomobryoides purpurascens , 3 1 6
Episyron, 241
biguttatus, 241
Oregon , 241
quinquenotatus, 241
Erichson, W. F.,211
Erwin, T. L., 5-215
Espenshade, E. B. Jr., 194, 196, 204, 21 1
ether, 355, 358
Evagetes, 236, 242
bradleyi, 237
crassicornis, 236, 242
hyacinthinus, 237 , 242
parvus , 237, 242
sc udder i , 237
subangulatus, 236
Evans, H. E„ 232, 236, 243
Evans, W. G., 303
Evarthrus, 196, 198, 204
Fabricius, J. C., 21 1
Faegri, K., 319, 324
Fairchild, G. B., 287, 290
Fairmaire, L. , 2 1 1
fenthion, 289
fir, alpine, 23 1
Douglas, 3 1 4
Fisher, von Waldheim, G., 21 1
Folsom, J.W., 31 1,313, 324
Folsomia, 314, 317
fimetaria, 313, 317, 321
Forbes, W. T. M., 20, 211
Ford, E. B., 168, 210
forest, boreal, 223
Forster, J. R., 333
Fortner, G., 245, 25 1 , 266, 276, 280, 283
Fraxinus, 141
Fredeen, F. J. H., 245, 279, 283, 287, 290
(see Arnason, A. P.), 288
Freitag, R., 184, 196, 198, 202, 207, 211
Frempong-Boadu, J., 287, 289, 290
Frisa, C., 290 (see Burdick, G. E.), 287
Frost, S., 283,291
Fuller, W. A., 225, 243
Galerita ruficollis , 167
Galeritini, 167
Garms, R., 289, 292
Garnham, P. C. C., 287, 290
Gehringiini, 167
Gigantodax , 252
Gisin, H., 312, 314, 324
Gjullin,C.M., 287,291
Glaucops, 293
fratellus , 297
Glytotendipes glaucus, 279
Goiny, H., 292 (see McMahon, J. P.), 287
golden-rod, 316
Goodhue, L. D„ 340, 352
Gooding, R. H., 307-310
Goulding, R. L., 288, 291
Graham, A., 296, 205, 21 1
Graham, P.,293,301,307,310
Great Slave Lake, 227-231
Greenslade, P. J. M., 202, 212
Grenier, P., 245, 247, 253, 260, 267, 280, 283
Gryllotalpa africana, 12
Gryllotalpidae, 12
IX
Gunn, D. L., 339, 352
Guttman, D., 287, 289, 291
Gymnopais, 263, 264
Gyorkos, H., 284 (see Wood, D. M.), 248
Habu, A.,6, 11, 192,212
Hacker, H. A., 20, 212
Haematopota, 293
americana, 294, 296
Hagan, K. B., 287, 292
Hagmeier, E. M., 202, 204, 212
Halffter, G., 194, 196, 212
Handschin, E., 31 1, 321, 323, 324
Hanec, W., 293, 301
Harris, T. W., 212
Harada, S., 292 (see Suzuki, T.), 289
Harris, E. J., 290 (see Burdick, G. E.), 290
Haydak, M.H.,318, 324
Heer, 0.,212
Heliconia, 69
Hellumorphoides, 167
Henning, W., 10, 166, 169, 177, 181,212
heptachlor, 289
Hershkovitz, P., 191, 195, 212
Heterosminthurus cornutus , 314
Highton, R. B., 292, (see McMahon, J. P.),
287
Hinton, H. E., 253, 270, 283
Hocking, B., 2, 223, 242, 283, 291, 304,
306, 315, 318, 320, 324
Hodgkin, A. L., 354, 356, 363
Hodgson, B. N., 320, 325
Hodgson, E. S., 353, 362
Hoffmann, C. H„ 288, 291
Hope, F. W., 212
Hopewell, W. W., 290 (see Arnason, A. P.) ,
288
Hora, S. L., 253, 270, 283
Horn, G. H., 333
Howden, H. F., 198, 212
Howland, H. C., 324 (see Eisner, T.), 321
Hubei, D. H., 354, 363
Hubenthal, W., 41, 212
Hugel, M.F.,318, 325
Husman, G. N., 288, 291
Hybomitra, 293
affinis, 294, 296, 299
arpadi, 296, 299
astuta, 296
epistates , 294, 297 , 299
Hybomitra (cont.)
frontalis , 294, 296, 299
illota, 294, 296, 299
itasca , 291, 299
lasiophthalma, 294, 296, 299
liorhina, 296, 299
melanorhina, 296, 299
metabola, 296, 299
nuda, 294, 297, 299
opaca, 296, 299
osburni, 296
rupestris, 296, 299
tetrica, 296, 299
typhus, 296, 299
zonalis, 296, 299
Hydrophilius obtusus, 125
Hydrophilidae, 12
Hydropsyche, 279
Hynes, H. B. N., 283, 288, 291 (see Kershaw,
W. E.), 245, 289, 291 (see Williams, T. R.),
245
Hypogastrura ,315,317
purpurascens , 321
socialis, 315, 317
Illiger, J. C. W., 212
insecticide, 2, 281, 289, 307, 310
Isotobryoides ochracius, 316
Isotoma, 315,317
kosi, 314, 317
kosiana, 314, 315, 317
nigra , 314, 317
notabilis, 316
saltans, 312, 317
viridis , 315, 317, 322
Isotomurus palustris, 313,317
Ito, Y., 292 (see Suzuki, T.), 289
Jacquelin du Val, P. N. C., 212
Jamieson, C. A., 318, 324
Jamnback, H., 287, 290, 292 (see Collins,
D. L.), 289 (see Travis, B.V.), 287
Jeannel, R. G., 6, 11, 14, 17,22, 29,189
Jedlicka, A., 191, 212
Johnson, C. G., 303
Johnson, R. D., 291 (see Kershaw, W.E.),
287, 289
Johnston, M. R. L., 290 (see Davies, J.B.),
287
Jolliffe, A. W., 227, 243
Jones, T. R. E., 245, 278, 280, 283
X
Jorgensen, C. B., 245, 279, 283
Juniperus, 315
pachypholea, 3 1 5
Jurassic, 231
Kaiser, P., 279, 283
Kaissling, K. E., 353, 362
Karlstrom, Thor N. V., 217
Katianna, 314, 317
Keller, C., 313, 325
Kershaw, W. E., 245, 283, 287, 289, 291
(see Williams, T. R.), 245
Kevan, P. G., 311-326
Kevan, D. K. McE., 31 1-326
Khan, A. A., 361,363
Kindler, J. B., 287, 292
King, D. B., 196,212
Kirby, W., 333
Knuth, P.,312, 320, 325
Kodiak, refugium, 217
Kolbe, H. J., 213
Korlan, 289
Krombein, K. V., 237, 239, 243 (see
Muesebeck, C. F. W.), 237
Kos, F., 314, 325
Kracht, A., 279, 284
Krog, D., 320, 325
Kuhnelt, W., 314, 325
Kuiken, K. A., 318, 326
Kuzoe, F. A. S., 287, 292
LaCasse, W. J., 307, 310
Lacher, V., 353, 361, 363
Lacordair, J. T., 213
Lafert^-Senectere, F. T., 213
Lapsus calami , 39, 121, 127, 134
Larix laricina , 226
Larson, D. J., 196, 213
larvicide, 245, 281, 288, 290
blackfly, 288, 290
simuliid, 287
Latreille, P. A., 213
Laycock, A. H., 224, 243
Lea, A. O., 287, 292
Lebia, 164
grandis, 164
Lebied, B., 292 (see Wanson, M.), 287, 289
Lebiini, 164
Lecompte, J., 353, 362
LeConte, J. L., 6, 213, 333
Ledum groenlandicum, 293
Leguminosae, 316
Leng, C. W., 333
Leontodon montanus, 312, 322
taraxaci, 312, 320, 322
Lepidocyrtinus domesticus, 316
Lepidocyrtus , 3 1 4, 3 1 6
albicans, 313
cyaneus, 313,317
lanuginosus, 312, 313, 316, 322
Lepidoptera, 321
Lesquerella, 319
arctica, 311,318
Lewis, D. J., 276, 283
Liebke, M.,6, 191,213
Liliaceae, 313
Lindane, 289
Lindroth, C. H., 20, 213
Linnaeus, C., 333
Linnaniemi (Axelson), W. M., 312, 325
Linne, C. von, 6, 213
Linsley, E. G., 10,213
lipids, 318
Lobopleuri, 167
Lophopompilus , 242
Loricerini, 167
Lubbock, Sir J., 312, 325
Lubliner-Mianowska, K., 318, 325
Lunden, R., 318, 325
Lutshnik, V., 213
Lutz, F. E., 321, 325
Lycosidae, 239
MacGinitie, H. D., 196,213
Maciolek, J. A., 272, 283
Macnamara, C., 311,313, 325
Macronema, 279
Maindron, M., 213
Maitland, P. S., 245, 280, 283
Mani, M. S., 315,325
Mannerheim, C. G. von, 213
Martin, P. S., 196, 204, 207, 213
Mason, W. R. M., 237,241,244
Mastacina, 1 1, 15,28,32, 166, 169, 189, 191
Mastax, 11, 13, 17,20, 25,32, 167, 173, 184
?hargreavesi , 16, 18, 21, 23, 26
Matchett, R. E., 291 (see Kershaw, W. E.),
287
Matsuda, R., 247, 283
Matthews, J., 218
Maynard, E. A., 314, 325
XI
Mayr, E. E., 10, 213
McAlpine, J. F., 293, 301
McDuffie, W. C., 291 (see Hocking, B.), 287
McMahon, J. P., 287, 290, 292
Means, R. G., 287, 289, 291
Medicago, 316, 322
Megalothorax minimum, 316, 317
Mehringer, P. J., 196, 213
Merkel, E. P„ 287, 291
methoxychlor, 287, 289
Metriini, 166
Metrius, 167
Miall, L. C., 279, 283
Mills, M. L., 291 (see Kershaw, W.E.)
mimicry, Mullerian, 174
Moreau, R. E., 187, 189, 194, 196, 213
Morita, H., 353, 363
mosquitoes
control, 307-310
ecology, 307, 310
larvae, 1 , 307, 310
Motschulsky, V. von, 214
Muesebeck, C. F. W., 237, 244
Muirhead-Thompson, R. C., 287, 292
Muller, H., 312, 319, 325
Muscidae, 319
muskeg, 294, 297
Naumann, G., 245, 272, 279, 284
Nematocera, 255
Neobrachinus, 5, 175-183
Noel-Buxton, M. B., 245, 284, 287, 292
Notospartium, 3 1 6
Novosieversia glacialis , 320
Omophranini, 166
onchocerciasis, 287
Onychiurus pseudo funetarius , 315, 317
Opisthiini, 167
Or che sella , 3 1 6
bi fas data, 315, 317
hexafasciata, 316
quinquefasciata, 315
villosa, 315, 317
zebra, 316
orchid, 3 1 2
Orthoptera, 12
Osborn, H., 279, 284
Osten Sacken, R., 279, 284
Ozaenini, 166
Pachy teles, 167
Paclt, J., 314,321, 325
Pantin, C. F. A., 246, 284
Parakatianna , 314, 317
albirubrafrons , 316
diversitata, 316
Parapheropsophus , 34
Parisi, V., 315,324
Parker, G. L., 292 (see Swabey, Y. H.), 289
Paulian, R., 195, 214
Paussidae, 167
Pedicularis, 321
Penny, M. M., 245,280, 283
Peringuey, L. A., 6, 191, 214
Periplaneta, 355, 359
americana , 355, 357
permafrost, 225
Peterson, B. V., 245, 270, 278, 280, 284
(see Wood, D. M.), 248
Petrishcheva, P. A., 289, 292
Pewe, T. L., 244
Phelps, R. J., 245, 276, 279, 284
Pheropsophidius , 5, 1 1, 13, 15, 20, 25, 27,
34,36, 164, 173, 185, 187, 191, 194
aequinoctialis, 49, 157, 160, 165
biplagiatus, 49, 157, 160, 162, 165
rivieri , 16, 18, 23, 26
Pheropsophina , 11, 17, 20, 22, 25, 28, 32,
37, 166, 173, 189, 191
old world, 17
Pheropsophini , 33
Pheropsophus, 12, 20, 22,, 25, 27, 33, 184
187, 191, 195
acute costatus , 34
?bimaculatus , 16, 18, 21, 23, 26, 30
biplagiatus, 36, 165
fasciatocollis , 42
jessoensis, 12
microrrhabdus, 42
Phidippus, 240
Philip, C. B., 293, 301
Picea, 293
glauca, 226, 293
mariana, 226
Pickering, L. R., 266, 283
Pijl, L. van der, 312, 318, 324
pine, jack, 223, 226
lodgepole, 23 1
red, 316
Pinus Banksiana, 226, 227
Xll
Pinus (cont.)
lati folia, 23 1
mughus, 314
Platanus, 87, 141
Platybrachinus , 42, 45
Platypatrobus lacustris, 147
Pogonomyioides segnis, 3 1 9
Polykatianna flammea, 316
polytetrafluorethylene, 340
Pomaderris phylacae folia, 3 1 6
Pompilidae (Northwest Territories and
Yukon), 223, 244
Pompilini, 236, 241
Pompilinus, 238, 242
Pompilus, 239, 241
angularis, 239
apicatus, 240
arctus, 240, 242
eureka, 240
fumipennis, 240, 242
imbecillus, 239
luctuosus, 239-242
michiganensis , 240
occidentalis, 239
scelestus, 240
solomus, 242
Poole, T. B., 314, 325
poplar, balsam, 226, 231
Populus, 141, 293
balsamifera, 226, 293
tremuloides, 226, 293
Porta, A., 214
Post, A., 289, 292
Povolny, D., 192, 195, 214
Prevost, A., 287, 292
Priesner, E., 353, 363
Priocnemis notha, 237
Proisotoma , 315, 317
Prosimulium, 246, 248, 252, 255, 260, 262,
275, 277
fontanantum, 250, 252, 277
frohnei, 250, 252, 255, 277
f us cum, 250, 252, 277
multidentatum, 250, 252, 277
travisi, 246, 250, 252, 255, 259, 261
ursimum , 277
Protopheropsophus, 17, 34, 36, 164, 173,
185, 187, 191
biplagiatus, 17
Pseudaptinus , 42, 46
Pseudo katianna lutea, 316
Pseudomorpha, 167
Pterostichus, 20
Pucat, A. M., 245, 284
Puri, I.M., 245,253, 278, 284
Putzeys, M., 214
Quercus, 87, 165
Quisenberry, B. F., 287, 291
ragweed, 316
Ranunculaceae, alpine, 313
Ranunculus glacialis , 312, 320, 322
Rapoport, E. H., 321, 326
Raybould, J. N., 287, 289, 292
Reddy, M. J., 339-352, 353-363
refugium, Kodiak, 217
Regan, F. R., 287, 292
Reitter, E., 6, 214
Rempel, J. C., 245, 283, 287, 290 (see
Arnason, A. P.), 288
repellents, 339-35 1
mosquito, 339
MGK R-874 (2-hydro xyethyl-n-octyl
sulphide), 340, 342, 353, 355
Rhamnaceae, 316
Rhysodini, 167
Richards, W. R., 287, 291
Riley, C. V., 279, 294
Ripper, W., 321, 326
Ritchie, A. H., 314, 326
Robbins, C. S., 198, 214
Roeder, K. D., 356, 363
Roessler, H. P., 353, 363
Romer, A. S., 195, 214
ronnel, 289
Rosadeae, 320
Ross, H. H., 196,202, 207,214
Rossi, P., 214
Roth, L. M., 339, 352
Rowe, J.S., 225, 227, 231, 244
Roys, C. C., 339, 352, 355, 359, 362, 363
Rubtsov, I. A., 245, 248, 251, 253, 258, 260,
277, 280, 284
Sadanaga, K., 11, 12, 212
Safyanova, V. M., 289, 292
Salicaceae, 320
# Salix, 87, 141,320
Salticidae, 240
Savage, R. J. G., 195,214
Xlll
Savile, D. B. O., 318, 326
Saxifragaceae, 315,318
Saxifraga hir cuius, 315, 322
oppositifolia, 318, 320, 322
Say, T., 214
Schaller, F., 315, 326
Schenk, C. F., 292, (see Swabey, Y. H.), 287
289
Schmidt-Goebel, H. M., 191,214
Schneider, D., 353, 362, 363
Schott, H., 312, 314, 326
Schuchman, S. M., 287, 289, 292
Scirpus-Typha, 82, 150
Scott, H. G., 315, 326
Scrophulariaceae, 321
Scudder, S. H., 214
Sedlag, U., 314, 326
Sekhon, S. S., 361, 363
Shamsuddin, M., 293, 301
Shamurin, V. F., 320, 326 (see Tikhomirov,
B. A.), 320
Sharma, G. D., 315, 326
Sharplin, C. D„ 223, 225, 242, 304,320,324
Shelf ord, V. E., 320, 326
Shepard, H. H., 339, 352
Shtepa, V. S., 326 (see Tikhomirov, B. A.),
320
Silberglied, R. E., 324 (see Eisner, T.), 321
Silfer, E. H., 361, 363
Simpson, G. G., 195, 198, 214
Simuliidae, 245, 287
Simuliidae, 253, 278
Simulium, 260, 275, 277
damnosum, 287
decorum, 245, 250, 255, 257, 260, 262,
273, 279
neavei, 287
oviceps, 277 , 280
pictipes, 248, 252
venustum, 245, 250, 255, 257, 260, 262,
273, 279
verecundum, 246
vittatum, 245, 267, 271, 273, 279
Sinella binoculata, 316
Skea, J., 290 (see Burdick, G. E.), 290
Sleeper, D. A., 288, 291
Smart, J., 245,247, 280, 284
Sminthuridae, 315
Lapland, 314
Sminthurides aquaticus, 3 1 3, 3 1 4, 3 1 7
pumilis, 314, 317
Sminthurinus aureus, 3 1 6
elegans, 316
radiculus, 316
Sminthurus, 313, 317
, dorsalis, 316
facialis, 316
fitchi, 316
hortensis, 313
luteus, 312
obscurus, 316
viridis, 313,316,322
SmithC. D., 282, 246
Smith, L. S., 244
Smith, M.H., 353, 363
Snodgrass, R. E., 27, 215, 247, 284
Solidago, 316
Solier, A. J. J.. 21 5
Sommerman, K. M., 245, 252, 284
Sphagnum, 293, 294, 297
spruce, 223, 293
black, 226, 231
white, 226,231,293,297
Stainer, J. R., 316, 326
Stattler, W., 279, 284
Stebbins, L. L., 243
Steel, R. G. D., 343, 345, 352
Stehr, W. C., 215
Steinbock, O., 313, 326
Steiner, A. L., 223-244
Stenaptinus, 17, 20, 25, 34, 173, 185, 187,
191
?kolbei, 24
krichna, 34
Stephens, J. F., 215
Stevens, C. von, 215
Stojanovitch, C. J., 315, 326
Storm, A., 290 (see Cope, O. B.), 287, 289
Strebel, O., 311,313, 321, 323, 326
Strickland, E. H„ 1, 276, 284, 293, 297, 301
Stults, C. D., 202, 204, 212
Styphlodromus, 14, 25, 28, 37, 40, 173, 185,
187, 192
bicolor, 40
Styphlomerinus , 14, 25, 37, 40, 173, 185,
187, 192
Styphlomerus, 12, 20, 25, 27, 37, 173, 185,
187, 192
XIV
Styphlomerus (cont.)
? cilia t us, 16, 18, 21, 23, 30
fuscifrons, 40
Surber, E. W„ 288, 291
Suzuki, T., 289, 292
Swabey, J. H., 287, 289, 292
Sweeney, C., 290 (see Burdick, G. E.), 287,
289
Syme, P. D., 245, 282
Syrphidae, 319
Tabanidae, 293- 301
Tabanus, 293
frontalis, 301
marginalis , 296
taiga, 223
tamarack, 226
Tanner, V. M., 22, 25,215
Taraxacum, 313, 318, 320, 322
Tarentula, 239
Taufflieb, R., 287, 289, 292
Tawfik, M.S., 307-310
Thomas, A. W., 293-301
Thomisidae, 321
Thomson, C. G., 215
Thorsteinson, A. J., 293, 301
Tikhomirov, B. A., 320, 326
Tiller, R. E., 287, 292
Todd, F. E., 318, 326
toluene, 355, 358
Tomocerus flavescens, 316
minor , 315, 321
vulgaris , 315, 317
Torrie, J. H., 345, 352
Townes, H. K., 244, 293, 301
Trachypachus , 167
traps. Malaise, 293
Manitoba fly, 293, 296
Travis, B. V., 287, 289, 292 (see Collins,
J. C.), 289, (see Guttman, D.), 287
Trechinae, 1 1
Trechini, 12, 15, 17
Trichoptera, 279
Trimen, R., 166, 215
Trollius, 3 1 1
europaeus, 3 1 1
Tsuga , 316
Tukey, J. W.,345,352
Tunzi, M. G., 272, 283
Tuomikoski, R., 166, 215
Twinn, C. R., 291 (see Hocking, B.), 287
Twinnia biclavata, 245, 261, 268, 274, 277
tibblesi, 263
Typha, 293
Typha-Scirpus, 143
Tyronia , 14, 28, 31, 184, 189
caeca, 12, 14
humerata, 22
kivuensis, 22
Usinger, R. L , 10, 213
Vogel, S., 312, 326
Walshe, B. M., 245, 279, 284
Walters, M.C., 315,326
Wanson, M., 287, 289, 292
Warkentin, J., 224, 244
wasps, and climate, 225
ecology, 223-225
fossorial, 223
Great Slave Lake, 225-231
seasonal and daily distribution, 234
solitary, subarctic America, 223-244
spider, 223
zoogeography, 241
Weaver, N., 318, 326
Weber, F., 215
Whitcomb, W„ 319, 326
Whitehead, D. R., 6, 196,215
Wickham, H. F., 7, 12, 215
Wilhemia equina, 277
Williams, T. R., 245, 283, 284, 287, 291
(see Kershaw, W. E.),245
Willis, E. R., 339, 352
willow, 23 1
Wilson, H. F., 319, 326
Wilton, D. P„ 287, 292
Wonders, W. C„ 224, 244
Wood, D. M., 245, 247, 252, 260, 264, 267,
270, 284
Woodford, A. O., 195,215
Wright, R. H., 361, 363
Wu, Y. F., 245, 280, 284
Yamashita, S., 353, 363
Yukon, 226, 231, 243
Zahar, A. R., 245, 284
Zim, H. S., 214
Quaestiones
entomologicae
MUS. COMP. ZOOU
library
FEB 19T/1
harvard
UNIVERSITY
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
VOLUME VI
NUMBER 1
JANUARY 1970
QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE
A periodical record of entomological investigations published at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
Volume 6 Number 1 20 February, 1970
CONTENTS
Editorial — Profit without honour 1
Erwin — A reclassification of bombardier beetles and a taxonomic revision of
the North and Middle American species (Carabidae:Brachinida) 4
Book Review 217
Corrigenda 219
Editorial — Profit without Honour
Could the widespread use of DDT be a disaster? This question was the title given by the
late E. H. Strickland to a short paper which he wrote in 1945 (Ent. News 56: 85-88). He
answered this rhetorical question with a qualified yes. His qualifications were two. Firstly,
that DDT proved to approach in effectiveness the claims then made for it; secondly that it
be employed on a widespread scale, over large connected areas. Both requirements have
been met. For once, a commercial product had indeed met the claims made for it, at least
as regards initial effectiveness. And DDT has certainly been used over large connected areas.
Do we have a disaster on our hands? Or have we heeded this 25 year old prophesy in time?
When Strickland wrote, little was known of the persistence of DDT and less of its cumu-
lative build-up in food chains. Yet he correctly foresaw the hazards of threatening the main-
tenance of populations of predators — at any level.
It can be estimated that about 4.5 million tons of DDT have been produced and most of
this has been released into the biosphere. This would represent 0.25 lb. per acre of the 55 Vi
million square miles of the land surface of the earth, or 2.4 lb. per arable acre. And for many
years now DDT has not been alone; other chlorinated hydrocarbons with general toxicity
and varying high persistence have joined it. Although it is now known that much of the DDT
is in the atmosphere, much in the oceans (Frost, 1969, Environment 1 1(6): 14), and much
in the top ends of food chains (Peterle, loc. cit. 34) and although its half-life in the soil may
be rather less than 1 0 years, these figures have serious implications. Good control of mos-
quito larvae could be obtained in many areas with an application of 0.03 lb. of DDT per
acre per annum. It seems inescapable that the insect fauna of the world must by now be so
altered that we shall probably never know in any kind of detail what it was like before
1944. This, to an entomologist, is disaster; it will take decades, if not centuries, for a mea-
sure of normality to return; how long the first breakdown product, DDE, remains as a
hazard in the environment is unknown. None can say how many species, potentially valu-
able, have gone for good. Let us hope we have at least learned the lesson that persistent
broad-spectrum insecticides must be rigidly limited to narrow-spectrum applications.
2
Looking back, one wonders just how this came about. A chemical which can stop a typh-
us epidemic instanter and interrupt malaria transmission over large areas of the world, can-
not be wholly bad. No other insecticide could have done these things so cheaply, nor with
such negligible direct hazard to the sprayers — and the sprayed; 500 million people have
lived for years in houses sprayed thrice yearly with DDT with virtually no records of sick-
ness traceable to this. Factory workers making it, day in day out for 20 years, are no less
healthy than other people (Laws, Curley, and Biros 1967, Arch, environ. Health 15: 766).
How much then, of the blame for the disaster rests with the users? How much with the
manufacturers and their salesmen? Profits have been substantial from DDT (Bean, 1963,
Ag. Chem. 18(1): 50-51, 118-119) and the profit motive has been evident in its abuse. The
view that if one pound is good two pounds are twice as good is easily exploited. There is no
honour in this. The marketing of insecticides should require the provision of details of pro-
cedures to detoxify them, in addition to the data on the hazards of their use. None can
know for sure when this may be needed nor how urgently. If the environment must be done
such damage, to keep the economy going, perhaps we have a sick economy and should cure
this first. We are not yet so close to taking over a new planet that we can afford to ignore
what we are doing to our present one.
There is indeed little honour to be gleaned in this situation; perhaps only for those who
discovered the remarkable properties of this material, plus at best a handful of far-sighted
entomologists who warned us early. Did we fail to listen because we have a generation gap
at both ends?
Brian Hocking
Brachinus janthinipennis (Dejean), male, Cornwall, Connecticut.
A RECLASSIFICATION OF BOMBARDIER BEETLES
AND A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF THE NORTH AND MIDDLE AMERICAN
SPECIES (CARABIDAE: BRACHINIDA)
TERRY LEE ERWIN
Museum of Comparative Zoology
Harvard University
Cambridge, Massachusetts Quaestiones entomologicae
U.S.A. 02138 6:4-215 1970
A taxonomic revision of the species of the North and middle American Brachinus Weber
is presented. Sixty-two species are recognized as valid. Neobrachinus new subgenus, is
erected to contain the New World species formerly included in Brachinus (sensu s trie to).
The following 14 taxa are described as new: Brachinus alexiguus, B. capnicus, B. chalchi-
huitlicue, B. chirriador, B. cibolensis, B. javalinopsis, B. imporcitis, B. oaxacensis, B. galac-
toderus, B. ichabodopsis, B. mobilis, B. explosus, B. aabaaba, B. sonorous. Twenty-five
names are reduced to synonymy for the first time.
A key to the species is given. Each species and species group is described and synonymies
are listed. The distribution of each species is presented by locality records and distribution
maps. Structures used in identification are illustrated.
Two species of Pheropsophidius Hubenthal occur in Middle America and are included in
the key to bombardier beetles of North and Middle America, one of these species is des-
cribed. Structures of both species are illustrated.
A reclassification of the genera of the world bombardier beetles is presented. Seventeen
genera are recognized as valid. These include 13 valid subgenera, one of which is new. Two
tribes are included in the division Brachinida. One of these tribes includes four subtribes,
two of which are new. Three generic names are reduced to synonymy for the first time. All
taxa are described and keys for their identification are presented.
A discussion of the general morphology of members of the genera is presented. Structures
discussed are illustrated.
A hypothetical phytogeny is presented for all genera of the division Brachinida and all
species of Neobrachinus new subgenus. The geographical distribution of these taxa is also
discussed. Figures and tables accompany the discussions.
CONTENTS
Materials and methods p. 6
Comparative morphology p. 11
Taxonomy p. 27
Life histories and immature stages p. 166
Phylogeny p. 166
Zoogeography p. 184
References p. 209
6
Erwin
The bombardier beetles are a complex and taxonomically difficult group belonging to the
family Carabidae. In 1862, LeConte stated: “1 must also add that I consider the species of
this genus very decidedly opinionative, and that I am only impelled to the publication of
this note by the necessity of giving names to a certain number of recognized forms, and of
placing as synonyms some which I formerly considered as distinct, but which increased col-
lections have since shewn to be varieties.” The situation had hardly changed 98 years later
when Ball (1960: 164) wrote: “The taxonomy of the North American species of this group
is very poorly understood and it is almost a waste of time at present to attempt to determine
individuals to species.”
Until now, a taxonomic revision of all North and Middle American species of Brachinus
has not been undertaken, probably because of the great morphological similarity among the
species, a lack of traditional characteristics for separating the species, and the unavailability
of much of the “type” material. The first of these obstacles was surmounted after the dis-
covery of external characteristics not used previously. The last problem was resolved with
the help of G. E. Ball who compared my specimens with the type material of Dejean and
Chaudoir in Paris. I was able to compare the LeConte and Blatchley types myself at the
Museum of Comparative Zoology and Purdue University, respectively.
This paper is an extension of my 1 965 publication and deals with the taxonomy and dis-
tribution of Brachinus and Pheropsophidius in North and Middle America. I also propose
here a reclassification of bombardier beetles of the world, including subgeneric components;
discuss phylogenetic and zoogeographic hypotheses; and present a preliminary study of the
comparative morphology of bombardier beetles.
Bombardier beetles were first recognized formally when Linne described the species
Carabus crepitans in 1758. Since that time, more than 600 trivial names have been proposed
for members of the Brachinida. Dejean (1825, 1831), LeConte (1844, 1848, 1858, 1862),
and Chaudoir (1868, 1876) have described most of the species in North and Middle America.
Chaudoir’s paper (1876) has been the only monographic treatment of the Brachinida as a
whole. Basilewsky’s 1959 revision of the Crepidogastrini must be considered monographic
of that tribe. LeConte’s 1862 paper and my revision of the California species (1965) contain
the only new keys to North American species. (Blatchley’s 1910 monumental “Coleoptera
of Indiana” contains a key to the Brachinus species of Indiana, but it was based on LeConte’s
key.)
Many faunal studies have included partial taxonomic treatment of some of the taxa of the
Brachinida. Notable are publications by Antoine (1962), Basilewsky (1962), Darlington
(1968), Habu (1967), Jeannel (1942, 1949), Liebke (1934), Peringuey (1885, 1888, 1896,
1898), and Reitter (1919). No complete taxonomic classification has been proposed for the
group as a whole. Most workers still seem to rely more heavily on the catalogue classification
established by Csiki (1933) than on any other reference source.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Materials
This study is the result of the examination of 28,633 specimens of North and Middle
American Brachinus, and 2,172 specimens of other bombardier beetles. Most of these speci-
mens have been loaned to me by museums and private collectors in Canada, Europe, Mexico,
and the United States. The others were collected by my wife and me in the United States.
Were it not for the intensive collecting of carabids in Mexico by G. E. Ball and D. R.
Whitehead, this area would have been omitted from this study due to insufficent material.
Bombardier Beetles
7
Larval material was especially difficult to obtain. In addition to material from California
(Erwin, 1967), I have seen one first instar larva of Brachinus mexicanus Dejean, and one
unidentified last instar larva. This is still all that is known in North America, besides that
which H. F. Wickham collected in the 1890’s.
The following abbreviations indicate the various museums and private collections from
which specimens were borrowed:
AMNH American Museum of Natural History, New York, New York 10024, P. Vaurie,
L. Herman Jr.
ANSP Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, H. R. Roberts.
AUAA Auburn University, Auburn, Alabama 36830, K. L. Hays.
BMNH British Museum (Natural History), London, England, R. D. Pope.
CArm C. Armin, 191 West Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654.
CAS California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California 94118, H. B. Leech.
CBak C. Baker, Boise State College, 1 907 Campus Drive, Boise, Idaho 83707.
CCha C. Chantal, 425 Saint Olivier, Quebec 4, Quebec.
CEWh C. E. White, 2441 East Northview Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46220.
CMPP Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213, G. E. Wallace.
CNC Canadian National Collection of Insects, Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa,
Ontario, E. C. Becker, W. J. Brown.
CNHM Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago, Illinois 60605, H. Dybas.
CPBo C. Bolivar y Pieltair., Instituto Politecnico Nacional, Mexico D. F.
CUNY Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, 14850, L. L. Pechuman.
CVMA Coachella Valley Mosquito Abatement District Collection, Thermal, California
92274.
DDLa D. J. Larson, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta.
DHKa D. H. Kavanaugh, 1121 Garfield Street, Denver, Colorado 80206.
DRWh D. R. Whitehead, University of Alberta, Edmonton 7, Alberta.
DTRT Division of Tropical Research, Tela Railroad Company, La Lima, Honduras,
Central America, W. G. C. Forsyth.
FDAG Florida Department of Agriculture, Gainesville, Florida 32601, R. E. Woodruff.
GRNo G. R. Noonan, University of California, Riverside, California 92502 (including col-
lection of F. Andrews).
HGou H. Goulet, University of Alberta, Edmonton 7, Alberta.
HMO Hope Museum, Oxford, England, E. Taylor.
ISNH Illinois State Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois 61803, L. K. Gloyd.
ISUA Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50010, J. Laffoon.
JHen J. Hendrichs, Apartado Posta, 1 1-774, Mexico 1 1 , D. F.
JSch J. Schuh, 4039 Shasta Way, Klamath Falls, Oregon 97601 .
KMTB Koninklijk Museum Voor Midden-Afrika-Musee Royal del’ Afrique Centrale,
Tervuren, Belgium, P. Basilewsky.
KSU Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas 66502, H. D. Blocker.
LACM Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, California 90007,
C. L. Hogue.
LBSC Long Beach State College, Long Beach, California 90804, E. L. Sleeper.
LRus L. Russell, Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon, 97331.
LSUB Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70803, J. B. Chapin.
MSUM Montana State University, Missoula, Montana, 59801, N. Anderson.
MCZ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, P. J.
Darlington, Jr.
8
Erwin
MHNP Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, A. Bons.
MMM Moscow Museum, Moscow, U.S.S.R.
NSDA Nevada State Department of Agriculture, Reno, Nevada, 89504, R. C. Bechtel.
OSUC Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331, P. O. Ritcher.
OSUS Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma 74075, W. A. Drew.
OUCO Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, C. A. Triplehorn.
PSUU Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, W. W. Boyle,
S. W. Frost.
PUM Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907, R. H. Arnett.
RCGr R. C. Graves, Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, Ohio 43402
(including collection of W. Suter).
RESt R. E. Stecker, San Jose State College, San Jose, California 95114.
RFre R. Freitag, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario.
ROM The Royal Ontario Museum, University of Toronto, Toronto 5, Ontario, G. B.
Wiggins.
RTBe R. T. Bell, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05401.
SDSNE1 San Diego Society of Natural History, San Diego, California 92112, C. F. Harbison.
SDSU South Dakota State University, Brookings, South Dakota 57006, E. U. Balsbaugh,
Jr.
SJSC San Jose State College, San Jose, California 95114, J. G. Edwards.
TAMU Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77840, H. R. Burke.
TCBa T. C. Barr, Jr., University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506.
TFH1 T. F. Hlavac, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge,
Massachusetts 02138.
TLEr T. L. Erwin, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge,
Massachusetts 02138.
TMBH Termeszettudomanyi Muzeum, Musee Hongrois d’Histoire Naturelle, Budapest,
VIII., Baross-u. 13 (Hongrie), Z. Kaszab.
UAFA University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701, R. T. Allen, E. P. Rouse.
UASM University of Alberta, Strickland Museum, Edmonton 7, Alberta, G. E. Ball.
UATA University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721, F. G. Werner.
UBC University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia.
UCD University of California, Davis, California 95616, R. O. Schuster.
UCR University of California, Riverside, California 92502, S. Frommer.
UIMI University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843, W. F. Barr.
ULLK University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208, C. V. Coveil.
UMAH University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, R. D. Alexander.
UMCP University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742, F. E. Wood.
UMSP University of Minnesota, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55101, P. Clausen.
UNCR University of North Carolina, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607, D. A. Young.
UNLN University of Nebraska College of Agriculture, Lincoln, Nebraska 68508, W. T.
Atyeo.
UNSS University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, N. Church.
UONO University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma 73069, C. E. Hopla.
USNM Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 20560, O. L. Cartwright.
USUL Utah State University ,Logan, Utah 84321, W. J. Hanson.
UWLW University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82070, N. L. Marston.
UWMW University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706, R. D. Shenefelt.
UWSW University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98105, M. H. Hatch.
Bombardier Beetles
9
VMKi V. M. Kirk, North Grain Insects Research Laboratories, Brookings, South Dakota
57006.
VVBa V. V. Baicher, San Jose State College, San Jose, California 95114.
WHTy W. H. Tyson, 823 Cashew Way, Fremont, California 94536.
WSUP Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99163, M. T. James.
ZMLS Zoological Institute, University of Lund, Lund, Sweden, C. H. Lindroth.
Localities of specimens were determined from labels pinned with the specimens. These
localities are given for each species alphabetically by country, state or province, and countv.
More exact localities are given alphabetically by towns or cities in parentheses behind the
state or county. Behind the parentheses are listed the museums in which the particular
specimens are located.
Methods
Dissecting techniques
Techniques described elsewhere (Erwin, 1965) were used. However, instead of the dis-
sected male genitalia being stored in vials of 70% alcohol they were glued to cards, which
were subsequently pinned beneath the specimens. For storing the female genitalia and
various sclerites (described under comparative morphology) the same procedure was fol-
lowed. The specimens that were completely disarticulated were stored in vials of 70% ethyl
alcohol.
Measurements
Total length measurements were made of representatives of all species. The purpose of
this measurement is to give a general impression of the size range of a species. The great
variation in size of adults within any single species of these beetles is due to differences in
amount of their larval food (Erwin, 1967). The lengths of adult specimens given below were
all obtained in the following manner. From the material at hand, I visually selected both the
largest and the smallest specimen, and measured the head from the anterior edge of the
labrum to the center of the occipital ridge, the pronotum from the anterior margin to the
posterior margin along the center line, and the left elytron from the apex of the scutellum
to the elytral apex, along the suture. These three measurements were added together, pro-
viding a figure that is not affected by expansion and contraction of the membraneous parts
in different killing agents, or by the swelling of the abdomen in gravid females and engorged
beetles. A micrometer eyepiece in a Leitz stereoscopic microscope at a magnification of 50
diameters was used for these measurements. The scale interval represented 0.025 mm.
Illustrations
All drawings were prepared with the aid of a camera lucida on a stereoscopic microscope.
After the outline was drawn with the camera lucida, the specimen was examined under
higher magnification and finer details and shading were added to the drawings. Accompany-
ing scale lines equal 1 .0 mm.
Procedural methods
The 28,633 specimens of North and Middle American bombardier beetles were first
categorized according to smaller geographic areas, for example, southern United States,
northeastern United States, Mexico, Great Plains, etc. This reduced the amount of material
to be concerned with at any one time. The specimens of each geographical area were divided
into population samples on the basis of the label data. Each specimen from a given area was
compared with every other specimen from that area, and comparable specimens were
10
Erwin
grouped into “sets”. Each set was then intensively studied, and dissections of the male
genitalia were made. Those sets with identical genitalia, and at least one concordant external
characteristic in common, were grouped together tentatively until all the material from the
entire area had been analyzed. Only the male genitalia were arbitrarily weighed, all other
characteristics that were studied were considered of equal value. When specimens were
judged to be different, on the basis of their genitalia and at least one external characteristic,
an attempt was made to associate females from the same population sample. No difficulty
was encountered in determining probable male-female associations. Further details concern-
ing the relationships between individuals from different species populations are discussed
under Phylogeny.
Criteria for Species, Subspecies, and supra-specific Taxa
A species may be defined as “a naturally occurring population (or aggregate of popul-
ations) that is reproductively isolated and genetically distinctive” (J. Gordon Edwards, per.
comm.). When the biology of a natural population is fairly well known and the criteria of
this definition have been met, this definition may be applied with reasonable success in the
recognition of species. In the present study, only genitalic and external morphology (includ-
ing pubescence), color, distribution, and some life history data are used, because these are
the only things known about most of the populations treated. When only museum specimens
are utilized, different criteria are necessary, to supplant those given in the definition above,
yet give approximately the same results in recognizing species. As working criteria for these
cases, I use the following: A species is represented by the sum total of the specimens dis-
playing a multidimensional continuum of characteristics, but ultimately delimited from
other such species by gross morphological discontinuities. In this case the characteristics
are external morphology (including pubescence), genitalic morphology, and color. The
determination of the size and nature of the multidimensional discontinuity or “gap” (Mayr,
Linsley,and Usinger, 1953) has traditionally been left to competent taxonomists with exten-
sive experience in the group in question. In most cases, these taxonomists have failed to
state what their criteria were when recognizing these gaps. My criteria for recognizing this
“gap” are the following: two or more similar forms which are naturally sympatric or allopat-
ric are considered separate species, if they differ in genitalic morphology and at least one ex-
ternal characteristic; allopatric forms are considered conspecific if their genitalic morphology
is identical and they show intergradation of external characteristics in geographically proxi-
mal areas (or if no external morphological differences are apparent). Parapatric populations
or aggregates of populations (that is, populations which meet only in a very restricted area,
such as a single valley or single river system) are considered distinct species if there is no
introgression of characteristics near the zones of contact. If there is introgression there, the
forms are considered either to be conspecific or to be two hybridizing species, depending
upon the nature of the introgression.
Naming of subspecies has been avoided, because I feel that more criteria than morpho-
logical characters of museum specimens is necessary for the recognition of limits of taxa
below the species level. Subspecies are geographically or temporally delimited populations
within a species that differ from other such populations (but which are capable of inter-
breeding with those other subspecies). Without extensive information on population dyn-
amics, life histories, and genetic capabilities, subspecies would be ill-defined, and ambiguous
trivial names might be introduced into the literature if such taxa were included in the present
study.
Supra-specific taxa are groups which are established to include all the taxa of the next
lowest rank that demonstrate monophyly. Hennig (1966) argues that all such supra-specific
taxa which demonstrate sister relationships be given equal absolute rank, but the practicality
Bombardier Beetles
11
of this has been questioned (Ball and Erwin, 1969). Many supra-specific taxa presently in
use are paraphyletic. In this paper I have realigned the taxa of the Brachinida in accord with
Hennig’s principles, but I have ranked taxa below the generic level with practicality in mind.
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY
Introduction
Upon discovering the asymmetric anterior tarsal pads in male members of Brachinus
crepitans (Linne), Antoine (1962) stated “il est incomprehensible qu’on ne Tail pas encore
signale ...cet interessant caract^re saute aux yeux quand on examine les tarses par leur face
inferieure.” (It is incomprehensible that no one has yet seen this interesting character which
is so obvious when one examines the ventral surface of the tarsi). This may be said for many
other characteristics of the external morphology. These beetles have been studied by num-
erous European biologists for 200 years or more; even so the taxonomy of the group (and
many other carabid groups) is still in a state of confusion. There can be only one reason.
Those workers viewed the beetles from only the dorsal aspect, because their specimens were
usually glued to cards in that position. I doubt that many of them ever examined the ventral
side of a bombardier beetle. Numerous excellent characteristics have been overlooked by
those using this method of mounting carabid beetles. Had Jeannel seen the aberrant charact-
eristics of Mastax members, he surely would have placed this genus in a family of its own.
In this section I have attempted a beginning of a comprehensive comparative study of
bombardier beetle morphology. The material I have seen that represents species of Old
World genera is not extensive. I have not seen any members of species comprising three of
the monotypic genera, but I believe that I have seen enough material to reach some valid
conclusions. Based on these conclusions, I have proposed certain hypotheses which must be
proved or disproved in subsequent studies. Some of these studies I hope to do myself, yet I
also hope this presentation will provide a foundation for others who are interested in study-
ing the evolution and biology of bombardier beetles.
By presenting my findings on the comparative morphology of bombardier beetles as
Jeannel (1926) did for the Trechinae, I have established a foundation for phylogenetic con-
siderations, using the principles proposed by Hennig ( 1 966). In this section on “comparative
morphology,” I have tried to integrate the descriptive Taxonomy with my interpretations of
the character states.
General characteristics
Size
The bombardier beetles range in size from the very small members of some Mastax and
Crepidogastrinus species (2.0 and 3.0 mm overall length respectively), to the very large
members of some Aptinomorphus species (30.0 mm).
The members of the genus Mastax are all very small, while beetles of the genus Phero-
psophus are large to very large. The remaining genera usually have medium-sized members,
but some kinds may vary from small to large (sometimes even intraspecifically). The Crep-
idogastrini range in size from 3.0 to 16.0 mm, according to Basilewsky (1959). I have seen
specimens of Pheropsophina ranging from 10.0 to 30.0 mm; specimens of Brachinina rang-
ing from 3.0 to 18.2 mm; specimens of Aptinina ranging from 4.5 to 15.0 mm; and speci-
mens of Mastacina ranging from 2.0 to 3.5 mm.
There is considerable variation in size among the members of single species, particularly
in the genera Pheropsophus and Brachinus. I believe that variation in size is due to the ecto-
parasitoid mode of life described for the larvae of these groups (Habu and Sandanaga, 1965;
12
Erwin
Habu, 1967; Wickham, 1893, 1894; Erwin, 1967). I have shown (Erwin, 1967) that larvae
of Brachinus pallidus in California are not host specific, but may attack pupae of at least
two, and probably three, species of hydrophilid water beetles. Since one host is eaten by one
parasitoid larva, the size of the host (larval food available) determines the size of the resul-
tant adult Brachinus pallidus. Habu and Sadanaga (1965) and Habu (1967) have shown that
the larva of Pheropsophus jessoensis Morawitz is an ectoparasitoid on the egg clutches of
Gryllotalpa africana Palisot de Beauvois (Orthoptera, Gryllotalpidae). Those egg clutches
vary in size (number of eggs), and since the larva attacks only one egg clutch the size of the
clutch determines the size of the adult beetle. After the larva begins to undergo hyper-
metamorphosis, it cannot leave the chamber it invaded because of the decrease in its leg
length and the increase in its body size (Erwin, 1967).
It has been repeatedly observed that the proportions of the individual adults remain
constant, regardless of their total size.
General form
The bombardier beetles are a very homogeneous group. The narrow head and prothorax,
together with the wide, truncate elytra and apically protruding abdomen, characterize all
species of the Brachinida. Jeannel (1926) established names for four general body forms
within the tribe Trechini. Three of these types are found in Brachinida, but they are slightly
different from the forms described by Jeannel:
1. Type aile (long-winged type) — pigmented, large eyes, small pronotum, square
elytra with prominent humeri, and large metasternum (includes wing dimorphic
species);
2. Type aptere (short-winged type) - pigmented, small or large eyes, enlarged pro-
notum, elytra short with narrow humeri, and short metasternum;
3. Type anophthalme (eyeless type) — depigmented, blind, enlarged pronotum,
elytra short with narrow humeri, and short metasternum.
The members of Mastacina fit Jeannel’s type aile. In these beetles, the abdomen is not
extended as in the crepidogastrines, but they do have the moniliform antennae of that group.
The members of Pherosophina, Aptinina, and Brachinina all have a similar habitus with
filiform antennae, but in members of Pheropsophidus, Pheropsophus, and Aptinus, there is a
tendency for the abdomen to extend far beyond the apex of the elytra. These subtribes
have some members which correspond to Jeannel’s type aile and others that are type aptere.
The members of the Crepidogastrini are the most primitive of the division Brachinida,
and are slightly different in habitus from other bombardier beetles. These beetles generally
have very short elytra, exposing at least two full abdominal terga, even when the abdomen is
not engorged or gravid. Most members belong to Jeannel’s type aptere, but those of
Tyronia caeca Basilewsky and Brachynillus varendorffi Reitter belong to type anophthalme .
Also, the antennae of the crepidogastrines are moniliform rather than filiform.
Microsculpture
In general the microsculpture of bombardier beetles ranges from regularly to irregularly
isodiametric. Slight variation occurs from this basic pattern.
Throughout the Brachinina, Mastacina, and Crepidogastrini, the isodiametric meshes may
vary into a granulate condition, in which each individual mesh is a convex bump. In members
of Pheropsophus , the meshes are extremely fine and barely impressed, and there is a tend-
ency for them to be stretched and arranged into transverse rows. In Aptinus, the meshes are
also barely impressed, but they are larger than in Pheropsophus and arranged in transverse
rows particularly on the pronotum. Aptinoderus members have the meshes of the head al-
most effaced. Members of Styphlomerus have granulate isodiametric meshes arranged on the
Bombardier Beetles
13
elytra as in members of Mastax, and producing a “satin” appearance.
Pubescence
All bombardier beetles maintain at least some body pubescence in addition to the erect
“depression setae” borne by the members of most species, on the elytra, and other variously
located setae. The members of Crepidogastrini are totally pubescent, while other bombardier
beetles may be totally pubescent or have extensive glabrous areas.
The Mastacina members have glabrous elytra, with the pronotum either glabrous or not.
The elytra have erect setae in depressions 2, 4, 6, and 8. The epipleura are pubescent. The
apical edges of the elytra are devoid of setae.
The members of Pheropsophina have the elytra almost glabrous, but with erect “depres-
sion setae” in all depressions, plus scattered pubescence near the scutellum and along de-
pressions 1 and 8. However, the epipleura are glabrous. The apical edge of the elytra ranges
from smooth in members of Aptinomorphus to densely pubescent in members of Phero-
psophus (sensu stricto). Some members of all the other Pheropsophina subgenera also have
this apical fringe.
Among the Aptinina, the members of Aptinus have elytral pubescence arranged much
like that of members of Pheropsophus, but it is usually more dense. Members of Aptinus
also have the epipleura pubescent. In Styphlomerus and its allies, the elytra and epipleura
are totally pubescent, with an additional apical fringe present (closely spaced setae along the
apex of the elytra).
Among the members of Brachinina, all combinations of elytral pubescence exist, and the
epipleura are always pubescent. These patterns of elytral pubescence are described in detail
below (p.49). The apical fringe is absent from Brachinus subgenera Metabrachinus and
Aploa, but is dense in members of Brachinus viridipennis Dejean, and has long widely spaced
setae in members of Brachinus crepitans (Linne).
The amount of head and pronotum pubescence varies considerably among the species of
Brachinida. The members of Mastax are densely pubescent to glabrous; those of Phero-
psophus, Pheropsophidius, and Aptinus are sparsely setiferous; those of Brachinus are gla-
brous to densely pubescent; and Styphlomerus and its allies are densely pubescent.
The pubescence of the cephalic appendages is quite variable throughout the group. All
members of the Crepidogastrini have dense pubescence on every appendage from base to
the apex. The members of Aptinina, Brachinina, and Mastacina have dense pubescence on
the outer articles of the appendages. This pubescence gradually increases in density from the
base to the apex. The members of Pheropsophina are the least pubescent of the group, with
only stiff spines or setae basally,and sparse pubescence distally. In these beetles and those of
the preceding three subtribes, the antennal pubescence is fairly dense on article three, and
very dense on articles four to eleven. The mandibular scrobes of the members of Crepido-
gastrini and Brachinina are plurisetose, while those of the other groups are unisetose. Be-
sides the short pubescence, these two groups of beetles also have the single large seta in the
scrobe.
The venter of the prothorax is densely pubescent medially in members of Crepidogas-
trini, and is less densely pubescent toward the proepipleura. In the other groups, the pro-
sternum usually has numerous long and scattered setae, with the proepisterna, proepimera,
and proepipleura variably setiferous. The venter of the mesothorax, metathorax, and ab-
domen are pubescent in all groups.
The legs of all groups, except the members of Pheropsophina, are pubescent. On these
beetles the setae are scattered and spine-like, forming rows on members of some species.
Major setae occur in numerous places on bombardier beetles. Members of all groups have
a single long seta in the mandibular scrobe, and a single pair of supraorbital setae. In Mastax,
14
Erwin
however, a second “pseudosupraorbital” pair of setae is behind the eyes, one on either side
of the vertex. With the exception of some crepidogastrines, all groups have one pair of
lateral pronotal setae. The exceptions are members of Tyronia, Crepidolomus, and Crepido-
gastrillus which have a second pair of lateral setae in front of the hind angles. In Crepidogas-
trinus, a series of spine-like setae occurs along the lateral margins of the pronotum from
base to apex.
The major setae of the elytra are in the bottom of depressions between costae, in interval
8, and along depression 1 near the scutellum. Interval 8 and depression 1 have umbilicate
punctures with setae of variable length, depending upon the species. The umbilicate series in
depression 8 is continuous in all groups, except in members of Crepidolomus extimus (Jean-
nel). Basilewsky (1959) indicates this species has members with the umbilicate series divided
into 8 setae anteriorly and 8 posteriorly.
The middle and hind coxae, hind trochanter, and the abdominal sterna 2-5 bear “ambul-
atory setae.” The number and location of these long and widely spaced setae varies with the
species. The setae of the tarsi are discussed in detail below (p. 22).
Head
Cranium
The general shape of the cranium is the same for all groups. In the few species with re-
duced eyes, and in the blind members of Brachynillus, the head is much narrower.
Eyes
Only one species, Brachynillus varendorffi Reitter, is known to have all members eyeless.
Another species, Tyronia caeca Basilewsky, has all its members with highly reduced eyes
with only a few facets, and according to Jeannel (1926), beetles with this type of eye are
blind. The eyes of members of Brachinulus viettei Basilewsky and Brachinus pygmaeus
Dejean are very small, and hardly protrude beyond the sides of the head. These species must
be considered as somewhere between Jeannel’s type aptere and type anophthalme, since they
are “depigmented” in comparison to the normal bright colors of the other bombardier
beetles. All other brachinines have fully functional eyes, although some Brachinoaptinus
members have only a small number of facets.
Antennae
In general, the antennae of members of Brachinina are filiform, while those of Crepidogas-
trini are moniliform. Some groups of the Brachinina, however, have antennae with shortened
articles, as the members of Mastax, Styphlodromus, Styphlomerinus, and Styphlomerus.
In these groups, articles 5-1 1 are almost square, slightly longer than wide, or moniliform. All
groups have a rather robust scape, a very short pedicel, and articles 3-1 1 are subequal. In
members of Neobrachinus, Aptinomorphus, and some Asian and African Brachinina, the
third article is elongate. The length of that third article may prove to be useful in the identi-
fication of Brachinus subgenera (defined on the basis of the internal sac of the male geni-
talia), when the Old World fauna is better known. Bell (1960) used this antennal character
successfully in the genus Chlaenius to distinguish taxa.
Labrum
The labrum of all groups is essentially rectangular and slightly emarginate anteriorly. Six
or eight setae occur along the anterior margin. There are six setae in members of Brachinina,
Pheropsophina, and some Aptinina, and eight setae in Mastax, Crepidogastrini, and some
Aptinus.
Bombardier Beetles
15
Mandibles
There is great divergence in the characteristics of the mandibles of the Brachinida mem-
bers. One group, the Mastacina, has members with highly aberrant mandibles (fig. 6). These
mandibles are no doubt adapted to some specialized feeding behavior, and are correlated
with other modifications of the mouthparts (see below). The members of Mastax have flat,
falciform mandibles, each with a large bifid retinaculum. The scrobe is absent, but the
scrobal seta remains. The basal margin is densely setiferous, as is the ventral groove. This
type of mandible looks very similar to larval mandibles in other bombardier beetles, and may
represent a neotenous condition in these beetles. Jeannel (1926) has suggested neoteny for
other characteristics in the Trechini.
All other groups have mandibles which are basally trigonal and apically subfalciform. All
possess scrobes which are plurisetose in Brachinina (figs. 1, 8) and Crepidogastrini (fig. 7)
members, and unisetose in Aptinina (figs. 2, 3) and Pheropsophina (figs. 4, 5) members.
Members of all species possess a setiferous ventral groove, and in addition the members of
Pheropsophina possess a brush of setae on the basal margin. There appears to be interspecific
variation in the teeth of the cutting edge, but I have not studied this in detail. Intergeneric
mandibular variation occurs as follows: Aptinina members have small rounded cusps, two
terebral and one retinacular; Styphlomerus members have an elongate and ridge-like retina-
culum; Crepidogastrini members have a single sharp terebral tooth and a retinacular ridge;
Pheropsophina members have two types, the first is found in the primitive Pheropsophidius,
and is a small square swelling on the terebrum, while the second is found in members of all
other subgenera, and consists of a single terebral tooth and a bifid retinacular tooth; Brach-
inina members have the most complex pattern of mandibular teeth found in the bombardier
beetles, consisting of several teeth on both the terebral and retinacular edge.
Maxillae
The maxilla (fig. 9) varies little throughout the bombardier beetles. The cardo is small.
The stipes is about three times the length of the cardo. The galea is palpiform and two-
articled, and the lacinia is falciform and sharply pointed at the apex. The dorsal surface of
the lacinia is densely clothed with long setae. Only in members of Mastax is the acute apex
of the lacinia slightly reduced. The palpus is composed of four articles, the last of which is
subcylindrical, except in some members of the Old World Pheropsophina and Brachinulus
(wedge-shaped), Mastax (globose-attenuate), and some Crepidogastrini (securiform, glo-
bose).
Labium
The characteristics of the labium are quite divergent throughout the bombardier beetles.
The ligula probably represents the fused glossae and paraglossae. This is most evident in
members of Mastax (fig. 10) in which the membranous setiferous lateral lobes (= paraglossae)
are twice the size of the convex median sclerotized lobe (= fused glossae). In members of
Mastax this median lobe generally has three or more long setae. The members of Crepido-
gastrini (fig. 1 1 ) possess a very small ligula which has a convex medial sclerotized area and
small membranous lateral lobes, each with two or more setae. The members of Aptinina
(figs. 16, 17) and Brachinina (figs. 13, 15) are generally the same, except the dorsal surfaces
of the lateral lobes are setiferous. In the members of the Old World Pheropsophina (fig. 1 4),
the venter of the ligula is carinate, but in New World Pheropsophina (fig. 12) this area is
globose as in other bombardier beetles. In some cases, interspecific variation occurs in the
disposition of ligular setae and in the shape of the central convexity. These characteristics
can be used for reliable diagnosis of particular species.
In most members of Crepidogastrini (fig. 1 1 ), the last article of the palpus is securiform or
Erwin
8 i— 1
Figs. 1-8. Right mandible, ventral and dorsal aspect. 1. Aploa nobilis Dejean, Chad, Africa. 2. Styphlomerus ?ciliatus
Liebke, Garamba, Congo, Africa. 3. Aptinus bombarda Illiger, Europe. 4. Pheropsophidius rivieri Demay, Ciudad
Bolivar, Venezuela. 5. Pheropsophus ?bimaculatus (Linn6), Mysore, India. 6. Mastax ?hargreavesi Liebke, Abalaliki,
Nigeria. 7. Crepidogaster caffra Peringuey, Cape Point, South Africa. 8. Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, Lake Roberts,
New Mexico. Fig. 9. Right maxilla, dorsal aspect, Aploa nobilis Dejean, Chad, Africa. Accompanying scale lines equal
1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
17
globose, or almost so. In members of most Old World Pheropsophina (fig. 14) and Brachin-
ulus, is is narrowly wedge-shaped. In members of Mastax (fig. 10), it is globose-attenuate,
otherwise it is subcylindrical.
The mentum is generally the same in all groups. It is toothed in members of Aptinina
(figs. 16, 17) and Mastax (fig. 10), but in the latter it may be a result of the deep central pit
surrounded by setae. The lateral lobes of the mentum are usually acute, but in members of
Mastax they are broadly rounded. The deep pit in the center of the mentum is found in all
members of Mastax, Brachinus costipennis, and Brachinus longipalpis. A shallower sulcus is
found in some members of European Brachinus species and in Brachinus (Neobrachinus)
mobilis. Two deep lateral pits are found in the mentum of members of Brachinus sallei (fig.
20) of Mexico and Brachinus scotomedes of Japan. Jeannel (1926) suggested that similar
structures in some members of the Trechini might be acoustical organs and that the inner-
vation should be traced. No one, however, has yet investigated these pits. The setae of the
mentum provide many useful characteristics for species diagnosis. The submentum and its
setae also provide useful characteristics.
The submentum is slightly variable among members of the Brachinida, particularly the
sides that conceal the bases of the cardines (figs. 10-17). In members of Mastax, Brachinus
costipennis (fig. 18), and Brachinus longipalpis , the submentum is very short. This shorten-
ing is concordant with the suicate mentum.
The gular sutures are divergent in all groups except the crepidogastrines (fig. 1 1), in which
they converge to the occipital groove, then diverge.
In summary, the characteristics of the head provide many useful criteria for phylogenetic
considerations and taxonomic diagnoses at all categorical levels.
Pro thorax
Externally the prothoraces of members of Brachinida are very similar (fig. 22). Internally,
however, great divergence is exhibited in the structure of the coxal cavities. Both the uniper-
forate and biperforate conditions exist; that is, one or two holes enter the body cavity for
the passage of muscles. Biperforate coxal cavities (fig. 25) occur in members of Crepidogas-
trini, Mastacina, and Pheropsophina, while the uniporforate condition (fig. 24) occurs in the
Brachinina and Aptinina. The remnants of a bridge (fig. 23) are quite evident in members of
Brachinus (sensu stricto), Brachynolomus, and Aptinina , but are almost absent in other
Brachinus (Neobrachinus).
The proepimeron closes the procoxal cavity behind in all groups except in members of
Protopheropsophus and Stenaptinus. In the members of the latter subgenus, the proepim-
eron barely reaches the prosternal process, and in some specimens there is a noticeable gap.
This variation might not have phylogenetic significance if it were not for the members of
Protopheropsophus biplagiatus Chaudoir, which have a wide and consistent gap behind the
coxal cavity. When the coxal cavities are closed behind, it is usually due to the proepimeron
overlapping the lateral process of the prosternum. However, in Brachynolomus, Brachino-
aptinus, Aploa, and some Cnecostolus and Neobrachinus each lateral process of the proster-
num forms a “socket” or “notch” into which the proepimeron inserts. Bell (1967) points
this out as a generality for Brachinini, but he evidently examined members of Neobrachinus
only.
The only other prothoracic character that shows intergeneric variation is the presence or
absence of a propleural suture. Although the proepisternum and proepimeron are fused, a
ridge runs the length of the fused sclerites in the area of juncture. This ridge occurs in the
Crepidogastrini, Mastacina, and Old World Pheropsophina.
18
Erwin
Figs. 10-17. Labium, mentum, and gula, ventral aspect. 10. Mas tax ?hargreavesi Liebke, Abakaliki, Nigeria. 1 1 . Crepi-
dogaster caffra Peringuey, Cape Point, South Africa. 12. Pheropsophidius rivieri Demay, Ciudad Bolivar, Venezuela.
13. Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, Lake Roberts, New Mexico. 14. Pheropsophus ?bimaculatus (Linne), Mysore,
India. 15. Aploa nobilis Dejean, Chad, Africa. 16. Styphlomerus ?ciliatus Liebke, Garamba, Congo, Africa. 17. Ap-
tinus bombarda llliger, Europe. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
1
18
20
Figs. 18-21. Mentum and submentum, ventral aspect. 18. Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky, 12.2 miles south of El
Banco, Durango, Mexico. 19. Brachinus melanarthrus Chaudoir, 5.0 miles northwest of Acayucan, Veracruz, Mexico.
20. Brachinus sallei Chaudoir, Cozumel Island, Quintana Roo, Mexico. 21. Brachinus microamericanus Erwin, Dun-
dee, Mississippi. Fig. 22. Diagrammatic illustration of prothorax, left lateral aspect. Figs. 23-25. Procoxal cavities,
ventral aspect. 23. Brachinus crepitans (Linne), Switzerland. 24. Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, Lake Roberts, New
Mexico. 25. Pheropsophus ?bimaculatus (Linne), Mysore, India. Fig. 26. Diagrammatic illustration of middle and hind
coxae and metastemum, ventral aspect. Accompanying scale line equals 1.0 mm (pp = proepipleuron, pe = proepi-
stemum, ps = prostemum).
20
Erwin
Meso thorax
The mesothorax is usually unmodified externally throughout the members of Brachinida,
with a few important exceptions. In members of the Crepidogastrini, the mesepimeron is
lost or is very narrow, and is internal. The mesepisternum is in contact with the metepister-
num. I discuss the importance of this character state under flightlessness. The coxal cavities
are conjunct-separate in members of Mastax, Pheropsophidius, and Pheropsophus, and
conjunct-confluent in the rest of the bombardier beetles. Bell (1967) defines coxal ter-
minology.
The elytra exhibit considerable intergeneric variation. Generally, each elytron is rect-
angular (or hemi-ovate in some wingless species) with a moderately wide epipleuron. The
truncate apex is either perpendicular to the suture or is angulate. In the latter case, the
length along the suture is shorter than the epipleural length. The costae of the elytra are
present in all groups, but differently modified in some. The members of the Old World
Pheropsophina have carinate costae, separated by flat, macrosculptured depressions. The
costae are narrow in Aptinomorphus, and wide in Stenaptinus and Pheropsophus (sensu
stricto). The other bombardiers have rounded, low or moderately-high costae, alternating
with the strial depressions. In members of some Brachinus, Styphlomerus, and Crepidogas-
trini, the costae are absent, but the erect “depression setae” mark the location of the striae
commonly found in other carabid beetles.
Meta thorax
The metathorax is similar in all bombardiers, except in members of Mastax. This aberrant
genus has members with the anterior metasternal process broadly rounded, rather than acute
as in other bombardiers. Further, the members of this genus have the metacoxal cavities
lobate-separate, rather than lobate-confluent as in other bombardiers.
In members of wingless Brachinida species, or those with reduced wing membranes (not
wing dimorphic), there is a reduction in the length of the metasternum and metepisterna. In
all cases where there has been wing reduction or loss of flight (even when not necessarily
from reduction of wing membrane), the length of the metasternum behind the mesocoxa
is subequal to or shorter than the diameter of the mesocoxa (fig. 26). The metepisternum has
not become square as in some Pterostichus (Ball, 1960; Hacker, 1968), except in beetles
with wings entirely absent as in members of Aptinus and Crepidogastrini. With the reduction
in the length of these “flight components”, the lobe of the metepimeron becomes larger,
especially in Aptinus. In species which apparently have been flightless for a long time, such
as the members of Crepidogastrini, the mesepimeron disappears, at least externally.
I believe that the relative ages of wingless species of bombardiers (and possibly other
carabids) may be determined by comparisons of metathoracic structures. Hypothetically,
the longer a species has been flightless, the shorter the metasternum, metepisterna, and
wings, the more sloping the humeri, and the larger the lobe of the metepimeron. Ultimately,
the elytra fuse along the suture, but this has not occurred in bombardier beetles. Of course
the reduction probably begins with wing dimorphism as described by Lindroth (1945, 1963)
and Darlington (1936, 1943), but after all members of the species have become flightless,
then reduction in the mesothoracic and metathoracic flight components begins, and a build-
ing up of thoracic “ambulatory components” takes place.
Most groups of bombardier beetles have some wingless members, but I have not yet seen
nor heard of any wingless members of Mastax nor of Styphlomerus and its allies. Among
those bombardier beetles with wings (figs. 27-32), there is great similarity in the venation
and wing-folding pattern. Both are clearly “caraboid” in nature (see Forbes, 1926), except in
members of Mastax. This aberrant group has all the wing veins reduced to vague sclerotized
fields on the membrane. The oblong cell has almost disappeared, and the wedge cell and
Figs. 27-32. Left wing, dorsal aspect. 27. Styphlomerus ?ciliatus Liebke, Garamba, Congo, Africa. 28. Mas tax ?harg-
reavesi Liebke, Abakaliki, Nigeria. 29. Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, Lake Roberts, New Mexico. 30. Pheropsophus
?bimaculatus (Linne), Mysore, India. 31. Aploa nobilis Dejean, Chad, Africa. 32. Brachinus imporcitis new species,
Pinal Creek, Arizona. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
22
Erwin
first and second anal complexes are absent. Further, the wing is rounded apically, rather
than being acute as in the other bombardier groups.
Legs
The legs of bombardier beetles are quite similar throughout the various groups, but the
pubescence and setae vary interspecifically. Only the anterior tibiae and anterior male tarsi
offer obvious characters for taxonomic diagnoses and phylogenetic considerations. Possibly
after enough study of additional representative material, the middle and hind legs may offer
good characteristics in some groups (but not in Neobrachinus).
The anterior tibia has an antennal comb one third the distance from apex to base. The
position of this comb, and the relative positions of its two associated spurs, have been used
as the bases of some proposed classifications (Jeannel, 1941 ; Bell, 1967). In the bombardier
beetles, the proximal spur (figs. 33-39) is located on the upper edge of the comb, either in-
ternally (Aptinina, Crepidogastrini), intermediately positioned ( Aploa , Brachinoaptinus,
Pheropsophus ), or externally. It is absent from members of Mastax (fig. 40). The distal spur
is located at the tibial apex, behind the tarsal insertion.
The vestiture of the male anterior tarsal articles is intergenerically quite diverse. The mem-
bers of Crepidogastrini (fig. 50) have circular pads of setae, spongy in appearance, beneath
either two or three basal tarsal articles.
An Indian species, Tyronia humerata (Chaudoir), has members with three articles with
pads of vestiture, while the African Tyronia kivuensis Basilewsky has only two articles with
vestiture. Members of Mastax have each of the two basal articles bearing two parallel rows of
spatulate setae (fig. 49). The rows are symmetrically arranged on the underside of the ar-
ticles. This same two-rowed pattern is seen in some Brachinina (fig. 42), and in all Pherop-
sopina (figs. 44, 45), except that in the latter two groups three articles have the vestiture.
In members of the Aptinina (figs. 43, 47) and some Brachinina (fig. 41), the two parallel
rows are diagonally placed on the three basal asymmetrical tarsal articles.
Abdomen
The abdomen of the bombardier beetles exhibits very little variation. The females have
seven visible abdominal sterna, while the males have eight. In the male the eighth sternum is
divided into two lateral halves, while in both sexes the ninth tergum is modified into twin
“crepitation chambers”, separated by a median keel. At the base of the keel, on either side,
lies the outlet from the mixing chamber of the crepitating mechanism. When the mechanism
is not being fired, the eighth tergum overlies the ninth. During crepitation the ninth tergum
is telescoped caudally from under the eighth tergum, exposing the twin chambers. Each
chamber consists of a smooth L-shaped trough bordered internally by the median keel, and
bordered caudally by the up-turned apex of tergum nine. The foot of the L lies transversely
at the base of the upturned apex of tergum nine. This construction allows the beetle to
“aim” the chemical components of its irritant toward the predator. Eisner (1958) has
studied the directional aspects of this defensive spray, and he shows it can be aimed. I have
observed the aiming capabilities of these beetles while collecting them and while observing
them in the laboratory. The extensible abdomen and truncate elytra allow free movement of
the abdominal apex for aiming.
Genitalia
Female ovipositor and bursa copulatrix
Tanner (1927) discussed the family characteristics of carabid female genitalia. The bom-
bardier beetles fit the basic description Tanner gives, with the exception of Mastax and
Bombardier Beetles
23
37 38
39 40
Figs. 33-40. Right front tibia of male, lateral aspect. 33. Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, Lake Roberts, New Mexico.
34 . Pheropsophus ?bimaculatus (Linne), Mysore, India. 35. Pheropsophidius rivieri Demay, Ciudad Bolivar, Venezuela.
36. Aptinus bombarda Illiger, Europe. 37. Aploa nobilis Dejean, Chad, Africa. 38. Crepidogaster caffra Peringuey,
Cape Point, South Africa. 39. Styphlomerus ?ciliatus Liebke, Garamba, Congo, Africa. 40. Mastax ?hargreavesi
Liebke, Abakaliki, Nigeria. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Erwin
Figs. 41-47, 49, 50. Right front tarsus of male, ventral aspect. 41. Brachinus immaculicornis Dejean, France. 42. Bra-
chinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, Lake Roberts, New Mexico. 43. Aptinus bombarda Illiger, Europe. 44. Pheropsophus
?bimaculatus (Linne), Mysore, India. 45. Pheropsophidius rivieri Demay, Ciudad Bolivar, Venezuela. 46. Aploa nobilis
Dejean, Chad, Africa. 47. Styphlomerus ?ciliatus Liebke, Garamba, Congo, Africa. 49. Mastax ?hargreavesi Liebke,
Abakaliki, Nigeria. 50. Crepidogaster caffra Peringuey, Cape Point, South Africa. Figs. 48, 51, 52. Female ovipositor,
ventral aspect. 48. Styphlomerus ?ciliatus Liebke, Garamba, Congo, Africa. 51. Stenaptinus ?kolbei Hubenthal,
Cameroon, Africa. 52. Crepidogaster caffra Peringuey, Cape Point, South Africa. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0
Bombardier Beetles
25
Crepidogaster . In members of Mastax (fig. 62) there are two lateral, elongate sclerites in the
position Tanner illustrates for the ninth sterna. In the position Tanner illustrates for the
tenth sternite behind the bursal opening, there are two small transverse rods. Further, mem-
bers of Mastax have a single seta on the coxite that exceeds the length of the stylus. In mem-
bers of Crepidogaster (fig. 52), the coxite and stylus are fused and articulated with the
valvifer. Peculiarly, the base of the valvifer is plurisetose.
The members of Aptinina have the normal caraboid three piece ovipositor. In Aptinus
members (fig. 58), the apical-medial corner of the valvifer is plurisetose, while in members of
Styphlomerus, Styphlomerinus, and Styphlodromus (fig. 48), the apical edge of the valvifer
has several flattened spine-like setae. The styli of the Aptinina members are strongly curved
blades, which are usually acute apically. The members of the remaining genera have various-
ly modified styli, depending upon the species. In the members of Pheropsophina (fig. 5 1 ,
59, 61), the stylus blade is variously modified among the subgenera. Pheropsophus (sensu
stricto) members have very elongate and narrow styli, some with microspinules along the
inner edge (fig. 61 ). In Stenaptinus members, the styli are long and spatulate (fig. 5 1 ). In the
members of Pheropsophidius , they are similar to those in members of Brachinus, but lack
the setae (fig. 59).
The various members of Brachinus and Aptinoderus have the normal carabid three piece
ovipositor. The stylus is flattened and triangular, but varies considerably between the species.
The members of Brachinus have a single small seta on the ventral side near the apex of the
spatulate stylus.
The female members of Aptinus (fig. 55) are the only Brachinida which possess bursal
sclerites. The entire walls of the bursa are thinly sclerotized in a laminate fashion. A single
large rod-like sclerite is dorsal to the entrance of the bursa. Laterad, near the base of this rod
on the wall of the bursa, is a large and concave sclerite. At this point the entire bursa is trans-
verse, with a large forked sclerite in a pouch near the concave sclerite.
Male genitalia
The male genitalia are interspecifically distinct, and they can be used to distinguish be-
tween species in at least Neobrachinus. They are composed of the following parts: median
lobe, with the apex, shaft, ligule, basal bend, and basal portion; two parameres (the left one
large and the right one small) attached to the ventral comer of the basal portion of the
median lobe; and an endophallus, which is a membranous sac containing the gonopore,
which in turn may or may not provide attachment for various apical or subapical sclerites
and microtrichial fields.
The members of Crepidogastrini possess a very primitive type of male genitalia. The
median lobe is tubular, straight or bent, sometimes with the shaft contorted. The parameres
are not balteate, but are asymmetric. The left paramere is lobate, and is alongside the median
lobe. The smaller right paramere is lobate and is held close to the shaft. The ligule of the
shaft is absent. The endophallus is more than half the length of the median lobe, and in
members of some Crepidogaster, the apex has microtrichial fields.
In members of Brachinini, the parameres are always balteate, the left is larger than the
right, and both are wrapped around the basal portion of the median lobe and connected by
a membrane.
The members of Mastax have the most aberrant median lobe and endophallus of all the
Brachinida (fig. 53). The apex and shaft are similar to some Bembidion. The endophallus
possesses a coiled ribbon-like sclerite, as well as one basal and one apical sclerotized plate.
The parameres are smaller than in any other group, and they adhere tightly to the base of
the basal portion of the median lobe.
The remaining groups have typical brachinine genitalia with balteate parameres, a more
Erwin
26
Fig. 53. Male genitalia of Mastax ?hargreavesi Liebke, Abakaliki, Nigeria, lateral aspect. Fig. 54. Ventral aspect of
same. Fig. 55. Bursal sclerites of female Aptinus bombarda Illiger, Europe, dorsal aspect. Fig. 56. Male genitalia of
Aptinus bombarda Illiger, Europe, lateral aspect. Fig. 57. Dorsal aspect of same. Figs. 58-62. Female ovipositor, ven-
tral aspect. 58. Aptinus bombarda Illiger, Europe. 59. Pheropsophidius rivieri Demay, Ciudad Bolivar, Venezuela.
60. Aploa nobilis Dejean, Chad, Africa. 61. Pheropsophus ?bimaculatus (Linn6), Mysore, India. 62. Mastax ?hargrea-
vesi Liebke, Abakaliki, Nigeria. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm. (go = gonopore, ds = dorsal sclerite. Is =
lateral sclerites, tp = transverse pouch, bs = basal sclerite, sp = spermatheca, ov = oviduct).
Bombardier Beetles
27
or less tubular median lobe, and generally a moderate-sized endophallus. Some of these
groups have microtrichia or sclerites on the internal sac. The members of Pheropsophus
(fig. 69) and Pheropsophidius (figs. 437-442) have fields of microtrichia on a very long
endophallus. Styphlomerus members which I have seen have a shorter endophallus, but
still with microtrichia (but I have seen very few examples). Aptinus members have very
contorted median lobes with a very short endophallus. The endophallus has one basal and
two apical sclerites. Although I have not studied Aptinus males and females in copula , I
believe there is a definite correlation between the female bursal sclerites, and the male med-
ian lobe. A study of this relationship might prove fruitful.
Within the genus Brachinus, there have evolved many types of endophallic sclerites. The
members of Neobrachinus, Brachynolomus, Cnecostolus, and some African lineages, have
developed an apical sclerite surrounding the gonopore. Snodgrass (1935) has termed this
sclerite the “virga”. The members of Brachinoaptinus, Brachinus (sensu stricto), Metabrach-
inus, other African lineages, and at least one Oriental lineage, do not have any sclerites on
the endophallus. The members of one Oriental lineage have a long endophallus with a tube
at the apex which bears microtrichia. The members of Aploa, and those of at least one west
African lineage, have a subapical endophallic sclerite. The variation and homologies of these
virgae and sclerites are extremely important aids for persons attempting to understand the
relationships and hence, the dispersal movements of the members of the genus Brachinus.
Because of the extreme similarity in the external features of these beetles, the genitalic
diversity often must be studied carefully to determine the species differences (see below
under Neobrachinus).
The virgae of all North and Middle American species of Brachinus with known males were
studied in great detail. As a result of this study, certain patterns of evolution became appar-
ent. From a simple sclerotized tip of the endophallus (as in extant Brachinus dryas Andrewes
and members of the americanus group) more complex types evolved as indicated in fig. 461 .
TAXONOMY
Division Brachinida Bonelli
Brachinii Bonelli, 1809: tab. syn.
Brachinida Ball, 1960: 164.
The following combination of characteristics is diagnostic of this division of higher Cara-
bidae: anterior tibia anisochaetous middle coxae conjunct; lobe of metepimeron present;
elytra truncate, costate, striae obscure; abdomen with seven or eight sterna normally ex-
posed; outlets of the crepitating mechanism medial, in front of modified ninth tergum; ninth
tergum modified into twin crepitating chambers in both males and females; male genitalia
with an endophallus; parameres asymmetrical, the right minute, the left larger; cuticle of
mature adult pliable.
This division includes the tribes Crepidogastrini and Brachinini.
Key to tribes and subtribes of the division Brachinida
1 Mesepimera absent or almost so; ventral vestiture of male anterior tarsal articles
spongy and pad-like; terminal palpal articles swollen, usually securiform; gular
sutures convergent behind Crepidogastrini
1’ Mesepimera present, broad, clearly visible; vestiture beneath male anterior tarsal
articles consisting of two parallel rows of modified setae; terminal palpal articles
subcylindrical or wedge-shaped ; gular sutures divergent behind .... Brachinini 2
2(1’) Hind coxae contiguous; metasternal process acute; middle coxae not widely sep-
28 Erwin
arated; mandible with a scrobe; upper spur of anterior tibia present 3
2’ Hind coxae widely separated; metasternal process broadly rounded; middle coxae
widely separated; mandible without a scrobe; upper spur absent
Mastacina, new subtribe
3~(2) Mandibular scrobe unisetose 4
3’ Mandibular scrobe plurisetose Brachinina sensu stricto
4(3) Vestiture of male anterior tarsal articles arranged diagonally on asymmetric ar-
ticles; mentum with a tooth on anterior edge (absent in Styphlodromus ); upper
spur on anterior tibia internal (fig. 36) Aptinina, new subtribe
4’ Vestiture of male anterior tarsal articles not diagonal, articles symmetric; mentum
without a tooth; upper spur external or almost so (fig. 35)^
Pheropsophina, new subtribe
Tribe Crepidogastrini Jeannel
Crepidogastritae Jeannel, 1949: 1080.
Crepidogastrini Basilewsky, 1959: 233.
Type genus. - Crepidogaster Boheman, 1848: 68.
The following combination of characteristics is diagnostic of this tribe: labrum with eight
setae; mandibular scrobe plurisetose; palpi with terminal articles swollen or securiform;
gular sutures convergent behind; anterior coxal cavities biperforate, closed behind; pro-
pleural suture present; upper spur of anterior tibia internal; ventral vestiture of male anterior
tarsal articles spongy and pad-like; middle coxal cavities conjunct-confluent; mesepimera
absent or almost so; apical elytral membrane absent; hind coxal cavities confluent; meta-
sternum and metepisterna greatly reduced; wings absent; male parameres not balteate; val-
vifers of female ovipositor setiferous anteriorly ; coxite and stylus of female ovipositor fused.
This tribe contains the genera Crepidogaster, Tyronia, Crepidogastrinus, Crepidonellus,
Crepidogastrillus, Brachynillus, and Crepidolomus.
Key to the genera of the tribe Crepidogastrini (translated and modified from Basilewsky,
1959)
1 Lateral edge of pronotum with many spine-like setae; lateral edge of elytron also
with spine-like setae Crepidogastrinus Basilewsky
1’ Lateral edge of pronotum with one or two pairs of setae; depression 8 of elytron
with umbilicate setae only 2
2(1’) Elytra short and wide, maximum width greater than length at suture 3
2’ Elytra long and narrow, maximum width shorter than length at suture 4
3(2) Pronotum with one pair of lateral setae, near the middle; terminal article of labial
palpus securiform Crepidonellus Basilewsky
3’ Pronotum with two pairs of lateral setae, one just before hind angles and one near
the middle; last article of labial palpus globose Crepidogastrillus Basilewsky
4(2) Pronotum with one pair of lateral setae, near the middle 5
4’ Pronotum with two pairs of lateral setae, one just before hind angles and one near
the middle 6
5(4) Terminal article of labial palpus strongly swollen or securiform; terminal article of
maxillary palpus very swollen or securiform Crepidogaster Boheman
5’ Terminal article of labial palpus fusiform or subcylindrical; terminal article of the
maxillary palpus globose, but not securiform; body slender and elongate
Brachynillus Reitter
6(4’) Terminal article of labial palpus strongly swollen or securiform; terminal article of
maxillary palpus very swollen or securiform Tyronia Liebke
Bombardier Beetles
29
6’ Terminal article of labial palpus fusiform or subcylindrical; terminal article of the
maxillary palpus globose, but not securiform; body slender and elongate
Crepidolomus Basilewsky
Genus Crepidogaster Boheman
(Figs. 7, 11,38,50,52, 63,64)
Crepidogaster Boheman 1848: 68. Type species. — Crepidogaster bimaculatus Boheman
1848: 68 (subsequent designation, Jeannel, 1949: IQ81).
Crepidostoma Motschulsky 1862: 54. Type species. — Crepidogaster rufescens Motschulsky
1862 : 54 (by monotypy).
Diagnostic combination. — Terminal article of labial palpus strongly swollen or securi-
form; terminal article of maxillary palpus very swollen or securiform; pronotum with one
pair of setae, near the middle; elytra long and narrow, their combined maximum width
shorter than their length along the suture.
Description. — Small to large-sized beetles, 4.0 to 16.0 mm (from Basilewsky, 1959).
Color. Generally ferrugineous with brown or black elytra which are sometimes spotted.
Microsculpture. Isodiametric on head, pronotum, and elytra.
Macrosculpture. Entire dorsal surface covered by small setiferous punctulae.
Head. Labrum entire, with eight evenly spaced setae transversely arrayed on disc. Clypeus
rectangular, with two large setae, one inside each anterior angle. Front punctate with numer-
ous setae scattered throughout; furrows shallow; one supraorbital seta over each eye; bead
over eye ending midway the length of eye. Eyes protruding, but not prominent. Antennae
short, robust, pubescent throughout. Mandibles (fig. 7) each broad, triangular, curved at tip;
cutting edge with one small retinacular tooth; ventral groove with short golden setae; scrobe
plurisetose, but with one larger seta. Labial palpi (fig. 1 1) each with last article securiform;
all articles with numerous small setae. Maxillary palpi each more or less filiform, last article
swollen; all articles with numerous small setae. Ligula (fig. 1 1) membranous and square with
anterior angles produced, and center ventrally produced into a plurisetose sclerotized con-
vexity. Mentum (fig. 11) well developed without tooth. Gula (fig. 11) narrowed behind.
Prothorax. As described for the tribe Crepidogastrini, plus numerous punctulae on disc.
Anterior tibiae (fig. 38) each with upper spur internal, at middle of comb emargination.
Male anterior tarsal articles (fig. 50) symmetrical, vestiture beneath first and second consist-
ing of apically widened setae forming pads. Female anterior tarsal articles without vestiture.
Pterothorax. Mesepimera absent, or almost so. Metathoracic process acute. Metepimeron
lobe rounded apically. Elytral humeri sloping, lateral bead discontinuous before base of
humerus. Depression setae present between well developed carinae or costae. Epipleura
pubescent, wide anteriorly and medially, but narrowed toward apex. Wings absent.
Abdomen. As described for the tribe, plus a pair of ambulatory setae arising laterad, at
apex of sterna 3-6.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 63, 64) with small parameres, not balteate, asymmetrical. Median
lobe various, ligule absent. Endophallus of medium length, with two apical microtrichiate
fields and one basal field; virga absent. Female (fig. 52) with elongate, narrow, spatulate, and
unarmed styli; coxites small, continuous with stylus; valvifers setose anteriorly; bursa un-
armed.
Etymology . — Latin, crepo = rattle; Greek, gaster = stomach; referring to the beetles’
ability to crepitate.
Distribution. — The species of Crepidogasten occur south of the equator in Africa and
Madagascar, with only two populations of one species known north of the equator in east
Africa.
30
Erwin
63 64
Figs. 63-70. Male genitalia. 63. Crepidogaster caffra Peringuey, Cape Point, South Africa, ventral aspect: 64. Lateral
aspect of same. 65. Aploa nobilis Dejean, Chad, Africa, ventral aspect. 66. Lateral aspect of same. 67 . Styphlomerus
?ciliatus Liebke, Garamba, Congo, Africa, ventral aspect. 68. Lateral aspect of same. 69. Pheropsophus ?bimaculatus
(Linne), Mysore, India, ventral aspect. 70. Lateral aspect of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
31
Genus Tyronia Liebke
Tyronia Liebke, 1934: 18. Type species. — Crepidogaster numeratus Chaudoir, 1876: 96
(original designation).
Diagnostic combination. — As given in the key.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 3.5 to 7.0 mm (from Basilewsky, 1959). For details
see Basilewsky (1959).
Distribution. — The species of Tyronia occur in south and middle Africa on the eastern
side of the continent. Two species occur in the Oriental Region, one in India, and one in
Ceylon.
Genus Brachynillus Reitter
Brachynillus Reitter, 1904: 178. Type species. — Brachynillus varendorffi Reitter 1904 :
178 (by monotypy).
Diagnostic combination. — As given in the key.
Description. - Small-sized beetles, 5.0 to 5.5 mm (from Basilewsky, 1959). For details
see Basilewsky (1959).
Distribution. — The type species is found as a troglobiont in the “Grottes de Kulumuzi”
in Tanganyika. A second species placed in the genus by Basilewsky is known from one speci-
men labelled “Cape Town”.
Genus Crepidolomus Basilewsky
Crepidolomus Basilewsky, 1959: 33 1 . Type species. — Brachynillus extimus Jeannel, 1955 :
62 (original designation).
Diagnostic combination. — As given in the key.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 5.5 mm (from Basilewsky, 1959). For details see
Basilewsky (1959).
Distribution. — One female specimen is known from Andohahelo, on the southern
tip of Madagascar.
Genus Crepidonellus Basilewsky
Crepidonellus Basilewsky, 1959: 334. Type species. - Crepidogaster pusillus Peringuey,
1888: 76 (original designation).
Diagnostic combination. — As given in the key.
Description. - Very small-sized beetles, 3.6 to 4.3 mm (from Basilewsky, 1959). For
details see Basilewsky (1959).
Distribution. - The members of Crepidonellus are found in South West Africa and Cape
Province.
Genus Crepidogastrillus Basilewsky
Crepidogastrillus Basilewsky, 1959: 337. Type species. — Crepidogastrillus curtulus Basil-
ewsky, 1959: 338 (original designation).
Diagnostic combination. — As given in the key.
Description. — Very small-sized beetles, 3.4 to 3.6 mm (from Basilewsky, 1959). For
details see Basilewsky (1959).
Distribution. — The range of this genus extends from Cape Province north into South
West Africa, and east to northwest Rhodesia.
Genus Crepidogastrinus Basilewsky
Crepidogastrinus Basilewsky, 1957: 1 17. Type species. — Crepidogastrinus kochi Basilewsky,
1957: 1 18 (by original designation and monotypy).
Diagnostic combination. — As given in the key.
32
Erwin
Description. — Very small-sized beetles, 3.0 mm (from Basilewsky, 1959). For details see
Basilewsky (1957, 1959).
Distribution. — The range of this species is confined to southern Angola and south West
Africa.
Tribe Brachinini Bonelli
Brachinii Bonelli, 1809: tab. syn.
Brachynidae Stephens, 1827: 5.
Brachynini Erichson, 1837: 25 (Brachinini, of authors).
Brachinida Heer, 1838: 4.
Brachinides Lacordaire, 1854: 97.
Brachinites Jacquelin du Val, 1857: 55.
Brachinina Thomson, 1859: 6 (Brachynina, of authors).
Brachyninae Kolbe, 1898 : 60.
Brachynitae Alluaud, 1916: 50.
Brachinidae Jeannel, 1942: 1102.
The following combination of characteristics is diagnostic of this tribe: mandibular scrobe
plurisetose or unisetose; labial palpus with terminal article wedge-shaped, subcylindrical,or
globose-attenuate; gular sutures divergent behind; anterior coxal cavities uniperforate or bi-
perforate; propleural suture present or absent; upper spur of anterior tibia present or absent,
internal or external; ventral vestiture of male anterior tarsal articles composed of two parallel
rows of modified setae; mesepimeron present, wide, but not reaching middle coxa; male
parameres balteate.
This tribe contains the subtribes Mastacina new subtribe, Pheropsophina Jeannel, Aptinina
new subtribe, and Brachinina Bonelli.
Subtribe Mastacina new subtribe
Type genus. — Mastax Fischer von Waldheim, here designated.
This subtribe contains a single genus. The diagnostic characteristics are given below.
Genus Mastax Fischer von Waldheim
(Figs. 6, 10, 28, 40, 49, 53, 54, 62)
Mastax Fischer von Waldheim, 1825-28: 111. Type species. — Brachinus thermarum Stevens,
1806: 166 (subsequent designation by Jedlicka, 1963: 547).
Brachinus (of authors).
Diagnostic combination. - Mandibular scrobes reduced, unisetose; last article of palpi
fusiform with subulate tip; mentum with single tooth and deep pit (fig. 10); mandibles each
with large bifid terebral tooth; anterior coxal cavities biperforate-separate, closed behind;
propleural sutures present; pronotum with two longitudinal ridges on disc; upper spur of
anterior tibia absent; middle coxae conjunct-separate; metasternal process (between middle
coxae) broadly rounded; hind coxae widely separated; wing (fig. 28); parameres of male
genitalia extremely small, adherent to base of median lobe; ligule absent; coxite of female
genitalia unisetose, stylus short.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 2.5 to 4.0 mm.
Color. Head, prothorax, and legs generally ferrugineous to brown. Abdomen, antennae,
and “knees” infuscated. Elytra brown with white spots.
Microsculpture. Isodiametric on head and pronotum, except where obliterated by macro-
sculpture. Longitudinally-stretched meshes on elytra.
Macrosculpture. Longitudinal wrinkles on head and pronotum. Minute chevron-shaped
wrinkles on costae of elytra, surface “satin-like” in appearance.
Bombardier Beetles
33
Head. Labrum emarginate, with eight evenly spaced setae transversely arranged on disc.
Clypeus rectangular, with six evenly spaced setae transversely arranged on disc. Front longit-
udinally wrinkled with numerous scattered setae; furrows shallow, reflexed strongly at sides
over antennal bases; one supraorbital seta over each eye, one pseudosupraorbital seta behind
each eye; bead over eye carinate and prolonged on side of vertex behind pseudosupraorbital
seta; shallowly depressed at middle. Eyes prominent. Antennae robust; articles 5-10 as wide
as long, moniliform; article 1 1 fusiform and subulate at apex; all articles pubescent. Man-
dibles (fig. 6) arcuate each with a strong bifid terebral tooth; basal margin with dense brush
of fine golden setae, also a row of fine setae in ventral groove; scrobes effaced, but unisetose.
Palpi (fig. 10) each with terminal article fusiform, tip subulate; all articles pubescent. Ligula
bilobed; lobes thin and densely setiferous; median portion slightly swollen with two large
setae. Mentum (fig. 10) short, with single tooth medially on anterior edge; center of men-
tum excavated and surrounded by setae. Gula (fig. 10) widened behind.
Prothorax. As described for the subtribe Masticina, and disc with two longitudinal carinae
on each side of midline. Anterior tibia (fig. 40) without upper spur. Male and female with
first two tarsal articles expanded, the male (fig. 49) with modified vestiture beneath these
two articles. Male with a curved nonarticulated spine (fig. 40) on right side of glabrous an-
tennal comb-trough.
Pterothorax. Metathoracic process (between middle coxae) broadly rounded, middle cox-
ae widely separated. Hind coxae widely separated. Metepimeron lobe small, but rounded
caudally. Elytra quadrate, humeri prominent, lateral bead prolonged inside humerus to
base of fifth stria. Setae present between weakly raised costae in striae 2, 4, 6, 8. Epipleura
wide throughout; pubescent. Wings as in fig. 28.
Abdomen. As described for the division Brachinida, except with one pair of ambulatory
setae at apex of sterna 2-5.
Genitalia. Male (fig. 53, 54) with extremely small parameres adherent to base. Median
lobe various, but usually slightly arcuate and blunt at apex. Endophallus extremely com-
plicated with (in repose) two sclerites apically and one sclerite basally; membrane reinforced
with a thin, spiraled, sclerotized rod. Female (fig. 62) with short, narrow, arcuate and un-
armed styli; valvifer transverse, narrow, and elongate; coxite unisetose; bursa unarmed; sper-
matheca present, sausage-shaped.
Etymology . — Greek, mastokos = jaw, mouth; referring to the huge retinacular tooth on
the mandibles of these beetles.
Distribution. — (Fig. 457). Species of Mastax occur on both sides of the equator, but are
not confined to the tropics. Species are known from south of the equator in South Africa
and southern Sumatra. North of the equator some species occur in western, northern, and
eastern Africa, the Congo, Saudia Arabia, Iraq (on both sides of the Caspian Sea), western
India, Ceylon, southeast Asia, Hainan, and Formosa.
Subtribe Pheropsophina Jeannel
Pheropsophini Jeannel, 1948: 1084.
Type genus. — Pheropsophus Solier, 1833: 46.
The following combination of characteristics is diagnostic for this subtribe; mandibular
scrobe unisetose; terminal palpal article wedge-shaped; anterior coxal cavities open or closed
behind; propleural suture present or absent; upper spur of anterior tibia slightly internal;
male anterior tarsal articles symmetrical or almost so; middle coxal cavities separate-con-
junct; apical elytral membrane absent; at least some depressions of elytra microrugose; hind
coxae contiguous-separate; lobe of metepimeron large; parameres of male genitalia small,
balteate; dorsal surface of median lobe at basal bend notched; valvifer of female ovipositor
glabrous.
34
Erwin
This subtribe includes the genera Pheropsophus Solier and Pheropsophidius Hubenthal.
Key to the genera and subgenera of the subtribe Pheropsophina
1 Elytra costate, with costae low and rounded, evenly confluent with depressions;
propleural suture absent Pheropsophidius 2
V Elytra carinate, carinae sharp or rounded, well defined and abruptly confluent
with depressions; propleural sutures present Pheropsophus 3
2(1) Anterior coxal cavities narrowly opened behind; depressions on disc of elytra
without macrosculpture (except near scutellum); apex of elytra obliquely trun-
cate, sutural length shorter than lateral length
subgenus Protopheropsophus Hubenthal
2’ Anterior coxal cavities closed behind; depressions on disc with macrosculpture;
apex of elytron almost truncate; costae well defined
subgenus Pheropsophidius Hubenthal
3(1’) Apical border of elytron with numerous long setae
subgenus Pheropsophus Solier
3’ Apical border of elytron without long setae, with or without very small ones
(barely visible at 50 X) 4
4(3’) Carinae of elytra broader than the depressions, and rounded dorsally
Stenaptinus Maindron
4’ Carinae of elytra very narrow, sharp dorsally (Madagascar)
Aptinomorphus Jeannel
Genus Pheropsophus Solier
(Figs. 5, 14, 25, 30, 34, 44, 51, 61 , 69, 70)
Pheropsophus Solier, 1833: 463. Type species. — Brachinus senegalensis Dejean, 1825: 308
(subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1949: 1084).
Stenaptinus Maindron, 1906: 15. Type species. — Stenaptinus krichna Maindron, 1906:
15 (subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1949: 1084).
Parapheropsophus Hubenthal, 1914: 442. Type species. — Brachinus verticalis Dejean,
1825: 302 (subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1949: 1084; Darlington, 1968: 234).
Aptinomorphus Jeannel, 1949: 1091. Type species. — Pheropsophus acutecostatus Fair-
maire, 1892: 168 (original designation).
Brachinus (of authors).
Diagnostic combination. — Elytral costae carinate, carinae sharp or rounded, well defined
and more strongly contrasting with depressions; propleural sutures present.
This genus includes the subgenera Pheropsophus Solier, Stenaptinus Maindron, and
Aptinomorphus Jeannel.
Subgenus Pheropsophus Solier
(Figs. 5,14, 25, 30, 34, 44, 61, 69, 70)
Parapheropsophus Hubenthal, 1914: 442. Darlington, 1968: 234.
Diagnostic combination. — As given for genus Pheropsophus , plus apical border of elytra
with fringe of long closely spaced setae.
Description. — Medium to large-sized beetles, 15.0 to 25.0 mm.
Color. Generally yellow or ferrugineous, with black markings.
Microsculpture. Isodiametric on head, but slightly stretched transversely on pronotum
and elytral carinae.
Macrosculpture. Depressions between elytral carinae with numerous longitudinal micro-
rugosities.
Bombardier Beetles
35
Head. Labrum entire, with six evenly spaced setae transversely arranged near anterior
margin. Clypeus rectangular, with two setae on each side near middle. Front smooth, gla-
brous; furrows very shallow; one supraorbital seta over each eye; bead over eye almost ab-
sent; eyes prominent. Antennae long, robust, first two articles setiferous, 3-1 1 pubescent.
Mandibles (fig. 5) each broad, arcuate; cutting edge with two small terebral teeth and two
retinacular teeth; ventral groove with short golden setae; basal margin with penicillus;
scrobe unisetose. Labial palpi (fig. 14) each with terminal article narrowly wedge-shaped;
terminal and penultimate articles with numerous stiff setae. Maxillary palpi each more or
less filiform, terminal three articles with numerous stiff setae. Ligula (fig. 14) membranous
and square, with anterior angles barely produced; center ventrally produced into a bisetose
sclerotized carina. Mentum (fig. 14) well developed, without a tooth. Gula (fig. 14) wid-
ened behind.
Prothorax. As described under subtribe Pheropsophina. Anterior tibiae each with subter-
minal spur in intermediate position at top of comb emargination. Male anterior tarsal ar-
ticles 1-3 slightly asymmetrical, vestiture beneath consisting of two parallel rows of spatulate
setae. Female anterior tarsal articles symmetrical, vestiture absent. Anterior coxal cavities
barely closed behind.
Pterothorax. Anterior metathoracic process acute. Middle coxal cavities contiguous-
separate. Metepimeron lobe large, rounded apically. Elytral humeri square, lateral bead
entire to base of humerus. Strial setae present between well developed carinae. Epipleura
wide anteriorly and medially, but narrowing toward apex; not pubescent. Wings present (fig.
30).
Abdomen. As described under division Brachinida, except one pair of ambulatory setae
at apices of sterna 3-6.
Genitalia. Male (fig. 69, 70) with small balteate, asymmetrical parameres; median lobe
variable, but symmetrical, and notched near base; ligule double, narrow, and spatulate;
endophallus short with various fields of microtrichia; virga absent. Female (fig. 61) with
elongate, narrow, slightly curved styli, usually armed with small spines; coxites small, ro-
bust; valvifers glabrous; bursa unarmed, except an elongate sclerite at entrance of bursa.
Etymology . — Greek, phero = bearer; psoph os = sound, or noise; hence “noise bearer”
referring to the crepitating behavior of these beetles.
Distribution. — The range of this subgenus extends over much of Africa and Madagascar,
with the exception of the desert region in the north of Africa, and eastward across Asia
Minor, India, and eastern Asia, into the Malay Archipelago, New Guinea, New Britain, New
Ireland, the Solomons, and Australia.
Subgenus Stenaptinus Maindron
(Fig. 51)
Diagnostic combination. — As in subgenus Pheropsoph us, except wings absent, anterior
coxal cavities slightly open behind; female styli shorter, more spatulate, unarmed.
Description. - Medium to large-sized beetles, about 10.0 to 15.0 mm.
Color. Ferrugineous venter and legs, black above, sometimes head and pronotum also
ferrugineous.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Pheropsophus .
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Pheropsophus .
Head. As in subgenus Pheropsophus .
Prothorax. As in subgenus Pheropsophus, except coxal cavity slightly open behind.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Pheropsophus, except metasternum very short, shorter than
longitudinal diameter of middle coxa (fig. 26); metepisterna almost square; elytral humeri
absent; wings absent.
36
Erwin
Abdomen. As in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Genitalia. Male as in subgenus Pheropsophus. Female (fig. 51) styli unarmed, wider, and
shorter than subgenus Pheropsophus, otherwise similar.
Etymology . — Greek, stenos = narrow; Aptinus = name of another brachinine genus; re-
ferring to the very narrow humeri of these beetles.
Distribution. — The range of this subgenus is the Old World Tropics, including tropical
Africa, India, Ceylon, southeastern Asia, Celebes, Taiwan, Philippines, and possibly New
Guinea.
Subgenus Aptinomorphus Jeannel
Diagnostic combination. — As in subgenus Pheropsophus, except for the following charac-
ters: wings absent; elytral carinae very narrow, ridge-like; apex of elytra without setae;
female styli very short and broad.
Description. — Medium to large-sized beetles, 12.0 to 30.0 mm.
Color. Ferrugineous venter and legs; head and pronotum ferrugineous or brown; elytra
black or brown.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Head. As in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Stenaptinus.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Pheropsophus .
Genitalia. Male as in subgenus Pheropsophus. Female styli very short and broad, unarmed,
otherwise as in subgenus Pheropsophus .
Etymology. — Aptinus = another brachinine genus; Greek, morphe = form or shape;
referring to the narrow, wingless condition of these beetles, reminding one of members of
Aptinus.
Distribution. — The species of this subgenus are confined to Madagascar.
Genus Pheropsophidius Hubenthal
(Figs. 4, 12, 35, 59, 423, 427, 437-442, 444, 445, 446)
Pheropsophidius Hubenthal, 1911: 547. Type species. — Cicindela aequinoctialis Linne,
1763:395 (subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1949: 1084).
Protopheropsophus Hubenthal, 1911: 548. Type species. — Pheropsophus biplagiatus
Chaudoir, 1876: 18 (by monotypy).
Brachinus (of authors).
Diagnostic combination. — Elytra costate, costae low and rounded, evenly flared into
depressions; propleural suture absent.
This genus includes the subgenera Pheropsophidius Hubenthal and Protopheropsophus
Hubenthal.
Subgenus Pheropsophidius Hubenthal
(Figs. 4, 12, 35, 59, 423, 440, 441, 442, 445)
Diagnostic combination. — As in subgenus Pheropsophus, except costae of elytra not car-
inate, lower, rounded, and evenly confluent with depressions; propleural sutures absent;
female styli short and broad.
Description. — Medium to large-sized beetles, about 12.0 to 20.0 mm.
Color. Yellow or ferrugineous with black markings.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Pheropsophus .
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Pheropsophus, except discal depressions with fewer micro-
Bombardier Beetles
37
rugosities.
Head. As in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Pheropsophus, except propleural sutures absent.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Pheropsophus , except elytral costae as described above.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Pheropsophus .
Genitalia. Male (figs. 440, 441, 442) as in subgenus Pheropsophus. Female (fig. 59) styli
short and broad, otherwise as in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Etymology . — Greek, phero = bearer; psophos = sound; idion = little; referring to the
smaller, but Pheropsophus- like members of this genus.
Distribution. — The range of this subgenus extends from southern Mexico to South
America, as far south as 40° S in Argentina.
Subgenus Protopheropsophus Hubenthal
(Figs. 427, 437, 438, 439, 444, 446)
Diagnostic combination. — As in subgenus Pheropsophidius, except elytra scarcely cos-
tate on disc; anterior coxal cavities open behind; wings absent; humeri absent; apex of elytra
obliquely truncate; microrugosities of elytral depressions absent from disc.
Description. — Small to large-sized beetles, 1 1 .0 to 14.0 mm.
Color. Head, prothorax, venter around coxae, and legs ferrugineous. Elytra and epipleura
dull black, each with a large orange spot.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Pheropsophus, except microrugosities absent from disc.
Head. As in subgenus Pheropsophus .
Prothorax. As in subgenus Pheropsophidius, except anterior coxal cavities open behind.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Stenaptinus, except elytra as described above.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 437, 438, 439) as in subgenus Pheropsophus . Female styli (fig. 444)
short and broad, otherwise as in subgenus Pheropsophus.
Etymology. - Greek, proto = first; Pheropsophus, another genus of brachinines; referring
to Hubenthal’s idea that this is the most primitive group of Pheropsophina.
Distribution . — (Fig. 446). The members of this monotypic subgenus are known only
from the southern slopes of the Sierra Madre del Sur in Oaxaca, Mexico.
Subtribe Aptinina new subtribe
Type genus. — Aptinus Bonelli, here designated.
The following combination of characteristics is diagnostic of this subtribe: mandibular
scrobe unisetose; mentum with tooth on anterior edge; anterior coxal cavities uniperforate;
propleural suture absent; antennal comb spur internal; male anterior tarsi with articles 1-3
asymmetrical (figs. 43, 47); vestiture of male anterior tarsal articles diagonally arranged;
middle coxal cavities confluent; apical elytral membrane absent; metacoxal cavities conflu-
ent; coxites of female ovipositor setiferous apically.
This subtribe includes the genera Aptinus Bonelli, Styphlomerus Chaudoir, Styphlomer-
inus Jeannel, and Styphlodromus Basilewsky.
Key to the genera of the subtribe Aptinina
1 Integument black; dorsal pubescence sparse; wingless; humeri absent
Aptinus Bonelli
F Integument ferrugineous or yellow, elytra with black areas; dorsal pubescence
dense; winged; humeri square and prominent 2
2(1’) Mentum with large tooth on anterior edge 3
38
Erwin
2’ Mentum without large tooth on anterior edge Styphlodromus Basilewsky
3(2) Dorsal surface with large punctures forming a very rugose surface; elytra concolor-
ous Styphlomerinus Jeannel
3’ Dorsal surface finely and densely punctate; elytra bicolored
Styphlomerus Chaudoir
Genus Aptinus Bonelli
(Figs. 3, 17,36, 43,55,56,57, 58)
Aptinus Bonelli, 1810: tab. syn. Type species . — Brachinus bombarda Illiger, 1800: 112
(subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1942: 1116).
Aptinidius Jeannel, 1942: 1116. Type species. — Aptinus displosor Dufour, 1811: 70
(original designation). NEW SYNONYMY. I do not believe this species is sufficiently
different to warrant its placement in a separate monotypic subgenus.
Diagnostic combination. — Integument black (red prothorax in members of Aptinus
displosor Dufour); dorsal pubescence sparse; humeri absent; wings absent; male genitalia
variously contorted, endophallus with sclerite “complex”; female coxites plurisetose, setae
unmodified, bursa with sclerite “complex”.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 8.0 to 14.0 mm.
Color. Generally black, some species with rufous appendages and prothorax.
Microsculpture. Isodiametric on head, pronotum, and elytra, slightly transversely stretched
on pronotum.
Macrosculpture. Pronotum usually with deep setiferous punctures.
Head. Labrum entire to slightly lobate, with six or eight evenly spaced setae transversely
arranged near anterior margin. Clypeus rectangular, with numerous setiferous punctures
scattered on disc. Front smooth, but with numerous setae; furrows very shallow, with deep
groove separating them from antennal base cover and eye; one supraorbital seta over each
eye; bead over eye ending at hind margin of eye. Eyes prominent. Antennae long, narrow,
pubescent throughout. Mandibles (fig. 3) each broad, triangular, curved at tip; cutting edge
with one small terebral tooth and three retinacular teeth; ventral groove with short golden
setae; scrobe unisetose. Labial palpi (fig. 17) each with last article narrowly wedge-shaped;
terminal and penultimate article bearing numerous stiff setae. Maxillary palpi more or less
filiform; last three articles with numerous stiff setae. Ligula (fig. 17) membranous with an-
terior angles produced, and center ventrally produced into a plurisetose sclerotized convex-
ity. Mentum (fig. 17) well developed with a single entire or emarginate tooth at anterior
edge. Gula (fig. 17) widened behind.
Prothorax. As described under subtribe Aptinina, except that numerous, large, deep, seti-
ferous, punctures occur on disc. Anterior tibiae (fig. 36) each with subterminal spur internal,
at middle of comb emargination. Male anterior tarsal articles (fig. 43) 1-3 asymmetrical,
with ventral vestiture consisting of two parallel rows of spatulate setae, diagonally arranged
beneath each article. Female anterior tarsal articles symmetrical, vestiture absent.
Pterothorax. Anterior metathoracic process acute, mesocoxae contiguous-confluent. Hind
coxae contiguous. Metepimeron lobe very large, rounded apically. Elytral humeri strongly
sloping, lateral bead entire to base of humerus. Depression setae present between well devel-
oped costae. Epipleura wide medially and anteriorly, but narrowing toward apex; entirely
pubescent. Wings absent.
Abdomen. As described under division Brachinida, except one pair of ambulatory setae
at apices of sternites 2-5.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 56, 57) with small balteate, asymmetrical parameres; median lobe
variable, but highly asymmetrical and contorted; ligule single, large, and spatulate; endo-
phallus short, with two ventral microtuberculate plates and an apical sclerite. Female (fig.
Bombardier Beetles
39
58) with very short, broad, arcuate, and unarmed styli; valvifers robust and plurisetose;
bursa with complicated arrangement of sclerites (fig. 55).
Etymology . — Greek, apten = unable to fly; referring to the winglessness of all known
species of this genus.
Distribution. — The species of Aptinus occur in the southern parts of Europe from Spain
to the Black Sea, mostly in the mountainous regions of the Alps and Pyrenees.
Genus Styphlomerus Chaudoir
(Figs. 2, 16, 27, 39, 47, 48, 67, 68)
Styphlomerus Chaudoir, 1875: in Rapport sur un memoire de M. le Baron de Chaudoir, by
M. Putzeys. Type species. — Brachinus quadrimaculatus Dejean (subsequent designation
by Andrewes, 1939: 138)
Styphromerus Chaudoir, 1876: 88. Lapsus calami.
Diagnostic combination. — Mandibular scrobe unisetose; labial palpus with terminal article
cylindrical; mentum with a large median tooth; mandibles simple, each with one terebral
tooth and one terebral ridge; propleural suture absent; anterior tibiae each with subterminal
spur internal at middle of comb emargination; male anterior tarsal articles asymmetrical;
middle coxae contiguous-confluent; elytra not costate; elytral epipleura wide or narrow;
apical membrane of elytra absent; hind coxae confluent; metasternal process (between mid-
dle coxae) acute; wings present; parameres of male genitalia small, balteate; ligule double;
valvifers of female genitalia plurisetose; styli short, narrow, and arcuate.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 4.5 to 12.0 mm.
Color. Generally testaceous to yellow, many species with blackish elytra with testaceous
or yellow spots.
Microsculpture. Isodiametric on head, pronotum, and elytra.
Macrosculpture. Dorsal surface of head, pronotum, and elytra densely microrugose and
punctate.
Head. Labrum entire, with six evenly spaced setae transversely arranged on disc. Clypeus
rectangular with a single seta at each anterior corner and several small setae scattered over
disc. Front microrugose, with numerous setiferous punctures; furrows very shallow; one
supraorbital seta over each eye; bead over eye incomplete. Eyes prominent. Antennae long,
robust, pubescent throughout. Mandible (fig. 2) broad, triangular, curved at tip; terebral
margin with an elongate terebral ridge, and two retinacular teeth; ventral groove with short
golden setae; scrobe unisetiferous. Labial palpi (fig. 16) each with terminal article slightly
wedge-shaped; terminal and penultimate articles plurisetose, penultimate also bearing two
large setae. Maxillary palpi each more or less filiform; last three articles plurisetose. Ligula
(fig. 16) membranous and square with anterior angles produced, center ventrally produced
into plurisetose sclerotized convexity. Mentum (fig. 16) well developed, with a single tooth
at anterior edge. Gula (fig. 16) widened behind.
Prothorax. As described under subtribe Aptinina, except disc with microrugosities and
scattered punctures. Anterior tibiae (fig. 39) with subapical spur internal at middle of comb
emargination. Male anterior tarsal articles (fig. 47) 1-3 asymmetrical, vestiture beneath con-
sisting of two parallel rows of spatulate setae. Female anterior tarsal articles symmetrical,
vestiture absent.
Pterothorax. Anterior metathoracic process (between middle coxae) acute, prolonged,
middle coxae contiguous-confluent. Hind coxae confluent. Metepimeron lobe small, paral-
lel sided. Elytral humeri square, lateral bead entire to base of humerus. Depression setae
present, erect. Epipleura pubescent; wide medially and anteriorly, but either narrowing to-
ward apex or wide throughout. Wings present (fig. 27).
Abdomen. As described under division Brachinida, except one or more pairs of ambul-
40
Erwin
atory setae at apices of sterna 2-5.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 67, 68) with small, balteate, asymmetrical parameres; median lobe
various, but usually elongate, narrow, curved; apical sclerotization poorly defined, but
present; ligule double; endophallus short with numerous microtrichia scattered over sur-
face. Females with short, narrow, and arcuate, unarmed styli; coxites trapezoidal, thin;
valvifers plurisetose; bursa without sclerites.
Etymology . - Greek, styphlos = rough; meros = thigh; referring to the punctate femora
of these beetles.
Distribution. — The range of this genus extends on both sides of the equator in southern
and middle Africa.
Genus Styphlomerinus Jeannel
Styphlomerinus Jeannel, 1949: 1118. Type species. — Styphlomerus fuscifrons Fairmaire
1897: 367 (original designation).
Diagnostic combination. — As in Styphlomerus, except dorsum more strongly macropunc-
tate; elytra without spots (in known species); ligule single.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, about 5.0 to 8.5 mm (Jeannel, 1949).
Color. Head, prothorax, venter, and legs ferrugineous; sometimes head and various scler-
ites infuscated. Elytra and epipleura dark grey or black.
Microsculpture. As in genus -Styphlomerus.
Macrosculpture. Dorsal surface coarsely punctate and rugose.
Head. As in genus Styphlomerus.
Prothorax. As in genus Styphlomerus.
Pterothorax. As in genus Styphlomerus, except epipleura not wide throughout then-
length.
Abdomen. As in genus Styphlomerus.
Genitalia. Male as in genus Styphlomerus, except ligule single. Female as in genus
Styphlomerus.
Etymology . — Greek, styphlos = rough, meros = thigh, inus = having the nature of; refer-
ring to the similarity between members of this genus and Styphlomerus.
Distribution. — The range of this genus extends from India to Japan, and south in the
Malayan Archipelago to Java, and on the islands of Madagascar, Hainan, and Taiwan. Accor-
ding to Jeannel (1949), no species inhabit continental Africa.
Genus Styphlodromus Basilewsky
Styphlodromus Basilewsky, 1959a: 240. Type species. — Styphlodromus bicolor Basilewsky,
1959a: 241 (original designation).
Diagnostic combination. - As in Styphlomerus, except mentum without tooth; dorsal
surface macropunctate; ligule doubled or not (nature of doubling different than in Styph-
lomerus)', elytra with stripes or spots.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 4.5 to 7.0 mm.
Color. Head, prothorax, venter, and legs ferrugineous. Elytra and epipleura dark gray to
black, variously spotted or striped.
Microsculpture. As in genus Styphlomerus.
Macrosculpture. As in genus Styphlomerinus.
Head. As in genus Styphlomerus.
Prothorax. As in genus Styphlomerus.
Pterothorax. As in genus Styphlomerus, except epipleuron not wide throughout its length.
Abdomen. As in genus Styphlomerus.
Genitalia. Male as in genus Styphlomerus, except ligule single or double, and endophallus
Bombardier Beetles
41
folding pattern more complex. Female as in genus Styphlomerus.
Etymology . — Greek, styphlos = rough; dromeus = runner; referring to the rapidity with
which these Styphlomerus-like beetles run.
Distribution. — The range of this genus extends from middle to southern Africa.
Remarks. — Although this genus is presently monotypic in the literature, I have seen
specimens representing four more species. I have not described and named these, because it
is possible they already have names and have been placed wrongly in the genus Styphlom-
erus or even Brachinus.
Subtribe Brachinina Bonelli
Type genus. — Brachinus Weber.
The following combination of characteristics is diagnostic of this sub tribe: mandibular
scrobes plurisetose; mentum without a tooth on anterior edge; anterior coxal cavities uni-
perforate, closed behind; propleural suture absent; anterior tibiae each with subterminal
spur external or only slightly internal at top of comb emargination; male anterior tarsal
articles either symmetrical or asymmetrical; vestiture beneath articles 1-3 longitudinally or
diagonally arranged; middle coxal cavities confluent; apical elytral membrane present; hind
coxal cavities confluent; coxites of female ovipositor glabrous apically.
This subtribe includes the genera Brachinus Weber, Aptinoderus Hubenthal, and Brachin-
ulus Basilewsky.
Key to the genera of the sub tribe Brachinina
1 Apical membrane of elytron fully developed, wider than sutural flange near apex
Brachinus Weber
1 ’ Apical membrane of elytron narrow, narrower than sutural flange near apex ... 2
2(1’) Integument black, apical articles of labial and maxillary palpi cylindrical
Aptinoderus Hubenthal
2’ Integument brown to ferrugineous, apical articles of labial and maxillary palpi
swollen proximally, acuminate and fusiform toward apex
Brachinulus Basilewsky
Genus Aptinoderus Hubenthal
Aptinoderus Hubenthal, 1919: 332. Type species. — Brachynus funebris Peringuey, 1898:
320 (here designated).
Brachynomorphus Hubenthal, 1919: 335. Type species. - Brachynus tibialis Peringuey,
1898: 321 (here designated). NEW SYNONYMY. I do not believe this species is suf-
ficiently different to warrant its placement in a separate genus.
Diagnostic combination . — Integument black; dorsum of head and pronotum with large,
deeply impressed setiferous punctures; antennal article 3 subequal to articles 1 and 2 com-
bined; anterior coxal cavities closed behind, proepimeron inserted into notch on prosternal
process; male anterior tarsal articles asymmetrical, vestiture beneath diagonally arranged;
subterminal spur of anterior tibia external on top of comb emargination; apterous; humeri
strongly sloped; apical membrane of elytra narrower than sutural flange; endophallus with-
out virga or sclerites.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, about 10.0 to 1 1.0 mm (Hubenthal, 1919).
Color. Black, with legs and outer antennal articles ferrugineous. Elytra black (except in
cyanipennis, according to Hubenthal, 1919).
Microsculpture. Isodiametric, mostly effaced on head and pronotum, slightly beaded on
elytra.
Macrosculpture. Dorsum of head and pronotum coarsely and densely punctate, each
42
Erwin
puncture setiferous.
Head. As in subgenus Brachinus, except center of mentum convex.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus , except anterior coxal cavities closed behind, pro-
epimeron inserted into notch of prosternal process.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus , except metasternum short, shorter than longi-
tudinal diameter of middle coxae; metepisternum short; apterous; humeri strongly sloped;
apical fringe of elytra consisting of short, closely spaced setae.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Genitalia. As in subgenus Brachinus , except both parameres small, more balteate. Female
as in subgenus Brachinus.
Etymology. — Aptinus = another genus of bombardier beetles; Greek, deros = skin; refer-
ring to the black, Aptinus-hke integument of these beetles.
Distribution. — The range of this genus is restricted to extreme southern Africa.
Genus Brachinulus Basilewsky
Brachinulus Basilewsky, 1958: 96. Type species. - Brachinulus viettei Basilewsky, 1958:
97 (original designation and by monotypy). For details see above and Basilewsky 1962a:
126.
Diagnostic combination. — Terminal palpal article swollen proximally, acuminate and
fusiform toward apex; apical elytral membrane narrower than sutural flange, and with num-
erous small, and closely spaced apical setae.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 5.0 mm. I have not seen specimens of this group, nor
does Basilewsky provide information on the characteristics which I have utilized for other
species.
Etymology. — Brachinus = another genus of bombardier beetles; Latin, ulus = small;
referring to the small, but Brachinus-Mke, form of these beetles.
Distribution . — These beetles are found only on Isla Principe, off the west coast of Africa.
Genus Brachinus Weber
Brachinus Weber, 1801: 22. Type species. — Carabus crepitans Linn6, 1758: 414 (subse-
quent designation by Latreille, 1810: 426).
Brachynus (of authors). (Unjustified emendation by Ahrens, 1812: t. 9)
Aploa Hope, 1833: 91. Type species. - Aploa pictus Hope, 1833: 91 (by monotypy).
Pseudaptinus Porta, 1909: 90 (nec Castelnau). Type species. — Brachinus italicus Dejean,
1831: 409 (subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1942: 1105).
Cnecostolus Reitter, 1919: 133. Type species. — Carabus exhalans Rossi, 1792: 84
(subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1942: 1105).
Brachynolomus Reitter, 1919: 133. Type species. — Brachinus immaculicornis Dejean,
1826: 466 (subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1942: 1105).
Brachynidius Reitter, 1919: 133. Type species. — Carabus scolopeta Fabricius, 1792: 136
(subsequent designation by Jeannel, 1942: 1105).
Brachinoaptinus Lutshnik, 1926: 43. New name for Pseudaptinus Porta (nec Castelnau).
Aptinomimus Alluaud, 1935: 25. Type species. — Pheropsophus microrrhabdus Alluaud,
1899: 381 (original designation).
Br achy nap tinus Csiki, 1933: 1628 (unjustified emendation).
Metabrachimv Jeannel, 1949: 1100. Type species. — Brachinus connectus Dejean, 1831:
417 (original designation).
Platy brachinus Jeannel, 1 949: 1 100. Type species. — Pheropsophus fasciatocollis Fairmaire,
1901 : 129 (original designation and by monotypy).
Note. — Much confusion has resulted from the two different ways in which Brachinus
Bombardier Beetles
43
(= Brachynus ) is spelled. The name is derived from the Greek brachyus, meaning short, and
refers to the truncate elytra. A correct transliteration of the word results in the name Brach-
ynus, however, Weber used Brachinus when he erected the genus (1801: 22). According to
the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature (Articles 31a, 32c, and 33a), the Law of
Priority dictates that the name used must be as Weber first used it, that is Brachinus.
Diagnostic combination. — As given in the key.
This genus includes the subgenera Brachinus Weber, Aploa Hope, Cnecostolus Reitter,
Brachynolomus Reitter, Brachinoaptinus Lutshnik, Aptinomimus Alluaud, Metabrachinus
Jeannel, and Neobrachinus new subgenus.
Key to the subgenera of the genus Brachinus
Note. — At least four unnamed lineages are not included in this key, see Zoogeography
for details.
1 Apical edge of apical membrane of elytron with long widely spaced setae, the lat-
ter longer than width of membrane, and membrane with closely spaced fringe of
shorter setae Brachinus (sensu stricto)
1’ Apical membrane without long, widely spaced setae; fringe of shorter setae pre-
sent or not 2
2( 1 ’) Elytra with spotted or variegated color pattern 3
2’ Elytra concolorous or with sutural stripe contrasting in color with disc 5
3(2) Antennal article 3 longer than articles 1 and 2 combined; anterior coxal cavities
closed behind with prosternal process overlapped by proepimera
Metabrachinus Jeannel
3’ Antennal article 3 subequal to articles 1 and 2 combined; anterior coxal cavities
closed behind with proepimeron inserted into notch or socket of prosternal pro-
cess 4
4(3’) Upper spur of anterior tibia external Cnecostolus Reitter
4’ Upper spur slightly internal or in intermediate position Aploa Hope
5(2’) Antennal article 3 longer than articles 1 and 2 combined 6
5’ Antennal article 3 subequal to articles 1 and 2 combined 7
6(5) Range limited to New World and Sikkim Neobrachinus new subgenus
6’ Range limited to Madagascar. Aptinomimus Alluaud
7(5’) Upper spur of anterior tibia slightly internal; apical membrane of elytron without
setae; humeri sloped; wingless Brachinoaptinus Lutshnik
7’ Upper spur of anterior tibia external; apical membrane of elytron with fringe of
setae; humeri square, prominent; winged Brachynolomus Reitter
Subgenus Brachinus Weber (Fig. 23)
Diagnostic combination. — Antennal article 3 subequal to articles 1 and 2 combined;
anterior coxal cavities closed behind, proepimeron overlapping prosternal process; male
anterior tarsal articles 1-3 with vestiture beneath diagonally arranged; apical membranes of
elytra with several widely spaced setae, each longer than the apical membrane; left para-
mere large and triangulate; internal sac without virga or other sclerites.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 4.6 to 9.0 mm.
Color. Ferrugineous, with metallic blue elytra and epipleura. Various sclerites infuscated
or not.
Microsculpture. Isodiametric on head, pronotum, and elytra.
Macrosculpture. Head at vertex, pronotum, and elytral depressions usually rugose and
punctate.
Head. Labrum entire, with six setae transversely arranged on disc. Clypeus rectangular,
with two setae, one each side near middle, and numerous smaller setae scattered over disc.
44
Erwin
Front smooth, with a few scattered setae; furrows shallow; bead over eye continuous to be-
hind eye; one supraorbital seta over each eye; eyes usually prominent. Antennae long, fili-
form, pubescent throughout, pubescence denser on articles 3-1 1 than on 1 and 2. Article 3
subequal to articles 1 and 2 combined. Mandibles (as in fig. 8) each broad, triangular, curved
at tip, cutting edge with one terebral tooth, and four retinacular teeth; ventral groove with
short golden setae; scrobes plurisetose. Labial palpi (as in fig. 13) each filiform; terminal
article slightly swollen, with scattered pubescence; penultimate article plurisetose. Maxillary
palpi (as in fig. 9) each filiform, all articles pubescent. Ligula (as in fig. 13) membranous and
square, center ventrally produced into a setose sclerotized convexity. Mentum (as in fig. 13)
well developed, without tooth; center slightly concave or convex. Gula (as in fig. 13) wid-
ened behind.
Prothorax. As described under subtribe Brachinina. Anterior tibia (as in fig. 33) with sub-
terminal spur slightly internal. Male anterior tarsal articles (as in fig. 41) 1-3 asymmetrical,
vestiture beneath consisting of two diagonal, but parallel rows of setae. Setae of vestiture
spatulate, truncate, and rolled at apex. Female anterior tarsal articles symmetrical, vestiture
absent.
Pterothorax. As described under subtribe Brachinina.
Abdomen. As described under division Brachinida.
Genitalia. Male with asymmetrical balteate parameres, the left large and triangulate, the
right minute; median lobe various, but nearly symmetrical; ligule single, usually well de-
fined; endophallus moderately long, without sclerites or virga. Female as in subgenus Neo-
brachinus.
Etymology. — Greek, brachyus = short; referring to the short truncate elytra of these
beetles.
Distribution . — The range of this subgenus extends throughout Europe and North Africa.
Subgenus Brachynolomus Reitter
(Fig. 41)
Brachynidius Reitter, 1919: 133. NEW SYNONYMY. I do not consider the species placed
in this subgenus by various workers sufficiently different to warrant a separate subgeneric
taxon.
Diagnostic combination. - Antennal article 3 subequal to articles 1 and 2 combined;
anterior coxal cavities closed behind, proepimeron overlapping prosternal process; apical
membrane of elytra with numerous closely spaced setae, shorter than apical membrane;
both parameres small, balteate; male anterior tarsal articles asymmetrical; vestiture beneath
diagonally arranged; internal sac of median lobe with virga surrounding the gonopore.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, about 4.5 to 10.0 mm (Jeannel, 1942).
Color. As in subgenus Brachinus, except some species with a ferrugineous sutural stripe
on elytra, and elytra usually vividly metallic.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Head. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Genitalia. Male as in subgenus Brachinus, except both parameres small, more balteate;
endophallus with an apical virga. Female as in subgenus Neobrachinus.
Etymology . — Greek, brachyus = short; lomo = fringe; referring to the fringe of setae on
the apical membrane of the short elytra.
Distribution . — The range of this subgenus extends from northwestern Africa into south-
Bombardier Beetles
45
ern Europe, and east to Japan.
Subgenus Me tabrachinus Jeannel
Platy brachinus] eannel, 1949: 1100. NEW SYNONYMY. I do not believe the small forms
placed in this subgenus are sufficiently different to warrant their separation from the lar-
ger Me tabrachinus.
Diagnostic combination. — Antennal article 3 longer than 1 and 2 combined; anterior
coxal cavities closed behind, proepimeron overlapping prosternal process; male anterior tar-
sal articles asymmetrical, but less so than in subgenus Brachinus', elytra spotted; apical mem-
brane of elytron without setae; apical elytral membrane wide, wider than sutural flange;
internal sac without virga or sclerites.
Description. — Medium to large-sized beetles, 7.0 to 20.0 mm (Jeannel, 1949).
Color. As in subgenus Brachinus, except elytra with spotted color pattern, epipleura
usually yellow.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Head. As in subgenus Brachinus, except mentum always convex at middle, and antennal
article 3 as described above.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus, except costae of elytra sharper, more elevated.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Genitalia. Male as in subgenus Brachinus, except left paramere small and more balteate.
Female as in subgenus Neobrachinus.
Etymology . — Greek, meta, implying change; Brachinus, the common European genus;
referring to Jeannel’s idea that these beetles had diverged from the main Brachinus line of
evolution.
Distribution. — The range of this subgenus extends throughout southern Africa and Mad-
agascar.
Subgenus Aploa Hope
(Figs. 1,9, 15,31,37,46,60, 65,66)
Diagnostic combination. — Antennal article 3 subequal to articles 1 and 2 combined;
anterior coxal cavities closed behind, proepimeron inserted into notch of prosternal pro-
cess; subterminal spur of anterior tibia intermediately positioned on top of comb emargin-
ation; male anterior tarsal articles symmetrical; apical membrane of elytra without setae;
parameres of male genitalia small, balteate; ligule single, small; endophallus with heavily
sclerotized and pigmented subapical knife-shaped sclerite; valvifer of female genitalia glab-
rous; styli short, spatulate.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 12.0 to 14.0 mm.
Color. Generally yellow to testaceous, with black elytral markings.
Microsculpture. Isodiametric on head, pronotum, and elytra, almost effaced on head.
Macrosculpture. None.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus, except anterior tibiae (fig. 37) each with subtermin-
al spur in intermediate position at top of comb emargination. Male anterior tarsal articles
(fig. 46) 1-3 symmetrical, vestiture beneath consisting of two parallel rows of spatulate
setae. Female anterior tarsal articles symmetrical, vestiture absent.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Abdomen. As described for division Brachinida.
Genitalia. Male (fig. 65, 66) with small balteate, asymmetrical, parameres; median lobe
variable, but nearly symmetrical; ligule single, small, and narrow; endophallus short, with
46
Erwin
one large sclerite near apex; virga absent. Female with short, narrow, spatulate, slightly
curved, unarmed styli; coxites small, robust; valvifers glabrous; bursa unarmed.
Etymology. - Greek, haploos = single or simple; probably in reference to Hope’s know-
ledge of only one species of this genus.
Distribution . — The range of this subgenus extends on both sides of the equator in the Old
World. South of the equator the species are confined to southern Africa. In the north they
occur around the periphery of the Sahara Desert, and in (parts of) the Middle East, southern
Europe, India, and Ceylon.
Subgenus Brachinoaptinus Lutshnik
Pseudaptinus Porta, 1909: 90 (nec Castelnau). Primary homonym of Pseudaptinus Castel-
nau, 1834: 36, another genus of Carabidae.
Diagnostic combination. — Antennal article 3 subequal to articles 1 and 2 combined;
anterior coxal cavities closed behind, proepimeron inserted into socket of prosternal process;
subterminal spur of anterior tibia slightly internal on top of comb emargination; male anter-
ior tarsal articles symmetrical; apical membrane of elytra without setae; apterous, humeri
strongly sloping; both parameres of male genitalia small, balteate; endophallus without virga
or sclerites.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles 4.5 to 1 1.0 mm.
Color. As in subgenus Brachinus. At least one species ( Brachinus pygmaeus Dejean) has
members which are partially depigmented, pale brown throughout.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Head. As in subgenus Brachinus , except eyes smaller, not so convex; extremely reduced
in Brachinus pygmaeus Dejean.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus , except as noted in diagnosis.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus , except metasternum short, subequal to or shorter
than longitudinal diameter of middle coxa; humeri sloping, wings absent or greatly reduced.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Genitalia. Male as in subgenus Brachinus , except both parameres small, strongly balteate;
endophallus without virga or sclerites. Female as in subgenus Brachinus.
Etymology. — Greek, brachyus = short; apten, unable to fly; referring to the Brachinus
species that cannot fly.
Distribution. — The range of this subgenus extends around the Mediterranean Sea.
Subgenus Aptinomimus Alluaud
Diagnostic combination. — Antennal article 3 elongate, longer than 1 and 2 combined;
anterior coxal cavities closed behind, proepimeron inserted into notch in prosternal process:
subterminal spur of anterior tibia external on top of comb emargination; male anterior
tarsal articles with ventral vestiture longitudinally arranged (according to Jeannel, 1949;;
endophallus not seen.
Description. — Medium to large-sized beetles, 9.5 to 22.0 mm (Jeannel, 1949).
Color. Brown, sometimes head and pronotum more ferrugineous; legs ferrugineous; elytra
and epipleura brown.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Head. As in Brachinus (sensu s trie to), except terminal palpal article widened toward apex;
antennal article 3 longer than articles 1 and 2 combined.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus, except anterior coxal cavities closed behind, pro-
epimeron inserted into “notch” in prosternal process.
Bombardier Beetles
47
Pterothorax. As in Brachinus (sensu stricto), except metasternum short, subequal or shor-
ter than longitudinal diameter of middle coxa; metepisternum short; humeri strongly sloping;
wings absent; apical membrane with very short closely spaced setae.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Genitalia. Male (see Jeannel, 1949: 1 1 12, fig. 544 a-f) as in subgenus Brachinus except
both parameres small. Female as in subgenus Brachinus.
Etymology. - Greek, apten, unable to fly; mimos = imitator, mimic; referring to the
superficially similar appearance of these beetles to members of the genus Aptinus.
Distribution. — This subgenus is restricted to Madagascar.
Subgenus Cnecostolus Reitter
Diagnostic combination. — Antennal article 3 subequal to articles 1 and 2 combined;
anterior coxal cavities closed behind, proepimeron inserted into notch of prosternal pro-
cess; subterminal spur of anterior tibia external on top of comb emargination; male anterior
tarsal articles with ventral vestiture longitudinally arranged; apical membrane of elytron
without setae; both parameres of male genitalia small, balteate; internal sac with virga around
gonopore.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, about 4.0 to 12.0 mm (Jeannel, 1942;
Reitter, 1919).
Color. As in subgenus Brachinus, except elytra with spotted color pattern, at least one
species {Brachinus cruciatus Quensel) with brown head and pronotum.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Head. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Prothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus, except anterior coxal cavities closed by notch inser-
tion of proepimeron into prosternal process; male anterior tarsal articles with longitudinally
arranged vestiture beneath.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus, except apical membrane of elytra without fringe •
of setae.
Abdomen. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Genitalia. Male as in subgenus Brachinus, except both parameres small, more balteate;
endophallus with apical virga around gonopore. Female as in subgenus Brachinus.
Etymology. - Greek, knekos, yellow; stola, folds; referring to the yellow spots of the
costate elytra of these beetles.
Distribution. — The range of this subgenus extends from southern Europe (France), east
to at least Mongolia, mostly in more northerly latitudes.
Subgenus Neobrachinus new subgenus
Type species. - Carabus fumans Fabricius, 1781: 307, here designated.
Diagnostic combination. — Antennal article 3 longer than articles 1 and 2 combined;
anterior coxal cavities closed behind; proepimeron inserted into socket of prosternal pro-
cess; male anterior tarsal articles with ventral vestiture longitudinally arranged; apical mem-
brane of elytra with numerous, closely spaced, short setae; both parameres small, balteate,
the left larger than the right; endophallus with a virga surrounding the gonopore.
Description. - Small to large-sized beetles, 4.8 to 18.5 mm.
Color. Variable, but usually head and prothorax ferrugineous and elytra blue or brown.
Microsculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Macrosculpture. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Head. As in subgenus Brachinus, except mentum of some species with one or two pits
surrounded by setae; antennal article 3 longer than articles 1 and 2 combined.
48
Erwin
Prothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus, except anterior coxal cavities closed behind, pro-
epimeron inserted into socket in prosternal process.
Pterothorax. As in subgenus Brachinus, except some species apterous as in members of
subgenus Brachinoaptinus .
Abdomen. As in subgenus Brachinus.
Genitalia. As in subgenus Brachinus, except both parameres small, more balteate, and left
larger than right; virga present at tip of endophallus. Female as in subgenus Brachinus.
Etymology . — Greek, neo, new or most recent; brachyus, short; referring to the pro-
bability that these beetles are the most recently derived of an Old World stock that invaded
the New World.
Distribution. — The range of this subgenus extends throughout the New World from
about 52°N to 40° S latitude. One relict species occurs in Sikkim, in the Himalaya Mountains.
Key to bombardier beetles of North and Middle America
Characteristics used in the keys
The more difficult to use characteristics in the key are further discussed here (see also
comparative morphology).
Color differences are very useful in the identification of bombardier beetles, especially
those of North and Middle America. For the most part, I have used the presence or absence
of a color on various sclerites, rather than comparing shades of colors. Shades of color are
used only for the elytra. In a very few species elytral color is so variable as to be useless for
identification. Color combinations are usually constant. Very teneral adults do not have
pigments deposited, but these are rarely collected.
In North and Middle America the head of Brachinus beetles is usually ferrugineous, but
four Neotropical species have brown heads, and one eastern United States species has a black
head. The mouth parts generally match the color of the head, but in four species with ferru-
gineous head color, the palpi are infuscated or black. The antennal articles 2 to 4 are quite
variable, ranging from ferrugineous to black, with intermediate stages of infuscated apically
and totally infuscated. The scape matches the head color. Antennal articles 5-1 1 are usually
dusky in ferrugineous colored species, but specimens of some species have infuscated lateral
stripes on each article, or each article is entirely infuscated.
The prothorax always matches the color of the head. The elytra are either blue, brown,
black, green, or slate-colored. In some species the epipleura of some specimens are test-
aceous, but usually the epipleura match the elytral color. The sutural costa varies from fer-
rugineous to black. In two species in the study area, the ferrugineous color includes two
costae and their adjacent depressions.
The venter is usually ferrugineous at the middle of the mesosterna and metasterna. The
sides of the metasterna, mesepisterna, mesepimera, metepisterna, and the abdominal sterna
and terga may be ferrugineous, infuscated, black, or (in two species) black with metallic
blue luster. In species without the ferrugineous ground color, the various ventral sclerites
are either infuscated or not. In species with black abdomens, the paramedial “dimples” are
usually ferrugineous. The legs may be either ferrugineous, testaceous, brown, or black.
Usually, testaceous colored legs have infuscated femoral apices (“knees”). This knee color
also occurs in some ferrugineous-legged species. In some ferrugineous species, the tibiae and
tarsi may be infuscated or black, and occasionally the femora also may be black.
Characteristics of pubescence and density of setae are very useful in species identification.
The number of setae on the mentum and submentum of North and Middle American bom-
bardier beetles is variable. Usually, the mentum has two long setae (fig. 19), and the sub-
mentum has about 8 to 12 setae transversely arranged (fig. 19). A second type of setal ar-
rangement exists with the center of the mentum having a small patch of setae (fig. 21). One
Bombardier Beetles
49
or two setae do not constitute a patch. A third type of setal arrangement exists when the
setae of the submentum are twice as abundant (about 16-24). A fourth type of setal arrange-
ment exists when there is a patch on the mentum, and also a doubling of the number of sub-
mental setae (fig. 2 1 ).
The setal arrangement on the proepisternum and proepipleura (= hypomera, Habu,1967)
is useful for identifying members of many species. Several combinations of setal patterns
may occur on these sclerites. In members of some species, the setae are so numerous that
they constitute pubescence. In others, only one or two setae occur on the entire lateral side
of the prothorax. Members of some species have a few scattered setae both anteriorly and
posteriorly on each lateral sclerite of the prothorax. In other species, the proepipleuron is
glabrous, while the proepisternum has setae both anteriorly and posteriorly. In members of
a few species, the proepisternum is completely pubescent, while the proepipleuron is gla-
brous.
The pattern of short pubescence on the elytra is used very frequently in the following key
to North and Middle American bombardier beetles. In all species, erect depression setae,
eighth interval umbilicate setiferous punctures, and scutellar umbilicate setiferous punctures
are present, in addition to the short, densely placed setae that are referred to below as “pub-
escence”. Several elytral patterns of pubescence are exhibited. In most species the elytra are
completely pubescent. In others, the pubescence is restricted to the depressions between the
costae, while the costae are smooth and glabrous. In some western species, the pubescence is
restricted to intervals (area between rows of erect depression setae) 6, 7, and 8 at the middle
of the elytra, but also occurs around the scutellar region and extends completely across the
elytra in the apical sixth. An even greater decrease in the amount of pubescence is seen in
other western and tropical species, where it is restricted to the 8th interval, and the scutellar
region. Only the members of Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky have entirely glabrous
elytra.
The macrosculpture of the anterior surface of the anterior tibia is used here occasionally
to differentiate species. Normally the surface is densely strigose with the strigae extending
longitudinally, however, in a few species the surface is smooth except for some small punc-
tures. In others, the punctures are elongate, and coalescent, looking like shallow strigae.
The height of the elytral costae is used to differentiate a few species. It is a difficult char-
acter to describe, but is not hard to see.
The most important characteristics are those of the male genitalia. To identify males of
many species, the apex of the shaft is all that need be observed. To identify males of some
species the virga of the endophallus must be examined. I have illustrated the male genitalia
of all species in which the male is known. The illustrations should be used in conjunction
with the descriptions provided with the subgenus Neobrachinus, and can be relied upon to
provide an absolute identification.
Key to the species of Brachinus and Pheropsophidius of North and Middle America
1 Mandibles with unisetose scrobes; suture present between proepisternum and pro-
epimeron (. Pheropsophidius ) 2
1’ Mandibles with plurisetose scrobes; no suture between proepisternum and pro-
episternum and proepimeron ( Brachinus ) 3
2(1) Elytron with all intervals strongly costate; depressions between costae minutely
but coarsely sculptured; wings fully developed
P. (Pheropsophidius) aequinoctialis (Linne), p. 165
2’ Elytron with intervals 5-8 strongly costate at apex, and interval 8 costate just
behind humerus, otherwise scarcely costate; each elytron with a large orange spot
at center; wingless. P. (Protopheropsophus) biplagiatus Chaudoir, p. 165
50
Erwin
3(1’) Elytron with ferrugineous sutural stripe, contrasting strongly with the otherwise
darkly colored disc; elytral epipleura pale 4
3’ Elytra concolorous, epipleura pale or dark 5
4(3) Legs (at least tibiae) pale, with dark knees; palpi pale; elytra usually greenish . . . .
B. cinctipennis Chevrolat, p. 97
4’ Legs totally black; palpi infuscated to black; elytra usually bright blue
B. cibolensis new species, p. 98
5(3’) Head, prothorax, and elytra concolorous, either black or brown 6
5’ Head and prothorax testaceous or ferrugineous, strongly contrasting with darkly
colored elytra 9
6(5) Body completely black; elytra black with blue luster; wingless
B. capnicus new species, p. 60
6’ Body brownish with testaceous legs and infuscated knees; winged 7
7(6’) Mentum with two pits surrounded by numerous long setae (fig. 20)
B. sallei Chaudoir, p. 69
7’ Mentum flat to shallowly biconcave, with only two setae 8
8(7’) Elytral pubescence confined to depression 8 (Mexico)
B. melanarthrus Chaudoir, p. 72
8’ Elytral pubescence not confined to depression 8 (Greater Antilles)
B. brunneus Castelnau, p. 71
9(5’) Mentum with a large deep median sulcus surrounded by a ring of setae (fig. 18) . .
10
9’ Mentum flat to shallowly biconcave OR with two shallow lateral pits (fig. 19) . . .
11
10(9) Elytra glabrous; venter ferrugineous B. costipennis Motschulsky, p. 85
10’ Elytra pubescent; venter mostly infuscated B. mobilis new species, p. 159
11(9’) Wings rudimentary, each a narrow elongate pad; metasternum short between
middle and hind coxae, no longer than diameter of middle coxa (fig. 26); humeri
strongly sloped (fig. 72) 12
11’ Wing with at least reflexed apex; metasternum longer than diameter of middle
coxa; humeri sloped, square (fig. 98) or protruding 14
1 2( 1 1 ) Abdomen, metepistema, and sides of metasternum infuscated to black; abdominal
sterna with ferrugineous paramedian dimples; mentum without central setal patch
(fig. 19) 13
12’ Abdomen infuscated only at sides, rest of venter ferrugineous; paramedian dimples
not of a contrasting color; mentum with central setal patch (fig. 21)
B. microumericcnus Erwin
13(12) Submentum densely setiferous (16 or more setae, fig. 21); larger, more robust
beetles; antennae ferrugineous B. americanus ((LeConte), p. 55
13’ Submentum sparsely setiferous (10 or less, fig. 19); smaller beetles; antennal
articles 3 and 4 infuscated B. alexiguus new species, p. 57
1 4( 11’) Elytra brown; legs pale testaceous with dark knees 15
14’ Elytra blue, blue-black, greenish-blue, or slate colored; legs concolorous without
darkly colored knees, or ferrugineous with darkly colored knees 22
15(14) Proepipleura and proepisterna pubescent throughout; venter pale; elytra not true
brown (in part) B. sonorous new species, p. 163
15’ Proepipleura glabrous; proepisterna with only a few scattered setae anteriorly
and/or posteriorly, or glabrous 16
16(15’) Elytral epipleuron at least at humerus pale testaceous, strongly contrasting with
elytral color 17
1 6’ Elytral epipleura and disc of elytra concolorous 19
Bombardier Beetles
51
17(16)
17’
18(17’)
18’
19(16’)
19’
20(19’)
20’
21(20’)
21’
22(14’)
22’
23(22)
23’
24(23)
24’
25(23’)
25’
26(25’)
26’
27(26’)
27’
28(22’)
28’
29(28)
29’
Metasternum at sides usually infuscated; elytral disc glabrous; median lobe as in
figs. 156, 157, 158; stylus as in fig, 145; in United States, west of Rocky Mount-
ains only B. lateralis Dejean, p. 73
Metasternum not infuscated at sides; elytral disc usually sparsely pubescent; in
United States, east of Rocky Mountains only 18
Anterior third of proepisternum with a few setae; median lobe as in figs. 153, 1 54,
155; stylus as in fig. 142; range — United States, Mexico, Central America, and
Cuba B. adustipennis Erwin, p. 81
Anterior third of proepisternum glabrous; median lobe as in figs. 147, 148, 149;
stylus as in fig. 144; range — Mexico, South America . . B. aeger Chaudoir, p. 77
Larger beetles, greater than 15.0 mm in length B. grandis Brulle, p. 73
Smaller beetles, less than 12.0 mm in length 20
Elytra prominently costate; median lobe as in figs. 159, 160, 161 ; stylus as in fig.
143 B. chalchihuitlicue new species, p. 79
Elytra almost smooth, costae barely elevated 21
Median lobe as in figs. 150, 151, 152; stylus as in fig. 146; elytral pubescence
usually extensive, covering apical third of elytra . . . B. arboreus Chevrolat, p. 79
Median lobe as in figs. 162, 163, 164; stylus as in fig. 141; elytral pubescence
usually discontinuous near middle of apical third of elytra
B. chirriador new species, p. 80
Elytral pubescence in outer depressions 6, 7, 8, or just in 8; less dense pubescence
usually across apical third of elytra and sometimes in vicinity of scutellum .... 23
Elytral pubescence all along depressions between costae, usually costae pubescent.
28
Elytral pubescence confined to depression 8, behind humerus and at middle,
although some setae scattered across apical sixth of elytron 24
Elytral pubescence in depressions 6, 7, and 8, and across apical sixth of elytron . .
25
Venter mostly ferrugineous, except for infuscated metepisterna and (in some
specimens) sides of abdomen; elytral costae prominent; microsculpture of pro-
notum isodiametric, surface rugose and shining B. gebhardis Erwin, p. 131
Venter infuscated; elytral costae barely elevated; microsculpture of pronotum
granulate, surface rugose and dull, color milky ferrugineous
B. galactoderus new species, p. 132
Tarsi, tibiae, and apices of femora infuscated to black
(in part) B. rhytiderus Chaudoir, p. 63
Tarsi, tibiae, and femora ferrugineous 26
Venter and antennae ferrugineous B. pallidus Erwin, p. 95
Venter and usually antennal articles 3 and 4 infuscated to piceous 27
Elytra shiny black, very convex B. explosus new species, p. 161
Elytra blue, micro sculpture coarse, surface dull
B. mexicanus Dejean, p. 104
Median elevated portion of mentum with a dense patch of setae (fig. 21); submen-
tum densely setiferous (more than 20 setae) 29
Median raised portion of mentum either glabrous or with one or two small setae
(fig. 19); submentum various 33
Metasternum anterior to antecoxal piece, subequal in length to longitudinal dia-
meter of middle coxa (fig. 26); antennal articles 3 and 4 infuscated at least apical-
ly; elytra usually greenish B. viridipennis Dejean, p. P0
Metasternum longer than middle coxa; antennal articles 3 and 4 usually ferrugin-
eous (except some populations of B. alternans)\ elytra bluish 30
52
Erwin
30(29’)
30’
31(30)
31’
32(31)
32’
33(28’)
33’
34(33)
34’
35(34’)
35’
36(35)
36’
37(35’)
37’
38(37)
38’
39(38)
39’
40(37’)
40’
41(40)
41’
42(41)
42’
43(42)
43’
44(42’)
Proepipleura pubescent throughout their length; proepisterna completely pubes-
cent 31
Proepipleura and proepisterna pubescent only anteriorly and posteriorly, glabrous
at middle B. perplexus Dejean, p. 141
Anterior tibia with anterior surface coarsely strigose; elytral costae barely ele-
vated 32
Anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate, rarely with punctures coalescing;
elytral costae very pronounced, easily visible with unaided eye
B. altemans Dejean, p. 88
Humeral angles square (fig. 98) prominent; elytra broad and quadrate with lateral
margins behind humeri straight to at least middle
B. imperialensis Erwin, p. 143
Humeri rounded, not at all prominent; elytra narrow, with lateral margins behind
humeri evenly arcuate entirely to apex B. velutinus Erwin, p. 142
Abdominal sterna entirely ferrugineous OR infuscated only marginally, with a
pale center extending to apex OR mostly ferrugineous except for infuscated later-
al margins and sternum 6 32
Abdominal sterna infuscated to piceous, rarely center of sterna 2 and 3 paler, but
usually not equal in color to the hind coxae 46
Erect depression setae at least twice as long as elytral pubescence
B. cyanipennis Say, p. 127
Erect setae subequal to or shorter than elytral pubescence 35
Abdominal sterna completely ferrugineous 36
Abdominal sterna with infuscated margins 37
Proepipleura glabrous; proepisterna with a few scattered setae; antennae ferrug-
ineous B janthinipennis (Dejean), p. 156
Proepipleura pubescent; proepisterna pubescent; antennal articles 3 and 4 infus-
cated (in part) B. sonorous new species, p. 163
Pronotum without lateral setae at middle 38
Pronotum with lateral setae present 40
Proepipleura densely pubescent throughout their length 39
Proepipleura with at most a few setae anteriorly
B. kansanus LeConte, p. 83
Elytral depression 1 with erect depression setae at least twice as long as elytral
pubescence; pronotum not densely pubescent
B. oaxacensis new species, p. 1 17
Elytral depression 1 with short depression setae; pronotum densely pubescent . . .
B. hirsutus Bates, p. 93
Elytra moderately to strongly costate 41
Elytra barely costate, almost smooth B. ovipennis LeConte, p. 121
Pronotum completely pubescent 42
Pronotum mostly glabrous, at most with a few scattered setae
(in part) B. rhytiderus Chaudoir, p. 63
Proepipleura glabrous; proepisterna with scattered setae both anteriorly and pos-
teriorly, glabrous medially 43
Proepipleura with at least some setae posteriorly, proepisterna (except fumans)
pubescent throughout 44
Elytra bright blue, usually metallic .... (in part) B. elongatulus Chaudoir, p. 65
Elytra slate-grey with greenish luster. (in part) B. texanus Chaudoir, p. 60
Pronotum (fig. 336) densely covered with large pits, surface very rugose; mentum
with numerous accessory setae scattered over surface
B. favicollis Erwin ,p. 1 40
Bombardier Beetles
53
44’ Pronotum (figs. 334-337) at most with fine punctures, not at all rugose; mentum
without accessory setae (occasionally one or two small setae at middle) 45
45(44’) Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose; elytra with costae moderately ele-
vated B. puberulus Chaudoir, p. 140
45’ Anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate, the punctulae sometimes coalescent,
but not forming strigae; elytra with highly elevated costae
B. fumans Fabricius, p. 134
46(33’) Venter with metallic blue luster, tibiae and tarsi black; antennal articles 2-1 1 pic-
eous to black; palpi black; elytra brilliant metallic blue
B. azureipennis Chaudoir, p. 1 15
46’ Venter without metallic blue luster, infuscated to blackish or not, otherwise com-
bination of characteristics not as above 47
47(46’) Proepipleura glabrous 48
47’ Proepipleura with at least a few setae, either throughout their length or at both
ends (observe both sides of beetle) 66
48(47) Metasternum infuscated at sides 49
48’ Metasternum not infuscated at sides 61
49(48) Tibiae and tarsi infuscated, at least darker than femora 50
49’ Tibiae and tarsi concolorous with femora 51
50(49) Metasternal process (between middle coxae) usually infuscated; antennal article
3 shorter than diameter of eye; median lobe not ridged ventrally (fig. 257); stylus
narrow (fig. 275) B. phaeocerus Chaudoir, p. 1 1 1
50’ Metasternal process ferrugineous; antennal article 3 longer than diameter of eye;
median lobe ridged ventrally (fig. 240); stylus broad, spatulate (fig. 247)
(in part) B. quadripennis Dejean, p. 99
51(49’) Mesepisterna infuscated to black; elytra strongly costate
B. tenuicollis LeConte, p. 123
51’ Mesepisterna not darkly infuscated (if at all); elytra not or only moderately
costate 52
52(51’) Elytra with costae easily visible; elytral pubescence not dense 53
52’ Elytra without costae; elytral pubescence very dense; elytral color dull slate-blue .
B. sublaevis Chaudoir, p. 149
53(52) Metasternum subequal in length to diameter of middle coxa; humeri sloped; later-
al margin of elytron behind humerus arcuate to apex
B. patruelis LeConte, p. 1 17
53’ Metasternum longer than diameter of middle coxa; humeri square or prominent,
margin behind humerus straight at least to middle of elytra 54
54(53’) Anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate, punctulae small, rarely coalescing . .
55
54’ Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose 56
55(54) Median lobe with ventral ridge (fig. 237); stylus acute (fig. 250)
B. neglectus LeConte, p. 1 10
55’ Median lobe without ventral ridge (fig. 404); stylus rounded apically (fig. 410) . .
B. vulcanoides Erwin, p. 155
56(54’) Proepipleura and proepisterna glabrous (proepisterna rarely with one to three
setae along anterior edge) (in part) B. medius Harris, p. 129
56’ Proepipleura and proepisterna with pubescence both anteriorly and posteriorly,
glabrcus medially 57
57(56’) Antennal article 3 infuscated throughout 58
57’ Antennal article 3 infuscated apically B. cyanochroaticus Erwin, p. 147
58(57) Median lobe with ventral depression (fig. 383) OR ridged ventrally (fig. 240);
54
Erwin
stylus very broad, spatulate (figs. 247, 386) 59
58’ Median lobe without depression or ridge; stylus acute apically 60
59(58) Median lobe with ventral depression (fig. 383); very long, narrow beetles with long
legs and antennae; elytra elongate; pronotum (fig. 370)
B. ichabodopsis new species, p. 150
59’ Median lobe with ventral ridge (fig. 240); short broad beetles; elytra quadrate;
pronotum (fig. 230) B. quadripennis Dejean, p. 99
60(58’) Range — north of latitude 35° N from New England to Indiana; median lobe (figs.
407, 408, 409); stylus (fig. 411) B. fulminatus Erwin, p. 153
60’ Range — south of latitude 35° N from Florida to Missouri; median lobe (figs. 398,
399, 400); stylus (fig. 412) B. oxygonus Chaudoir, p. 151
61(48’) Elytra with major part of pubescence in rows between costae 62
61’ Elytra with pubescence evenly scattered over surface, costae also pubescent . . 63
62(61) Elytra bright blue, usually metallic .... (in part) B. elongatulus Chaudoir, p. 65
62’ Elytra slate-grey with greenish luster (in part) B. texanus Chaudoir, p. 60
63(61’) Proepisterna glabrous, at most with 1-3 setae near anterior edge
(in part) B. medius Harris, p. 129
63’ Proepisterna pubescent, at least anteriorly and posteriorly 64
64(63’) Antennal article 3 extensively infuscated (sometimes also article 2) 65
64’ Antennal article 3 ferrugineous (apex of 4 sometimes lightly infuscated)
(in part) B. cordicollis Dejean, p. 144
65(64) Humeral angle square, elytral margin behind humerus straight, at least to middle;
range — Florida. B. conformis Dejean, p. 1 19
65’ Humeri sloped, margin behind humerus arcuate to apex; range — Arizona
B. imporcitis new species, p. 1 14
66(47’) Metasternum infuscated at sides 67
66’ Metasternum not infuscated at sides 69
67(66) Submentum densely setiferous (more than 20 setae); larger beetles, longer than
12.0 mm and wider than 5.0 mm across elytra at widest part
B. javalinopsis new species, p. 109
67’ Submentum sparsely setiferous (10 or less); smaller beetles, less than 1 1.5 mm in
length and 4.9 mm in width 68
68(67’) Knees infuscated; elytral pubescence evenly distributed over surface; pronotum
narrow (fig. 421) B. aabaaba new species, p. 161
68’ Knees not infuscated; elytral pubescence in rows between barely elevated costae;
pronotum cordiform (fig. 226) B. kavanaughi Erwin, p. 108
69(66’) Outer antennal articles and sutural costae of elytra black, strongly contrasting
with color of elytra B. consanguineus Chaudoir, p. 1 16
69’ Outer antennal articles ferrugineous and sutural costae of elytra bluish, not con-
trasting with color of elytra 70
70(69’) Proepisterna pubescent anteriorly and posteriorly, glabrous medially; ligule of
median lobe broad, spalutate (fig. 182); stylus very narrow, elongate (fig. 192)
B. rugipennis Chaudoir, p. 91
70’ Proepisterna pubescent throughout; ligule of median lobe paralleliform (fig. 378);
stylus wider, shorter (fig. 386 B. cordicollis Dejean, p. 144
The subgenus Neobrachinus new subgenus
in North and Middle America
The americanus group
The members of this group are characterized by the following: pouch-shaped virga, en-
larged prothorax, and reduced wings together with the modifications of the metathorax.
Bombardier Beetles
55
Four species are included, in two subgroups.
The americanus subgroup
The three species included here, B. americanus (LeConte), B. microamericanus Erwin,
and B. alexiguus new species differ from the species included in the following subgroup
only in overall color, but this color difference is of major importance. The specks included
here are similar in color to the majority of North American brachinines, that is, head and
pronotum ferrugineous, elytra blue, with various sclerites infuscated, depending upon the
species.
Brachinus americanus (LeConte)
(Figs. 71,79,80, 81,87,88)
Aptinus americanus LeConte, 1844: 48. Lectotype, here selected a female, MCZ red type
label number 5839, further labelled with a yellow disc and “72”. Type locality. —
Georgia, as originally given by LeConte.
Aptinus americanus Dejean, 1836: 13. NOMEN NUDUM.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 8.0 to 13.0 mm.
Color. Metepisterna, sometimes metasternum at sides, and abdominal sterna and terga
infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose and punctate. Surface of pronotum with numer-
ous setiferous punctures, punctures moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape nearly cylindrical, widened
a little apically. Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with numerous setae
scattered over its surface. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 71) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous. Proepisterna with a few setae anteriorly and posteriorly,
glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, moderately costate. Humeri narrow, strongly
sloped. Costae smooth, depressions pubescent. Hind wings reduced, elongate pads. Meta-
sternum short, subequal to or shorter than diameter of middle coxa (fig. 26).
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 79, 80, 81). Median lobe with plane of shaft barely rotated from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend moderately long. Shaft slightly swollen medially. Apex of
shaft narrowed, rounded apically. Ligule short, narrow, rounded apically. Virga (figs. 79,
80). Female (fig. 87). Stylus short, narrow, narrowly rounded at apex.
Variation. — Besides the intrapopulational variation in the shape of the pronotum and
total size, these beetles vary in the amount of reduction of the elytral humeri and in the
amount of infuscation of the metasterna at the sides.
Flight. — The reduction of wing membrane makes these beetles incapable of flight.
Etymology . — The latinized form of America, the place where the types were collected.
Collecting notes. — W. Whitcomb (per. comm.) collected these beetles in Arkansas corn
fields. There is no reason to believe that these beetles are restricted to areas near water (as
are other species of Brachinus in North America).
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from February to October. I
have seen one teneral specimen collected in September from Hot Springs, Arkansas. Over-
wintering is probably as an adult as in B. pallidus Erwin (Erwin, 1967).
Distribution. - (Fig. 88). The range of this species extends from Texas north to Minn-
esota, east to New York, and south to Florida. I have seen 440 specimens from the follow-
56
Erwin
79 80 81 82 83 84
Figs. 71, 73, 74, 78. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 71. Brachinus americanus (LeConte), Ludlow, Mississippi.
73. Brachinus capnicus new species, Smokemont, North Carolina. 74. Brachinus alexiguus new species, College Sta-
tion, Texas. 78. Brachinus microamericanus Erwin, Dundee, Mississippi. Fig. 72. Right elytron, dorsal aspect of
humeral angle, Brachinus capnicus new species, Smokemont, North Carolina. Figs. 75-77 , 79-84. Male genitalia.
75. Brachinus alexiguus new species, College Station Texas, ventral aspect. 76. Lateral aspect of same. 77. Dorsal as-
pect of same. 79. Brachinus americanus (LeConte), Washington County, Arkansas, ventral aspect. 80. Lateral aspect
of same. 81. Dorsal aspect of same. 82. Brachinus microamericanus Erwin, Dundee, Mississippi, ventral aspect.
83. Lateral aspect of same. 84. Dorsal aspect of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
57
ing localities:
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Blount County (Blount Springs) CMPP; Fayette County (Berry) UASM; Lee County (5.0 miles north of
Auburn) AUAA; Tuscaloosa County (Peterson) UASM. ARKANSAS: Benton County (Rogers) KSU; Garland County
(Hot Springs) CAS, SJSC; (Hot Springs-Lake Hamilton) SJSC; Hempstead County (Hope) UMAH; Izard County UAFA;
Lawrence County (Imboden) LACM, MCZ; Logan County (Mount Magazine) CNHM; Phillips County (West Helena)
UMAH; Polas County (Ouachita Mountains) UASM; Sebastian County (Fort Chaffee) RCGr; Scott County UAFA; Wash-
ington County ISNH, UAFA; (Cove Creek Valley) RFre, UAFA; (Goshen) DRWh; (Mount Sequoyah) ISNH; County
unknown (Knob Hill Ranch, Ozark Mountains) CAS. FLORIDA: (No locality given) WSUP. GEORGIA: (No locality
given) MCZ. ILLINOIS: Alexander County (Olive Branch) CNHM; Champaign County (Urbana) ISNH; Cook County
(Chicago area) CNHM, (La Grange) CAS, UMAH,USNM, (Palos Park) CAS, CNHM, UMAH, (Riverside) UMAH, (Summit)
CNHM, ISNH, (Willow Springs) CAS, CNHM, UASM, UMAH, ZMLS; Hardin County (Junction Highway 34-146) RTBe;
La Salle County RTBe; Putnam County ISNH; Richland County (Olney) ISNH; Will County (Beecher) CNHM; Counties
unknown (Bowmanville) CAS, (Falling Spring) LACM. INDIANA: Crawford County CAS; Franklin County (Metamora)
UMAH; Harrison County PUM; Jefferson County (Clifty Falls State Park) UASM; Knox County PUM; Lake County (Pine)
USNM; Lawrence County (Bedford) PUM ; Monroe County ISUA, (Bloomington) UMAH; Morgan County (Morgan-Monroe
county line) CEWh; Posey County (Hovey Lake) PUM; Ripley County (Versailles) CEWh; Vigo County PUM. IOWA:
Boone County (Ledges State Park) ISUA; Dickinson County (Lake Okoboji) ISUA; Johnson County (Iowa City) MCZ;
Linn County (Palisades) USNM; County unknown (Foster) USNM. KANSAS: Douglas County (Lawrence) UMAH; Frank-
lin County UMAH. KENTUCKY: Cumberland County (Franklin Branch) TCBa; Edmonson County (2.0 miles from Mam-
moth Cave) MCZ; Jessamine County UASM; Meade County (Fort Knox) UASM; Oldham County (Sleepy Hollow) ULLK;
Wayne County (Wolf Creek Lake) ULLK; County unknown (Sanborn) MCZ. MICHIGAN: Monroe County (Monroe) PUM.
MINNESOTA: Winona County UMSP. MISSISSIPPI: Leake County (near Ludlow) RCGr; Perry County (Richton) CUNY.
MISSOURI: Boone County (Columbia) UNLN; Camden County (Camdenton) UMAH; (Ozark Lake) CAS; Jefferson Coun-
ty (Kimmswick) UMAH; Polk County (Aldrich) CUNY; Saint Charles County (Weldon Springs) UASM; Saint Francis
County (Flat River) USNM; Saint Louis County JShu, UASM; (Rockwoods Reservoir) UASM; Teney County (Branson)
CAS; Counties unknown (Mincy) ISUA, (Willard) UASM. NORTH CAROLINA: Orange County (Chapel Hill) CUNY;
Wake County (Raleigh) UNCR. OHIO: Franklin County (Columbus) PUM; Mercer County (Mendon) UMAH; Ottawa
County (near Marblehead) UMAH; Washington County (New Matamoras) OUCO; County unknown (Georgeville) OUCO.
OKLAHOMA: Latimer County CAS, OSUS; Mayes County (Grand) OSUS; Payne County (Stillwater) OSUS; Pontotoc
County OSUS; Tulsa County (Catoosa) CAS. PENNSYLVANIA: Allegheny County CUNY, (Pittsburgh) CMPP; Fayette
County (Ohiopyle) CMPP. TENNESSEE: Davidson County (Nashville) OUCO, USNM. TEXAS: Brazos County (College
Station) MCZ, TAMU; Colorado County (Columbus) USNM; Cooke County (Gainesville) USNM; Dallas County (Dallas)
MCZ; Kendall County (Comfort) CMPP; Lee County CMPP; McLennan County (Waco) MCZ; Newton County
(Call) USNM. WISCONSIN: Green County (Albany) CEWh; La Crosse County (La Crosse) RESt.
Brachinus alexiguus new species
(Figs. 74, 75, 76, 77, 89)
Type locality. — College Station, Texas.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and one paratype male are in the entomological
museum at MCZ and CAS, respectively. The holotype was collected at the type locality on
March 22, 1927. The paratype was collected in Latimer County, Oklahoma by R. D. Bird on
April 25, 1931.
Diagnostic combination . — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 7.0 to 8.0 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, mesepisterna, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, and
abdominal sterna and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura
sterna and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra
blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum punctate, punctures shallowly
impressed.
Head. As in americanus.
Prothorax. As in americanus. Pronotum (fig. 74).
Pterothorax. As in americanus.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 75, 76, 77). As in americanus, except median lobe slightly wider to-
ward apex, and ligule more elongate and narrower. Virga (figs. 75, 76). Female unknown.
58
Erwin
/
/
85
h
H
MAP SCALE
0 1000 MILES
1 I
0 1400 KILOMETERS
LAMBERT AZIMUTHAL EQUAL-AREA PROJECTION
Figs. 85-87. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 85. Brachinus capnicus new species, Smokemont, North
Carolina. 86. Brachinus microamericanus Erwin, Dundee, Mississippi. 97. Brachinus americanus (LeConte), Washing-
ton County, Arkansas. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm. Figs. 88-91. Geographical distribution maps. 88.
Brachinus americanus (LeConte). 89. Brachinus alexiguus new species. 90. Brachinus microamericanus Erwin. 91.
Brachinus capnicus new species. Map scale given here, used on all maps under Taxonomy; triangles (A) indicate state
locality only.
Bombardier Beetles
59
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate the geographic variation.
Flight. — The reduction of wing membrane makes these beetles incapable of flight.
Etymology. — Latin, ala , wing; exiguus, small, short or scanty; referring to the reduced
wings of these beetles.
Life history. — The two specimens were collected in March and April, respectively, but
neither were teneral.
Distribution. — (Fig. 89). I have seen two specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
OKLAHOMA: Latimer County CAS. TEXAS: Brazos County (College Station) MCZ.
Brachinus microamericanus Erwin
(Figs. 78, 82, 83, 84, 86, 90)
Type locality. — Dundee, Mississippi.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in the entomological mu-
seum at UMAH, both were collected by T. H. Hubbell at the type locality on August 13,
1929. Two paratypes are in each of the following collections: CAS, MCZ, TLEr, UASM,
UMAH.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 6.0 to 8.7 mm.
Color. Metepisterna and sides of abdomen infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal sur-
face and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum slightly rugose and punctate,
punctures shallowly impressed.
Head. As in americanus, except antennal scape robust, widened apically, ligula with three
setae in two rows on each side of center area, and mentum and submentum with accessory
setae.
Prothorax. As in americanus, except proepipleura with a few setae anteriorly and poster-
iorly, glabrous medially. Pronotum (fig. 78). Anterior tibia with anterior edge strigose.
Pterothorax. As in americanus.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 82, 83, 84). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated about 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrowed, narrowly rounded apically.
Ligule short, narrow, truncate. Virga (figs. 82, 83). Female (fig. 86). Stylus short, angulate,
widened apically.
Variation. — The series from Dundee is quite constant in all characteristics, except the
accessory setae of the mentum and submentum which vary in number. However, the single
specimen from Woodrow is considerably smaller and the shape of its pronotum is different.
This specimen may not be conspecific with the others, but further material will have to be
obtained before its relationship can be established.
Flight. — As in americanus.
Etymology. - Greek, mikros, small; americanus, nominate species of the group; referring
to the resemblance, but smaller form of this species to the nominate species.
Life history. — The Dundee specimens were collected in August and the Woodrow speci-
men in May, and none were teneral.
Distribution. — (Fig. 90). I have seen 17 specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
MICHIGAN: Huron County (Charity Island) UMAH. MISSISSIPPI: Tunica County (Dundee) UMAH. MISSOURI: County
unknown (Woodrow) USNM.
60
Erwin
The capnicus subgroup
The single species included here differs from the previous subgroup in its overall black
color. This is the only known black Neobrachinus, although some species have black parts,
and others are very dark brown.
Brachinus capnicus new species
(Figs. 72,73,85,91)
Type locality. — Smokemont, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, North Carolina.
Type specimen. — The holotype female is in the entomological museum at CUNY. The
single known specimen was collected by W. B. Jones et al. in 1938.
Diagnostic combination. — This is the only known species with all black members.
Description. — Medium-sized beetle, 10.0 mm.
Color. Black. Elytra black with metallic blue luster.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose and punctate, disc of pronotum punctate, punc-
tures moderately impressed.
Head. As in americanus, except submentum with accessory setae.
Prothorax. As in americanus, except center of pronotum concave along midline. Pron-
otum (fig. 73).
Pterothorax. As in americanus.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male unknown. Female (fig. 85). Stylus short, narrow, acute at apex.
Flight. — As in americanus.
Etymology . — Greek, kapnikos, smoky; referring to the darkly colored integument of
these beetles, the place where the type was collected, and the ability of these beetles to crep-
itate, producing a cloud of “smoke”.
Distribution. - (Fig. 91).
UNITED STATES
NORTH CAROLINA: Swain County (Smokemont) CUNY.
The texanus group
The members of this group are characterized as follows: virga of endophallus extensively
pigmented and oriented horizontally on the internal sac; antennal articles robust; stylus of
the female ovipositor very narrow and acute; elytral pubescence occurring in rows between
costae. Three species, B. texanus Chaudoir, B. rhytiderus Chaudoir, and B. elongatulus
Chaudoir, are included here, but certain South American species also belong to this group.
Brachinus texanus Chaudoir
(Figs. 93,95,96, 97 107,108)
Brachinus texanus Chaudoir, 1868: 299. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“Tejas” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir”. Type locality. — Texas, as originally given by Chau-
doir.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.3 to 9.9 mm.
Color. Mesepisterna, metepisterna, usually metasternum at sides, sides of abdominal ster-
na, sternum 6, and abdominal terga infuscated, usually antennal articles 3 and 4 infuscated,
otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra slate-grey with greenish luster.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrow and surface of pronotum rugose and punctate, punctures
moderately impressed.
Bombardier Beetles
61
Figs. 92-94. Pronotum right half, dorsal aspect. 92. Brachinus rhytiderus Chaudoir, Chuminopolis, Yucatan, Mexico.
93. Brachinus texanus Chaudoir, Mineral Wells, Texas. 94. Brachinus elongatulus Chaudoir, South West Research
Station, Arizona. Figs. 95-97 , 99-104. Male genitalia. 95. Brachinus texanus Chaudoir, Raymond, Mississippi, ventral
aspect. 96. Lateral aspect of same. 97. Dorsal aspect of same. 99. Brachinus rhytiderus Chaudoir, 1.8 miles north of
El Naranjo, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, ventral aspect. 100. Lateral aspect of same. 101. Dorsal aspect of same.
102. Brachinus elongatulus Chaudoir, Madera Canyon, Arizona, ventral aspect. 103. Lateral aspect of same. 104. Dor-
sal aspect of same. Fig. 98. Right elytron, dorsal aspect of humeral angle, Brachinus elongatulus Chaudoir, South West
Research Station, Arizona. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
62
Erwin
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two paramedian setae and two api-
cal setae. Mentum and submentum usually with accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 93), convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly reflexed.
Proepipleura glabrous. Proepisterna with setae anteriorly and posteriorly, glabrous medially.
Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, moderately costate. Humeral angles square. Costae
smooth, glabrous, depressions pubescent. Hind wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 95, 96, 97). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Shaft nearly straight, swollen slightly at middle, apex
acute and narrow. Ligule broad, moderately long, truncate. Virga (figs. 95, 96). Female (fig.
107). Stylus narrow, long and acute at apex.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the following characteristics: shape of
the pronotum; total length; extent of infuscation on the venter; and intensity of infuscation
of the antennal articles 3 and 4. In all specimens the sides of the abdomen and the metepis-
terna are infuscated. Usually, sternum 6 is more darkly infuscated than the other abdominal
sterna, but usually the latter are also quite dark, except at the very middle. In the very dark-
est specimens only the middle of sternum 2 between the hind coxae is ferrugineous. Concor-
dantly, the sides of the metasternum are also infuscated.
Flight. — These beetles have been repeatedly collected at lights in Texas.
Etymology . — The latinized form of Texas, the place where the types were collected.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from March to November. I
have seen a teneral adult collected in July, at Austin, Texas. Overwintering probably takes
place in the adult stage, as in B. pallidus.
Distribution. — (Fig. 108). The range of this species extends from New York to Alberta,
Canada, south to southern Texas. The northern records from Massachusetts, Virginia, Mich-
igan, Minnesota, and Alberta seem to be disjunctions from the main range. I have seen 1,549
specimens from the following localities:
CANADA
ALBERTA: Chin Coulee (Oldman River) UASM.
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Dallas County (Marion Junction) CNHM; Sumter County (Livingston) AMNH; Tuscaloosa County (Tusca-
loosa) UASM; County unknown (Dilchamps) CAS. ARKANSAS: Chicot County (Lake Village) CUNY; Faulkner County
(Conway) UAFA; Hempstead County UAFA, (Hope) CAS, MCZ, UMAH; Hot Springs County (Malvern) JSch; Pulaski
County UAFA, (8.0 miles north of Camp Robinson) CNHM, (Little Rock) MCZ; Sebastian County (Fort Chaffee) RCGr;
Washington County ISNH, (Cove Creek Valley) UAFA, (Fayetteville) UAFA. FLORIDA: Pinellas County (Dunedin)
TAMU. KANSAS: Douglas County (Lawrence) PUM; Montgomery County (Independence) AUAA; Rooks County KSU.
LOUISIANA: Caddo-Bossier Parishes (Bossier City) CNC; De Soto Parish (Mansfield) USNM; East Baton Rouge Parish
(Baton Rouge) UAFA; Franklin Parish (Chance) UAFA, (Chase) UAFA; Jefferson Davis Parish (Hathaway) UAFA; Mad-
ison Parish (Tallulah) MSUM; Natchitoches Parish (Vowells Mill) USNM; Ouachita Parish (Calhoun) UAFA; Vermilion
Parish (Gueydan) USNM; Vernon Parish (Rosepine) UAFA; Parish unknown (Auston) UATA. MASSACHUSETTS: Ply-
mouth County (Plymouth) CNHM. MICHIGAN: Allegan County (Allegan) CAS. MISSISSIPPI: Copiah County (Crystal
Springs) MCZ; Hinds County (Jackson) TAMU, (Raymond) RCGr; Pike County (McComb) UWSW; County unknown
(McCormick) UWSW. MISSOURI: Barry County (Monett) USNM; Pulaski County (Fort Leonard Wood) CAS; Saint Louis
County (Saint Louis) CAS; Vernon County (Nevada) FDAG, UASM. NEBRASKA: Lancaster County (Lincoln) UNLN.
OKLAHOMA: Canadian County (El Reno) CNHM; Choctaw County (Hugo) AMNH; Cleveland County (Norman) CAS,
UONO; Custer County (Clinton) AMNH; Grandy County (Chickasha) OSUS; Grayson County (Juniper Point, Lake Tex-
oma, 12.0 miles north of Whitesboro) RCGr; Latimer County OSUS; Lawton County (Fort Sill) ISUA; Logan County
(Guthrie) CNHM; McClaine County UONO; Marshall County (Lake Texoma, Willis) RCGr, (Lake Texoma, 2.0 miles east
of Willis) RCGr, UCD, (Madill) RCGr; Muskogee County (Muskogee) USUL; Nowata County (13.0 miles west of Vinita)
RFre; Oklahoma County (Oklahoma City) CAS; Payne County (Stillwater) OSUS; Tulsa County (Tulsa) CAS, DHKa.
TENNESSEE: Davidson County (Nashville) TCBa; Lincoln County (Fayetteville) GRNo; Madison County (Jackson) CNC;
Putnam County (Cookville) TCBa. TEXAS: Baylor County (8.0 miles south Seymour) CNHM; Bell County (Temple)
CNHM; Bexar County (San Antonio) CAS, CEWh, MCZ, OSUS, TAMU, TLEr, UCR; Blanco County (Cypress Mill) USNM,
(2.0 miles south of Round Mountain) UASM; Brazos County (College Station) CAS, TAMU, (Texas Experiment Station)
Bombardier Beetles
63
TAMU; Cameron County (Brownsville) USNM; Cass County (Linden) CNC; Cherokee County (Alto) JSch; Comal County
(New Braunfels) TCBa, UASM, USNM; Cooke County (Gainesville) USNM; Dallas County (Dallas) CAS, CUNY, ISNH,
MCZ, PSUU, UASM, UMAH, UMSP, USNM; Denton County CAS; Dimmit County (Texas Experiment Station) TAMU;
Eastland County UMSP; El Paso County (El Paso) CMPP; Ennis County (Ennis) AMNH; Erath County (Dublin) ISUA;
Grayson County (Sherman) AMNH; Hunt County (Wolfe City) CUNY; Jefferson County (Port Arthur) AMNH, (Sabine
Pass) WSUP; Jones County (Stanford) AMNH; Karnes County (Gillett) CUNY; Kerr County (Kerrville) CNC; Kleberg
County (Kingsville) CUNY, ISUA; Leon County CAS; Liberty County (Liberty) UWSW; McLennan County (China Spring)
CNHM; Montague County (2.5 miles southwest of Forestburg) CNHM; Montgomery County (Willis) OSUC; Oldham Coun-
ty (Matador Ranch) UWSW; Palo Pinto County (Mineral Wells) TCBa; Panola County (Carthage) AMNH; Potter County
(Amarillo) UWSW; Robertson County (Heame) CAS; Scurry County (Snyder) TCBa; Stephens County (Breckenridge)
TCBa; Tarrant County OSUS, UMAH, (Fort Worth) CUNY ; Taylor County (Abilene) UATA; Travis County (Austin) CAS,
FDAG, MCZ, OUCO.UASM, UWMW, WSUP, ZMLS; Val Verde County OUCO; Victoria County (Victoria) UASM, UMAH,
USNM; Washington County (Brenham) USNM;Webb County (Laredo) UWSW; Williamson County (Elm Water Cave) TCBa;
Zavalla County (Nueces) USNM; Counties unknown (Belfrage) MCZ, (Camp Barkely) OSUC, (Carancahua) USNM, (Fuller)
USNM, (Virginia Point) USNM. VIRGINIA: (No locality given) ANSP. WISCONSIN: Iron County (Mercer) MCZ, UWMW.
Brachinus rhytiderus Chaudoir
(Figs. 92,99, 100, 101, 105, 110)
Brachynus rhytiderus Chaudoir, 1876: 76. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“Mexique” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir”, standing first in a series of seven specimens. Type
locality. — Mexico, as originally given by Chaudoir, but herewith restricted to San Luis
Potosi, Mexico.
Diagnostic combination . — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 5.2 to 9.1 mm.
Color. Except for the constantly darkened terga, the infuscated areas of these beetles are
ill-defined. Usually the antennal articles 3 and 4 darker than 1 and 2. Metepisterna and sides
of abdomen usually quite dark, but center of abdominal sterna slightly infuscated, darker
than color of pronotum. Tibiae infuscated, degree varied with specimens. Dorsal surface and
epipleura of elytra slate-colored.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in texanus.
Head. As in texanus, except mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. As in texanus. Pronotum (fig. 92).
Pterothorax. As in texanus, except pubescence usually very sparse in discal depressions.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 99, 100, 101). Median lobe as in texanus, slightly more arcuate.
Virga (figs. 99, 100). Female (fig. 105). Stylus elongate, narrow, apically acute, but not as
sharp as in texanus.
Variation. — As in elongatulus. The intensity of infuscation seems to vary clinally with
darker specimens on the Yucatan Peninsula, in the southern part of Mexico, and in Central
America, while the paler individuals are in Texas.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has been recorded at lights repeatedly in Mexico.
Etymology . — Greek, rhytido, wrinkle, deros, skin; referring to the costate elytra of
these beetles.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead have collected these beetles from un-
der litter in palm forests at the edge of a large grassy swamp in San Luis Potosi; at the margin
of the Rio Tula, in Hidalgo; and near the edge of a small stream (in litter) in Queretaro.
They also collected specimens in roadside litter (vegetation) near Comitan, Chiapas. In
Nicaragua, these beetles have been collected repeatedly in cotton fields.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in all months of the year, ex-
cept January and February. I have seen a teneral adult collected in September in the state of
Chiapas, Mexico. Overwintering or aestivation probably takes place in the adult stage.
Distribution. — (Fig. 110). The known range of this species extends from Texas south
along the eastern side of Mexico to the Canal Zone, Panama. I have seen 625 specimens from
64
Erwin
109
Figs. 105-107. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 105. Brachinus rhytiderus Chaudoir, 1.8 miles north
of El Naranjo, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. 106. Brachinus elongatulus Chaudoir, South West Research Station, Arizona.
107. Brachinus texanus Chaudoir, Raymond, Mississippi. Figs. 108-1 10. Geographical distribution maps. 108. Brach-
inus texanus Chaudoir. 109. Brachinus elongatulus Chaudoir. 110. Brachinus rhytiderus Chaudoir. Accompanying
scale lines equal 1 .0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
65
the following localities:
CENTRAL AMERICA
CANAL ZONE: (Barro Colorado) MCZ. COSTA RICA: (5.0 kilometers north of Caflas) GRNo; (La Carpentera) USNM;
(San Jose) MCZ, TCBa; (San Pedro) GRNo; (Tres Rios) MCZ; (Turrialba) CAS; (Zent, Limon) MCZ. GUATEMALA: (Agua
Caliente) MCZ; (Antigua) AMNH, MCZ; (Los Amates) MCZ; (Palin) USNM; (Panzos) MCZ; (Tamahu) AMNH. NICARAG-
UA: (La Calera) USNM. HONDURAS: CUNY, (Copan) MCZ; (El Paraiso) UCD; (La Lima) DTRT; (Rancho Chiquito,
Department of Comayagua) FDAG. PANAMA: (Rovira, Chiriqui) SJSC.
MEXICO
DURANGO: MCZ. CHIAPAS: (3.2 miles north of Arriaga) UASM; (15.6 miles west of Comitan) UASM; (32.5 miles east of
Comitan) UASM; (El Rosario, northwest of Comitan) RTBe; (4.9 miles north of Frontera Comalapa) UASM; (7.7 miles
north of Frontera Comalapa) UASM; (16.3 miles southwest of Las Cruces) UASM; (11.6 miles north of Ocozocuautla)
UASM; (Palenque ruins) UASM; (20.0 miles south of Tuxtla Gutierrez) UCD. HIDALGO: (Jacala) CNC. MICHOACAN:
(Sahuayo) WSUP. NUEVO LEON: (Huasteca Canon, near Monterrey) CNC; (14.8 miles west of Linares) UASM; (Mesa de
Chipinque, near Monterrey) AMNH; (Montemorelos) CAS; (Monterrey) CNC; (5.0 miles south of Monterrey)
CNC; (6.0 miles south of Monterrey) CNC, FDAG; (Rio Elizondo, near Monterrey) MCZ; (Santa Rosa Canon, 14.8 miles
west of Linares) UASM. OAXACA: (La Ventosa) UCR; (50.0 miles north of La Ventosa) ISUA; (Oaxaca) BMNH; (Puente
Zanatepec, near Zanatepec) UASM; (Rio Malatengo, 11.1 miles north of Matias Romero) UASM; (Rio Niltepec, 18.4 miles
west of Zanatepec) UASM; (Tapanatepec) UASM; (3.0 miles northwest of Tapanatepec) ISUA; (17.0 miles northwest of
Zanatepec) ISUA. PUEBLA: (Villa Juarez) JHen. QUERETARO: (Landa de Matamoros) UASM. SAN LUIS POTOSI:
(Ciudad de Valles) WSUP; (5.0 miles northeast of Ciudad del Maiz) CNC; (El Naranjo) OSUC; (1.8 miles north of El
Naranjo) UASM; (3.6 miles west of El Naranjo) UASM; (El Salto Falls) FDAG; (2.7 miles west of Santa Catarina) UASM;
(Tamazunchale) AMNH, DRWh, MCZ. TAMAULIPAS: (2.0 miles west of Antiguo Morelos) DRWh; (14.0 miles west of
Antiguo Morelos) UASM; (Ciudad Mante) CNC; (47.0 kilometers south of Ciudad Victoria) MCZ; (Gomez Farias and
vicinity) AMNH, CUNY; (73.1 miles north of Manuel) UASM; (101.1 miles north of Manuel) UASM; (20.0 miles south of
Victoria) TCBa, UCD; (20.6 miles east of Villa de Casas) UASM; (23.1 miles east of Villa de Casas) UASM. VERACRUZ:
(5.0 miles northwest of Acayucan) UCD; (30.0 miles south of Acayucan) UCD; (Cordoba) AMNH, CAS; (10.0 miles east
of Cordoba) GRNo; (Cotaxtla Experiment Station) CAS; (Coyame, Lake Catemaco) DRWh; (Fortin de las Flores) CUNY,
DRWh, UASM; (20.0 miles northwest of Huatusco) FDAG; (Jalapa) AMNH, ANSP, BMNH, CAS, MCZ; (3.0 miles north-
west of Jalapa) GRNo; (Los Tuxtlas Range) TAMU; (Orizaba) MCZ; (2.5 miles west of Sontecomapan) UASM; (Tinajas)
UCD; (Veracruz) UASM. YUCATAN: (Chuminopolis) AMNH; (Merida) AMNH; (Piste) SJSC; (Ruinas de Kabah) UASM.
UNITED STATES
TEXAS: Bee County (BeeviUe) USNM; Cameron County CAS, MCZ, USNM, UWMW, (Brownsville) USNM, WHTy; Comal
County (New Braunfels) UASM, USNM; Kendall County (5-10.0 miles north of Boeme) UASM; Kleberg County (Kings-
ville) CUNY; Travis County (Austin) CAS, WSUP; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM; County unknown (Belfrage) USNM.
Brachinus elongatulus Chaudoir
(Figs. 94, 98, 102, 103, 104, 106, 109)
Brachynus elongatulus Chaudoir, 1876: 75. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, lab-
elled “40” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir”, standing first in a series of eleven specimens in
front of label “B. elongatulus Chaudoir”. Type locality. — Orizaba, Mexico, as originally
given by Chaudoir.
Brachynus brevior Chaudoir, 1876: 75. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, labelled
“Mexique” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir”. Type locality. - Oaxaca, Mexico, as originally
given by Chaudoir. Blackwelder, 1944: 71.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 4.8 to 10.6 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, metepisterna, and sides of abdominal sterna infuscated.
Tibiae, and tarsi usually infuscated, otherwise beetles ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epi-
pleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in texanus, except punctures more deeply impressed.
Head. As in texanus.
Prothorax. As in texanus. Pronotum (fig. 94).
Pterothorax. As in texanus, except elytra more elongate and more strongly costate.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 102, 103, 104). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Shaft and apex as in texanus. Ligule short, broad,
66
Erwin
truncate. Virga (figs. 102, 103). Female (fig. 106). Stylus narrow, moderately long, rounded
apically.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum and in the
total size, and the tibiae and tarsi may or may not be infuscated. Rarely the metepisterna are
ferrugineous.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights throughout the range of
the species.
Etymology . — Latin, elongatus, prolonged; referring to the elongate elytra of these
beetles.
Collecting notes. — My wife and I collected these beetles from beneath stones along
streams in many localities. At Herb Martyr Dam near Portal, Arizona, these beetles were
beneath stones piled on top of other stones which were embedded in loamy soil. The stones
were covered with oak leaf litter and were next to flowing water.
Life history. - Members of this species have been collected during all months of the year.
I have seen teneral adults collected in August from Arizona; in July from Michoacan; in
November from Jalisco; and in October from Acapulco. Overwintering probably takes place
in the adult stage.
Distribution. — (Fig. 109). The range of this species extends from Arizona south to
Oaxaca and into Baja California. Two specimens have been recorded from the Pacific Coast,
one from Oregon and one from California. I have seen 3,810 specimens from the following
localities:
MEXICO
AGUASCALIENTES: (Aguascalientes) AMNH, JHen; (4.0 miles southwest of Aguascalientes) AMNH; (11.0 miles west of
Aguascalientes) UASM; (Mai Paso, 7.0 miles east of Calvillo) AMNH; (15.0 miles west of Pabelon) UMAH. BAJA CALI-
FORNIA: (Big Canon, Sierra Laguna) CAS; (La Laguna) GRNo; (Las Animas Canon Ensenada) SDSNH; (Las Animas,
Sierra Laguna) CAS; (12.0 miles northwest of San Bartolo) CAS. CHIHUAHUA: (Buena Vista) AMNH: (Carta Blanca, 16.0
miles west of Matachic) AMNH; (Catarinas) AMNH; (Chihuahua) CNC; (25.0 miles northwest of Chihuahua) CNC; (10.0
miles east of Cuaohtemoc) ISUA; (32.0 miles south of Hidalgo de Parral) CAS; (1.0 mile east of La Sauceda) AMNH; (8.0
miles west of Matachic) AMNH; (Mesa del Huracan, 108° 15’ 30° 4’) CNC; (23.0 miles south of Minaca) UASM; (Ojo
Laguna) AMNH; (Primavera) AMNH; (San Jose Babicora) AMNH; (San Rafael) AMNH; (Santa Barbara) AMNH; (Santa
Clara Canon, 5.0 miles west of Parrita) AMNH; (Santa Clara, Namiquipa District) AMNH; (Sombreretillo) CAS. DISTRITO
FEDERAL: (Creek at Lomas de Chapultepec) MCZ; (Mexico City) JHen, MCZ, WSUP; (Mixcoac) JHen; (Penon Viejo)
MCZ; (Tacubaya) JHen; (Villa Guadalupe) JHen. DURANGO: (Arroyo El Sauz, 33.0 miles north of Durango) MCZ; (Dur-
ango City) AMNH, ANSP, CUNY, MCZ, WSUP; (5.0 miles west of Durango) CNC; (10.0 miles west of Durango) CNC,
ISUA; (15.0 miles west of Durango) CNC; (20.0 miles west of Durango) CNC; (23.0 miles south of Durango) CNC; (25.0
miles west of Durango) CNC; (27.5 miles west of Durango) UASM; (18.0 miles east of El Salto) AMNH; (Las Puentes)
AMNH; (Nombre de Dios) AMNH; (Rio Chico, 15.7 miles west of Durango) UASM; (Rio Florido, near Las Nieves) UASM.
GUANAJUATO: (2.0 miles north of Irapuato) CNC; (Rio Guanajuato, 9.8 miles south Silao) UASM; (San Miguel Allende)
AMNH. GUERRERO: (Acapulco) JHen, MCZ; (Apipilulco) MCZ; (Cacahuamilpa) JHen; (Chilpancingo) CNC; (8.4 miles
west of Chilpancingo) UASM; (Rio Mezcala, 23.7 miles north of Zumpango) UASM; (Rio Papagayo, 41.0 miles north of
Acapulco) UASM; (Xilitla) AMNH; (9.0 miles north of Zumpango) ISUA; (30.8 miles north of Zumpango del Rio) UASM.
HIDALGO: (Guadalupe) MCZ; (Huichapan) LACM; (Rio Tula, near Tasquillo) UASM; (San Miguel) MCZ. JALISCO-NAY-
ARIT: (No locality given) AMNH. JALISCO: (Ajijic) AMNH, JHen, UATA; (23.2 miles south of Autlan) UASM; (Aten-
quique) CAS; (3.0 miles north of Barra de Navidad, Bahia de Coastecomate) UATA; (Barranquillas) UCR; (0.4 miles west
of Cocula) UASM;(Cruzero de Malpaso, 17.7 miles northwest of Los Volcanes) UASM; (Guadalajara) AMNH, CUNY, MCZ,
RTBe; (61.0 kilometers southwest of Guadalajara) UATA; (Huascato) USNM; (10.0 miles west of Jiquilpan) CAS; (15-20.0
miles west of Jiquilpan) CAS; (8.5 miles north of Juchitlan) UASM; (13.0 miles southeast of Lagos de Moreno) UASM;
(17.9 miles west of Magdalena) UASM; (Mountains west of Tecalitlan) UATA; (Ocotlan) CAS; (Puente Caquixtle, 9.7
miles east of Encamacion de Diaz) UASM; (Puente La Garita, near La Garita) UASM; (Puerto Vallarta) CNC; (Rio Grande
de Santiago, 12.5 miles west of Ixtlahuacan del Rio) UASM; (4.0 miles south of Talpa de Allende) UASM; (6.5 miles south
of Talpa de Allende) UASM; (21.0 miles northeast of Tepatitlan) CAS; (Tuxpan) MCZ; (Savula) USNM; Valle de Guada-
loupe) CAS. MEXICO: (Lago Zumpango, near San Juan Zitlaltepec) UASM; (Los Remedios) JHen; (Serros Guadalupe)
JHen; (Temascaltepec, Tejupilco) CAS. MICHOACAN: (Comanja) CAS; (1.3 miles east of Comanja) UASM; (5.0 kilo-
meters west of Ciudad Hidalgo) MCZ; (1 1.0 miles west of Hidalgo) UCD; (Huajumbaro) UASM; (10.0 miles west of Jiquil-
pan) DRWh; (10.6 miles south of La Huerta) UASM; (Morelia) AMNH, UASM; (9.5 miles west of Morelia) UASM; (25.0
kilometers east of Morelia) RTBe; (3.0 miles west of Quiroga) AMNH; (6.0 kilometers east of Quiroga) UASM; (Tuxpan)
CAS, RTBe; (near Tzintzuntzan) UASM; (8.1 miles east of Vallamar) UASM; (10.0 miles east of Zamora) GRNo; (14.0
miles northwest of Zitacuaro) UCD; (50.0 miles west of Zitacuaro) MCZ. MORELOS: (Canon de Lobos, 9.1 miles east of
Cuernavaca) UASM; (Cuautla) JHen; (Cuernavaca) CAS, CNC, CUNY, MCZ, RCGr, TMBH; (3.6 miles east of Cuernavaca)
UASM; (5.4 miles east of Cuernavaca) UASM; (Progreso) CUNY; (Tejalpa) DRWh, FDAG; (Tepoztlan) RCGr; (Xochi-
Bombardier Beetles
67
tepee) JHen; (Yautepec) UCD. NAYARIT: (5.1 miles north of Chapalilla) UASM; (20.3 miles west of Compostela) GRNo;
(Ixtlan del Rio) CAS; (San Bias) UCD; (8.7 miles east of San Bias) GRNo; (13.8 miles east of San Bias) UASM; (Tepic)
AMNH, UATA; (19.0 miles southeast of Tepic) CAS; (24.0 miles southeast of Tepic) CAS. OAXACA: (25.0 miles south of
Mitla) ISUA; (Oaxaca) UMAH; (Rio Atoyac, near Juchatengo) UASM; (9.3 miles north of Sola de Vega) UASM; (72.5 miles
south of Valle Nacional, Rio Grande) UASM. PUEBLA: (9.0 miles north of Amatitlan) CAS; (5.0 miles south of Izucar de
Matamoros) UCD; (near Petlalcingo) UASM; (3.0 miles northwest of Petlalcingo) UCD; (Puente Tepexco, near Tepexco)
UASM; (Tehuacan) CAS, JHen; (near Tehuitzingo) UASM; (near Tepexco) UASM. QUERETARO: (6.0 miles east of
Celaya) UASM; (near Palmillas) UASM; (6.4 miles east of Pinal de Amoles) UASM; (Queretaro) UASM; (3.0 miles west of
Queretaro) AMNH. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (25.0 kilometers east of Santa Domingo) MCZ. SINALOA: (Camino Real de
Piaxtla) AMNH; (3.4 miles west, 5.0 miles south of Culiacan) GRNo; (3.0 miles east of Culiacancito) GRNo; (2.1 miles
northeast of El Fuerte) GRNo; (Mazatlan) AMNH, MCZ, UCR; (5.0 miles north of Mazatlan) GRNo; (10.0 miles north of
Mazatlan) GRNo; (Rio Baluarte, near Rosario) UASM; (Quiroroba, Alamosa) CAS; (Rio Panuco 11.2 miles northeast of
Concordia) UASM; (Rio Piaxtla, 1.0 miles east of Route 15) UASM; (Rosario) CAS; (20.0 miles east of Villa Union) UCR;
(21.0 miles east of Villa Union) CNC; (27.0 miles east of Villa Union) CNC; (33.0 miles east of Villa Union) CNC; (Vene-
dillo) CAS;(Zenzontle, Culiacan) AMNH. SONORA: (65.0 miles southeast of Agua Prieta) ISUA; (Alamos) CAS; (4.0 miles
west of Alamos) GRNo; (5.0 miles west of Alamos) UATA; (7.2 miles southeast of Alamos) GRNo; (Caramechi, Rio Mayo)
CAS; (8.0 miles east of Imuris) CAS; (San Bernardo, Rio Mayo) CAS; (Yecora) CNC. TAMAULIPAS: (Ciudad Victoria)
CNHM; (Sotano de La Joya de Salas) TCBa. TLAXCALA: (21.0 miles west of Apizaco) CNC. ZACATECAS: (29.0 miles
northwest of Fresnillo) UASM; (Presa Choquen) JHen; (Rio Juchipila, 0.9 miles north of Jalpa) UASM; (1.3 miles southeast
Sain Alto) UASM.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Apache County (White Mountains) CAS; Cochise County (Benson) CAS, UWSW, (Bisbee) CAS, (Canelo)
UATA, (Canelo, Pyeatt’s Ranch) CUNY, (Cave Creek) AMNH, (Cave Creek Canyon) CNHM, (Cave Creek, South Fork)
GRNo, (Chiricahua Mountains) CAS, OUCO, UASM, USNM, (Chiricahua Mountains, Cave Creek Ranch) TCBa, UASM,
(Chiricahua Mountains, 15.0 miles west of Portal) UCD, (Chiricahua Mountains, Redrock Canyon) CAS, (Chiricahua Moun-
tains, Rustlers Park) CNC, (Chiricahua Mountains, Silver Creek wash, 3.3 miles west by northwest of Portal) CUNY, (Chiri-
cahua Mountains, Texas Canyon) CAS, (Chiricahua National Monument) AMNH, CAS, (Cochise Stronghold) TLEr, UATA,
(Douglas) CAS, CNHM, (10.0 miles west of Douglas) TLEr, (Guadalupe Canyon, 32.0 miles east of Douglas) CUNY, UCR,
(Martyr Dam, South West Research Station) TLEr, (Huachuca Mountains) AMNH, CAS, TAMU, UATA; USNM, (Huachuca
Mountains, Carr Canyon) AMNH, CAS, TLEr, (Huachuca Mountains, Fort Huachuca) LACM, (Huachuca Mountains, Gar-
den Canyon) CAS, USNM, (Huachuca Mountains, Huachuca Canyon) LACM, (Huachuca Mountains, Miller Canyon) CAS,
MCZ, OUCO, UCR, (Huachuca Mountains, Sunnyside Canyon) CAS, LACM, (Palmerlee) ANSP, CAS, UMAH, (Paradise)
UASM, (Chiricahua Mountains, Pinery Creek) CNHM, (Portal) AMNH, RCGr, SJSC, TLEr, WHTy, WSUP, UCR, (Ramsey
Canyon, Huachuca Mountains) CAS, SJSC, UATA, UMHN, USNM, (Chiricahua Mountains, Rucker Lake) UASM, (San Ped-
ro near Palominas) UASM, (San Pedro River east of Sierra Vista) UATA, (South Fork Forest Camp, 4.5 miles west of Por-
tal) CAS, (South West Research Station, Portal) AMNH, CNC, CUNY, FDAG, OSUC, SJSC, TLEr, UATA, UCD, UCR,
UIMI, (Wood Canyon, Bisbee) UATA; Gila County (Globe) KSU, UCD, (base of Pinal Mountains) CAS, UCD, (Roosevelt
Lake) CNC, (Winkelman) UATA; Graham County (Aravaipa) CAS, (Aravaipa Creek, between Klondyke and Aravaipa)
DRWh, (Galiuro Mountains, Powers’ Garden) UASM, (Galiuro Mountains, Reservoir, east slope) UASM, (Graham Moun-
tains, Shennon Camp) GRNo; Navajo County (8-15.0 miles northeast of Whiteriver) AMNH; Pima County (Baboquivari
Mountains) CAS, CUNY, LACM, (Baboquivari Mountains, Browns Canyon) AMNH, CAS, UATA, (Baboquivari Mountains,
Schalffer Canyon) ANSP, (Baboquivari Mountains, Sabino Canyon Elkhom Ranch) CAS, (East slope of Coyote Mountains,
0.5 miles north of Mendoza Canyon) UATA, (10.0 miles east of Continental) UATA, (4.0 miles south of Mountain View)
CAS, (Sahuarita) MCZ, (Saint Xavier Mountains, Tucson) CAS, (Santa Catalina Mountains) CAS, UATA, USNM, (Santa
Catalina Mountains, Mount Lemmon, Bear Canyon) CAS, CUNY, UATA, (Santa Catalina Mountains, Peppersauce Canyon)
CAS, UASM, UATA, (Santa Catalina Mountains, Molino Basin) CUNY, TLEr, (Santa Rita Mountains) CAS, UATA, UMSP,
USNM, (Santa Rita Mountains, Gardner Canyon) OSUC, (Tanque Verde) UATA, (Tucson) CAS, MCZ, UASM, UATA,
UIMI, UMSP, USNM, (8.0 miles north of Vail) UATA ; Pinal County (Oracle) USNM, (14.0 miles east of Oracle) CAS ; Santa
Cruz County OSUC, (Calabasas Canyon, east Tumacacori Mountains) UASM, (Canille) AMNH, UATA, (Luis Springs, San
Pedro River) UASM, (Nogales) CAS, CNHM, LACM, MCZ, UCD, USNM, ZMLS, (3.0 miles north of Nogales) LACM, (10.0
miles west of Nogales) UCD, (15.0 miles northwest of Nogales) UCD, (Pajaritos Mountains, Yanks Spring, 4.0 miles south-
east of Ruby) AMNH, CAS, (Patagonia) CAS, CMPP, CNHM, CUNY, UATA, UCD, (Pena Blanca) CNC, CUNY, UASM,
UATA, (Santa Rita Mountains, Madera Canyon) AMNH, ANSP, CAS, CUNY, GRNo, LACM, SJSC, RCGr, UASM, UATA,
UCD, UWSW, WHTy, (Sonoita) WHTy, (Sonoita River, Patagonia) AMNH, (4.0 miles west of Sombrero Butte, Cherry
Creek) USNM, (Tumacacori Mountains, Sycamore Canyon) CUNY, (Tumacacori Mountains, Sycamore Canyon, near Ruby)
CUNY, UATA, (2.0 miles west of Washington Camp) UATA; Maricopa County (Gillespie’s Dam) CAS; Yavapai County
(Mayer) GRNo, (Prescott) CAS; Yuma County (15.0 miles east of Yuma) CNHM; Counties unknown (Florida) UATA,
(Reef) MCZ, (near San Fernando) USNM, (Santa Cruz River) UATA, (Tortolita Mountains) CAS, (Wake Field Mine) PUM.
CALIFORNIA: CMPP, ISNH, TMBH; Santa Cruz County (Amado) UMSP. NEW MEXICO: Catron County (Mogollon
Mountains, Big Dry Creek) CAS, (Mogollon Mountains, Willow Creek) TLEr; Grant County (Silver City) MCZ; Hidalgo
County (Guadalupe Canyon) GRNo, (Rodeo) UCR, (12.0 miles southeast of Rodeo, Post Office Canyon) SJSC. OREGON:
Lane County (Siltcoos Lake) CAS. TEXAS: Jeff Davis County (Limpia Canyon) TLEr.
The sallei group
The members of this group are characterized by their complete brown color, testaceous
legs with infuscated knees, lateral pits of the mentum, and swollen median lobe. A single
species, B. sallei Chaudoir is included here.
Figs. 1 1 1-1 14. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 111. Brachinus melanarthrus Chaudoir, Tamazunchale, San Luis
Potosi, Mexico. 1 12. Brachinus sallei Chaudoir, Edzna, Campeche, Mexico. 1 13. Brachinus grandis Brulle, Macultepec,
Tabasco, Mexico. 114. Brachinus brunneus Castelnau, Laguna Guanico, Puerto Rico. Figs. 115-126. Male genitalia.
115. Brachinus melanarthrus Chaudoir, Veracruz, Veracruz, Mexico, ventral aspect. 116. Lateral aspect of same.
1 17. Dorsal aspect of same. 1 18. Brachinus grandis Brulle, Macultepec, Tabasco, Mexico, ventral aspect. 1 19. Lateral
aspect of same. 120. Dorsal aspect of same. 121 . Brachinus sallei Chaudoir, Coyame, Lake Catemaco, Veracruz, Mex-
ico, ventral aspect. 122. Lateral aspect of same. 123. Dorsal aspect of same. 124. Brachinus brunneus Castelnau, La
Guanica, Puerto Rico, ventral aspect. 125. Lateral aspect of same. 126. Dorsal aspect of same. Accompanying scale
line equals 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
69
Brachinus sallei Chaudoir
(Figs. 20, 112, 121, 122, 123, 128, 133)
Brachynus sallei Chaudoir, 1876: 85. G. E. Ball could not locate Chaudoir’s specimens in
MHNP. Chaudoir wrote (1876: 85) that other specimens were in Chevrolat’s collection.
E. Taylor informs me that these specimens are no longer in HMO. Therefore, I presume
the type is lost.
Type locality. — Mexico, as originally given by Chaudoir, but herewith restricted to Tab-
asco, Mexico.
Notes. — Chaudoir compared B. sallei with Chevrolat’s B. spinipes, in the original descrip-
tion of B. sallei. This name was never published by Chevrolat, and therefore not really in ex-
istence, but I add this note to stop possible confusion in the future.
Diagnostic combination. — See group characteristics and key.
Description. — Large-sized beetles, 12.1 to 15.1 mm.
Color. Dark brown, mouthparts and antennae somewhat paler. Legs testaceous with
brown “knees” (femoral apices plus tibial bases). Dorsal surface of elytra dark brown, epi-
pleura paler.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose, sparsely punctate. Disc of pronotum finely ru-
gose along center line, punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows deeply impressed. Antennal scape quite robust, widest at middle.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae. Mentum (fig. 20)
with two lateral pits each surrounded by numerous setae. Submentum with numerous acces-
sory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 1 12) convex, sides narrowly reflexed. Anterior and posterior
margins with a few shallowly impressed setiferous punctures. Proepipleura glabrous. Pro-
episterna with a few small setae both anteriorly and posteriorly, glabrous medially. Anterior
tibia with anterior edge finely punctate.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, moderately costate. Humeral angle square. Pubescence con-
fined to eighth depression, except near apex. Depressions punctate. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 121, 122, 123). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Shaft swollen at basal third, flared and flattened
at apical third. Ligule short, rounded apically. Virga (figs. 121, 122). Female (fig. 128). Sty-
lus narrow, elongate, arcuate, acute at apex.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known for me to evaluate geographic variation, but
the sixteen specimens I have seen are rather constant.
Flight. — J. G. Edwards collected a specimen at lights on Cozumel Island, Quintana Roo,
Mexico.
Etymology . — Patronym for August Salle, in whose collection Chaudoir first saw speci-
mens of this species.
Collecting notes. — On the north shore of Lake Catemaco in Veracruz, Mexico, these
beetles live in heavily shaded marshes about 10.0 meters from the lake edge. The predom-
inant plant was a Heliconia species.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from December to April and
August. One teneral adult was collected in January in the state of Campeche, Mexico.
Distribution. — (Fig. 133). The known range of this species extends from southern San
Luis Potosi to southern Chiapas and the Yucatan peninsula. The species also occurs on Isla
Cozumel, off the coast of Quintana Roo. I have seen 16 specimens from the following local-
ities:
70
Erwin
Figs. 127-130. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 127. Brachinus grandis Brulle, Venedillo, Sinaloa,
Mexico. 128. Brachinus sallei Chaudoir, Edzna, Campeche, Mexico. 129. Brachinus melanarthrus , Tela, Honduras.
130. Brachinus brunneus Castelnau, Humacao, Puerto Rico. Figs. 131-134. Geographical distribution maps. 131.
Brachinus grandis Brulle. 132. Brachinus melanarthrus Chaudoir. 1 33. Brachinus sallei Chaudoir. 134. Brachinus brun-
neus Castelnau. Accompanying scale line equals 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
71
MEXICO
CAMPECHE: (Edzna) UASM. CHIAPAS: (San Quintin, Chiquita Miramar) UASM. QUINTANA ROO TERRITORY:
(Cozumel Island) SJSC. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (Valles) CPBo. TABASCO: (Macultepec) JHen; (Tierra Colorado de Itzmate)
JHen. VERACRUZ: (Coyame, Lake Catemaco) UASM; (San Andres Tuxtla) UCR.
The brunneus group
The members of this group are characterized by the form of the virga, brown color of the
body, and testaceous legs and infuscated knees. These beetles lack the lateral mental pits
found in B. sallei. I have seen specimens of South American species that belong to this group.
It is possible that when the South American fauna is better known, this group will have to
be redefined. Two species, B. brunneus Castelnau, and B. melanarthrus Chaudoir are in-
cluded here.
Brachinus brunneus Castelnau
(Figs. 114, 124, 125, 126, 130, 134)
Brachinus brunneus Castelnau, 1834: 59. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, un-
labelled, but standing third in a series of seven in front of box label “brunneus Castelnau
Antilles Mus. Berl”. Chaudoir (1876: 84) mentions that he received four specimens from
Castelnau’s type series. Type locality. — Cayenne, French Guiana as originally given by
Castelnau.
Brachinus gilvipes Mannerheim, 1837: 41. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, lab-
elled “St. Thomas, Mannerheim” and standing fifth in a series of seven specimens in front
of box label “brunneus Castelnau Antilles Mus. Berl”. Type locality. - St. Thomas Island,
Antilles as given on Mannerheim’s label, and indicated by Chaudoir (1876: 84). Chaudoir,
1876: 84.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 7.0 to 9.0 mm.
Color. As in sallei.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in sallei.
Head. As in sallei, except antennal scape not as robust, mentum without pits or accessory
setae, submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. As in sallei. Pronotum (fig. 1 14)
Pterothorax. As in sallei, except elytral pubescence extending along depressions 6,1, and
8, and costae barely Elevated.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 124, 125, 126). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft rounded. Ligule short, narrow, rounded
apically. Virga (figs. 124, 125). Female (fig. 130). Stylus narrow, acute at apex.
Variation. — Besides the intrapopulational variation in the shape of the pronotum and the
total size, these beetles exhibit color differences of the third and fourth antennal articles.
The range is from testaceous with infuscated bases to completely infuscated, and occurs
within single population samples.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Medieval Latin, brunneus, brown; referring to the color of these beetles.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in October, January, March,
and May. No teneral adults have been seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 134). The known range of this species extends from French Guiana
to Puerto Rico and Hispaniola (Haiti). I have seen 108 specimens from the following local-
ities:
72
Erwin
GREATER ANTILLES
CUBA: (Baiagua) MCZ; (Colon) MCZ. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: (Barahona) MCZ; (Monte Cristi) MCZ. HAITI: (Etang
Lachaux southwest peninsula) MCZ. PUERTO RICO: (Ensenada) MCZ; (Humacao) CUNY, MCZ; (Laguna Guanica) MCZ;
(Mereidita Finca Ponce) MCZ; (Mayaguez) CUNY; (Toa-Baja) CUNY, MCZ.
VIRGIN ISLANDS
St. Croix Island, MCZ; St. Thomas Island, MHNP.
Brachinus melanarthrus Chaudoir
(Figs. 19, 111, 115, 116, 117, 129, 132)
Brachynus melanarthrus Chaudoir, 1876: 84. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP,
unlabelled, but standing first in front of box label “melanarthrus, Chaud. Caracas, Sall6”.
Type locality. — Mexico, as originally given by Chaudoir, but herewith restricted to
Veracruz, Mexico.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 6.6 to 11.2 mm.
Color. As in sallei.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in sallei.
Head. As in sallei, except mentum (fig. 19) without deep lateral pits and accessory setae
and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. As in sallei. Pronotum (fig. 111).
Pterothorax. As in sallei.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 115, 116, 117). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft narrowed, elongate. Ligule short,
broadened apically. Virga (figs. 115, 116). Female (fig. 129). Stylus narrow, parallel-sided,
rounded apically.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known of this species to analyze the geographical
variation. However, the size may vary clinally, the largest specimens in Mexico, the smallest
specimens in Honduras. One female from Veracruz is darker in color and the surface of the
pronotum is dull due to very sense rugosities.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected at lights in the state of San Luis Potosi, Mex-
ico.
Etymology . — Greek,, melanos , black; arthron, joint; referring to the infuscated knees
of these beetles.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in May, July, and August, but
no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 132). The known range of this species extends from southern San
Luis Potosi, Mexico, to northern Honduras. I have seen seven specimens from the following
localities:
CENTRAL AMERICA
HONDURAS: (La Lima) DTRT ; (Tela) DTRT.
MEXICO
SAN LUIS POTOSI: (Tamazunchale) MCZ. VERACRUZ: (5.0 miles northwest of Acayucan) UCD; (Veracruz) CNC.
The grandis group
The members of this group are characterized by very large size and darkly pigmented and
elongate virgae. One species, B. grandis Brulle, is included.
Bombardier Beetles
73
Brachinus grandis Brulle
(Figs. 113, 118, 119, 120, 127, 131)
Brachinus grandis Brulle, 1838: 19. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, unlabelled,
but standing next to a pin with a point and the label “grandis Brulle”. The point holds
the labrum of the specimen. Type locality. — Bolivia, as originally given by Brulle.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Very large-sized beetles, 16.4 to 18.5 mm.
Color. Mesepisterna, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, abdominal sterna and terga, and
knees infuscated, otherwsie ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra brown.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose, sparsely punctate, punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest apically.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae. Mentum and sub-
mentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 113), slightly flattened along center line, sides narrowly re-
flexed. Proepipleura glabrous, proepisterna with a few scattered setae both anteriorly and
posteriorly. Anterior tibia with anterior surface sparsely punctate.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, broad, moderately costate. Humeral angle square. Pubes-
cence confined to outer intervals, except in apical third. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 118, 119, 120). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft narrowed to apex. Ligule poorly
defined, short, truncate. Virga (figs. 1 18, 1 19). Female (fig. 127). Stylus very large, broad,
narrowly rounded at apex.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Latin, grandis , large; referring to the very large size of these beetles com-
pared to others in the genus.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in March, May, and June, but
no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 131). The known range of this species extends from Sinaloa and San
Luis Potosi in Mexico to Bolivia, South America, but this has been determined by only four
localities. It is probable that this species has discontinuous and local populations. I have
seen five specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
SINALOA :(Venedillo), CAS. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (El Pujal) CPBo. TABASCO: (Macultepec) JHen.
The lateralis group
The members of this group are characterized by their brown elytra. It is a provisional
group pending the outcome of a revision of the South American species many of which have
brown elytra.
Brachinus lateralis Dejean
(Figs. 137, 145, 156, 157, 158, 169)
Brachinus lateralis Dejean, 1831: 424. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“male, lateralis m. in Amer. bor.” on green paper, “Ex Museo Chaudoir” and “Type” on
red paper. Type locality. — North America, as originally given by Dejean, but herewith
restricted to Imperial County, California.
Brachinus leucoloma Chaudoir, 1868: 301. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, lab-
elled “Californie, R. Gila, LeConte” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” Type locality. - Gila
74
Erwin
Figs. 135-140. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 135. Brachinus chalchihuitlicue new species, San Bias, Nayarit,
Mexico. 136. Brachinus chirriador new species, Puente La Garita, La Garita, Jalisco, Mexico. 137. Brachinus lateralis
Dejean, 20.9 miles north of Arriaga, Chiapas, Mexico. 138. Brachinus arboreus Chevrolat, Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico.
139. Brachinus adustipennis Erwin, 20.0 miles west of Rosario, Sinaloa, Mexico. 140. Brachinus aeger Chaudoir,
Paso Antonio, Escuintla, Guatemala. Figs. 141-146. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 141. Brachinus
chirriador new species, Puente La Garita, La Garita, Jalisco, Mexico. 142. Brachinus adustipennis Erwin, 20.0
miies west of Rosario, Sinoloa, Mexico. 143. Brachinus chalchihuitlicue new species, Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico.
144. Brachinus aeger Chaudoir, Paso Antonio, Escuintla, Guatemala. 145. Brachinus lateralis Dejean, Rio Niltepec,
Oaxaca, Mexico. 146. Brachinus arboreus Chevrolat, Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0
mm.
Bombardier Beetles
75
River, Imperial County, California, as originally given on Chaudoir’s labelled specimen.
Erwin, 1965: 7.
Diagnostic combination. — The brown elytra with pale epipleura and glabrous elytral disc
separate members of this species from all others west of the continental divide in the United
States. In Mexico and further south, only the genitalic characteristics provide reliable diag-
nostic characteristics (see key couplet 17).
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 6.1 to 9.3 mm.
Color. Mesepisterna, metepisterna, abdomen at least at sides, and “knees” infuscated.
Head and prothorax ferrugineous. Usually mouth parts, antennal articles 1-4, legs, and mid-
dle of venter testaceous. Dorsal surface of elytra brown, epipleura testaceous.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose, sparsely punctate. Surface of pronotum smooth
with a few scattered shallowly impressed setiferous punctures.
Head. Frontal furrows shallowly impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae, and a few small
inconspicuous setae. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 137) convex, sides narrowly reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous.
Proepisterna with a few setae anteriorly. Anterior tibia with anterior surface finely punc-
tate.
Pterothorax. Elytra moderately long, barely costate. Humeral angle square. Pubescence
usually confined to outer depressions and costae with some scattered patches occasionally
on disc. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 156, 157, 158). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend moderately long. Apex of shaft flattened, ridged
around edge and with a median ventral keel. Shaft swollen slightly at middle. Ligule short,
truncate. Virga (figs. 156, 157). Female (fig. 145). Stylus long, narrow, apically rounded.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the following characteristics: the pres-
ence or absence of pubescence on the elytral disc, shade of brown color of the elytra, the
height of the costae, the shape of the pronotum, and body size.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has been recorded at lights throughout the range of
the species.
Etymology . — Latin, lateralis, of the side; referring to the pale epipleura of the elytra on
these beetles.
Collecting notes. — These beetles occur in a number of habitats. In California, they have
been collected on the shores of the Salton Sea (saline) and Lake Elsinore (fresh water). In
Arizona, they have been collected at the edges of lakes ancf in wet meadows. In Mexico,
they have been collected in gravel beneath larger stones at the edges of streams.
Life history. - Members of this species have been collected in all months of the year. I
have seen teneral adults collected in March in Puebla, in May and September in Sonora, and
in August in California. These beetles probably overwinter (or aestivate) as adults.
Distribution. — (Fig. 169). The range of this species extends from northern Arizona south
to Chiapas, Mexico, and populations occur in Baja California. I have seen 458 specimens
from the following localities:
MEXICO
BAJA CALIFORNIA: (20.0 miles north of Comondu) CAS; (Estero, at mouth of Arroyo Rosario) CAS; (San Ignacio)
CAS; (65.0 kilometers south of Tijuana) LACM. CHIAPAS: (20.9 miles north of Arriaga) UASM. DURANGO: (Durango
City) AMNH, MCZ. GUANAJUATO: (Lago Yuriria, near Yuriria) UASM. GUERRERO: (Cacahuamilpa) JHen; (2.0
miles north of El Mogote) UASM; (Rio Mezcala, 23.7 miles north of Zumpango) UASM; (9.0 miles north of Zumpango)
ISUA. JALISCO: (Ajijic) JHen, UATA; (Guadalajara) AMNH. MICHOACAN: (Morelia) AMNH, UASM; (near Tzintzunt-
zan) UASM. MORELOS: (Canon de Lobos, 9.1 miles east of Cuernavaca) UASM; (Cuernavaca) ANSP, BMNH, MCZ, RTBe;
(Progreso) CUNY, WSUP; (Xochictepec) JHen. NAYARIT: (San Bias) CAS; (Tepic) UATA; (19.0 miles southeast of
Figs. 147-164. Male genitalia. 147. Brachinus aeger Chaudoir, Rio Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico, ventral aspect. 148. Lateral
aspect of same. 149. Dorsal aspect of same. 150. Brachinus arboreus Chevrolat, 32.0 miles south of Acaponeta,
Nayarit, Mexico, ventral aspect. 151. Lateral aspect of same. 152. Dorsal aspect of same. 153. Brachinus adustipennis
Erwin, Manatee Springs State Park, Florida, ventral aspect. 154. Lateral aspect of same. 155. Dorsal aspect of
same. 156. Brachinus lateralis Dejean, near Petlalcingo, Puebla, Mexico, ventral aspect. 157. Lateral aspect of same.
158. Dorsal aspect of same. 159. Brachinus chalchihuitlicue new species, San Bias, Nayarit, Mexico, ventral aspect.
160. Lateral aspect of same. 161. Dorsal aspect of same. 162. Brachinus chirriador new species, Puente La Garita,
La Garita, Jalisco, Mexico, ventral aspect. 163. Lateral aspect of same. 164. Dorsal aspect of same. Accompanying
scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
77
Tepic) CAS. OAXACA: (25.0 miles south of Mitla) ISUA; (Puente Zanatepec, near Zanatepec) UASM; (Rio Atoyac,
near Juchatengo) UASM; (Rio Niltepec, 18.4 miles west of Zanatepec) UASM; (72.5 miles south of Valle Nacional) UASM.
PUEBLA: (Puente Tepexco, near Tepexco) UASM; (near Petlalcingo) UASM; (near Tepexco) UASM. SINALOA: (13.0
miles north of Guamuchil) GRNo; (Los Mochis) CAS, GRNo; (Mazatlan) AMNH, CNC. SONORA: (10.0 miles west of
Alamos) AMNH; (Ciudad Obregon) CNC; (16.0 miles northeast of Ciudad Obregon) CNC; (35.0 miles northeast of Ciudad
Obregon) CNC; (14.0 miles southeast of Empalme) CAS; (Hermosillo) AMNH; (La Atascosa) UASM; (Navajoa) GRNo,
JHen; (Pesqueria) CAS; (Rio Yagui 12.0 miles west of Ciudad Obregon) CNC; (Sonoyta) AMNH. VERACRUZ: (Jalapa)
BMNH.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Benson) CAS, (San Bernardino Ranch) KSU, LACM; Graham County (Thatcher) UCD;
Maricopa County (Phoenix) MCZ, UATA, USNM; Mohave County (Littlefield) UCD; Pima County (Arivaca Creek at
Arivaca) CAS, (Baboquivari Mountains, Browns Canyon) AMNH, (Santa Catalina Mountains) CAS, UATA, (Tucson)
AMNH, ANSP, CAS, USNM; Pinal County (Picacho) CAS; Santa Cruz County (6.0 miles north of Nogales) UASM, (15.0
miles northwest of Nogales) UCD, (Pajarita Mountains) CAS, (Patagonia) CUNY, UATA, (Pena Blanca) UASM; Yuma
County (Cibola) CAS, (Ehrenburg) UATA, (Fort Yuma) USNM, (Yuma) CAS, ISNH, MCZ, USNM; County unknown
(Senator) AMNH. CALIFORNIA: Imperial County (Calpatria) CAS, (El Centro) CAS; Los Angeles County PSUU, USNM,
ZMLS, (Cypress) LACM, (East Manhattan) LACM, (Lake Hodges) SDNHM, (Long Beach) CAS, (Los Angeles) CAS,
(Pasadena) CAS, TLEr; Orange County (Anaheim) SDNHM, (Laguna Canyon) UCD; Riverside County (Blythe) LACM,
UIMI, (Corona) UCD, (Elsinore) CAS, (Lake Elsinore) CAS, CMPP, UIMI, UNLN, USNM, (Mecca) CVMA, (Riverside)
CUNY, LACM, UMAH, USNM, (Salton Sea) WBa, (Salton Sea, Mecca) CNC, USNM; San Bernardino County (Needles)
CAS, (Ontario) CAS, (San Bernardino) MCZ, OUCO, (Saratoga Springs, Death Valley) UCD; San Diego County ANSP,
CCha, CUNY, (Oceanside) CAS, (San Felipe Creek 14.0 miles east of Julian) UASM, (San Diego) SDNHM, (San Juan
Capistrano) UIMI, (Sweetwater Valley) SDNHM. NEVADA: Clark County (Logandale) NSDA.
Brachinus aeger Chaudoir
(Figs. 140, 144, 147, 148, 149, 168)
Brachynus aeger Chaudoir, 1876: 82. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, labelled
“Nouve Grenade,” and standing first in a series of five specimens. Type locality. — Col-
ombia, South America, as originally given by Chaudoir.
Diagnostic combination. — Only the genitalia provide reliable diagnosis, but see key coup-
let 18.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 5.8 to 8.9 mm.
Color. As in lateralis, except mesepisterna usually pale.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in lateralis.
Head. As in lateralis, except ligula without inconspicuous setae.
Prothorax. As in lateralis, except costae weaker.
Pterothorax. As in lateralis, except costae weaker.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 147, 148, 149). Median lobe with plane of shaft barely rotated from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Shaft bulbous at basal third; narrowed to acute boot-
shaped apex; venter ridged medially. Ligule moderately long, broad, rounded apically. Virga
(figs. 147, 148). Female (fig. 144). Stylus short, parallel-sided, narrowly rounded at apex.
Variation. - As in lateralis, except disc of elytra generally pubescent.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Latin, aeger,, sick, troubled; referring, I think, to the pale colors of these
beetles compared to others in the genus.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead have collected these beetles on gravel
banks of several rivers in Mexico.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from April to June and
November to January, but no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 168). The range of this species extends from Sonora, Mexico, south
to Colombia, South America. Most records are from the western coast of Mexico, but one
specimen was collected in San Luis Potosi, Mexico. I have seen 15 specimens from the fol-
lowing localities:
CENTRAL AMERICA
GUATEMALA: (Paso Antonio, Escuintla) BMNH.
78
Erwin
Figs. 165-170. Geographical distribution maps. 165. Brachinus chirriador new species. 166. Brachinus adustipennis
Erwin. 167. Brachinus chalchihuitlicue new species. 168. Brachinus aeger Chaudoir. 169. Brachinus lateralis Dejean.
170. Brachinus aboreus Chevrolat.
Bombardier Beetles
79
MEXICO
CHIAPAS: (Tuxtla Gutierrez) BMNH. GUERRERO: (Rio Mezcala, 23.7 miles north of Zumpango) UASM. NAYARIT:
(Rio Acaponeta, 2.4 miles south of Acaponeta) UASM; (19.0 miles southeast of Tepic) CAS. OAXACA: (Oaxaca City)
BMNH. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (El Pujal) CPBo. SINALOA: (Camino, Real de Piaxtla) AMNH. SONORA: (Ciudad Obregori)
CNC; (Cocorit) UCR. TABASCO: (Rio Teapa, near Teapa) UASM. VERACRUZ: (San Andres Tuxtla) BMNH.
Brachinus chalchihuitlicue new species
(Figs. 135, 143, 159, 160, 161, 167)
Type locality. — San Bias, Nayarit, Mexico.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in the entomological col-
lections at CAS; both were collected at the type locality by B. Malkin on September 17-21,
1953. Twenty paratypes collected at various localities and on various dates are in AMNH,
CAS, MCZ, TLEr, UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — Although members of this species have their elytral costae
elevated more than any other in the group, the only reliable diagnostic characters are the
genitalia, but also see key couplet 20.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 8.7 to 1 1.0 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, mesepimera, metepisterna, abdominal sterna at least at
sides, abdominal terga, and knees infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Legs testaceous. Dorsal
surface of elytra brown, epipleura slightly paler.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in lateralis.
Head. As in lateralis, except ligula without minute setae.
Prothorax, ks'm lateralis. Pronotum (fig. 135).
Pterothorax. As in lateralis, except costae more highly elevated.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 159, 160, 161). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft very narrow, elongate. Ligule
long and broad, rounded apically. Virga (figs. 159, 160). Female (fig. 143). Stylus broad,
tapering to almost acute apex.
Variation. — Besides the intrapopulational variation in shape of the pronotum and in
body size, these beetles vary locally in the height of their costae.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology. - Chalchihuitlicue, the goddess of runoff waters, streams, lakes, and the sea,
in early Teotihuacan and Nahuat-Toltec cultures of central Mexico. This goddess is also the
wife of Tlaloc, the god of rain and thunder. The name refers to the habitat in which most
Brachinus species are found.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from July to September. Ten-
eral adults were collected in July in Sinaloa and in August in Guerrero.
Distribution. — (Fig. 167). The known range of this species extends from Sinaloa to
Guerrero on the west coast of Mexico. I have seen 30 specimens from the following local-
ities:
MEXICO
GUERRERO: (Acapulco) MCZ. NAYARIT: (San Bias) CAS; (Tepic) AMNH. SINALOA: (Mazatlan) AMNH, GRNo,
UCR; (Venedio) CAS. STATE UNKNOWN: (Saltillo) MCZ.
Brachinus arboreus Chevrolat
(Figs. 138, 146, 150, 151, 152, 170)
Brachinus arboreus Chevrolat, 1834: 42. Lectotype, here selected, a male, HMO, Type
number COL. 114 1/3, further labelled “Brachinus arboreus Chev. Col. Mex. 1 cent No. 2
Mexico Salle.” Type locality. - Orizaba, Mexico, as originally given by Chevrolat.
80
Erwin
Diagnostic combination. — Only the genitalia provide reliable diagnosis, but see also key
couplet 21 .
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 6.1 to 9.2 mm.
Color. Base of antennal articles 3 and 4, mesepisterna, metepisterna, abdominal sterna at
least at sides, abdominal terga, and knees infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface
of elytra brown, epipleura seldom paler.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macro sculpture. As in lateralis.
Head. As in lateralis, except ligula without inconspicuous setae.
Prothorax. As in lateralis. Pronotum (fig. 138).
Pterothorax. As in lateralis.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 150, 151, 152). Median lobe with plane of shaft barely rotated from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrowed, acute, ridged ventrally at
middle and at sides forming two small sulci. Ligule short, broad, truncate. Virga (figs. 150,
151). Female (fig. 146). Stylus narrow, parallel-sided, slightly curved, narrowly rounded
apically.
Variation. — As in lateralis.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Latin, arboreus, of the trees. The reason Chevrolat gave this name is un-
explained in his description.
Collecting notes. — D. R. Whitehead has collected these beetles along a small stream in
Jalisco.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in January, March, June, and
November, but no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution . — (Fig. 170). The range of this species extends from Sinaloa south to Hon-
duras. I have seen 57 specimens from the following localities:
CENTRAL AMERICA
HONDURAS: (Copan) MCZ; (La Lima) DTRT.
MEXICO
JALISCO: (9.0 miles east of Guadalajara) AMNH. NAYARIT: (32.0 miles south of Acaponeta) CAS; (19.0 miles southeast
of Tepic) CAS. MORELOS: (5.0 miles east of Cuernavaca) UCD. SINALOA: (Mazatlan) MCZ, TLEr; (Rosario) CAS.
VERACRUZ: (Cordoba) BMNH; (Jalapa) BMNH, MCZ.
Brachinus chirriador new species
(Figs. 136, 141, 162, 163, 164, 165)
Type locality. — Six miles west of Cintalapa, Route 190, Chiapas, Mexico.
Type specimens. - The holotype male and allotype female are in the MCZ. The holotype
was collected by G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead at the type locality on September 7, 1965.
The allotype was collected at Jacala, Hidalgo by R. Haag on June 23, 1939. Eight paratypes
collected on various dates at various localities are in CAS, CPBo, TLEr, UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The restriction of elytral pubescence to depressions 7 and 8 in
the basal two-thirds of the elytra will usually separate these beetles from others with brown
elytra in Mexico and Central America. Only the genitalia provide reliable diagnosis, however.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.2 to 10.0 mm.
Color. As in lateralis, except epipleura dark.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in lateralis.
Head. As in lateralis.
Prothorax. As in lateralis, except anterior tibia with anterior surface finely strigose.
Bombardier Beetles
81
Pronotum (fig. 136).
Pterothorax. As in lateralis , except pubescence restricted to depressions 7 and 8.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 162, 163, 164). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrow, slightly elongate. Ligule
short, broad, truncate. Virga (figs. 162, 163). Female (fig. 141). Stylus very broad, tapering
apically to narrowly rounded apex.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. - The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Mexican-Spanish, chirriador, the one who crepitates.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead collected these beetles at the edge of a
pond at the type locality by treading coarse grass and emergent vegetation.
Life history \ — Members of this species have been collected from April to June, and Aug-
ust to December, but no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 165). The known range of this species extends from northern Tam-
aulipas, Mexico, south along the east coast to Honduras and on the west coast of Mexico in
Sinaloa and Nayarit. I have seen 1 1 specimens from the following localities:
CENTRAL AMERICA
HONDURAS: (La Lima) DTRT.
MEXICO
CHIAPAS: (6.0 miles west of Cintalapa) UASM. JALISCO: (Puente La Garita, near La Garita) UASM. NAYARIT: (San
Bias) CAS. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (El Pujal) CPBo. TAMAULIPAS: (La Coma, Aldama) CPBo. VERACRUZ: (San Rafael,
Jicaltepec) MCZ; (Veracruz) UCD.
Brachinus adustipennis Erwin
(Figs. 139, 142, 153, 154, 155, 166)
Type locality. — Myakka River, Myakka River State Park, Sarasota County, Florida.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in MCZ; both were
collected at the type locality by T. L. and L. J. Erwin on May 29, 1968. Thirty paratypes
collected at various localities and on various dates are in AMNH, CAS, DRWh, MCZ, TLEr,
and UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The brown elytra and pale epipleura, and pubescent elytral
disc separate members of this species from all others east of the continental divide in the
United States. In Mexico and further south only the genitalic characters provide reliable
separation, but see also key couplet 17.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 6.0 to 10.2 mm.
Color. Metepisterna, knees and sides of abdominal sterna infuscated. Antennal articles 3
and 4, usually terga slightly infuscated, otherwsie body and limbs testaceous to ferrugineous.
Dorsal surface of elytra brown, epipleura usually paler.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in lateralis.
Head. As in lateralis, except minute ligula setae apparently absent.
Prothorax. As in lateralis, except anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose. Pronotum
(fig. 139).
Pterothorax. As in lateralis, except disc of elytra usually pubescent, and costae weaker.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 153, 154, 155). Median lobe with plane of shaft barely rotated from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend moderately long. Apex of shaft narrowed, rounded, and
ridged ventrally; lateral ridges less prominent than in lateralis, ending before apex; apex
slightly bent dorsally. Ligule short, narrowed toward rounded apex. Virga (figs. 153, 154).
82
Erwin
Female (fig. 142). Stylus narrow, broadened slightly at apical third, rounded apically.
Variation. — As in lateralis, except disc of elytra usually pubescent.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has been recorded at lights throughout the range of
the species.
Etymology. — Latin, adustus, tanned, brown; pennis, wing; referring to the tan-colored
elytra of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — My wife and I collected these beetles in a number of localities in the
southern United States. Along the Myakka River, at the type locality, they occurred beneath
boards and stones on the river’s grassy banks. At Juniper Springs, Florida, and in the
Okefenokee Swamp, we found them in the roots of grass clumps in Scirpus-Typha marshes.
In Texas they occurred on the muddy banks of the San Jacinto River in grassy clumps.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from March to December.
Teneral adults were collected in May in Florida, and in August in Tennessee. Overwintering
(or aestivating) probably occurs in the adult state.
Distribution . — (Fig. 166). The range of this species extends from New York and Michi-
gan, west to the west coast of Mexico, south to Panama. I have seen 552 specimens from the
following localities:
CENTRAL AMERICA
PANAMA: (La Chorrera) CAS.
GREATER ANTILLES
CUBA: (No locality given) TMBH; (Camoa, Havana) MCZ; (Soledad) MCZ.
MEXICO
AGUASCALIENTE: (15.0 miles west of Pabellon) UMAH. NAYARIT: (Acaponeta) AMNH; (32.0 miles south of
Acaponeta) CAS. SINALOA: (Los Mochis) CAS; (Mazatlan) AMNH, CAS, UASM; (20.0 miles west of Rosario) UCR;
(Venedillo) CAS. SONORA: (16.0 miles northeast of Ciudad Obregon) CNC; (Hermosillo) CNHM; (Rio Yagui, 12.0 miles
west of Ciudad Obregon) CNC. TABASCO: (San Juan Bautista) BMNH; (Villa Hermosa) FDAG. TAMAULIPAS: (9.9 miles
west of La Pesca) UASM. VERACRUZ: (Veracruz) UASM. YUCATAN: (Uxmal) TLEr.
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Mobile) ANSP, USNM. ARKANSAS: Arkansas County (Almyra) USNM; Desha County (No
locality given) UAFA; Hempstead County (Hope) CAS, MCZ; Poinsett County (No locality given) UAFA; Pulaski County
(Little Rock) AMNH; Washington County (No locality given) UAFA. FLORIDA: Alachua County (Gainesville) FDAG,
UMAH, (Payne’s Prairie) UMAH; Brevard County (Indian River) USNM; Citrus County CAS, USNM, (Inverness) MCZ;
Collier County (Naples) CUNY ; Columbia County (Lake City) DRWh; Dade County (Florida City) UASM, (Miami) CMPP,
(Royal Palm State Park) PUM; Escambia County (Pensacola) FDAG; Hemando County (Brooksville) CAS; Highlands
County (Archbold Biology Station) CEWh, PSUU; Hillsborough County (Tampa) CAS, UMSP; Lake County USNM,
(Fruitland Park) ANSP, UMAH, (Groveland) FDAG, (5.6 miles east of Juniper Springs) TLEr; Lee County (Fort Myers)
PUM; Levy County (Cedar Keys) USNM, (Manatee Springs State Park) RFre, UASM; Manatee County (Oneco) UASM;
Marion County (No locality given) MCZ; Osceola County (Kissimmee) MCZ, PUM, UCD, USNM; Palm Beach County
(Lake Worth) CAS; Pasco County (Dade City) FDAG; Pinellas County (Clearwater) CNHM, (Dunedin) AMNH, CAS,
CUNY, UMAH, UWMW, (Tarpon Springs) AMNH, CNHM; Putnam County (Crescent City) USNM; Sarasota County
(Myakka River State Park) TLEr, UASM, (Sarasota) PUM; Seminole County (Lake Harney) USNM; Volusia County
(Enterprise) CAS, ISNH, OUCO, UMSP, USNM; County unknown (Fort Capron) ISNH. GEORGIA: Baker County
(Newton) CNC; Tift County (Tifton) OUCO; Ware County (8.0 miles northeast of Fargo) TLEr. ILLINOIS: Rich-
land and Lawrence Counties (Wabash) MCZ. INDIANA: Floyd County (New Albany) CEWh; Posey County (No
locality given) PUM, KANSAS: Douglas County (Lawrence) PUM. LOUISIANA: USNM, Acadia Parish (Crowley)
CAS; Allen Parish (Kinder) UASM; Calcasieu Parish (Lake Charles) USNM, (Sam Houston State Park) CUNY, TLEr;
East Baton Rouge Parish UAFA, (Baton Rouge) LSUB, UMAH; Evangeline Parish (Lake Chicot State Park) TLEr; Franklin
Parish (Chase) UAFA; Iberia Parish (Avery Island) ANSP; Jefferson Parish (Harahan) CNHM; Livingston Parish (Denham
Springs) LSUB; Madison Parish (Tallulah) TAMU; Orleans Parish (New Orleans) ANSP, CAS, LACM, MCZ, USNM, UWMW,
WSUP; Ouachita Parish (Calhoun) UAFA; Saint John the Baptist Parish (Garyville) LSUB; Saint Martin Parish (No locality
given) UAFA; Vermilion Parish (Gueydan) USNM; Vernon Parish (Rosepine) UAFA; Parish unknown (Mound) FDAG.
MICHIGAN: Benzie County (No locality given) PUM. MISSISSIPPI: Hinds County (Jackson) UCR; County unknown
(McCormick) UWSW. MISSOURI: Boone County (Columbia) UCD; Saint Louis County (Saint Louis) UCR. NEW MEX-
ICO: Chaves County (Roswell) UWSW. NEW YORK: Westchester County (Peekskill) MCZ. OKLAHOMA: Carter County
(Ardmore) OSUS. TENNESSEE: Davidson County (Nashville) USNM; Madison County (Jackson) CNC. TEXAS: Atascosa
County (Pleasanton) TAMU; Blanco County (Cypress Mills) USNM; Brazos County (College Station) TAMU; Cameron
County (Brownsville) CAS, CNC, CUNY, OUCO, TLEr, USNM; Colorado County (No locality given) UMSP; Dallas County
(Dallas) MCZ; El Paso County (El Paso) CMPP; Fayette County (Engle) CAS; Frio County (5.0 miles north of Dilley)
UASM; Hardin County (9.0 miles west of Beaumont) OSUC; Harris County USNM, (Highway 59 at San Jacinto River,
near Houston) TLEr; Harrison County (near Sabine River) TCBa; Hidalgo County (Mercedes) USNM, (Weslaco) TAMU;
Bombardier Beetles
83
Jefferson County (20.0 miles southwest of Sabine Pass) RCGr; Kerr County (Kerrville) CNC; Kleberg County (Kingsville)
CUNY; Lee County (No locality given) UMAH; Smith County (Lake Palestine, 17.0 miles southwest of Tyler) DRWh;
Travis County (Austin) CAS; Val Verde County (Del Rio) CNC.
The kansanus group
This group is characterized by its large shield-like virga, sharply costate elytra and lack of
lateral pronotal setae. A single species, B. kansanus LeConte, is included.
Brachinus kansanus LeConte
(Figs. 175, 176, 177, 178, 195, 198)
Brachinus kansanus LeConte, 1862: 524. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type
label number 5851, further labelled with a green disc. Type locality. — Kansas, as origin-
ally given by LeConte.
Diagnostic combination. — This species is best characterized by its sharply costate elytra,
lack of lateral pronotal setae, very narrowly reflexed sides of the pronotum, and almost
glabrous proepipleura.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 8.7 to 11.5 mm.
Color. Ferrugineous, sides of abdomen of some specimens slightly infuscated. Dorsal sur-
face and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Head behind eyes and frontal furrows rugose and shallowly punctate.
Disc of pronotum with numerous shallowly impressed setiferous punctures.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widened apically.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae. Mentum and sub-
mentum various, with or without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 175) convex, flattened along center line, sides very narrowly
reflexed. Proepipleura and proepistema with a few scattered setae. Anterior tibia with an-
terior edge strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, strongly costate. Humeral angle square. Costae
smooth and glabrous, depressions between costae pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 176, 177, 178). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated about 45°
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Median lobe nearly straight, slightly swollen at
middle.* Apex of shaft broadly rounded. Ligule short, very broad, truncate. Virga (figs.
176, 177). Female (fig. 195). Stylus elongate, narrow, parallel-sided, almost blunt apically.
Variation. — Besides the intrapopulational variation in body size and shape of the prono-
tum, these beetles vary in number of accessory setae of the mentum and submentum, the
setal number of the ligula, and in the color of the elytra (blue to blue-green). The range of
variation in all characteristics is seen in single population samples.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — The latinized form of Kansas, the place where the type was collected.
Collecting notes. — This species occurs along river and stream courses in very sandy areas
beneath the broadleaf deciduous forest which follows these water courses into the Great
Plains. K. L. Hays has also collected these beetles in the sand dunes near Manhattan, Kansas.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from June to October. One
teneral adult was collected in July in Oklahoma. Overwintering is probably in the adult
stage.
Distribution. — (Fig. 198). This is the only species restricted to the Great Plains area. It
occurs along eastward flowing tributaries of the Mississippi and Missouri Rivers. I have seen
95 specimens from the following localities:
186 187 188 189 190 191
Figs. 171-175, 179. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 1 7 1 . Brachinus rugipennis Chaudoir, Highlands County, Flor-
ida. 172. Brachinus altemans Dejean, Dallas County, Texas. 173. Same, Dallas County, Texas. 174 . Brachinus costi-
pennis Motschulsky, 12.2 miles south of El Banco, Durango, Mexico. 175. Brachinus kansanus LeConte, Scandia,
Kansas. 179. Brachinus viridipennis Dejean, Mobile, Alabama. Figs. 176-178, 180-191. Male genitalia. 17 6. Brachinus
kansanus LeConte, Scandia, Kansas, ventral aspect. 177. Lateral aspect of same. 178. Dorsal aspect of same. 180. Bra-
chinus rugipennis Chaudoir, Archbold Research Station, Florida, ventral aspect. 181. Lateral aspect of same. 182. Dor-
sal aspect of same. 183. Brachinus viridipennis Dejean, Mobile, Alabama, ventral aspect. 184. Lateral aspect of same.
185. Dorsal aspect of same. 186. Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky, 12.2 miles south of El Banco, Durango, Mexico,
ventral aspect. 187 & 188. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 189. Brachinus altemans Dejean, Okefenokee Swamp,
Georgia, ventral aspect. 190 & 191. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
85
UNITED STATES
ARKANSAS: Crawford County (No locality given) USNM. ? DAKOTA: (No locality given) MCZ. KANSAS: Atchison
County (No locality given) CAS; Douglas County (No locality given) CMPP; Republic County (Republican River, Scandia)
CAS; Riley County KSU, (Manhattan) USNM. ILLINOIS: Adams County (Quincy) CNHM; Calhoun County (Kamps-
ville) MCZ. IOWA: Boone County (Ledges State Park) ISUA. MINNESOTA: (No locality given) UMSP. MISSOURI: (no
locality given) ANSP, ISNH, MCZ, UMSP. NEBRASKA: Dodge County (Fremont) UNLN; Otoe County (Nebraska City)
UNLN; Richardon County (Rulo) UNLN; Sioux County (Monroe Canyon) UNLN. OHIO: Preble County (No locality
given) PUM. OKLAHOMA: Beckham County (No locality given) CAS; Cleveland County (No locality given) UONO; Grady
County (Chickasha) USNM; Payne County (Stillwater) OSUS; Woodward County (Woodward) CNHM.
The costipennis group
This group is characterized by the form of the virga, form of the median lobe of the male
genitalia, completely glabrous elytra, sulcate mentum surrounded by setae (shared with B.
mobilis and some Old World species), and abbreviated submentum. One species, B. costi-
pennis Motschulsky, is included.
Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky
(Figs. 18, 174, 186, 187, 188, 196, 197)
Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky, 1859: 138. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ
red type label number 8329. Further labelled with a green square and “37.” As I pointed
out (1965: 5), “this specimen is very likely a cotype from Motschulsky, with whom
LeConte is known to have corresponded.” Type locality. — California, as given originally
by Motschulsky.
Brachinus carinulatus Motschulsky, 1859: 139. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MMM,
labelled with a green square and ‘Brachynus carinulatus Motsch. California.” Type local-
ity. — California, as originally given by Motschulsky. Erwin 1965: 4.
Brachynus cognatus Chaudoir, 1876: 74. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, lab-
elled “cognatus m. Mexico” and “Orizaba” on green paper and “Ex Museo Chaudoir” on
white paper. Type locality. — Orizaba, Mexico, as given on Chaudoir’s label. NEW SYN-
ONYMY.
Brachinus cancellatus Bates, 1891: 269. Lectotype, here selected, a male, BMNH, labelled
“Chihuahua City, Mexico,” and “Hoge.” It is placed in the series labelled “B. cognatus
Chaudoir.” Type locality. — Chihuahua City, Mexico, as originally given by Bates. NEW
SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. — The lack of elytral pubescence immediately separates mem-
bers of this species from all others of the genus.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 5.0 to 8.0 mm.
Color. Ferrugineous, except antennal article 4 occasionally infuscated. Dorsal surface and
epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose and punctate. Surface of pronotum microrugose,
with an occasional setiferous puncture, but usually glabrous.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape cylindrical. Ligula with
sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two paramedian rows of three setae per row.
Mentum (fig. 18) sulcate medially, sulcus surrounded by setae. Submentum (fig. 18) shor-
tened and with accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 174) convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly reflexed.
Proepipleura and proepisterna usually glabrous. Anterior tibia with anterior edge strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra short and convex with quite arcuate sides. Humeral angles square,
costae elevated and smooth, depressions between costae slightly rugose. Wings fully deve-
loped.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
I — (
Figs. 192-196. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 192. Brachinus rugipennis Chaudoir, Hope, Arkansas.
193. Brachinus viridipennis Dejean, Mobile, Alabama. 194. Brachinus altemans Dejean, Seabrook, Texas. \95. Brach-
inus kansanus LeConte, Scandia, Kansas. 196. Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky, 26.1 miles north of Glenwood,
New Mexico. Figs. 1 97-20 1 . Geographical distribution maps. 197. Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky. 198 .Brachinus
kansanus LeConte. 199. Brachinus viridipennis Dejean. 200. Brachinus rugipennis Chaudoir. 201. Brachinus altemans
Dejean. Accompanying scale line equals 1 .0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
87
Genitalia. Male (figs. 186, 187, 188). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Median lobe slightly swollen medially, just be-
fore bend. Apex of shaft narrowed, blunt and deflected ventrally. Ligule short, broad, and
truncate. Virga (figs. 186, 187). Female (fig. 196). Stylus short, narrow, tapering to acute
apex.
Variation. — Besides the intrapopulational variation in body size and shape of the pron-
otum, these beetles are rather constant throughout the range of the species.
Flight. — These beetles have been recorded coming to lights in Mexico.
Etymology . — Latin, costa, rib; pennis, wing; referring to the raised costae of the elytra.
Collecting notes. — I collected these beetles along an intermittent stream on the eastern
slope of the Mount Hamilton Range near San Jose, California. The sides of the stream were
lined with specimens of Salix and Quercus species and an occasional specimen of Platanus
species. The beetles were beneath small and large stones near the water.
Life history . — Members of this species have been collected in all months, except January.
Teneral adults were collected in March in Oaxaca and in July in California.
Distribution. — (Fig. 197). The range of this species extends from Utah and northern Cali-
fornia to Chiapas, Mexico, and east to the Big Bend area of Texas. The specimens labelled
“Arkansas,” “Kansas,” and “Yukon,” must be suspected of being mislabelled. I have seen
1,810 specimens from the following localities:
CANADA
YUKON: (No locality given) ISNH, WSUP.
CENTRAL AMERICA
GUATEMALA: (Agua Caliente) MCZ; (Los Amates) MCZ.
MEXICO
BAJA CALIFORNIA: (Hamilton Ranch) CAS; (San Vicente) CAS; (Tijuana) CNHM. DURANGO: (Durango City) MCZ;
(12.2 miles south of El Banco) UASM. JALISCO: (Atenquique) CAS. OAXACA: (25.0 miles south of Mitla) ISUA;
(Oaxaca City) CAS; (22.5 miles west of Oaxaca) UASM; (Paderon, Rio Tehuantepec) AMNH; (Rio Atoyac, near Jucha-
tengo) UASM; (Rio Malatengo, 11.1 miles north of Matias Romero) UASM; (72.5 miles south of Valle Nacional) UASM.
PUEBLA: (near Petlalcingo) UASM; (Puente Tepexco, near Tepexco) UASM. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (El Pujal) CPBo;(2.7
miles west of Santa Catarina) UASM; (Tamazunchale) AMNH, CAS, MCZ. SINALOA: (Roserio) CAS. SONORA: (7.2
miles southeast of Alamos) GRNo; (Hermosillo) CAS; (Sonoyta) AMNH. VERACRUZ: (Fortin de las Flores) UASM,
CPBo; (Orizaba) UNLN. ZACATECAS: (Juchipila 0.9 miles north of Jalpa) UASM.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Chiricahua Mountains) CAS, (17.0 miles east of Douglas) UCR, (Dragoon Mountains, Texas
Pass) MCZ, (Portal) GRNo, RCGr, (San Pedro River, near Palominas) UASM, (San Pedro River, east of Sierra Vista) UATA,
(Tombstone) SDNHM; Coconino County (Grand Canyon, mile 52.0) UATA, (Grand Canyon, Havasupai Indian Reser-
vation) UMSP, (Oak Creek Canyon, near Flagstaff) CAS; Gila County (Carrizo Creek, near Carrizo) DRWh, (Gila Valley)
CAS, (near Globe) UATA, (Payson) UATA, (Pinal Mountains) SDNHM, (San Carlos Lake) UATA, (Winkelman) UATA;
Graham County (Aravaipa) CAS, (Aravaipa Creek, between Klondyke and Aravaipa) DRWh, (Geronimo) CAS, UATA;
Maricopa County (Phoenix) CNC, MCZ, OUCO; Navajo County (8-15.0 miles northeast of Whiteriver) AMNH; Pima County
(Saint Xavier Mountains) CAS, (Tucson) AMNH, CAS, MCZ, USNM; Pinal County (Aravaipa Canyon) CUNY, (Florence)
ANSP, CMPP, (Sycamore Camp, 9.0 miles northwest of Payson) CAS; Santa Cruz County (Lewis Springs, San Pedro River)
UASM, (Patagonia) CAS, CNHM, CUNY, UATA, UCD, UCR, (5.0 miles southwest of Patagonia) AMNH, (Pena Blanca)
UASM; Yavapai County (Bumble Bee) CAS, (Camp Verde) CAS, (Congress) UATA, (Prescott) AMNH, MCZ, (Verde River)
USNM, (5.0 miles north of Wickenburg) UMAH; Yuma County (Fort Yuma) USNM, (Yuma) LACM, USNM; County
unknown (Gila River) CNC. ARKANSAS: Hempstead County (Hope) MCZ. CALIFORNIA: Alameda County (Oakland
Hills) CAS; Calaveras County (Mokelumne Hill) CAS; Fresno County (Camp Greeley) CAS, (Le Fevre Creek) CAS, (Sanger)
CAS, (Trimmer) UMSP; Humboldt County (Garberville) CAS, LACM; Imperial County MCZ, (Carrizo) SDNHM, (Castiac)
UIMI; Kern County AMNH, USNM, (Caliente) BMNH; Los Angeles County PSUU (Big Dalton Dam) UCD, (Big Tujunga)
LACM, (Burbank) CNHM, ISNH, (Frenchman’s Flats) GRNo, LACM, (Lake Arrowhead) CAS, (Los Angeles) CNHM,
UATA, UNLN, USNM, (Los Angeles River) LACM, UCR, (Newhall) CUNY, USNM, (Pasadena) ANSP, CMPP, CNHM,
CUNY, LACM, MCZ, (Rio Hondo) LACM, (Tujunga Pass) UCD, (San Francisquito Canyon) LACM, UCD, (San Gabriel
Canyon) GRNo, TCBa, (San Gabriel Mountains, Camp Bonita) LACM, (Santa Monica) UMSP; Madera County (Course-
gold) CAS, UIMI; Mendocino County (Navarro River, 2.0 miles northwest of Philo) CAS, (Ukiah) WBa; Monterey County
(Salinas) USNM, (Stone Canyon) CAS; Orange County (Costa Mesa) UCD, UCR, (Huntington Beach) USNM, (Olive)
TAMU, (Santa Ana) CMPP, MCZ, TAMU; Placer County (No locality given) CAS ; Riverside County (Corona) USNM, (El-
sinore) CMPP, (Elsinore Lake) CAS, (Gilman Hot Springs) UCD, (Hemet) VVBa, (Palm Canyon) LACM, (Riverside) ANSP,
CAS, CUNY, UMAH, USNM, (Simond’s) LACM, (Temecula) CAS, (White Water Canyon) SJSC, UCR; Sacramento County
(Folsom) USNM; San Bernardino County OUCO, (Afton Canyon) USNM, (San Bernardino) CAS, ISNH, (Cajon) CNHM,
(Cajon Pass) UCD, (Cajon Wash) LACM, (Colton) CAS, CUNY, MCZ, UATA, UCR, UMAH, (Redlands) MCZ; San Diego
88
Erwin
County CCha, UMAH, (Banner) SDNHM, (Dehesa) SDNHM, (Descanso) CAS, (El Monte Oaks) SDNHM, (Mission Dam)
SDNHM, (Mission Valley) SDNHM, (Mountains of San Diego County) USNM, (Oceanside) CAS, (Pine Valley) CNC, MCZ,
SDNHM, UMSP, (Poway) CAS, USNM, (Rincoln) SDNHM, (San Diego) ANSP, CNHM, CUNY, MCZ, SDNHM, USNM, (San
Pasqual) UCR, (Valley Center) SDNHM, (Warner’s Hot Springs) PUM, (Warner’s Ranch) SDNHM; San Francisco County
(San Francisco) CMPP; San Luis Obispo County (Arroyo Grande) CAS; Santa Barbara County (Santa Barbara) MCZ, (Santa
Cruz Island) CAS, (Santa Cruz Island, Christie Beach) TLEr, (Santa Cruz Island, Christie Ranch) UCR, (Shephard’s Inn)
CAS; Santa Clara County (Adobe Creek) CAS; Sonoma County (Dry Creek, 9.0 miles northwest of Healdsburg) SJSC,
(Duncan Mills) CAS, (2.0 miles east of Healdsburg) CAS, (Rio Nido) CAS; Stanislaus County (15.0 miles west of Patterson)
TLEr; Tehama County (western hills of Tehama County) CAS; Tulare County (Sequoia National Park) WBa; Ventura
County (Santa Paula) ANSP, CAS; Yolo County (Davis) UCD; Counties unknown (Aliso Creek) UWSW, (Colorado Desert)
MCZ, (Sylvania) MCZ. KANSAS: Douglas County (No locality given) CUNY. NEW MEXICO: Catron County (near Ara-
gon) AMNH, (San Francisco Creek, 26.1 miles north of Glenwood) DRWh, UASM; Grant County (18.0 miles north of
Mimbres, Roberts Lake) TLEr. TEXAS: Brewster County (Big Bend National Park, Hot Springs) CNC, (Rio Grande) CAS.
UTAH: Garfield County (Boulder) ISUA; Grand County OUCO, (Moab) CAS, Washington County SDNHM, (3.0 miles
south of Gunlock) GRNo, (Saint George) AMNH, KSU, MCZ, (Santa Clara Creek) UCD, (Zion National Park) CAS.
The alternans group
This small group of three species is characterized by the tripartite virga of the endophallus
with elongate median apex, and plurisetose ligula. The group is divided into two subgroups.
The alternans subgroup
This subgroup is characterized by the accessory setae of the mentum and submentum, and
the narrow ligule of the male median lobe. Two closely related species, B. alternans Dejean
and B. viridipennis Dejean, are included
Brachinus alternans Dejean
(Figs. 172, 173, 189, 190, 191, 194, 201)
Brachinus alternans Dejean, 1825: 316. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, labelled
“alternans m. in Amer. bor.” on green paper, “Georgia” on green paper, “D. Escheri” on
green paper, and “Ex Museo Chaudoir” on white paper. Type locality. — Georgia, as orig-
inally given by Dejean.
Brachinus librator Dejean, 1831: 425. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“librator m. in Amer. bor.” and “LeConte.” on green paper, and “Ex Museo Chaudoir”on
white paper. Type locality. — North America, as originally given by Dejean. NEW SYNO-
NYMY.
Brachinus deyrollei Laferte, 1841: 42. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“Missouri, Reiche” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” Type locality. — Missouri, as given on the
label. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus strennus LeConte, 1844: 48. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red type
label number 5844. Further labelled with an orange disc and “76.” Type locality. —
Georgia, as originally given by LeConte. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus tormentarius LeConte, 1848: 200. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red
type label number 5845. Further labelled with a yellow disc and “77.” Type locality . —
Western States, as originally given by LeConte. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus distinguendus Chaudoir, 1868: 287. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP,
labelled “fumans h. in Amer. bor.” on green paper, and “Ex Museo Chaudoir” on white
paper. Type locality. - United States, as originally given by Chaudoir. NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Large-sized beetles, 1 1.5 to 16.5 mm.
Color. Antennae and venter various. Elytra blue, rarely with greenish luster.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows, head behind eyes, and surface of pronotum moderately
punctate, punctures moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widened apically.
Bombardier Beetles
89
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex, plurisetose. Mentum and submentum
with numerous accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 172) convex, flattened along center line, sides barely reflexed.
Surface with punctures moderately impressed. Proepipleura and proepisterna pubescent.
Anterior tibia with anterior margin weakly strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, broad, moderately costate. Humeral angle square. Costae
smooth, glabrous, depressions between costae pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 189, 190, 191). Median lobe with plane of shaft hardly rotated from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Median lobe arcuate, slightly swollen at middle, apex
variable. Ligule short, narrow and truncate. Virga (figs. 189, 190). Female (fig. 194). Stylus
broad, arcuate, and elongate, apex narrowly rounded.
Variation. — The members of this species are among the most variable of the genus in
North America. Intrapopulational variation in the shape of the pronotum is illustrated in
figures 172 and 173. Antennal articles 3 and 4 are or are not infuscated. The color of the
ventor involves four combinations of ferrugineous and infuscated areas, as follows: sides of
abdomen infuscated, remainder ferrugineous; the preceding, plus the mesepisterna and
metepisterna, infuscated; both the preceding, plus the metasternum at sides, infuscated; and
finally, the preceding, plus all the abdomen, infuscated (except ferrugineous dimples). The
pale condition is commonest in the midwest, and rare toward the south and east. However,
one or more of these conditions is common to single populations. Variation occurs in the
apex of the shaft of the male genitalia also. The bent or unbent condition is independent of
the color cline described above, and (as color variation) is common to local populations.
Flight. — C. W. O’Brien has recorded these beetles flying to “blacklights” in Florida.
Etymology . — Latin, alternus, alternate; referring to the costate elytra.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected during all months of the year.
Teneral adults were collected in April in Illinois, in August in Tennessee, in September in
Nebraska and Illinois, and in November in North Carolina. Overwintering probably takes
place as an adult.
Distribution. — (Fig. 201). The range of this species extends from New Mexico north to
Minnesota, east to Connecticut, and south to the Florida Keys. I have seen 1,141 specimens
from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Clarke County (Salt Mountain, 6.0 miles south of Jackson) UMAH; Lee County (Auburn) AUAA; Mobile
County (Magazine Point) CAS, (Mobile) ANSP, CAS, MCZ, (Mount Vernon) AUAA, OUCO; Tuscaloosa County (Tus-
caloosa) UASM. ARKANSAS: (No locality given) AMNH; Conway County (No locality given) UAFA; Jefferson County
(Pine Blinf) ISNH; Lawrence County (Imboden) CAS, USNM; Mississippi County UAFA, (Osceola) UMAH. CONNECTI-
CUT: New Haven County (Hamden) CAS. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: (Washington) UMSP. FLORIDA: Alachua County
(Gainesville) FDAG, RFre, UMAH, (Grant’s Cave) FDAG, (Poe Springs) UMAH; Baker County (Glen Saint Mary) FDAG;
Brevard County (Indian River) ISNH, USNM; Broward County (Fort Lauderdale) UMAH; Charlotte County (Punta Gorda)
CNC, CNHM; Citrus County (No locality given) CAS; Collier County (Everglades) OUCO, UMAH, USNM; Dade County
UATA, (18.0 miles northwest of Hialeah) TLEr, (Homestead) AMNH, FDAG, TLEr, (Long Pine Key) MCZ, (Miami)
UCD, (Paradise Key) AMNH, CNC, USNM, (Royal Palm State Park) AMNH, PUM, UCR, UMAH; Duval County (Arlington)
AMNH, (Jacksonville) AMNH, ANSP, USNM; Glades County (Moore Haven) USNM, (Palmdale) AMNH; Hendry County
(Clewiston) RCGr, (La Belle) PUM; Hernando County (Brooksville) CAS; Highlands County (Archbold Biology Station)
CMPP, CUNY, PSUU, (Highlands Hammock State Park) TLEr, (4.5 miles west of Venus) TCBa; Hillsborough County
(Plant City) UMAH, (Tampa) CAS; Jefferson County (Monticello) AMNH; Lake County UMAH, (Leesburg) CAS; Lee
County (Fort Myers) PUM, (Sanibel Island) CAS; Leon County (Lake Jackson) UMAH; Levy County (No locality given)
ANSP; Madison County (Greenville) FDAG; Manatee County (Oneco) UASM; Marion County (No locality given) MCZ;
Orange County (Orlando) OUCO, (Winter Park) MCZ; Osceola County (Kissimmee) AMNH, ANSP, CUNY, PUM; Palm
Beach County (Canal Point) CUNY, (Lake Worth) CMPP, (Stewart) UMAH; Pinellas County (Dunedin) CAS, PUM,
UWMW, (Saint Petersburg) CAS, PUM; Putnam County (Crescent City) USNM, (Welaka) UMAH; Saint Johns County
(Saint Augustine) AMNH, CAS; Sarasota County (Myakka State Park) CUNY, UASM, (Sarasota) PUM; Seminole County
(Sanford) MCZ, PUM; Volusia County (Enterprise) ANSP, CAS, OUCO, USNM, (Ormond Beach) PUM; Counties unknown
(Capron) USNM, (Cutier) USNM, (Detroit) USNM, (Hardkinsville) MCZ, (Lake Apopka) AMNH, (Lake Okeechobee) PUM,
(Lake Poinsett) USNM, (Port Sewall) AMNH, (Sand Point) USNM. GEORGIA: Charlton County (Okefenokee Swamp,
90
Erwin
Billy Island) CUNY, USNM; Thomas County (ThomasviUe) AMNH, USNM. ILLINOIS: Alexander County (Olive Branch)
CAS, CMPP, CNHM; Cook County (Chicago) CAS, (Palos Park) UMAH; Jackson County (Carbondale) ISNH, (Fountain
Bluff) ISNH; Johnson County (South of Vienna) RTBe; Richland and Lawrence Counties (Wabash) MCZ; Saint Clair
County (No locality given) CAS, UWMW; Union County (Alto Pass) CNHM; Counties unknown (Pike) ISNH. INDIANA:
Knox County (No locality given) PUM; Perry County (No locality given) PUM; Posey County (Hovey Lake) CEWh, PUM,
(Mount Vemon) CEWh; Spencer County (No locality given) CAS, PUM; Vigo County (No locality given) PUM. KANSAS:
Coffey County (No locality given) ULLK; Douglas County (Baldwin) OSUC, (5.0 miles north of Baldwin City) RFre,
(Lawrence) CAS, PUM, UCD, UMAH, USNM, (3.0 miles northwest of Lawrence) UNLN; Franklin County (No locality
given) KSU; Montgomery County (Independence) CAS; Riley County (Manhattan) KSU; Shawnee County (Topeka) CMPP,
KSU; County unknown (Fort Hays) MCZ. KENTUCKY: Bell County (Pineville) UAFA; Jefferon County (Louisville)
UAFA; Jessamine County (Indian Falls) TCBa; Mercer County (Dix Dam) TCBa; Rockcastle County (Crooked Creek)
TCBa. LOUISIANA: (No locality given)iSNH, UMSP; Cameron Parish USNM, (Grand Chenier) CNC; Iberia Parish (Avery
Island) ANSP; Madison Parish (Tallulah) TAMU, UMAH; Natchitoches Parish (Natchitoches) UMAH; Orleans Parish (New
Orleans) CAS, USNM, ZMLS; Ouachita Parish (Calhoun) UAFA; Plaquemines Parish (Naim) MCZ; Vermilion Parish
(Gueydan) USNM; Vemon Parish (Rosepine) UAFA. MARYLAND: Dorchester County (near Lloyds) USNM; Harford
County (Edgewood) CUNY. MICHIGAN: Allegan County (Allegan) CAS. MINNESOTA: Olmsted County (No locality
given) UMSP. MISSISSIPPI: Attala County (Cole Creek, Natchez Trace) RCGr; Carrol County (Avalon) UMAH; George
County (Lucedale) CUNY; Greene County (Leakesville) CUNY; Hinds County (Jackson) UMAH; Lamar County (Lumber-
ton) CUNY; Lauderdale County (Meridian) UMAH; Leflore County (Greenwood) UMAH; Perry County (New Augusta)
CUNY; Sharkey County (Rolling Fork) USNM; Tunica County (Dundee) UMAH; Washington County (Leroy Percy State
Park) RCGr; County unknown (Moon) AMNH. MISSOURI: Buchanan County (Saint Joseph) USNM; Marion County
(Hannibal) CAS; Saint Charles County (Saint Charles) MCZ; Vemon County (Nevada area) TLEr; County unknown (Big
Oak State Park) RTBe. NEBRASKA: Dakota County (South Sioux City) UNLN; Nemaha County (Peru) CNHM; Sarpy
County (Bellevue, Childs’ Point) CAS, UNLN. NEW JERSEY: Bergen County (Ramsey) USNM; Cape May County (Five
Mile Beach) USNM; Gloucester County (Westville) MCZ; Ocean County (Lakehurst) AMNH; County unknown (Split Rock
Lake) USNM. NEW YORK: New York County (New York City) MCZ; Westchester County (Peekskill) CAS, MCZ. NORTH
CAROLINA: Catawba County (Newton) UCR; Dame County (Cape Hatteras) USNM; Duplin County (Wallace) UCR;
Haywood County (Crestmont) UMAH; (Mount Sterling) CUNY; Robeson County (Boardman) USNM; Wake County
(Raleigh) UCR, UNCR; County unknown (Beauford) MCZ. OHIO: Clinton County (No locality given) OUCO; Hamilton
County (Cincinnati) UMAH; Scioto County (No locality given) OUCO. OKLAHOMA: Alfalfa County (No locality given)
OSUS; Choctaw County (No locality given) OSUS, UONO; Cleveland County OUCO, UONO, (Norman) CAS; Dewey
County (Seiling) OSUS; Le Flore County (Poteau) OSUS; McCurtain County RCGr, (Eagletown) OSUS, (Idabel) OSUS;
Mazes County (No locality given) UONO; Nowata County (13.0 miles west of Vinita) RFre, UASM; Oklahoma County
(Oklahoma) CEWh; Tillman County (No locality given) CAS; Tulsa County (Collinsville) CAS. PENNSYLVANIA: Alle-
gheny County (Pittsburgh) CMPP. SOUTH CAROLINA: Florence County (Scranton) UMAH; Jasper County (Savannah
River Refuge) UASM; Oconee County (Clemson) UASM; Sumter County (Poinsett State Park) VMKi. TENNESSEE: Knox
County (Knoxville) MCZ; Morgan County (Sunbright) CMPP; Obion County (Reelfoot Lake) UMAH; Overton County
(Cleeks Mill) TCBa; Putnam County (Cookeville) TCBa; Sevier County (Great Smoky Mountains National Park) CMPP;
Smith County (Peyton Creek) TCBa. TEXAS: Brazos County (bottoms) ISNH, (College Station) MCZ, TAMU; Cameron
County (Brownsville) OUCO, (Brownsville, Esperanza Ranch) USNM; Colorado County (Columbus) MCZ, UMSP; Dallas
County CAS, ISNH, (Dallas) CMPP, MCZ; Dimmit County (Corrizo Springs) ISUA; El Paso County (El Paso) CMPP;
Grayson County (Juniper Point, Lake Texoma, 12.0 miles north of Whitesboro) RCGr; Harris County (Houston) UCD,
(Seabrook) CAS; Hunt County (Commerce) OUCO; Jeff Davis County (Davis Mountains) OUCO; Kendall County (Com-
fort) CMPP; Liberty County (Devers) UMAH; Runnels County (Ballinger) USNM; Travis County (S. F. Austin State Park)
CNHM; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM; County unknown (Fuller) USNM. VIRGINIA: Alexandria County (No locality
given) USNM; Fairfax County (Mount Vemon) USNM; Nansemond County (Cypress Chapel) ISUA; Norfork County
(Dismal Swamp) AMNH, CAS, USNM; Spotsylvania County (Fredericksburg) CAS. WEST VIRGINIA: Berkeley County
(Leetown) RTBe; Greenbrier County (White Sulphur Springs) MCZ.
Brachinus viridipennis Dejean
(Figs. 179, 183, 184, 185, 193, 199)
Brachinus viridipennis Dejean, 1831: 426. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, lab-
elled “v. viridipennis m. in Amer. bor.”, “LeConte” on green paper, and “Ex Museo Chau-
doir” on white paper. Type locality. — “l’Amerique septentrionale” as originally given
by Dejean, but herewith restricted to Mobile, Alabama.
Brachinus viridis LeConte, 1844: 49. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type label
number 5840. Further labelled with a gold disc and “85.” Type locality. - Georgia, as
originally given by LeConte. LeConte 1862: 524.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Large-sized beetles, 8.9 to 15.0 mm.
Color. Antennal article 4, sides of mesosternum and metasternum, mesepisterna, mete-
pisterna, and abdominal sterna and terga infuscated. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra
greenish to bluish.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in alternans.
Bombardier Beetles
91
Head. As in alternans.
Prothorax. As in alternans, except anterior tibia with anterior edge punctate, with punc-
tures occasionally forming elongate grooves, but not strigae.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, weakly costate. Humeral angle sloped. Metasternum
short, its length behind middle coxa less than diameter of middle coxa (fig. 26). Wings re-
duced outside stigma.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 183, 184, 185). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Median lobe straight, swollen medially, apex
narrow, elongate. Ligule long, narrow, slightly widened at apex. Virga (figs. 183, 184). Fe-
male (fig. 193). Stylus long, narrow, arcuate, narrowly rounded apically.
Variation. — Besides the intrapopulational variation in body size and shape of the pro-
notum, these beetles may have greenish or bluish colored elytra. Those with bluish elytra
are few and occur among the greenish populations.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has never been recorded, and it is probable that they
cannot fly.
Etymology . — Latin, viridis, green; pennis, wing; referring to the greenish elytra of
these beetles.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in all months, except January,
May, and August, but no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 199). The range of this species extends from eastern Texas to Flor-
ida. I have seen 81 specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Clay County (Ashland) AUAA; Mobile County (Alabama Port) CAS, (Coden) AMNH, (Mobile) ANSP, CAS,
CUNY, OUCO, UASM, UMAH, USNM. ARKANSAS: Hempstead County (Hope) MCZ. FLORIDA: Baker County (Glen
Saint Mary) FDAG; Duval County (Jacksonville) MCZ, USNM. GEORGIA: Chatham County (Savannah) CAS; County
unknown (Fort Stewart) TLEr. SOUTH CAROLINA: Beaufort County (Hardeeville) UMAH. TEXAS: Colorado County
(Rock Island, Skull Creek) UMSP.
The rugipennis subgroup
This subgroup is characterized by the wide ligule of the male genitalia, absence of acces-
sory setae, and narrow prothorax. One species, B. rugipennis Chaudoir, is included.
Brachinus rugipennis Chaudoir
(Figs. 171, 180, 181, 182, 192, 200)
Brachynus rugipennis Chaudoir, 1868: 297. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP,
labelled “Etas Unis Guex” in the box and “Ex Museo Chaudoir” on the specimen Type
locality. — United States, as given originally by Chaudoir’s label, but herewith restricted
to Texas.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small to medium-sized beetles, 7.1 to 9.4 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, abdominal terga, and sides of abdominal sterna infus-
cated, the latter two usually very dark. Remainder of abdominal sterna and usually some of
metepisterna lightly infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of ely-
tra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum punctate, punctures shallowly
impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows shallowly impressed. Antennal scape narrow, almost cylindrical.
Ligula as in alternans. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 171) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides narrowly
92
Erwin
reflexed. Surface with punctures moderately impressed. Proepipleura and proepisterna pub-
escent anteriorly and posteriorly, glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface
strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, weakly costate. Humeral angle slightly sloped. Cos-
tae rugose, as well as depressions between costae.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 180, 181, 182). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend moderately long. Median lobe arcuate, broadened to
apex, and with apex broadly rounded. Ligule short, widened apically, truncate. Virga (figs.
180, 181). Female (fig. 192). Stylus short, narrow, parallel-sided, narrowly rounded api-
cally.
Variation. — This species is rather constant throughout its range, even in body size.
Flight. — These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights throughout the range of
the species.
Etymology. — Latin, ruga, wrinkle or fold; pennis, wing; referring to the rugose costae.
Collecting notes. — C. Armin collected these beetles along margins of lakes and irrigation
ditches, and at the edges of small streams in Colorado.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from December to July, and
in October. Teneral adults have been collected in March and December in Florida, and in
October in Massachusetts.
Distribution. — (Fig. 200). The range of this species extends from western Colorado to
Massachusetts, and south to Florida. There appears to be discontinuity between the New
England populations and the Floridian one, and between these populations and those west
of the Mississippi. I have seen 327 specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
ARKANSAS: Garland County (Hot Springs National Park) SJSC; Hempstead County (Hope) CUNY, MCZ, UMAH; Pike
County (Delight) CMPP; Washington County (No locality given) UAFA; White County (Searcy) UWSW. COLORADO:
Boulder County (El Dorado Springs) CArm, (Teller Lake) CArm; Montrose County (Montrose) MCZ. FLORIDA: Alachua
County (Gainesville) UMAH; Brevard County (Eau Gallie) MCZ, (Indian River) USNM; Charlotte County (Charlotte Har-
bor) AMNH, (Punta Gorda) AMNH, UMAH; Collier County (Collier Seminole State Park) TLEr, (Naples) CUNY; Dade
County (Royal Palm State Park) PUM; Hendry County (La Belle) OUCO; Highlands County (Archbold Biology Station)
CUNY, PSUU, (Childs) RCGr, (Lake Placid) AMNH; Hillsborough County (Tampa) USNM; Lee County (Fort Myers)
CNC; Lake County USNM, (Fruitland Park) UMAH; Manatee County (Bradenton) CAS, (Oneco) UASM; Marion County
MCZ (Silver Springs) CAS; Orange County (Orlando) MCZ, (Pinecastle) FDAG, (Winter Park) MCZ; Osceola County
(Kissimmee) AMNH; Pinellas County (Dunedin) CAS, PUM, TAMU, (Tarpon Springs) CNC; Sarasota County (Englewood)
AMNH, (Sarasota) PUM; Taylor County (Steinhatchee) USNM; Volusia County (Enterprise) CAS, USNM; Counties un-
known (Port Sewall) AMNH, (Suwannee River) CAS. GEORGIA: Lowndes County (Valdosta) UMAH. KANSAS: Staf-
ford County (Salt Flats Area) UASM. MASSACHUSETTS: Hampden County (Chicopee) KSU, MCZ, (Wilbraham) MCZ;
Plymouth County (Plymouth) AUAA. OKLAHOMA: Marshall County (Lake Texoma, Willis) RCGr, (Madill) RCGr.
NEBRASKA: Cherry County (Hackberry Lake) UNLN. NEW JERSEY: Cape May County (Seven Mile Beach) OUCO;
Mercer County (Trenton) CAS; Warren County (Phillipsburg) CAS; County unknown (Anglesea) CAS. NEW MEXICO:
Bernalillo County (Albuquerque) ANSP, CAS, MCZ, USNM; Sandoval County (Los Alamos) CNC; Taos County (Rio
Grande River, near Taos) CAS. PENNSYLVANIA: Montgomery County (Areola) ANSP; Montour County (Danville) CAS;
Northhampton County (Easton) CAS, (Watergap) AMNH, USNM. TENNESSEE: Lake County (Parnell Point) RTBe.
TEXAS: Anderson County (Elkhart) TAMU; Blanco County (2.0 miles south of Round Mountain) UASM; Brazos County
(College Station) MCZ, TAMU; Dallas County (Dallas) MCZ, UASM; Deaf Smith County (Hereford) TAMU; Montgomery
County (Willis) USNM; Nueces County (Corpus Christi) MCZ; County unknown (Bathage) CAS. VIRGINIA: (No locality
given) UMSP. WYOMING: (western Wyoming) USNM.
The hirsutus group
The members of this group are characterized by the form of the virga, compressed median
lobe with a ventral sulcus, lack of lateral pronotal setae, and strongly costate elytra. Two
species, B. hirsutus Bates and B. pallidus Erwin, are included.
Bombardier Beetles
93
Brachinus hirsutus Bates
(Figs. 205, 212, 213, 214, 220, 224)
Brachinus hirsutus Bates, 1884: 295. Lectotype, here selected, a male, BMNH, labelled
“Pinos Altos, Chihuahua, Mexico, Buchan-Hepburn,” “B. C. A. Col. I. 1. Brachinus hir-
sutus Bates,” “Type, H. T.” and “Brachinus hirsutus Bates” (handwritten). Type local-
ity. — Pinos Altos, Chihuahua, as originally given by Bates.
Brachinus puncticollis LeConte, 1858: 28. NOMEN NUDUM. Erwin, 1965: 13.
Notes. — In 1965 I wrongly placed B. puncticollis as a synonym of B. tschernikhi Manner-
heim. After seeing LeConte’s specimen, I now place the name here.
Diagnostic combination. — The densely pubescent cordiform pronotum, together with
the strongly costate elytra, lack of lateral pronotal setae, and pale venter, separates members
of this species from any others in the American Southwest and Mexico.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.6 to 10.3 mm.
Color. Ferrugineous, sides of abdomen usually slightly infuscated. Dorsal surface and epi-
pleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows, head behind eyes, and surface of pronotum densely
punctate and rugose. Punctures moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per
row. Mentum and submentum with accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 205) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides moder-
ately reflexed. Lateral setae absent. Proepipleura and proepisterna totally pubescent. Anter-
ior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra moderately long, narrow, strongly costate. Humeral angle square.
Costae smooth, glabrous, depressions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 212, 213, 214). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Median lobe nearly straight, swollen just before
compressed shaft. Apex of shaft narrow and acute, ventral surface sulcate. Ligule short,
narrow, truncate. Virga (figs. 212, 213). Female (fig. 224). Stylus short, parallel-sided,
rounded apically.
Variation. — The shape of the pronotum is much more constant in the members of this
species than in other North and Middle American species. Intrapopulational variation occurs
in the total size and in the color of the elytra (blue to bluish green).
Flight. - The flight of these beetles has been recorded by G. R. Noonan in Upper Sabino
Canyon, Arizona.
Etymology . — Latin, hirsutus, hair; referring to the dense pubescence of the pronotum
of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball and I collected these beetles in coarse gravel at the edges of
an intermittent stream near El Banco, Durango, Mexico.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in all months of the year ex-
cept February and November. Many teneral adults have been collected in June and July in
Arizona, and in January in Jalisco, Mexico. The life cycle is probably much the same as in
B. pallidus (Erwin, 1967).
Distribution . — (Fig. 220). The range of this species extends from southern Utah to the
Mexican High Plateau. I have seen 456 specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
DURANGO: (12.2 miles south of El Banco) UASM; (Nombre de Dios) AMNH; (Rio Chico, 15.7 miles west of Durango)
UASM; (Rio Florido, near Las Nieves) UASM; (Rio Nazas, near Rodeo) UASM. HIDALGO: (Rio Tula, near Tasquillo)
UASM. JALISCO (0.4 miles west of Coculo) UASM. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (Puente La Parada, 7.5 miles northwest of Mex-
Erwin
Figs. 202-205. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 202. Brachinus cibolensis new species, near Paradise, Arizona.
203. Brachinus cinctipennis Chevrolat, 13.0 miles southeast of Lagos de Moreno, Jalisco, Mexico. 204. Brachinus
pallidus Erwin, Kings Canyon, California. 205. Brachinus hirsutus Bates, Sonoyta, Sonora, Mexico. Figs. 206-217.
Male genitalia. 206. Brachinus cinctipennis Chevrolat, 23.0 miles, southeast of Lagos de Moreno, Jalisco, Mexico,
ventral aspect. 207 & 208. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 209. Brachinus cibolensis new species, Douglas, Arizona,
ventral aspect. 210 & 211. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 212. Brachinus hirsutus Bates, Sonoyta, Sonora, Mexico,
ventral aspect. 213 & 2 1 4. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 215. Brachinus pallidus Erwin, Kings Canyon, California,
ventral aspect. 216 & 217. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
95
quitic) UASM; (2.7 miles west of Santa Catarina) UASM. SONORA: (10.0 miles south of Alamos) UCD; (Sonoyta)
AMNH. ZACATECAS: (Rio Juchipila, 0.9 miles north of Jalpa) UASM; (1.3 miles southeast of Sain Alto) UASM.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Chiricahua Mountains) USNM, (14.0 miles northeast of Douglas) UCR, (Bear Creek, Montezu-
ma Pass, Huachuca Mountains) CNC, (Portal) RCGr, (San Pedro River, east of Sierra Vista) UATA, (San Pedro River, 10.0
miles east of Sierra Vista) OSUC, (Tombstone) SDNHM; Coconino County (Bill Williams Fork) MCZ, (Grand Canyon, mile
llb.5) UaTA; Gila County (East Verde River, 6.0 miles north of Payson) LACM, (Globe) KSU, (Payson) UATA, (Sierra
Ancha Mountains) UMAH; Graham County (Aravaipa Creek, between Klondyke and Aravaipa) DRWh, (San Carlos Reser-
voir) UATA; Maricopa County (Phoenix) CNHM, MCZ, OUCO, UATA, (Wickenburg) RCGr; Mohave County (Beaver Dam)
LACM, (16.0 miles north of Wikieup) LACM; Pima County (Cienega Creek, Pantano) CUNY, (Organ Pipe Cactus National
Monument, Quito Baquito) GRNo, (Redington) UATA, (Sabino Canyon) AMNH, (Upper Sabino Canyon) GRNo, (Saint
Xavier Mountains) CAS, (Santa Catalina Mountains) CAS, USNM, (Santa Catalina Mountains, Bear Canyon) CAS, UATA,
(Tucson) AMNH, CAS, CUNY, MCZ, UMAH, USNM; Pinal County (Aravaipa) CUNY, (Sycamore Camp, 9.0 miles north-
west of Payson) CAS, (Near Sombrero Butte) USNM; Santa Cruz County (Bear Canyon Bridge, Lochiel-Bisbee Road) CAS,
(Canelo Hills) UATA, (Nogales) CAS, USNM, (Patagonia) CNHM, CUNY, UATA, UCD, UCR, (Pena Blanca Lake, 16.0
miles northwest of Nogales) OSUC, (Santa Cruz River, near Nogales) CAS, (Yanks Spring, 4.0 miles southeast of Ruby)
AMNH; Yavapai County AMNH (Bumble Bee) CAS, (Camp Verde) CAS, PSUU, (29.0 miles northwest of Congress) UATA,
(Mayer) GRNo, (Prescott) CAS; Counties unknown (Hot Springs) CAS, (Palmerlee) CMPP, (Superstition Mountains)
UATA. NEW MEXICO: Catron County (Glenwood) DRWh, (San Francisco Creek, 26.1 miles north of Glenwood) UASM;
Grant County (near Gila) UASM. TEXAS: Jeff Davis County (Davis Mountains) CAS, UCD, USNM, (Fort Davis) AMNH,
CNC, (6-10.0 miles west of Fort Davis) UASM, (Limpia Canyon) CNHM, DRWh, TLEr, SJSC, UASM; Reeves County
(Balmorhea Lake) UASM; Presidio County (Presidio) TAMU. UTAH: Washington County (3.0 miles south of Gunlock)
GRNo, (Saint George) USNM, (Santa Clara) UWSW.
Brachinus pallidus Erwin
(Figs. 204, 215, 216, 217, 218, 222)
Brachinus pallidus Erwin, 1965: 8. The holotype male and allotype female are in CAS.
Type locality. — Mad River, 5.0 miles east of Mad River Post Office, Trinity County,
California.
Diagnostic combination — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.5 to 9.3 mm.
Color. As in hirsutus.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Head as in hirsutus , pronotum not as densely punctate.
Head. As in hirsutus , but ligula without constant setae.
Prothorax. As in hirsutus , but less densely setiferous. Pronotum (fig. 204).
Pterothorax. As in hirsutus , but only elytral depressions 6, 7, and 8 pubescent, except in
apical third.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 215, 216, 217). As in hirsutus , except more compressed and without
ventral sulcus. Virga (figs. 215, 216). Female (fig. 222). Stylus straighter than in hirsutus ,
more acute apically.
Variation. — The members of this species vary within local populations in body size and
the shape of the pronotum. Otherwise, they are quite constant throughout the range of the
species.
Flight. — I have watched these beetles fly in captivity.
Etymology . — Latin, pallidus , pale; referring to the pale venter of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — These beetles occur along intermittent streams and permanent rivers
in coarse gravel.
Life history. — See p. 166 and Erwin 1967.
Distribution . — (Fig. 218). The range of this species extends from Los Angeles County in
southern California north to eastern Washington. I have seen 835 specimens from the follow-
ing localities:
UNITED STATES
CALIFORNIA: Alameda County (Alameda Creek) CAS, (Arroyo Mocho) TLEr, (Berkeley) CUNY, (Livermore) CAS,
(Los Moches Canyon, Livermore hills) CEWh, (Niles Canyon) ANSP, CAS, SDNHM, UASM, (Sunol) CAS; Amador County
Erwin
222
223
224
225
Figs. 218-221. Geographical distribution maps. 218. Brachinus pallidus Erwin. 219. Brachinus cibolensis new species.
220. Brachinus hirsutus Bates. 22 1 . Brachinus cinctipennis Chevrolat. Figs. 222-225. Right stylus of female ovipositor,
ventral aspect. 222. Brachinus pallidus Erwin, Kings Canyon, California. 223. Brachinus cibolensis new species, near
Paradise, Arizona. 224. Brachinus hirsutus Bates, Rio Chico, Durango, Mexico. 225. Brachinus cinctipennis Chevrolat,
13.0 miles southeast of Lagos de Moreno, Jalisco, Mexico. Accompanying scale line equals 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
97
(5.0 miles west of Sutter Creek on Horse Creek) TLEr; Butte County (Oroville) CAS; Calaveras County (Mokelumne Hill)
CAS, USNM; Contra Costa County (Marsh Creek) TLEr; Fresno County (Camp Greeley) CAS, (Kings Canyon) CAS, (La
Fevre Creek) ANSP, UASM; Glenn County (Elk Creek) CAS; Humboldt County AMNH, (6.0 miles east of Bridgeville)
GRNo, (Eel River, Fernbridge) UASM, (Fort Seward) CAS, UIMI, (Garberville) CAS, UIMI, (5.0 miles south of Garberville)
TLEr, (Schively) UCD; Lake County (Lower Lake) CAS, (Middletown) CAS, JSch, UIMI, (North Fork Cache Creek, High-
way 20) UCD, (Putah Creek) CAS; Los Angeles County USNM, (Los Angeles) CNHM; Madera County (Coursegold) CAS,
UIMI; Marin County USNM, (Fairfax) CUNY, (Point Reyes) CAS, UCD; Mariposa County (Jolon) CAS, (3.0 miles south-
east of Jolon) CAS; Mendocino County CNHM, (Eel River) CAS, (Long Valley Creek, 6.7 miles south of Laytonville) CAS,
UWSW; Merced County (Merced Falls) UCD; Napa County CMPP, (Monticello) UCD, (Pope Valley) CAS, (Rutherford)
TLEr, (Saint Helena) AMNH, ROM, (Saint Helena Creek) CAS, (10.0 miles east of Shell Peak) CAS; Placer County (Aub-
urn) UCD; Sacramento County (Folsom) JSch; San Joaquin County (No locality given) SJSC; San Luis Obispo County
(Atascadero) CAS, (Nacimiento River, Camp Roberts) PSUU, (Paso Robles Creek) CAS; Santa Clara County CNHM, (Ar-
royo Bayo) SJSC, (Gilroy Hot Springs) TLEr, (Hecker Pass) CAS, (Isabel Creek) TLEr, (Los Gatos) CAS, (Morgan Hill)
SJSC, (Mount Hamilton) CAS, JSch, (San Jose) CAS, (Santa Clara) CAS, (Uvas Creek) TLEr; Santa Cruz County (Santa
Cruz) USNM; Shasta County CNHM, (Anderson) CAS, (Redding) CAS, WBa; Siskiyou County (Klamath River) USNM,
(10.0 miles west of Montague) JSch, (south of Shasta River) CAS, (Yreka) AMNH; Sonoma County UNHM, (Cloverdale)
CUNY, (Del Puerto Creek) TLEr, (Dry Creek, 9.0 miles northwest of Healdsburg) SJSC, (Guerneville) CAS, (2.0 miles
east of Healdsburg) CAS, (Rio Nido) CAS, (Santa Rosa) CUNY, MCZ, OUCO; Tehama County (Red Bluff) CAS; Trinity
County CMPP, (Mad River) TLEr, (0.7 miles northwest of Ruth Dam) GRNo, (Weaverville) UWSW; Yolo County (Davis)
CBak, UCD; Counties unknown (Aliso) UWSW, (Latrobe) CAS, (San Antonio Mission) CUNY, (Sylvania) CAS. OREGON:
Douglas County (North Umqua River, near Winchester) JSch, (7.0 miles northwest of Roseburg) JSch, (Winchester) JSch;
Jackson County (Eagle Point) CAS, (Medford) CAS, UCD, (8-14.0 miles south of Ruch) JSch, (10.0 miles south of Ruch)
JSch, (Talent) UCD, (Trail) JSch, LRus; Josephine County (Applegate River) OSUC, (Illinois River) JSch, (Selma) JSch;
Umatilla County (Umatilla) MCZ. WASHINGTON: Spokane County (Spokane Falls) MCZ; Walla Walla County (Walla
Walla) OSUC.
The fumans group
This group is characterized by the virga, the sides of which are curled over ventrally from
base to apex, forming a central trough. The diversity of this group warrants its division into
twelve subgroups.
The cinctipennis subgroup
The members of this subgroup are characterized by an elytral ferrugineous sutural stripe
and a long narrow median lobe. Two species, B. cinctipennis Chevrolat and B. cibolensis new
species, are included.
Brachinus cinctipennis Chevrolat
(Figs. 203, 206, 207, 208, 221, 225)
Brachinus cinctipennis Chevrolat, 1835: 163. Lectotype, here selected, a male, HMO, Type
number Col. 113 1/3, further labelled “Brachinus cinctipennis Chev. Col de M. Z cent no
163 Mexico plaine de Mexico Aout sous des pierres Salle 59.” Type locality. — The high-
plain of Mexico, as originally given by Cheviolat, but herewith restricted to the State of
Mexico, Mexico.
Diagnostic combination. — The ferrugineous sutural stripe on the elytra, together with the
pale palpi, and extensively pale legs, separate these beetles from all others of the genus.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 6.6 to 9.4 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3-11, apex of femur, mesepisterna, metepisterna, metasternum
at sides, and abdominal sterna and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface
of elytra greenish-blue with ferrugineous sutural stripe, epipleura testaceous.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum slightly rugose and punctate,
punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape cylindrical. Ligula with
sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per row.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 203) convex, sides barely reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous. Pro-
episterna with a few scattered setae both anteriorly and posteriorly. Anterior tibia with an-
terior surface strigose.
98
Erwin
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, barely costate. Humeral angle square. Costae and
depressions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 206, 207, 208). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft narrow, rounded. Ligule short, narrow,
narrowly rounded apically. Virga (figs. 206, 207). Female (fig. 225). Stylus short, broad,
narrowly rounded apically.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the following characteristics: presence
or absence of accessory setae on the submentum; number of setae on the ligula; extent of
infuscation on the tibia; width of the sutural stripe; and the color of the elytra.
Flight. - The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology. - Latin, cinctus, belt , pennis, wing; referring to the broad, sutural stripeon
the elytra of these beetles.
Collecting notes. - G. E. Ball and I collected these beetles from beneath stones at the
edge of an artificial pond in Jalisco, Mexico.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in April, June to September,
November, and December. Teneral adults were collected in April in Puebla, Mexico.
Distribution. — (Fig. 221). The range of this species extends from San Luis Potosi to
Puebla. I have seen 105 specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
AGUASCALIENTES: (Aguascalientes) AMNH;(E1 Rotono, 10.0 miles east of Aguascalientes) AMNH. DISTRITO FEDER-
AL: CPBo, (Mexico City) AMNH, BMNH, CUNY, TMBH. JALISCO: (Encarnacion de Diaz) UASM; (5.0 miles west of
Lagos) UATA; (13.0 miles southeast of Lagos de Moreno) USNM; (12.0 miles west of Ojuelos) CAS. MEXICO: (Lago
Zumpango, near San Juan Zitlaltepec) UASM. PUEBLA: (Lago Totolcingo, near Tlaxcala line) UASM. SAN LUIS POTOSI:
(San Luis Potosi) AMNH. STATE UNKNOWN: (Presa de Angulo) JHen.
Brachinus cibolensis new species
(Figs. 202, 209, 210, 211,219, 223)
Type locality. — Five miles west of Portal, Southwest Research Station, 5,400 feet, Cochise
County, Arizona.
Type specimens. - The holotype male and allotype female are in the entomological museum
at AMNH. The holotype was collected by E. Ordway, and the allotype was collected by
M. Statham at the type locality on July 27, 1956 and May 8, 1958, respectively. Twenty-
five paratypes collected in various localities on various dates are in AMNH, CAS, MCZ,
TLEr, and UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The ferrugineous sutural stripe on the elytra, together with
the entirely black legs and palpi, separate these beetles from all others in Mexico and United
States.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.5 to 9.8 mm.
Color. Palpi, antennal articles 2-11, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, legs, and abdom-
inal terga and sterna infuscated to black. Dorsal surface of elytra blue with ferrugineous
sutural stripe, epipleura testaceous.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in cinctipennis .
Head. As in cinctipennis.
Prothorax. As in cinctipennis. Pronotum (fig. 202).
Pterothorax. As in cinctipennis.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 209, 210, 211). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Shaft long and narrow, apex rounded, slightly notched.
Ligule short, tapering to narrowly rounded apex. Virga (figs. 209, 210). Female (fig. 223).
Bombardier Beetles
99
Stylus short, broad, tapering to narrowly rounded apex.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum, width of
the sutural stripe on the elytra, and in the color of the elytra and antennal articles 2-1 1.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected at lights at Douglas, Arizona, Lordsburg, New
Mexico, and Durango City, Mexico.
Etymology . — Cibola, from the legendary Seven Cities of Cibola that Coronado searched
for in the American Southwest; Latin, ensis, denoting place, locality, or country.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball collected these beetles from under stones at the margin of a
dirt water tank in the Chiricahua Mountains of Arizona.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from June to September, but
no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 219). The range of this species extends from northern Arizona to
Durango City, Mexico. I have seen 78 specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
DURANGO: (Durango) AMNH, UASM; (15.0 miles west of Durango) CNC.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Benson) UATA, (Douglas) CUNY, UASM, UCR, (near Paradise) UASM, (Portal) GRNo, (San
Bernardino Ranch) ZMLS, (South West Research Station, 5.0 miles west of Portal) AMNH, UCD, (Tombstone) SDNHM,
(Willcox) AMNH, UATA; Coconino County (Bill Williams Fork) AMNH; Santa Cruz County (Nogales) CAS, CNHM, UCR.
NEW MEXICO: Bernalillo County (Albuquerque) CMPP, USNM; Hidalgo County (Animas) AMNH, (Lordsburg) CNC,
UCR, (Rodeo) CUNY, UCD; Socorro County (Socorro) CAS.
The quadripennis subgroup
The members of this subgroup are characterized by the presence of a ridge on the ventral
surface of the male genitalia. Five species, B. quadripennis Dejean, B. mexicanus Dejean,
B. neglectus LeConte, B. javalinopsis new species, and B. kavanaughi Erwin, are included,
eluded.
Brachinus quadripennis Dejean
(Figs. 230, 240, 241, 242, 247, 251)
Brachinus quadripennis Dejean, 1825: 316. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP,
labelled “quadripennis m. in Amer. bor.” and “Lherminier” on green paper, and “Ex
Museo Chaudoir” on white paper. Type locality. — North America, as originally given by
Dejean, but herewith restricted to Florida.
Brachinus stygicornis Say, 1834: 415. Neotype designated by me, a male, in MCZ. Type
locality. - South Bend, Nebraska. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus tschernikhi Mannerheim, 1843: 184. Types presumed lost (see Erwin, 1965: 13).
Type locality. — California, as originally given by Mannerheim. NEW SYNONYMY.
Notes. — The neotype designated by Lindroth for B. stygicornis was selected by me
from the Nebraska University material I had on loan, and sent to Lindroth. He subsequently
deposited all Say’s neotypes in MCZ. The specimen was labelled “South Bend, Neb.” “5/8/
09” and “R. W. Dawson Collection.” This locality is the nearest to Say’s original area from
which we had specimens. The original area was “crevices of rocks ... Engineer Cantonment,
near Council Bluff.”
The name B. sejungenius Chaudoir is found on some of Chaudoir’s specimens in MHNP.
This name was never published, and is therefore not really in existence, but I add this note
to prevent confusion in the future.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characters are given in the key, but in most
cases the infuscated tarsi and tibiae will separate these beetles from all others of the genus in
the United States, except individuals of B. phaeocerus and B. azureipennis . The members of
phaeocerus are smaller and have bright blue elytra, while the members of azureipennis are
Figs. 226, 230. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 226. Brachinus kavanaughi Erwin, Superior, Colorado. 230.
Brachinus quadripennis Dejean, Archbold Research Station, Florida. Figs. 227-229, 231-242. Male genitalia. 227.
Brachinus javalinopsis new species, 32.0 miles east of Douglas, Arizona, ventral aspect. 228. Lateral aspect of same.
229. Dorsal aspect of same. 23 1 . Brachinus kavanaughi Erwin, 6.9 miles north of Golden, Colorado, ventral aspect.
232. Lateral aspect of same. 233. Dorsal aspect of same. 234. Brachinus mexicanus Dejean, 0.9 miles northeast
of Cedar Springs, California, ventral aspect. 235. Lateral aspect of same. 236. Dorsal aspect of same. 237. Brachinus
neglectus LeConte, Guntown, Florida, ventral aspect. 238. Lateral aspect of same. 239. Dorsal aspect of same. 240.
Brachinus quadripennis Dejean, Grand Coulee, Washington, ventral aspect. 241. Lateral aspect of same. 242. Dorsal
aspect of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
101
larger, have black palpi and antennae, and have metallic blue luster on the infuscated ab-
domen.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.8 to 1 1.0 mm.
Color. Palpi, antennal articles 3 and 4, mesepimera, tibiae, and tarsi usually infuscated.
Abdominal sterna, terga, metepisterna, and metasternum at sides infuscated to black, other-
wise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows, and sometimes disc of pronotum rugose, sparsely punc-
tate, punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape cylindrical. Ligula with
sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two or three setae apically. Mentum and sub-
mentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 230) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous. Proepisterna with a few setae anteriorly and posteriorly,
glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior margin strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, moderately costate. Humeral angle various, but
usually prominent or at least square. Costae smooth on disc, depressions pubescent. Wings
entire.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 240, 241, 242). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrowed, ridged ventrally. Ligule
short, broad, narrowed apically. Virga (figs. 240, 241) elongated. Female (fig. 247). Stylus
broad, parallel-sided, rounded apically.
Variation. — The color of the tibiae, tarsi, and palpi vary from almost black to ferrugin-
eous. The pale form occurs infrequently in the northwestern populations, but is common in
the midwestern, eastern, and Floridian populations. Variation also occurs in the shape of the
pronotum and humeral angle within single population samples.
Flight. — These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights throughout the range of
the species, especially Florida.
Etymology . — Latin, quadratus, square, pennis, wing; referring to the square shape of
the elytra.
Collecting notes. — L. Russell collected these beetles on the floodplain of the Flathead
River near Perma, Montana. They were beneath short grass, matted with algae, near an eph-
emeral pond formed by river floodwaters.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from January to September,
and teneral adults have been collected in March in Florida, and in August in Washington and
Michigan. These beetles probably overwinter as adults.
Distribution. — (Fig. 251). There are six areas from which these beetles have been com-
monly collected. These are the northwestern United States and adjacent Canada; the Great
Salt Lake area; the areas drained by the Mississippi, and its northern tributaries east of
longitude 105°, including the Great Lakes Region, New England, Florida and the eastern
part of the Gulf Coast, and Brownsville, Texas. I have seen 2,405 specimens from the
following localities:
CANADA
ALBERTA: (Medicine Hat) UASM. BRITISH COLUMBIA: (Kamloops) MCZ; (Oliver) CNC; (Osoyoos) CAS, UATA.
MANITOBA: (Aweme) OUNO. ONTARIO: (Saint Williams, southwest of Simcoe) ZMLS. SASKATCHEWAN: (Kenosee)
UNSS.
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Magazine Point) CAS. ARIZONA: (No locality given) USNM. ARKANSAS: Bradley County
(8.0 miles south of Warren) JSch; Mississippi County (Osceola) UMAH; Washington County (No locality given) UAFA.
102
Erwin
Figs. 243-245. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 243. Brachinus neglectus LeConte, Southern Pines, North Carolina.
244. Brachinus mexicanus Dejean, Temecula, California. 245. Brachinus javalinopsis new species, Victoria, Texas.
Figs. 246-250. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 246. Brachinus javalinopsis new species, 15.0 miles
north of Las Cruces, New Mexico. 147. Brachinus quadripennis Dejean, Smyrna, Washington. 248. Brachinus mexi-
canus Dejean, Temecula, California. 249. Brachinus kavanaughi Erwin, Superior, Colorado. 250. Brachinus neglectus
LeConte, Jacksonville, Florida. Fig. 251. Geographical distribution map of Brachinus quadripennis Dejean. Accom-
panying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
103
CALIFORNIA: Fresno County (Friant) CAS; Kings County (Hanford) USNM; Lake County (Cache Creek) UCR, (Clear
Lake) CAS, (Lower Lake) CAS; Los Angeles County USNM, (Pasadena) CMPP; Merced County (Los Banos) CAS, TLEr;
Sacramento County (Sacramento) TLEr, UCD, UIMI; Yolo County (Causeway) UCD, (Clarksburg) UCD, (Davis) CAS,
TLEr, UCD, UIMI. SOUTH DAKOTA: Beadle County (Huron) VMKi; Brookings County (Brookings) VMKi, (White)
VMKi; Lawrence County (Spearfish) VMKi; Union County (Elk Point) VMKi; Yankton County (Yankton) VMKi.
FLORIDA: Alachua County (Gainesville) CNC, FDAG, TLEr, UMAH, USNM, (Newnans Lake, 5.0 miles east of Gaines-
ville) RFre, UASM; Broward County (Fort Lauderdale) UMAH; Charlotte County (Punta Gorda) CNC, PSUU; Collier
County (Everglades) USNM; Columbia County (O’Leno State Park) CUNY; Dade County FDAG, (3.0 miles south of
Florida City) AMNH, (Homestead) CNC, TLEr, (Long Pine Key) MCZ, (Miami) CAS, (Royal Palm State Park) PUM; De
Soto County (Arcadia) CUNY; Duval County (Jacksonville) ISNH ; Glades County (Palmdale) AMNH; Hendry County
(Clewiston) OUCO; Highlands County (Archbold Biology Station) AMNH, CEWh, CMPP, CUNY, PSUU, RCGr, (Brighton)
UASM, (Fish Eating Creek, 4.0 miles west of Venus) RCGr, (Highlands Hammock State Park) TLEr; Hillsborough County
(Tampa) USNM; Lee County (Fort Myers) AMNH, CUNY; Levy County FDAG, (Manatee Springs State Park) RFre,
UASM, (Williston) UWSW; Liberty County (Camp Torreya) UMAH; Manatee County (Bradenton) FDAG, (Oneco) CNC,
CUNY, UASM; Marion County (No locality given) MCZ; Okeechobee County (Lake Okeechobee, 6.0 miles south of
Okeechobee) UASM; Orange County (Winterpark) MCZ; Palm Beach County (Belle Glade) CUNY, (North New River
Canal) UASM; Pinellas County (Clearwater) CNHM, (Dunedin) CAS, CUNY, PUM, (Tarpon Springs) CNC, CNHM; Polk
County (Lakeland) UMAH, (Lake Wales) FDAG, USNM, (Winter Haven) FDAG; Saint Johns County (Ponte Vedra Beach)
AMNH, (Saint Augustine) AMNH; Sarasota County (Myakka River State Park) CUNY, UASM, (Sarasota) PUM; Seminole
County (Sanford) CUNY, FDAG, JSch, PUM, USNM; Volusia County (Enterprise) CAS, USNM, (Ormond) AMNH; Coun-
ties unknown (Belleair) AMNH, (Fort Capron) ISNH, (Lake Harney) USNM, (Sand Point) USNM. GEORGIA: Lowndes
County (No locality given) OUCO; Thomas County (Thomasville) CNHM, USNM. IDAHO: Bonner County (Sagle) UWSW;
Latah County (Moscow) CMPP. ILLINOIS: (No locality given) ISNH. INDIANA: Vigo County (No locality given) PUM,
UWMW; Posey County (Hovey Lake) PUM; County unknown (Mineral Springs) CMPP. IOWA: Boone County (Ledges
State Park) ISUA; Dickinson County (Lake Okoboji) USNM, (Milford) USNM; Emmet County (No locality given) CAS;
Henry County (Mount Pleasant) RTBe; Johnson County (Iowa City) MCZ, USNM; Palo Alto County (Ruthven) ISUA,
(Silver Lake) USNM; Sioux County (Howarden) VMKi; Story County (Ames) ISUA, MSUM, OSUC, USNM, (Soper’s Mill
Dam, 3.0 miles east of Gilbert) ISUA; Woodbury County (Sioux City) UMSP. KANSAS: Atchison County (Atchison)
CMPP; Douglas County CUNY, (Lawrence) UWMW; Pottawatomie County (Onaga) CAS; Riley County (Manhattan) KSU;
Rooks County (No locality given) KSU; Saline County (Salina) CAS, CMPP, MCZ, PUM, ZMLS; Sheridan County (State
Lake, near SlUdley) RFre. LOUISIANA: Orleans Parish (New Orleans) ANSP. MASSACHUSETTS: Hampden County
(Longmeadow) USNM; Hampshire County (Mount Tom) MCZ; Middlesex County (Arlington) MCZ, (Concord) MCZ,
(Newton) MCZ, (Waltham) MCZ; Suffolk County (Dorchester) MCZ; County unknown (Forest Hills) MCZ. MICHIGAN:
Huron County (Point aux Barques) UMAH; Ingham County (East Lansing) UATA; Macomb County (Mount Clemens)
CNHM; Marquette County (Marquette) CAS; Oakland County (Milford) UMAH; County unknown (Aurelius) JSch.
MINNESOTA: Big Stone County UMSP, (Ortonville) ISNH; Clearwater County (Lake Itasca) UMSP; Houston County
(Mississippi Bluff, 1-2.0 miles north of State Line) UMSP; Jackson County (Jackson) USNM; Lincoln County (Lake Ben-
ton) VMKi; Lyon County (No locality given) UMSP; Norman County (No locality given) UMSP; Olmsted County (No
locality given) UMSP; Polk County (Crookston) UMSP; Ramsey County (Saint Paul) UMSP; Saint Louis County (Duluth)
ISNH; Steams County (Koronis Lake, Paynesville) USNM; Washington County (No locality given) UMSP; Wright County
(No locality given) UMSP. MISSOURI: Atchison County (Langdon) AMNH; Callaway County (Readsville) MCZ; Jackson
County (Kansas City) KSU; Saint Louis County (Ranken) JSch; Wayne County (William sville) CNC; Wright County (Gull
Creek, west of Mount Grove) TCBa. MONTANA: Cascade County (Great Falls) CAS; Flathead County (Kalispell) USNM;
Sanders County (Perma) LRus. NEBRASKA: Cass County (South Bend) UNLN; Cuming County (West Point) UNLN;
Dakota County (South Sioux) UNLN; Dodge County (Fremont) UNLN; Douglas County (Childs’ Point, Omaha) CAS,
UNLN; Lancaster County (Lincoln) UNLN, (Malcolm) USNM, (Roca) UNLN; Otoe County (Nebraska City) UNLN;
Sarpy County (Bellevue) UNLN; Saunders County (Ashland) SDSU, UNLN, (Cedar Bluffs) UNLN, USNM; Thomas Coun-
ty (Halsey) UMAH; York County (Bradshaw) UNLN, (York) UNLN. NEVADA: ANSP, USNM, MCZ, ISNH, Humboldt
County (Golconda) CBak; Washoe County (Reno) RTBe. NEW JERSEY: Cape May County (Five Mile Beach) OUCO;
Gloucester County (Woodbury) USNM. NEW YORK: Suffolk County (Montauk) CNHM. NORTH DAKOTA: Benson
County (11.9 miles west of York) UASM; McKenzie County (North Roosevelt National Park) AMNH; Morton County
(Heart River, 5.0 miles west of Mandan) UASM; Ramsey County (Devils Lake) MCZ, USNM, ZMLS. OHIO: Ashtabula
County (Jefferson) USNM; Wood County (No locality given) PUM. OREGON: Baker County UMAH, (Wallowa Mountains)
CAS; Curry County (8.0 miles east of Gold Beach) OSUC; Lake County (Hart Lake) JSch; Wasco County (The Dalles)
MCZ, USNM; Umatilla County (Umatilla) MCZ; Union County (Alicel) RESt, UIMI; County unknown (Stein Mountains)
CAS. PENNSYLVANIA: Allegheny County (Pittsburgh) CMPP. SOUTH DAKOTA: Bon Homme County (Springfield)
VMKi; Brookings County (Brookings) CMPP, SDSU, VMKi, (Volga) CAS, MCZ, USNM, VMKi, (White) VMKi; Brown
County (Stratford) LACM; Brule County (Chamberlain) SDSU; Buffalo County (Fort Thompson) SDSU; Clay County
(Vermillion) SDSU; Haakon County (Philip) SDSU; Ifaghes County (Pierre) VMKi; Jones County (Murdo) SDSU; Kings-
burg County (Erwin) USNM; Turner County (Centerville) VMKi; Union County (Elk Point) SDSU, VMKi; Yankton Coun-
ty (Yankton) VMKi; County unknown (Darwood Lake) VMKi. TENNESSEE: Lake County (Gray’s Landing) RTBe.
TEXAS: Cameron County (Brownsville) CNC, CNHM, CUNY, OUCO, USNM. UTAH: Cache County (Logan) USUL,
(Smith field) USUL, (Wellsville) USUL; Salt Lake County (Salt Lice City) UIMI, USNM, UWSW; Utah County (Provo)
MCZ, UASM, USNM, (Provo Canyon, 1.0 mile south of Springdale) UMSP, (Utah Lake, Provo) UASM, UMAH.
WASHINGTON: Adams County (Lake McElroy) CAS, USNM, UWSW, (Othello) UWSW, (Ritzville) CAS, CMPP, MCZ,
PUM, UMAH, USNM; Franklin County (Kahlotus) UWSW; Grant County (Coulee City) CAS, UWSW, (Crab Creek) UWSW,
(Grand Coulee, Dry Falls) WSUP, UWSW, ZMLS, (Grand Coulee, Meadow Creek) WSUP, (Moses Lake) JSch, UWSW,
(Smyrna) UWSW, (Soap Lake) UWSW, (Steamboat Rock) UWSW, (Stratford) CAS; Kittitas County (Vantage) UWSW;
Lincoln County (Sprague) CAS, CMPP, PUM, UWSW, (Sprague Lake) CAS, (Wilbur) UASM; Okanogen County (5.0 miles
south of Tonasket) CNHM; Spokane County (Cheney) JSch, UWSW, (Medical Lake) UWSW; Yakima County (Toppenish)
104
Erwin
UWSW. WISCONSIN: Dane County (No locality given) UWMW.
Brachinus mexicanus Dejean
(Figs. 234, 235, 236, 244, 248, 252)
Brachinus mexicanus Dejean, 1831: 428. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“mexicanus m. in Mexico” “Hopfner” on green paper, and “Ex Museo Chaudoir” on
white paper. Type locality. — Mexico, as originally given by Dejean, but herewith res-
tricted to Baja California, Mexico.
Brachinus fidelis LeConte, 1862: 524. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red type
label number 5852 Further labelled with a gold disc and “B. fidelis Kern. LeC.” Type
locality. — Kern County, California, here designated, based on LeConte’s labels. NEW
SYNONYMY.
Brachinus convexus Chaudoir, 1837: 7. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, labelled
“convexus Mex. Chaud.” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” This specimen is pinned beneath a
specimen of B. mexicanus Dejean, and placed in that series. Type locality. — Mexico, as
given on Chaudoir’s label. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus lecontei Motschulsky, 1859: 139. Primary homonym of B. lecontei LeConte,
1844: 49 (see Erwin, 1965: 10).
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characters are given in the key, but these
beetles can be separated from all others in the study area by elytral pubescence restricted to
depressions 6, 7, and 8, dark venter, blue elytra, and lack of accessory setae on the mentum.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.5 to 9.6 mm.
Color. See under Variation, below.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and disc of pronotum rugose, sparsely punctate, punc-
tures weakly impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae
each. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. As in quadripennis , except proepipleura variable. Pronotum (fig. 244).
Pterothorax. Elytra as in quadripennis , except costae variable and pubescence confined
to depressions 6, 7, 8, scutellar region, and across the apical sixth of the elytra. Wings
fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 234, 235, 236). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft various, ridged ventrally. Ligule
short, broad, narrowed apically. Virga (figs. 234, 235). Female (fig. 248). Stylus broad,
tapering to acute apex.
Variation. — The composition of this species seems to be more complex than most Brach-
inus species in the study area. Two forms are clearly recognizable in most of the range, ex-
cept California. I refer to these forms as the “high-costae morph” and the “low-costae
morph.” In California, these two forms merge in all characteristics, with local populations
having both the extreme and intermediate forms. In Mexico, the high-costae morph is known
only in northern Baja California (Catavina). Other populations are in Phoenix, Arizona,
southern New Mexico, Hope, Arkansas, Chicago, Illinois, and Brookings, South Dakota. In
Phoenix, there appears to be a mixed population, but the specimens seen were collected at
different times. Except for the last three mentioned peripheral localities, the range of the
low-costae morph overlaps that of the high-costae morph.
The high-costae morph generally has pale antennae, pale abdominal center, well devel-
oped costae, and a few setae on the proepipleura. The low-costae morph is quite dark be-
Bombardier Beetles
105
Figs. 252-255. Geographical distribution maps. 252. Brachinus mexicanus Dejean. 253. Brachinus kavanaughi Erwin.
254. Brachinus javalinopsis new species. 255. Brachinus neglectus LeConte.
106
Erwin
neath, the abdominal center is infuscated, the third and fourth antennal articles are at least
clouded, the outer articles are infuscated rather than being dusky, and finally the proepip-
leura are usually glabrous.
Further variation occurs in the male genitalia. In the low-costae morph the shaft is nar-
rowed to apex, and the virga tapers evenly to the apex. The high-costae morph has the apex
of the shaft almost truncate, and the virga is pinched medially. The flattened rim of the
female stylus is more pronounced in the low-costae morph than in the high-costae morph,
but the general shape is the same.
Flight. — These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights throughout the species range.
Collecting notes. — I have collected these beetles on numerous occasions in California,
New Mexico, and Mexico. They are always near water, either standing or flowing. At Rancho
Nuevo, Chiapas they were beneath logs in grassy soil. In Santa Clara County, California they
occur under stones in gravel covered with algae near stream margins.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in all months of the year. The
life cycle is much the same as in B. pallidus (Erwin, 1967).
Distribution. — (Fig. 252). The range of this species extends from Washington south to at
least Guatemala, and east to Arkansas and Illinois. I have seen 2,603 specimens from the
following localities:
CENTRAL AMERICA
GUATEMALA: (No locality given) MCZ.
MEXICO
AGUASCALIENTES: (Aguascalientes) CNHM; (11.0 miles west of Aguascalientes) UASM; (15.0 miles west of Pabellon)
UMAH. BAJA CALIFORNIA: (Arroyo de Purisima) CAS; (Arroyo del Rosario) CAS; (Catavina) CAS; (south of El Sauzal)
CAS; (1.3 miles northwest of El Truinfo) CAS; (Hamilton Ranch) CAS; (La Mision) GRNo; (12.4 miles east of La Paz)
CAS; (Mira Flores) CAS; (Rancho Stacion Salsipuedes) UMSP; (San Ignacio) CAS; (3.0 miles east of San Isidro) CMPP;
(San Vicente) CAS; (Tijuana) CNHM; (65.0 kilometers south of Tijuana) LACM; (Triunfo) CAS. CHIAPAS: (15.6 miles
west of Comitan) UASM; (Rancho Nuevo, 8.6 miles east of San Cristobal) RTBe, UASM; (1.0 miles north of San Cristobal)
RTBe; (8.6 miles east of San Cristobal) UASM. CHIHUAHUA: (Carta Blanca, 16.0 miles west of Matachic) AMNH;
(Catarinas) AMNH; (Chihuahua City) AMNH; (25.0 miles northwest of Chihuahua City) CNC; (Primavera) AMNH; (San
Jose Babicora) AMNH. COAHUILA: (Arroyo Palo Blanco, 15.0 miles north of Saltillo) DRWh; (Saltillo) AMNH, MCZ.
DISTRITO FEDERAL: (Penon Viejo) MCZ. DURANGO: (12.2 miles south of El Banco) UASM; (Encino) AMNH; (Nom-
bre de Dios) AMNH; (Rio Chico, 15.7 miles west of Durango) UASM. GUANAJUATO: (Rio Guanajuato, 9.8 miles
south of Sialo) UASM. GUERRERO: (13.9 miles west of Chilpancingo) UASM. HIDALGO: (Guadalupe) MCZ; (Huicha-
pan) LACM; (Rio Tula, near Tasquillo) UASM; (Tula) JHen. JALISCO: (Ajijic) JHen, UATA; (4.0 miles west of Ajijic)
AMNH; (21.4 miles south of Encamacion de Diaz) UASM; (Cocula) USNM; (9.1 miles northwest of Cautla) UASM; (Guad-
alajara) AMNH, MCZ; (9.0 miles east of Guadalajara) AMNH; (13.0 miles southeast of Lagos de Moreno) UASM; (17.9
miles west of Magdalena) UASM; (12.0 miles west of Ojuelos de Jalisco) CAS; (Puente Caquixtle, 9.7 miles east of
Encamacion de Diaz) UASM; (Rio Grande de Santiago, 12.5 miles west of Ixtlahuacan del Rio) UASM; (21.0 miles
northeast of Tepatitlan) CAS; (Valle de Guadaloupe) CAS. MEXICO: (Lago Zumpango, near San Juan Zitlaltepec) UASM;
(Tempascaltepec) CAS; (7.0 miles north of Tenancingo) UASM; (Tonatico) JHen; (Valle de Bravo) JHen; (Villa Carbon)
JHen. MICHOACAN: (7.0 miles south Ario de Rosales) UASM; (10.0 miles west of Jiquilpan) DRWh; (Morelia) UASM;
(Tuxpan) JHen; (50.0 miles west of Zitacuaro) MCZ. MORELOS: (Cuernavaca) ANSP; (Progreso) WSUP. NAYARIT: (5.1
miles north of Chapalilla) UASM; (Tepic) UATA; (19.0 miles southeast of Tepic) CAS; (19.3 miles southeast of Tepic)
UASM. NUEVO LEON: (3.2 miles south of Galeana) UASM; (1.1 miles east of Iturbide) UASM; (1.3 miles east of Iturbide)
UASM; (14.8 miles west of Linares) UASM; (Monterrey) AMNH; (6.0 miles south of Monterrey) FDAG; (Rio Linares,
20.0 miles west of Linares) CAS; (Rio Sabinas Hidalgo, 4.8 miles east of Sabinas Hidalgo) UASM; (Santa Rosa Canon,
14.8 miles west of Linares) UASM. OAXACA: (Mitla) CPBo; (25.0 miles south of Mitla) ISUA; (Oaxaca) AMNH, CAS,
MCZ; (Rio Atoyac, near Juchatengo) UASM; (1.4 miles west of Tamazulapan) UASM; (4.3 miles west of Tamazulapan)
UASM; (72.5 miles south of Valle Nacional) UASM. PUEBLA: (9.0 miles north of Amatitlan) CAS; (near Petlalcingo)
UASM; (Tehuacan) CAS; (near Tehuitzingo) UASM; (1.3 miles south of Tlatlauqui) UASM. QUERETARO: (33.0 kilo-
meters north of Acambay) UASM; (near Palmillas) UASM. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (Puente de la Parada, 7.5 miles northwest
of Mexquitic) UASM; (2.0 miles south of San Luis Potosi) CAS; (2.7 miles west of Santa Catarina) UASM. SINALOA:
(Culiacan) AMNH; (Real de Piaxtla) AMNH. SONORA: BMNH; (7.2 miles southeast of Alamos) GRNo; (10.0 miles
west of Alamos) AMNH; (Cocospera Canon, 8.0 miles east of Imeris) AMNH; (16.0 miles northeast of Ciudad Obregon)
CNC; (Pesqueria) CAS; (Rancho Atascosa, 42.0 kilometers south of Nogales) CNHM; (Rio Mayo, San Bernardo) CAS;
(Sonoyta) AMNH. VERACRUZ: (Jalapa) ANSP; (Orizaba) ISUA, UNLN. ZACATECAS: (Rio Juchipila, 0.9 miles north
of Jalpa) UASM; (1.3 miles southeast of Sain Alto) UASM. STATE UNKNOWN: (Tujipilco) CAS.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Apache County (White Mountains) CAS, UATA; Cochise County (Benson) CAS, (Bisbee) CAS, (Cave Creek
Canyon) PSUU, TCBa, (Cave Creek Ranch) UASM, (Chiricahua Mountains) CAS, OUCO, UASM, UATA, USNM, (Chiri-
Bombardier Beetles
107
cahua Mountains, Rucker Canyon) CAS, (Chiricahua Mountains, Rucker Lake) UASM, (Chiricahua Mountains, Rustler’s
Park) CNC, (Douglas) CMPP, (Guadalupe Canyon, 32.0 miles east of Douglas) CUNY, (15.0 miles southeast of Hookers
Hot Springs) DRWh, (Huachuca Mountains) OUCO, USNM, (Portal) AMNH, CAS, SJSC, (San Bernardino Ranch) KSU,
LA CM, (San Pedro River, near Palominas) UASM, (San Pedro River, 10.0 miles east of Sierra Vista) OSUC, UATA, (South
West Research Station, 5.0 miles west of Portal) AMNH, FDAG, GRNo, UCD, UCR, (Tombstone) SDNHM, (Willcox)
AMNH; Coconino County (Grand Canyon National Park) CAS, (Havasupai Indian Reservation, Supai Grand Canyon)
UMSP; Gila County (Coolidge Dam) SJSC, (Globe) UASM, UATA, (14.0 miles south of Globe) UASM, (Payson) UATA,
(Winkelman) UATA; Graham County (Aravaipa) CAS, (Aravaipa Creek, between Klondyke and Aravaipa) DRWh,
(Galiuro Mountains) UASM, (Gila River,) near Geronimo) UASM, (San Carlos Reservoir) SJSC, UATA; Maricopa
County (Phoenix) MCZ, OUCO, UASM, USNM, (Salt River, Phoenix) MCZ, UATA; Mohave County (Beaver Dam)
ISUA, (Hubbard Ranch) USNM, (Littlefield) UCD, (16.0 miles north of Wikieup) LACM; Navajo County (Show
Low) LACM; Pima County (Baboquivari Mountains, Browns Canyon) AMNH, CAS, (Cienega Creek, Pantano) CUNY,
(Coyote Mountain, 0.5 miles north of Mendoza Canyon) UATA, (Saint Xavier Mountains) CAS, (Santa Catalina
Mountains) CAS, UATA, USNM, (Santa Catalina Mountains, Bear Canyon) CAS, (Santa Catalina Mountains, Sabino
Canyon) CAS, TLEr, UASM, UATA, (Santa Rita Mountains) CAS, (Tucson) CAS, CUNY, UASM, UATA, UIMI,
UMAH, USNM; Pinal County (Aravaipa Canyon) CUNY, (Sycamore Camp, 9.0 miles northwest of Payson) CAS;
Santa Cruz County (Canelo) UATA, CUNY, (Lewis Springs, San Pedro River) UASM, (Nogales) CAS, CNHM, UASM,
UCD, USNM, (Pajarita Mountains) CAS, (Patagonia) CAS, CNHM, CUNY, UATA, (5.0 miles southwest of Patagonia)
AMNH, (Pena Blanca) CUNY, OSUC, UASM, (Santa Rita Mountains, Madera Canyon) UASM, UCD, WHTy, (Tumacacori
Mountains, Sycamore Canyon) CUNY, (Yanks Spring, 4.0 miles southeast of Ruby) AMNH; Yavapai County (Bumble
Bee) CAS, (Camp Verde) PSUU, (Congress) UATA, (Cottonwood) UIMI, (Granite Mountain) CAS, (Prescott) CAS, UASM,
USNM, (Wickenburg) ISUA, (5.0 miles north of Wickenburg) UMAH; Counties unknown (Atasco Mountains, Sycamore
Canyon) UATA, (Cayetano Mountains) UMAH, (Kohl’s Ranch) UATA, (Santa Cruz River) UATA, (Senator) AMNH,
(Superstition Mountains) UATA, (Texas Pass) CUNY, (Tortolita Mountains) CAS. ARKANSAS: Garland County (Hot
Springs) CAS; Hempstead County (Hope) MCZ. CALIFORNIA: Alameda County (Livermore) CAS, (Niles Canyon) UCD,
(Oakland Hills) CAS, (San Leandro) UIMI; Amador County (5.0 miles west of Sutter Creek) TLEr; Colusa County (High-
way 20 and 16) UCD, (Rumsey Canyon) UCD; El Dorado County (No locality given) CAS; Fresno County (La Fevre
Creek) CAS; Glenn County (Elk Creek) CAS; Imperial County (Calpatria) CAS; Inyo County (Big Pine) CAS, (Deep
Springs Lake) CAS, (Diaz Lake) CAS, (Freeman) CAS, (Independence) CAS, (Little Lake) CAS, (Lone Pine) CAS, (Olan-
cha) CAS, (Owens Lake) CAS, (Westgard Pass Plateau) CAS; Kern County (Caliente) ZMLS; Los Angeles County
(Alhambra) CAS, (Arroyo Seco Canyon) WBa, (Big Dalton Dam) UCR, (Frenchman Flats) CAS, (Los Angeles)
CAS, (Pasadena) CAS, (San Dimas) CAS, (Tapica County Park) GRNo; Madera County (Coarsegold) CAS, (O’
Neals) UCD; Mariposa County (Mariposa) CAS; Merced County (Merced) CAS; Monterey County (Carmel) UASM, (Jblon)
CAS, (3.0 miles southeast of Jolon) CAS, (Stone Canyon) CAS; Napa County (Monticello) UCD; Orange County (Black
Star Canyon) UCD, (Laguna Beach) CAS; Placer County (No locality given) CAS; Riverside County (Colton) CAS, (Hemet)
WBa, (Palm Canyon) CAS, (Palm Springs) CAS, (Riverside) CAS, (San Jacinto Mountains) CAS, (Temecula) CAS; San
Benito County (Panoche Valley) CAS; San Bernardino County (Afton Canyon) USNM, (Cajon Pass) UCD, (0.9 miles north-
east of Cedar Springs) GRNo; San Diego County (Carrizo) UIMI, (Chicken Creek) CAS, (3.0 miles south of Dehesa) TLEr,
(Guatay) UIMI, (Jacumba) CAS, (Knaus) CAS, (Mission Valley) UCD, (Mount Palomar) CAS, (9.0 miles east of Pine
Valley) UCD, (Poway) CAS, (San Juan Capistrano) UIMI, (Sweetwater River) RESt; San Joaquin County (Corral Hollow)
TLEr; San Luis Obispo County (Atascadero) CAS, (Cambria) CAS, (San Luis Obispo) CAS, (Santa Margarita) CAS; Santa
Barbara County (Bluff Camp, San Rafael Mountains) UCD, (Canada del Venadito) UCD, (Cuyama River) CAS, (Gaviota)
CAS, (Santa Cruz Island) CAS, (Santa Ynez River, San Lucas) CAS; Santa Clara County (Alum Rock Park) CAS, (Arroyo
Bayo) SJSC, (Gilroy Hot Springs) TLEr, (Pacheco Pass) UIMI, (Uvas Creek) TLEr; Santa Cruz County (Santa Cruz)
CAS; Stanislaus County (Del Puerto Canyon) UIMI, (Del Puerto Creek) TLEr; Tehama County (Hills west of Tehama
County) CAS; Tulare County (Kaweah) CAS; Ventura County (Fillmore) CAS, (Foster Park) UCD, (Ojai) ZMLS, (Santa
Paula) CAS, UCD, (Ventura) CAS, (Wheeler Hot Springs) CAS; Yolo County (Davis) UCD, (Putah Canyon) UCD, (Putah
Creek) TLEr. ILLINOIS: Cook County (Riverside) UMAH. NEW MEXICO: Catron County (near Argon) AMNH, (Cooney
Canyon, 10.0 miles east of Alma ) UASM, (2.0 miles west of Luna) CCha, (San Francisco Creek, 26.1 miles north of
Glenwood) UASM; Dona Ana County (Mesquite) LACM; Grant County (Gila River, near Gila) UASM, (Sapillo Creek,
26.0 miles north of Silver City) TLEr, (Silver City) USNM, (16.0 miles west of Silver City) CAS; Hidalgo County (Pelon-
cillo Mountains) GRNo, (Post Office Canyon, 12.0 miles southeast of Rodeo) SJSC, (Rodeo) UCR; Quay County (Tucum-
cari) MCZ; San Miguel County (Sapello Canyon) USNM. NEVADA: Humboldt County (Soldier Meadows) NS DA; Kye
County (Beatty) OSUC, UWSW; Washoe County (Reno) RTBe, UCD, USNM. OREGON: (No locality given) UMSP.
SOUTH DAKOTA: Brookings County (Brookings) ANSP. TEXAS: Blanco County (2.0 miles south of Round Mountain)
UASM; Brewster County (Alpine) CAS, CUNY, MCZ, (Big Bend National Park) CNC, MCZ, UASM, (Glenn Springs)
UMAH, (Green Valley) CAS, (Saint Helena Canyon) CAS; Cameron County (Brownsville) CMPP, DHKa; Culberson County
(2.5 miles east of Nickel Creek Station) CNHM; Fayette County (Flatonia) ANSP; Hudspeth County (9.0 miles west of
Sierra Blanca) OUCO; Jeff Davis County (Barrel Springs Creek, 22.0 miles west of Fort Davis) DRWh, (Davis Mountains)
CAS, OUCO, UCD, USNM, (Fort Davis) AMNH, CNC, MCZ, (6-10.0 miles west of Fort Davis) UASM, (Limpia Canyon,
2.0 miles northwest of Fort Davis) CNC, CNHM, DRWh, TLEr, UASM; Presidio County (Presidio) TAMU; Reeves County
(Balmorhea Lake) UASM, (Pecos) JSch; San Saba County (Can^ San Saba) MCZ; Taylor County (25.0 miles southwest
of Abilene) CMPP; Travis County (Austin) CAS; Val Verde County (9.0 miles southeast of Del Rio) DRWh. UTAH: Cache
County (Logan) USUL; Utah County (Wasatch Mountains, Provo Canyon) CAS; Washington County (3.0 miles south of
Gunlock) GRNo, (12.0 miles north of La Verkin) UMSP, (Santa Clara Creek) CAS, UCD, UWSW, (Saint George) AMNH,
ISUA, MCZ, USNM, (Zion National Park) CAS. WASHINGTON: Spokane County (Spokane) CAS.
108
Erwin
Brachinus kavanaughi Erwin
(Figs. 226, 231, 232, 233, 249, 253)
Type locality. — Superior, Boulder County, Colorado, along Coal Creek.
Type specimens. - The holotype male and allotype female are in CAS. Both were collected
by D. H. Kavanaugh at the type locality, on June 4, 1968. Twenty-five paratypes col-
lected on various dates and at various localities are in CAS, DHKa, MCZ, TLEr, and
UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Medium-sized beetles, 8.0 to 12.0 mm.
Color. Antennal article 3 at apex and all of 4, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, abdom-
inal sterna and terga infuscated to black, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epip-
leura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and disc of pronotum rugose and punctate, punctures
moderately impressed.
Head. As in quadripennis, except antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Prothorax. As in quadripennis , except proepipleura with setae both anteriorly and pos-
teriorly, glabrous medially. Pronotum (fig. 226).
Pterothorax. As in quadripennis.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 231, 232, 233). Median lobe with plane of shaft as in quadripennis.
Basal bend longer, more arcuate. Apex not so flattened. Ligule short, narrowed apically.
Virga (figs. 231 , 232). Female (fig. 249). Stylus broad, but narrowed toward apex.
Variation. — This is a fairly constant species throughout its range. The total size and the
shape of the pronotum vary within populations.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected at lights in Del Rio, Texas.
Etymology . - The latinized form of Kavanaugh, named for D. H. Kavanaugh, an excel-
lent collector of carabid beetles who collected the types.
Collecting notes. - Kavanaugh, my wife, and I collected these beetles near the type local-
ity at an elevation of 5,400 feet. They were found beneath stones during the day along a
clear cold stream whose edge was composed of stones embedded in clay and gravel, alter-
nating with gravel bars. Beetles of this species also have been collected on the shores of
lakes in Colorado by C. Armin.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from February to September.
Teneral adults were collected in May in Texas and in September in Illinois. Overwintering
probably takes place as an adult.
Distribution. - (Fig. 253). The range of this species extends from western New York
through the Great Lakes region, south to Nuevo Leon, Mexico, and west to central Colorado
and New Mexico. I have seen 508 specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
NUEVO LEON: (Monterrey) AMNH; (Rio Blanquillo, 7.0 miles north of Montemorelos) UASM; (Rio Salinas at Cienaga
de Flores) UASM. TAMAULIPAS: (20.0 miles north of Ciudad Victoria) MCZ.
UNITED STATES
COLORADO: Boulder County (Coal Creek, 6.9 miles north of Golden) DHKa, (Coal Creek, Marshall Lake Area)
CArm, (Coal Creek, Superior) CArm, DHKa, (Four Mile Creek) CArm, (Hayden) CArm, (Left Hand Creek) CArm,
(McCall Lake, Lyons) CArm, (North Saint Vrain, Lyons) CArm, (Red Gulch, Lyons) CArm, (Teller Lake) CArm;
Yuma County (Wray) KSU; County unknown (Regnier) AMNH. KANSAS: Comanche County (No locality given)
KSU; Montgomery County (Independence) CAS; Riley County (Manhattan) KSU; Sheridan County (State Lake,
near Studley) RFre, UASM. ILLINOIS: Alexander County (Horseshow Lake) RTBe; Cook County (Chicago) CMPP;
Knox County (Galesburg) MCZ; La Salle County (Ottawa) RTBe; Vermilion County (Kickapoo) RTBe, (Oakwood)
ISNH; County unknown (30.0 miles south of Grape Creek) RTBe; MISSOURI: Gasconade County (Gasconade
River) UWSW; Jefferson County (Kimmswick) UMAH; Saint Louis County (Saint Louis) CAS, SDNHM; Wright
County (Gull Creek, west of Mount Grove) TCBa. NEW MEXICO: Bernalillo County (Cedro Canyon) AMNH;
Bombardier Beetles
109
Eddy County (Blue Spring, 10.0 miles east of Carlsbad) USNM; San Miguel County (Sapello Creek, Sapello) UASM. NEW
YORK: Tompkins County (Ithaca) UASM. NEBRASKA: Banner County (Glen Rock Canyon) UNLN; Glen Sioux County
(No locality given) AMNH. OHIO: Franklin County (Columbus) OUCO; Hamilton County (Cincinnati) UMAH; Ottawa
County (Put-in-Bay, South Bass Island) UMAH. OKLAHOMA: Comanche County (Wichita National Forest) CAS, OSUS.
SOUTH DAKOTA: Lawrence County (Spearfish) VMKi. TEX^lS: Blanco County UMAH, USNM, (Round Mountain)
OUCO, USNM, (2.0 miles south of Round Mountain) UASM; Brazos County (College Station) TAMU; Burnet County
(Inks Lake State Park) UMSP; Cameron County (Brownsville) CNC, USNM; Comal County (New Braunfels) USNM;
Cornell County (No locality given) MCZ; Culberson County (2.5 miles east of Nickel Creek Station) CNHM; Eastland
County (No locality given) UMSP; Gillespie County (No locality given) OUCO; Gray County (McClellan) UMSP; Hays
County (San Marcos) CAS; Kimble County (Roosevelt) CAS; Lampasas County (Lampasas River) CUNY; Lee County
(Fedor) CMPP; McLennan County (Waco) MCZ, USNM, ZMLS; Pecos County (Sheffield) CAS; San Saba County (Camp
San Saba) MCZ; Shelby County (Kerrville) CNC; Taylor County (25.0 miles southwest of Abilene) AMNH, CMPP, CNHM;
Travis County UMAH, (Austin) AMNH, MCZ, WSUP; Val Verde County (Del Rio) CAS, CNC, (9.0 miles southeast of
Del Rio) DRWh; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM; Counties unknown (Fuller) USNM, (Tiger Mills) USNM. WYOMING:
Platte County (Glendo Reservoir, near Glendo) DRWh.
Brachinus javalinopsis new species
(Figs. 227, 228, 229, 245, 246, 254)
Type locality. - Willcox, Cochise County, Arizona.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in AMNH. Both were collec-
ted at the type locality by T. Cohn, P. Boone, and M. Cazier on September 7, 1950.
Fifteen paratypes collected on the same day at the same locality by the same collectors
are in AMNH, CAS, MCZ, TLEr, and UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Large-sized beetles, 12.3 to 13.5 mm.
Color. As in quadripennis, except antennal articles 3 and 4 infuscated only apically, and
tibiae, tarsi, and palpi ferrugineous.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose and sparsely punctate, disc of pronotum densely
rugose and punctate, punctures moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately to deeply impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest
about middle. Ligula with center area ellipsoid-convex and plurisetose. Mentum and sub-
mentum with accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 245) convex, flattened along center line, sides widely reflexed.
Proepipleura and proepisterna as in quadripennis. Anterior tibia with anterior margin punc-
tate, punctures occasionally forming shallow strigae.
Pterothorax. As in quadripennis , except elytra broader, costae sharper, and pubescence
denser and shorter. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 227, 228, 229). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated about 45°
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrowed, ridged ventrally. Ligule
short, broad, truncate apically. Virga (figs. 227, 228). Female (fig. 246). Stylus broad, nar-
rowed apically, rounded at apex.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum, the color
of the antennal articles, and in the total size. The color of antennal articles 3 and 4 is paler
in some individuals.
Flight. — These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights throughout the range of
the species.
Etymology. - Spanish, javili, wild pig; Latin, opsis, likeness; referring to the very large,
broad habitus of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — D. Larson and W. Sharp have collected these beetles at margins of
ponds in Texas.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from May to September, and
in January. Teneral adults were collected in July in New Mexico. Overwintering probably
110
Erwin
takes place as an adult.
Distribution. — (Fig. 254). The range of this species extends over much of the American
Southwest, from western Arizona to the Texas panhandle, and south to Brownsville. I have
seen 1 18 specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Douglas) UCD, UCR, (14.0 miles northeast of Douglas) UCR, (17.0 miles east of Douglas)
UCR, (Guadalupe Cknyon) CUNY, (3.0 miles east of Johnson) RCGr, (10.0 miles north of Paradise) TLEr, (Portal) GRNo,
UCD, (South West Research Station, 5.0 miles west of Portal) AMNH, UCD, (Willcox) AMNH, UATA; Gila County (Globe)
UATA; Graham County (Thatcher) UCD; Maricopa County (Gila Bend) CAS. MISSOURI: (No locality given) ISNH. NEW
MEXICO: Dona Ana County (Las Cruces) CNHM, (15.0 miles north of Las Cruces) RCGr, (State College) USNM; Eddy
County AMNH, (Black River, near Whites City) UWSW, (Carlsbad) UWSW, (Whites City) UWSW; Hidalgo County (Lords-
burg) CNC, (Post Office Canyon, Peloncillo Mountains) UCR, (Rodeo) GRNo, UCD, UCR, (13.0 miles north of Rodeo)
AMNH; Luna County (Deming) AMNH; Quay County (Tucumcari) SDSU; San Miguel County (Las Vegas) UIMI. TEXAS:
Brewster County (9.0 miles north of Alpine) OSUC, (Hot Spring, Big Bend National Park) CNC; Frio County (5.0 miles
north of Dilley) UASM; Hudspeth County (9.0 miles southwest of Del City) AMNH; Kleburg County (Kingsburg) USNM;
Presidio County (7.0 miles north of Marfa) RCGr; Randall County (Palo Duro State Park) UMSP; Scurry County (Snyder)
TCBa; Val Verde County (Del Rio) UASM; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM.
Brachinus neglectus LeConte
(Figs. 237, 238, 239, 243, 250, 255)
Brachinus neglectus LeConte, 1844: 49. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type
label number 31,775. This specimen is unlabelled, but stands third in a series of four
specimens behind label “B. quadripennis Dejean.” Type locality. — Georgia, as given
originally by LeConte.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characters are given in the key.
Description. - Medium-sized beetles, 8.4 to 12.3 mm.
Color. Metasternum at sides, metepisterna, and abdominal sterna and terga infuscated,
otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and sometimes disc of pronotum rugose and sparsely
punctured, punctures moderately impressed.
Head. As in quadripennis , except antennal scape robust, widest at middle, mentum and
submentum with accessory setae.
Prothorax. As in quadripennis, except anterior margin of anterior tibia punctate, punc-
tures rarely forming strigae. Pronotum (fig. 243).
Pterothorax. As in quadripennis .
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 237, 238, 239). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft narrowed, ridged ventrally. Ligule
short, truncate. Virga (figs. 237, 238). Female (fig. 250). Stylus broad basally, narrowing
to almost acute apex.
Variation. — The few specimens available representing this species exhibit the usual var-
iation in the shape of the pronotum and its macrosculpture.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights in Georgia and Florida.
Etymology . — Latin, neglectus, forgotten.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from March to September.
Teneral adults have been collected in May in Georgia. These beetles probably overwinter as
adults.
Distribution. — (Fig. 255). The range of this species extends from North Carolina to
southern Florida, and west to southern Alabama. I have seen 32 specimens from the follow-
ing localities:
Bombardier Beetles
111
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Mobile) CAS, (Saraland) CAS. FLORIDA: Alachua County FDAG, (Gainesville) TLEr,
UMAH; Columbia County (O’Leno State Park) CUNY; Duval County (Jacksonville) CAS; Highlands County (Archbold
Biology Station) PSUU; Levy County (Manatee Springs State Park) RFre; Orange County (Winter Park) MCZ; Pinellas
County (Dunedin) CAS; Polk County (Lakeland) UMAH; County unknown (Guntown) ANSP. GEORGIA: Charlton
County (Okefenokee Swamp, Billy’s Island) CUNY; Chatham County (Savannah) CAS; Thomas County (Thomasville)
ANSP, MCZ. NORTH CAROLINA: Moore County (Southern Pines) CAS. SOUTH CAROLINA: (No locality given)
MCZ.
The phaeocerus subgroup
This subgroup is characterized as follows: median lobe with long narrow apex, elytra
bright blue with a contrasting black suture, and outer antennal articles black. Four species,
B. phaeocerus Chaudoir, B. azureipennis Chaudoir, B. consanguineus Chaudoir, and B.
imporcitis new species, are included.
Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir
(Figs. 257, 258, 259, 265, 275, 279)
Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, 1868: 300. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP,
labelled “Tejas” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” Type locality. — Texas, as originally given
by Chaudoir’s label.
Diagnostic combination. - The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 7.2 to 8.1 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, mesepimera, metepistema, metasternum at sides, ab-
dominal sterna and terga, tibiae and tarsi infuscated to black. Antennal articles 5-11, and
metasternal process (between middle coxae), usually darkly infuscated. Female somites 7
and 8, and male somites 8 and 9, and remainder of beetle, ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and
epipleura of elytra bright blue with black sutural margins.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum densely rugose and punctate,
punctures moderately deeply impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately deeply impressed. Antennal scape robust, but nearly
cylindrical. Ligula with sclerotized center area with two lateral rows of three setae per row.
Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Pro thorax. Pronotum (fig. 265) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
re flexed. Proepipleura glabrous. Proepisterna with a few setae both anteriorly and poster-
iorly, glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra moderately long, narrow, moderately costate. Humeral angle square
to prominent. Costae and depressions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 257, 258, 259). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend moderately long. Apex of shaft narrowed to apex,
elongate. Ligule short, narrow, truncate. Virga (figs. 257, 258). Female (fig. 275). Stylus
narrow, tapering to acute apex.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum, and degree
of infuscation of the outer antennal articles.
Flight. — G. E. Ball collected these beetles at lights in Big Bend National Park, Texas.
Etymology . — Greek, phaios, dusky brown; keros , horn; referring to the infuscated
antennae of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball collected these beetles in Carex marshes at Colorado
Springs; and my wife and I collected them with B. kavanaughi specimens along streams near
Golden, Colorado.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from February to September.
Figs. 256, 260, 261, 265. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 256. Brachinus consanguineus Chaudoir, Rio Papagayo,
Guerrero, Mexico. 260. Brachinus azureipennis Chaudoir, 20 miles north of El Mogote, Guerrero, Mexico. 261. Bra-
chinus imporcitis new species, Globe, Arizona. 265. Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, 25.0 miles southwest of Abilene,
Texas. Figs. 257-259, 262-264, 266-271. Male genitalia. 257. Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, 25.0 miles southwest of
Abilene, Texas, ventral aspect. 258. Lateral aspect of same. 259. Dorsal aspect of same. 262. Brachinus imporcitis
new species, Globe, Arizona, ventral aspect. 263. Lateral aspect of same. 264. Dorsal aspect of same. 266. Brachinus
consanguineus Chaudoir, Rio Mayo, Sonora, Mexico, ventral aspect. 267. Lateral aspect of same. 268. Dorsal aspect
of same. 269. Brachinus azureipennis Chaudoir, 2.0 miles north of El Mogote, Guerrero, Mexico, ventral aspect.
270. Lateral aspect of same. 271. Dorsal aspect of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
113
Figs. 272-275. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 272. Brachinus consanguineus Chaudoir, 41.4 miles
north of Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico. 273. Brachinus azureipennis Chaudoir, 2.0 miles north of El Mogote, Guerrero,
Mexico. 274. Brachinus imporcitis new species, Pinal Creek, Arizona. 275. Brachinus phaeocerus Chaudoir, 25.0 miles
south of Abilene, Texas. Figs. 276-279. Geographical distribution maps. 276. Brachinus azureipennis Chaudoir.
277. Brachinus consanguineus Chaudoir. 278. Brachinus imporcitis new species. 279. Brachinus phaeocerus Chau-
doir. Accompanying scale line equals 1.0 mm.
114
Erwin
Teneral adults were collected in May in Texas and in June in Oklahoma. Overwintering
probably takes place as an adult.
Distribution. — (Fig. 279). The range of this species extends from Nebraska south to
Chihuahua, Mexico. The distribution seems to be continuous to eastern Kansas, but a great
discontinuity lies between Kansas and G. E. Ball’s New York record. Ball recorded the
capture of these specimens in his collecting notes, so there is no doubt that he took them
alive near Ithaca, New York. To the west, these beetles extend to the east flank of the Chiri-
cahua Mountains and the White Mountains of Arizona. They also range down the Gila River
system into Arizona where they apparently hybridize with B. imporcitis new species. I have
seen 213 specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
CHIHUAHUA: (San Rafael) AMNH.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Cave Creek Canyon, Portal) TCBa. COLORADO: Boulder County (Bear Creek canyon)
CArm, (Coal Creek, Marshall Lake Area) CArm, (Coal Creek, Plainview) CArm, (Coal Creek, east of Superior) CArm,
(Four Mile Creek) CArm, (Left Hand Creek, Lyons) CArm, (Red Gulch, Lyons) CArm, (Rocky Flats Reservoir) CArm,
(South Saint Vrain, east of Lyons) CArm; El Paso County (near Colorado Springs) UASM; Jefferson County (2.0 miles
north of Golden) DHKa, TLEr; Weld County (Greeley) USNM. KANSAS: Douglas County (Lawrence) MCZ; Riley
County (Manhattan) KSU. NEBRASKA: Banner County (Glen Rock Canyon) UNLN. NEW MEXICO: Catron County
(Cooney Canyon, 10.0 miles east of Alma) UASM, (San Francisco Creek, 26.1 miles north of Glenwood) UASM; Grant
County (18.0 miles north of Mimbres) TLEr, (Silver City) MCZ; Taos County (Rio Grande River, near Velarde) UASM.
NEW YORK: Tompkins County (Ithaca) UASM. OKLAHOMA: Alfalfa County (No locality given) OSUS, Comanche
County (Wichita National Forest) CAS; Jackson County (No locality given) CAS. TEXAS: Blanco County (Round Moun-
tain) OUCO, (2.0 miles south of Round Mountain) UASM; Brewster County (Alpine) CAS, (Big Bend National Park)
UASM; Culberson County (2.5 miles east of Nickel Creek Station) CNHM; Eastland County (No locality given) UMSP;
Hemphill County (Canadian) USNM; Kerr County (10.0 miles north of Kerrville) UMSP; Taylor County (25.0 miles
southwest of Abilene) CNHM; Travis County (Austin) WSUP.
Brachinus imporcitis new species
(Figs. 32, 261, 262, 263, 264, 274, 278)
Type locality. - Pinal Creek, Globe, Gila County, Arizona.
Type specimens. - The holotype male and allotype female are in CUNY. Both were collect-
ed at the type locality by A. and H. Dietrich on May 8, 1953 at an elevation of 5,500
feet. Fifteen paratypes collected at various localities on various dates are in AMNH, CAS,
MCZ, TLEr, and UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Small-sized beetles, 7.0 to 8.9 mm.
Color. Apex of antennal articles 3 and 4, metepisterna, and abdominal sterna and terga
infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Outer antennal articles usually dark. Dorsal surface and
epipleura of elytra bright blue, with black sutural margins.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in phaeocerus.
Head. As in phaeocerus, except antennal scape widest about middle.
Prothorax. As in phaeocerus, except proepisterna glabrous. Pronotum (fig. 261).
Pterothorax. As in phaeocerus, except humeri narrow, sloped and wings reduced outside
stigma (fig. 32).
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 262, 263, 264). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrowed to apex, slightly curved
dorsally. Ligule short, broad, rounded apically. Virga (figs. 262, 263). Female (fig. 274).
Stylus narrow, tapering to narrowly rounded apex.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum, and total
size, otherwise the characters are constant.
Bombardier Beetles
115
Flight. — These beetles have never been recorded in flight and it is doubtful that they can
fly.
Etymology. - Latin, Imporcitis, god of plowing; referring to the furrow-like costae of
the elytra.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from May to September, and
in January. Teneral adults have been collected in May at Bumble Bee, Arizona. Overwinter-
ing probably takes place as an adult.
Distribution. - (Fig. 278). The range of this species is confined to Arizona. In the San
Simon Valley these beetles occur along the Gila River system where they apparently hybrid-
ize with B. phaeocerus. I have seen 81 specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Chiricahua Mountains) UATA, USNM, (Chiricahua National Monument) CAS, (Southwest
Research Station, 5.0 miles west of Portal) AMNH; Gila County (Globe) KSU, UMAH, (Middle Pioneer Camp, Pinal Moun-
tains) UMNH, (Pinal Creek, Globe) CUNY, (base of Pinal Mountains) CAS, UATA, (Roosevelt Lake) UMAH; Greenlee
County (Clifton) CAS; Pima County (Tucson) AMNH; Yavapai County AMNH, (Bumble Bee) CAS, (Crown King) CAS,
(Monte Crypta Mine) CUNY, (Potter Creek, Prescott) CAS, (Prescott) CAS, MCZ, USNM; County unknown (Superstition
Mountains) UATA.
Brachinus azureipennis Chaudoir
(Figs. 260, 269, 270, 271, 273, 276)
Brachynus azureipennis Chaudoir, 1876: 75. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP,
labelled “Matamoros,” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” Type locality. — Matamoros, Puebla,
Mexico, as originally given by Chaudoir.
Diagnostic combination. — The black palpi, antennae, tibiae and tarsi, plus the metallic
blue luster of the venter will separate these beetles from all others of the genus in North and
Middle America.
Description. - Medium-sized beetles, 7.8 to 10.3 mm.
Color. Palpi, antennal articles 2-11, tibiae, tarsi, and elytra near suture, black. Metepister-
na, metasternum at sides, and abdominal sterna and terga black with metallic blue luster,
otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra bright blue with black sutural
margins.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in phaeocerus.
Head. As in phaeocerus, except ligula with only two or three setae apically.
Prothorax. As in phaeocerus , except proepipleura and proepisterna completely pubescent.
Pterothorax. As in phaeocerus.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 269, 270, 271). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrow and elongate. Ligule mod-
erately long, narrow, tapering to apex. Virga (figs. 269, 270). Female (fig. 273). Stylus
broad at base, narrowed to acute apex.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum, body size
and in the brightness of blue color of the elytra.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has been recorded by F. G. Werner in Jalisco, Mexico.
Etymology . — French, azur, blue; Latin, pennis, wing; referring to the bright blue color
of the elytra of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead collected these beetles in a wet pasture
beneath stones near El Mogote, Guerrero, Mexico. There was no water in the near vicinity.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in January and February,
July and August, and October, but no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. - (Fig. 276). The range of this species extends from southern Arizona south
116
Erwin
to Guerrero, Mexico. I have seen 107 specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
AGUASCALIENTES: (4.0 miles southwest of Aguascalientes) AMNH; (15.0 miles west of Pabellon) UMAH. CHIHUA-
HUA: (Madera) AMNH; (Primavera) AMNH; (Salaices) AMNH; (San Jose Babicora) AMNH. DISTRITO FEDERAL:
(Temascaltepec) CAS. DURANGO: (Durango) AMNH; (15.0 miles west of Durango) CNC; (6.0 miles northeast of El Salto)
AMNH; (Otinapa) AMNH. GUERRERO: (2.0 miles north of El Mogote) UASM. JALISCO: (Guadalajara) AMNH; (16.0
kilometers west of Jalostotitlan) MCZ. MEXICO: (4.3 miles north of Ixtapan de La Sal) UASM. MICHOACAN: (Tuxpan)
RCGr. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (Puente La Parada, 7.5 miles northwest of Mexquitic) UASM. ZACATECAS: (Presa Choquen)
JHen.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (San Pedro River, near Palominas) UASM, (South West Research Station, 5.0 miles west of
Portal) AMNH; Santa Cruz County (Canelo) UATA.
Brachinus consanguineus Chaudoir
(Figs. 256, 266, 267, 268, 272, 277)
Brachynus consanguineus Chaudoir, 1876: 76. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP,
labelled “Ex Museo Chaudoir” and standing first of two specimens in front of box label
“consanguineus Chaudoir, Mexique, Toluca Boucardi.” Type locality. — Toluca, Mexico,
as originally given by Chaudoir.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 10.2 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3-1 1, metepisterna, and abdominal sterna and terga infuscated,
otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra bright blue with black sutural
margins.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in phaeocerus, except punctures finer.
Head. As in phaeocerus, except frontal furrow more deeply impressed, antennal scape
widest apically, and ligula plurisetose.
Prothorax. As in phaeocerus, except sides widely reflexed, and proepipleura and proepis-
terna pubescent. Pronotum (fig. 256).
Pterothorax. As in phaeocerus.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 266, 267, 268). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft elongate, tubular. Ligule very
short, truncate. Virga (figs. 266, 267). Female (fig. 272). Stylus narrow, longer than in
phaeocerus, narrowed apically.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . - Latin, consanguineus, related by blood; probably referring to the similar-
ity of these beetles to other members of the genus.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in August and December, but
no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 277). The range of this species extends from Sonora to Guerrero
along the western side of Mexico. I have seen four specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
GUERRERO: (Rio Papagayo, 41.4 miles north of Acapulco) UASM. SINALOA: (28.0 miles east of Villa Union) CNC.
SONORA: (Rio Mayo, Caramechi) CAS.
The oaxacensis subgroup
This subgroup is characterized as follows: virga elongate and strongly sclerotized, lateral
pronotal setae lacking, and highly raised elytral costae. One species, B. oaxacensis new
species, is included.
Bombardier Beetles
117
Brachinus oaxacensis new species
(Figs. 280, 290, 291, 292, 297, 300)
Type locality. — Twenty-five miles south of Mitla, Oaxaca, Mexico.
Type specimens. — The holotype male is in ISUA. The allotype female is in UASM. The
male was collected at the type locality on January 4, 1956, by J. C. Schaffner. The female
was collected by G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead on March 3, 1966 along the Rio Atoyac,
near Juchatengo, Oaxaca. Three paratypes are in JHen, TLEr, and UCD.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 10.2 to 10.6 mm.
Color. Sides of abdominal sterna slightly infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal sur-
face and epipleura of elytra bright bluish-green.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum finely rugose and punctate,
punctures moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape cylindrical. Ligula with
sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per row. Men-
tum and submentum with accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 280) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
reflexed. Lateral setae absent. Proepipleura and proepisterna with numerous setae throughout
their length. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, broad, strongly costate. Humeral angle square. Depressions
with numerous setae, costae smooth. Depression 1 with erect depression setae twice as long
as elytral pubescence. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 290, 291, 292). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated from plane
of basal bend about 45°. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft broadly rounded. Ligule short,
broad, rounded apically. Virga (figs. 290, 291). Female (fig. 297). Stylus narrow, parallel-
sided, rounded apically.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology. - Oaxaca, the place where the types are from; Latin, ensis, place, locality
or county.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead collected one specimen of this species
from under a rock at the edge of the Rio Atoyac, Oaxaca, Mexico.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in March, May, and Decem-
ber, but no teneral adults have been seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 300). The range of this species extends from Sonora to Oaxaca. I
have seen five specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
GUERRERO: (Cacahuamilpa) JHen. OAXACA: (Rio Atoyac, near Juchatengo) UASM; (25.0 miles south of Mitla) ISUA.
SONORA: (10.0 miles southeast of Alamos) UCD.
The patruelis subgroup
The members of this subgroup are characterized by the short median lobe, with three
ligules, and their narrow sloped humeri. One species, B. patruelis LeConte, is included.
Brachinus patruelis LeConte
(Figs. 282, 284, 285, 286, 296, 301)
Brachinus patruelis LeConte, 1844: 50. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red type
label number 5842, further labelled with a pink disc and “B. conformis Dej. patruelis
LeC.” Type locality. — New York, as originally given by LeConte.
Figs. 280-283. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 280. Brachinus oaxacensis new species, Rio Atoyac, Oacaca, Mex-
ico. 281. Brachinus ovipennis LeConte, Charlotte, Vermont. 282. Brachinus patruelis LeConte, Towaco, New Jersey.
283. Brachinus conformis Dejean, Archbold Research Station, Florida. Figs. 284-295. Male genitalia. 284. Brachinus
patruelis LeConte, Fall River, Massachusetts, ventral aspect. 285. Lateral aspect of same. 286. Dorsal aspect of same.
287. Brachinus conformis Dejean, Archbold Research Station, Florida, ventral aspect. 288. Lateral aspect of same.
289. Dorsal aspect of same. 290. Brachinus oaxacensis new species, Cacahuamilpa, Guerrero, Mexico, ventral aspect.
291. Lateral aspect of same. 292. Dorsal aspect of same. 293. Brachinus ovipennis LeConte, Prince Edward County,
Ontario, Canada, ventral aspect. 294. Lateral aspect of same. 295. Dorsal aspect of same. Accompanying scale lines
equal 1 .0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
119
Diagnostic combination. - The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 5.7 to 8.3 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, mesepisterna, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, and
abdominal sterna and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura
of elytra blue.
Micro sculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose, sparsely punctate. Surface of pronotum sparsely
punctate, punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae. Mentum and sub-
mentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 282) convex, slightly flattened along center line, sides moder-
ately reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous. Proepisterna with a few setae both anteriorly and
posteriorly, glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra short, weakly costate. Humeral angle narrow, sloped. Costae and
depressions pubescent. Metasternum short, its length less than diameter of middle coxa.
Wings reduced outside stigma, as in figure 32.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 284, 285, 286). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Median lobe very short and robust. Apex of
shaft broadly rounded. Ligule short, broad, with two lateral accessory ligules. Virga (figs.
284, 285). Female (fig. 296). Stylus short, narrow, narrowly rounded apically.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum, body size,
and in the prominence of the humeri.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded, and it is probable that they
cannot fly.
Etymology . — Latin, patruelis, cousin, kin; referring probably to the similar habitus of
these beetles to other Brachinus species.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from April to September.
Teneral adults were collected in May in Massachusetts.
Distribution. — (Fig. 301). The range of this species extends from Massachusetts south to
New Jersey. Western populations are in Michigan and Illinois. I have seen 61 specimens
from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
CONNECTICUT: New London County (Old Lyme) CAS. ILLINOIS: (No locality given) ISNH. MASSACHUSETTS:
Bristol County (Fall River) CAS; Middlesex County (Framingham) CAS, UNLN, (Newton) MCZ; Norfolk County (Brook-
line) MCZ; Plymouth County (Marion) MCZ; Suffolk County (Boston) CAS, (Dorchester) MCZ, UMAH; County unknown
(Blue Hills) ISUA, USNM, (Forest Hills) USNM, (Freetown) CAS. MICHIGAN: Wayne County (Detroit) CAS. NEW JER-
SEY: Bergen County (Fort Lee) CAS; Burlington County (Atrion) CAS; Morris County (Towaco) USNM; Warren County
(Great Piece Meadows) AMNH. NEW YORK: New York County (Staten Island) CAS, (Yonkers) CNHM; Suffolk County
(Southold) CUNY ; County unknown (Newtown, Long Island) CAS.
The conformis subgroup
This subgroup is characterized as follows: median lobe small, narrow, and chisel-shaped,
and stylus of female ovipositor elongate and narrow. One species, B. conformis Dejean, is
included.
Brachinus conformis Dejean (Figs. 283, 287, 288, 289, 298, 302)
Brachinus conformis Dejean, 1831: 427. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, lab-
elled “conformis m. in Amer. bor.” on green paper, “LeConte” and “Ex Museo Chau-
doir” on white paper. Type locality. — North America, as originally given by Dejean, but
herewith restricted to Florida.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 5.0 to 8.0 mm.
Color. Terminal palpal articles, antennal articles 2, 3, and 4, metepisterna, and abdominal
120
Erwin
296
297
298 299
H
Figs. 296-299. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 296. Brachinus patruelis LeConte, Fall River, Massa-
chusetts. 297. Brachinus oaxacensis new species, Rio Atoyac, Guerrero, Mexico. 298. Brachinus conformis Dejean,
Archbold Research Station, Florida. 299. Brachinus ovipennis LeConte, Ithaca, New York. Figs. 300-303. Geograph-
ical distribution maps. 300. Brachinus oaxacensis new species. 301. Brachinus patruelis LeConte. 302. Brachinus con-
formis Dejean. 303. Brachinus ovipennis LeConte. Accompanying scale line equals 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
121
sterna and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra
blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum punctate and microrugose,
punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows shallowly impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per
row. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 283) convex, slightly flattened along center line, sides barely
reflexed. Proepipleura and proepisterna pubescent both anteriorly and posteriorly, glabrous
medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, moderately costate. Humeral angle square. Costae
smooth, glabrous on disc, depressions between costae pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 287, 288, 289). Median lobe with plane of shaft barely rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Shaft straight, narrow, flattened, apex narrowly
rounded. Ligule short, narrowed apically, rounded at apex. Virga (figs. 287, 288). Female
(fig. 298). Stylus elongate, narrow, rounded apically.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected at lights repeatedly in Florida.
Etymology . - Latin, conformis, similar; referring to the similarity between these beetles
and those of other species in the genus.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in May, June, and November,
and no teneral adults have been seen.
Distribution. - (Fig. 302). The range of this species extends from middle Florida to
northern Florida. I have seen 34 specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
FLORIDA: Alachua County (Gainesville) USNM; Duval County (Jacksonville) OUCO; Highlands County (Aichbold
Biology Station) PSUU, (Highlands Hammock State Park) TLEr; Osceola County (Kissimmee) USNM; Pinellas County
(Dunedin) PUM; Putnam County (Welaka) CUNY.
The ovipennis subgroup
This subgroup is characterized by compressed and collapsed median lobe, the orientation
of the virga in the median lobe, and the ovate elytra. One species, B. ovipennis LeConte, is
included.
Brachinus ovipennis LeConte
(Figs. 281, 293, 294, 295, 299, 303)
Brachinus ovipennis LeConte, 1862: 525. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type
label number 31,774, further labelled with a pink, disc, “89” and “B. cephalotes LeC,
perplexus Dej, cephalotes LeC, ovipennis LeC.” Type locality. - Middle states, as indi-
cated by LeConte’s pink disc, but herewith restricted to Vermont.
Brachinus cephalotes LeConte, 1862: 525. Lapsus calami.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.4 to 10.7 mm.
Color. Metepisterna and sides of abdomen infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal sur-
face and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum rugose and punctate, punctures
barely impressed.
122
Erwin
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal articles robust, widest about
middle. Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three
setae per row. Mentum with one to four accessory setae at middle. Submentum with acces-
sory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 281) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
reflexed. Proepipleura and proepisterna pubescent both anteriorly and posteriorly, glabrous
medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate, punctures in some specimens fused
to form weak strigae.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, weakly costate. Humeral angle sloped. Costae and
depressions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 293, 294, 295). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrowly rounded. Dorsal surface of
median lobe .usually collapsed, ligule ill-defined. Virga (figs. 293, 294), oriented sideways in
median lobe. Female (fig. 299). Stylus short, narrow, narrowly rounded at apex.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in body size, shape of the pronotum,
shape of antennal scape, and amount of area infuscated on venter.
Flight. - The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Latin, ovum, egg; pennis, wing; referring to the ovoid-shaped elytra of
these beetles.
Collecting notes. — R. T. Bell collected these beetles at the edge of ponds in Vermont,
and V. M. Kirk collected them in pitfall traps in cornfields in South Dakota.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from March to October. Ten-
eral adults were collected in April in New York, and in September in Indiana, Kansas, and
New York. Overwintering probably takes place as an adult.
Distribution. — (Fig. 303). The range of this species extends from New England and
Quebec, west to Kansas and South Dakota, south to Texas. I have seen 528 specimens
from the following localities:
CANADA
ONTARIO: (Belleville) CNC; (Brimley) ZMLS; (Cedaivale) CAS; (De Cew Falls) CNC; (Erindale) CAS; (Forest Hill
Village) CAS; (Point Pelee) ZMLS; (Prince Edward County) CAS, CUNY, MCZ; (Sarnia) UMAH; (Toronto) CAS, CNC,
MCZ, ZMLS.
UNITED STATES
CONNECTICUT: Litchfield County (Cornwall) CAS; New Haven County (New Haven) CAS. ILLINOIS: Alexander Coun-
ty (Cairo) ISNH; Cook County (Chicago) CAS, (Evanston) UMAH, (Glencoe) UMAH, (La Grange) CAS, (Riverside)
UMAH, (Schiller Park) CNHM; Lake County (Lake Zurich) RTBe, (Waukegan) USNM; Madison County (Mitchell) USNM;
Mason County (Havana) ISNH; Rock Island County (Rock Island) UMAH. INDIANA: Knox County (No locality given)
PUM; Posey County (Hovey) CEWh, PUM, (Mount Vernon) CEWh. IOWA: Dickenson County (Lake Okoboji) USNM;
Johnson County (Iowa City) USNM. KANSAS: Douglas County (Lawrence) PUM, UMAH; Geary County (No locality
given) KSU; Hamilton County (No locality given) CAS; McPherson County (McPherson) CMPP; Sedgwick County USNM,
(Wichita) CAS; Seward County (No locality given) KSU. MASSACHUSETTS: Hampden County (Chicopee) MCZ, USNM.
MICHIGAN: Huron County (Charity Island) UMAH; Kent County (Grand Rapids) UNLN; Macomb County (Mount
Clemens) CNHM; Saint Clair County (Port Huron) USNM; Washtenaw County USNM, (Ann Arbor) JSch, UMAH, (Salem)
UMAH; Wayne County (Detroit) USNM; County unknown (Pentwater) CNHM. MINNESOTA: Goodhue County (Lake
Pepin, east of Frontenac) UMSP, Houston County (No locality given) UMSP; County unknown (Cook Creek) UMSP.
MISSOURI: Saint Louis County (Webster Groves) USNM. NEBRASKA: Douglas County (Omaha) UNLN; Lancaster
County (Lincoln) UNLN; Otoe County (Nebraska City) UNLN. NEW YORK: Cayuga County (Montezuma marsh) UASM;
Chautauqua County (Dunkirk) CAS; Columbia County (Copake Falls) CNHM; Dutchess County (Red Hook) UMSP;
Erie County (Buffalo) ANSP, CAS, CMPP, ISNH, USNM, (Hamburg) CAS; Genesee County (East Bethany) FDAG; Monroe
County (Honeoye Falls) CUNY, (Rochester) LACM, MCZ; New York County (Bronx Park) CAS, (Staten Island) MCZ;
Niagara County (Olcott) CUNY; Ontario County (Canandaigua) MCZ; Oswego County (Minetto, Oswego) CUNY; Tomp-
kins County (Groton) UCD, (Ithaca) CAS, CUNY, GRNo, ISNH, KSU, MCZ, OUCO, PSUU, UASM, UCR, UNLN, (Six
Mile Creek, Ithaca) TLEr; Schuyler County (Watkins Glen) VMKi; Wyoming County (Gainesville) CUNY; County unknown
(Atwaters) USNM, (Danby) UNLN. OHIO: Ashtabula County (Conneaut) PUM, (Rock Creek) PUM, (Saybrook) PUM;
Cuyahoga County (Berea) USNM; Hamilton County (Cincinnati) UMAH; Lake County (Perry) PUM; Lucas County (No
locality given) PUM; Ottawa County (Gypsum) OUCO; Sandusky County (Winous Point) SJSC. OKLAHOMA: Cleveland
County (No locality given) UONO; Comanche County (Wichita National Forest) CAS. PENNSYLVANIA: Allegheny
County (Pittsburgh) CMPP; Crawford County (Conneaut Lake) CMPP; Erie County (Fort Erie) CAS; Tioga County (Rut-
Bombardier Beetles
123
land) ANSP. RHODE ISLAND: Washington County (Watch Hill) USNM. SOUTH DAKOTA: Bennett County (Martin)
VMKi; Brookings County (Brookings) SDSU, VMKi, (Volga) VMKi, (White) VMKi; Butte County (Belle Fourche) VMKi;
Harding County (Buffalo) VMKi; Hutchinson County (Menno) VMKi; Jones County (Murdo) SDSU; Lawrence County
(Spearfish) VMKi; Meade County (Bear Butte) VMKi. TEXAS: Dallas County (Dallas) MCZ. VERMONT: Addison County
(Ferrisburg) UMAH; Chittenden County (Burlington) UATA, (Home Creek Delta, Charlotte) RTBe, (Shelburne) CAS,
(Shelburne Pond, Shelburne) RTBe; Franklin County (La Moille River, East Georgia) RTBe; Grand Isle County (Alburg)
ISNH. WISCONSIN: Dane County (Madison) UWMW; Green County (Brodhead) UMAH; Milwaukee County (No locality
given) UWMW.
The tenuicollis subgroup
This subgroup is characterized as follows: median lobe elongate and narrow, elytra large,
square, and strongly costate, and mesepisterna infuscated. One species, B. tenuicollis Le-
Conte, is included.
Brachinus tenuicollis LeConte
(Figs. 307, 312, 313, 314, 324, 329)
Brachinus tenuicollis LeConte, 1844: 49. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red type
label number 5849, further labelled with a pink disc and “v. librator Dej., similis LeC.,
79 = tenuicollis - cat., similis.” Type locality. — New York, as originally given by LeConte.
Brachinus ballistarius LeConte, 1848: 199. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type
label number 5846, further labelled with a pink disc. Type locality. — New York, as
originally given by LeConte. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus similis LeConte, 1848: 199. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red type
label number 5849, further labelled as above. Type locality. — New York, as originally
given by LeConte. NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. - The large size, strongly costate elytra, and infuscated mese-
pisterna separate these beetles from all others in North America.
Description. — Large-sized beetles, 11.9 to 14.5 mm.
Color. Mesepisterna, mesepimera, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, and abdominal
sterna and terga infuscated to black. Antennal articles 3 and 4 infuscated at apex in some
specimens, otherwise beetles ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and disc of pronotum rugose and punctate, punctures
barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape cylindrical, or almost so.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per
row. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 307) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
reflexed. Proepipleura and proepistema with or without setae. Anterior tibia with anterior
surface punctate.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, broad, strongly costate. Humeral angle square. Depressions
pubescent, costae at least on disc glabrous, smooth. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 312, 313, 314). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrow, almost acute. Ligule
short, narrow, truncate. Virga (figs. 312, 313). Female (fig. 324). Stylus broad, rounded
apically.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum and in body
size. The proepipleura and proepistema are glabrous or setose, the setae either spread uni-
formly over the surface, or restricted anteriorly and posteriorly.
Flight. — These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights throughout the range of
the species.
124
318 319 320 321 322 323
Figs. 304-307, 311. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 304. Brachinus cyanipennis Say, Milton, Vermont. 305. Bra-
chirtus galactoderus new species, Rio Papagayo, Guerrero, Mexico. 306. Brachinus gebhardis Erwin, Horse Creek,
California. 307. Brachinus tenuicollis LeConte, Olcott, New York. 311. Brachinus medius Harris, Ritzville, Washing-
ton. Figs. 308-310, 312-323. Male genitalia. 308. Brachinus cyanipennis Say, Milton, Vermont, ventral aspect. 309 &
310. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 312. Brachinus tenuicollis LeConte, Olcott, New York, ventral aspect. 313 &
314. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 315. Brachinus medius Harris, Atbara, British Columbia, Canada, ventral
aspect. 316 & 317. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 318. Brachinus galactoderus new species, 12.0 miles south of
Gusave, Sinaloa, Mexico, ventral aspect. 319 & 320. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 321. Brachinus gebhardis
Erwin, Gilroy Hot Springs, California, ventral aspect. 322 & 323. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. Accompanying
scale lines equal 1 .0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
125
Etymology . — Latin, tenuis, thin; collis, neck; referring to the narrow pronotum of
these beetles.
Life history. - C. H. Lindroth informs me that H. G. James (Belleville, Ontario) reared
at least two specimens of this species from pupal cells of Hydrophilus obtusus Say (Chatter-
ton, Ontario, 2. VIII. 56). These beetles have been collected from March to September. It is
probable that adults overwinter much the same as in B. pallidus.
Distribution. — (Fig. 329). The range of this species extends from Colorado and western
Texas to the east coast from Massachusetts to Maryland and in Florida. The California re-
cord is doubtful. I have seen 649 specimens from the following localities:
CANADA
ONTARIO: (Belleville) RTBe; (Chatterton) ZMLS; (De Cew Falls) CNC; (Point Pelee) ROM; (Prince Edward County)
CUNY, UATA, UCD; (Toronto) RTBe; (Trenton) CAS, CNC. QUEBEC: (Hull) USNM; (Montreal) CAS; (Outrem’t)
CAS; (Rigaud) CAS; (Saint Eustache) CAS; (Saint Rose) CAS.
UNITED STATES
ARKANSAS: Benton County (Rogers) KSU; Conway County (No locality given) UAFA; Hempstead County (Hope)
MCZ; Lawrence County (Imboden) MCZ; Mississippi County (Osceola) JSch, UMAH; Washington County (No locality
given) UAFA. CALIFORNIA: (No locality given) UMSP. COLORADO: Boulder County (Reservoir, Four Mile Mesa)
CArm. CONNECTICUT: Hartford County (Windsor) MCZ; New London County (Old Lyme) CAS. FLORIDA: Columbia
County (O’Leno State Park) CUNY; Seminole County (Sanford) PUM. ILLINOIS: Cook County (Chicago) UMAH,
WSUP, (Elk Grove) CMPP, (La Grange) CAS, JSch, MCZ, UMAH, USNM, ZMLS, (Palos Park) RCGr, (Riverside) ANSP;
Gallatin County (Shawneetown) ISNH; Lake County (Fort Sheridan) UMAH; La Salle County (No locality given) RTBe;
Rock Island County (Moline) UMSP; Union County (Alto Pass) CNHM; Counties unknown (Falling Spring) UMAH, (Foun-
tain Bluff) ISNH. INDIANA: Knox County (No locality given) PUM; Marion County (No locality given) PUM; Porter
County (Dunes Beach) CEWh; Posey County (Hovey Lake) CEWh, PUM; Tippecanoe County (Lafayette) PUM; Vigo
County (No locality given) PUM. IOWA: Buchanan County (Independence) MCZ; Johnson County (Iowa City) USNM.
KANSAS: Ellis County (No locality given) KSU; Douglas County (No locality given) CAS; Riley County (No locality
given) KSU; Shawnee County (Topeka) CMPP; County unknown (Williston) MCZ. KENTUCKY: Edmonson County
(Mammoth Cave Nat Pk) TCBa. LOUISIANA: Calcasieu Parish (Sam Houston State Park) CUNY; East Baton Rouge Parish
(Baton Rouge) LSUB. MARYLAND: Charles County (No locality given) MCZ. MASSACHUSETTS: Middlesex County
(Billerica) MCZ; (Boston) CAS, (Concord) MCZ, (Sudbury ) MCZ, (Tyngsboro) CAS, (Waltham) MCZ, (Wayland) MCZ;
Norfolk County (Dover) MCZ, (Newton) MCZ; Suffolk County (West Roxbury) MCZ; County unknown (Forest Hills)
USNM. MICHIGAN: Allegan County (Allegan) CAS; Clinton County UMAH (Bath) JSch; Eaton County (Grand Ledge)
USNM; Genesee County (Flint) RCGr; Gratiot County (No locality given) JSch, UMAH; Huron County (Charity Island)
UMAH; Ingham County (Haslett) OSUS; Iosco County (No locality given) UMAH; Kent County (Grand Rapids) CNHM,
OSUS; Lapeer County (Sawdel Lake) RCGr, UMAH; Livingston County (E. S. George Reserve) OSUS, UMAH; Macomb
County (Mount Clemens) CNHM; Midland County (No locality given) JSch; Oakland County (No locality given) OSUS,
UMAH; Saginaw County (No locality given) UMAH; Van Buren County (Paw Paw Lake) UMAH; Washtenaw County
OSUS, (Ann Arbor) UMAH, (Whitmore Lake) CCha, JSch; Wayne County (Rockwood) UMAH; Wayne County (Detroit)
MCZ, UMAH, USNM, (Eight Mile Road) UMAH; Counties unknown (Aurelius) OSUS, (Dun Scotus) PSUU. MINNESOTA:
Dakota County (No locality given) UMSP; Hennepin County (No locality given) UMSP; Houston County (3.0 miles north
of Hokah) UMSP; LeSeuer County (Lake Madison) UMSP; Nicollet County (Saint Peter) UMSP; Pine County (mouth of
Snake River) UMSP, (4.0 miles east of Pine City) USNM; Ramsey County (Saint Paul) ISNH; Washington County (Saint
Croix River) UMSP; Watonwan County (No locality given) UMSP. MISSISSIPPI: George County (Lucedale) CUNY. MIS-
SOURI: Carter County (Van Buren) UMAH; Vernon County (Nevada Area) TLEr. NEBRASKA: Lancaster County
(Lincoln) UNLN; Nemaha County (Peru) UNLN. NEW JERSEY: Essex County (Cedar Grove) USNM; Morris County
(Boonton) USNM, (Lincoln Park) CAS, CNHM, (Towaco) USNM. NEW MEXICO: San Miguel County (Las Vegas) CMPP.
NEW YORK: Cayuga County (Montezuma Marsh) UASM; Erie County (Buffalo) ISNH, MCZ; Genesee County (Batavia)
CUNY; Monroe County (Rochester) LACM, MCZ; New York County (Cypress Hills) AMNH; Niagara County (Olcott)
CUNY; Ontario County (Canandaigua) MCZ; Oswego County (Oswego) ANSP, CUNY; Saint Lawrence County (Rossie)
JSch; Tompkins County (Ithaca) CAS, CUNY, MCZ; County unknown (Meadowdale) CUNY. OHIO: Ashtabula County
(Rock Creek) PUM. OKLAHOMA: (No locality given) CCha. TENNESSEE: Lake County (Gray’s Landing) RTBe. TEXAS:
Brazos County (College Station) TAMU; Brewster County (Alpine) MCZ; Dallas County (Dallas) MCZ; Hudspeth County
(9.0 miles southwest of Del City) AMNH; San Patricio County (Welder Wildlife Refuge, near Sin ton) CNC; Victoria County
(Victoria) USNM; County unknown (Fuller) USNM. VERMONT: Chittenden County (Burlington) RTBe, (Shelburne
Pond, Shelburne) RTBe. WISCONSIN: Calumet County (No locality given) PUM; Crawford County (Wauzeka) UWMW;
Dane County (No locality given) UWMW; Wood County (Griffith Street Nursery) UWMW, (Port Edwards) UWMW.
The cyanipennis subgroup
This subgroup is characterized by: median lobe with broad ligule, pronotum strongly
cordate, and erect depression setae two to three times as long as the elytral pubescence. One
species, B. cyanipennis Say, is included.
126
Erwin
v328
Figs. 324-328. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 324. Brachinus tenuicollis LeConte, La Grange, Illin-
ois. 325. Brachinus galactoderus new species, Lake Tehuantepec, Oaxaca, Mexico. 326. Brachinus cyanipennis Say,
East Georgia, Vermont. 327. Brachinus gebhardis Erwin, Uvas Creek, California. 328. Brachinus medius Harris,
McLeans Bogs, New York. Figs. 329-333. Geographical distribution maps. 329. Brachinus tenuicollis LeConte. 330.
Brachinus cyanipennis Say. 331. Brachinus medius Harris. 332. Brachinus gebhardis Erwin. 333. Brachinus galacto-
derus new species. Accompanying scale line equals 1 .0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
127
Brachinus cyanipennis Say (Figs. 304, 308, 309, 310, 326, 330)
Brachinus cyanipennis Say, 1823: 143. Neotype designated by me, a male, in MCZ. The spe-
cimen was selected from University of Iowa material, and sent to Lindroth. He subse-
quently deposited all Say’s neotypes in MCZ. Type locality. — Ames, Iowa. This locality
is the nearest to Say’s original area from which we had specimens. The original area was
“fissures of the rocks . . . near Engineer Cantonment” near Council Bluffs, Iowa.
Brachinus cephalotes Dejean, 1825: 317. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“cephalotes mihi in Amer. Bor.” “Latreille” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir” and standing first,
in first of two rows below box label “cyanipennis Say.” Type locality. — “Amerique sep-
tentrionale” as originally given by Dejean. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus cordicollis LeConte, 1862: 525. Lapsus calami.
Brachinus rejectus LeConte, 1862: 525. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red type
number 5843, further labelled with a pink disc and “B. cordicollis LeC. cyanipennis Say,
cordicollis LeC., rejectus LeC.” Type locality. — Kansas, as originally given by LeConte.
NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. - The erect depression setae of the elytra standing 2 to 3 times
higher than the ely tral pubescence separate these beetles from all others in the United States.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 8.0 to 12.0 mm.
Color. Metepisterna usually infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epi-
pleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum rugose and punctate, punc-
tures moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widened apically.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per
row. Mentum of some specimens with one or two small setae at center, submentum without
accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 304) convex, strongly cordiform, sides moderately reflexed.
Proepipleura and proepisterna with a few scattered setae both anteriorly and posteriorly,
glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra moderately long, narrow, moderately costate. Humeral angle square.
Costae smooth on disc, otherwise pubescent, depressions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 308, 309, 310). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft blunt. Ligule short, widened api-
cally, truncate. Virga (figs. 308, 309). Female (fig. 326). Stylus long, narrow, almost acute
apically.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the following characteristics: the center
of the mentum bears or lacks a few accessory setae; the antennal articles 3 and 4, metepis-
terna, and sides of the abdomen are or are not infuscated; the apex of the shaft is or is not
notched; and the virga is narrowly or broadly rounded apically.
Flight. — These beetles have been recorded at lights in South Dakota.
Etymology . — Greek, kyanos, blue; Latin, pennis, wing; referring to the blue elytra of
these beetles.
Collecting notes. — C. Chantal collected these beetles on river terraces above the Becan-
cour River in Quebec. The beetles were beneath stones on sandy clay.
Life history. - Members of this species have been collected from March to October. Ten-
eral adults were collected in May in Kansas. Overwintering probably takes place as an adult.
Distribution. - (Fig. 330). The range of this species extends from New Brunswick through
New England, west to New Mexico, and south to Texas and Alabama. I have seen 2,095
specimens from the following localities:
128
Erwin
CANADA
MANITOBA: (Lake Jessica, northeast of Winnipeg) UASM. NEW BRUNSWICK: (Saint John) USNM. ONTARIO: (Belle-
ville) ZMLS; (Go Home Bay) CNC; (Kenora) ZMLS; (2.0 miles north of Little Current) UASM; (Marmora) CNC; (Oliphant,
Bruce Peninsula Lake Huron) ZMLS; (Otter Lake, 9.0 miles south of Smith Falls) CCh; (Presque Isle) UASM; (Sever)
CMPP; (Toronto) CAS, RTBe; (Walsingham, southwest of Simcoe) ZMLS. QUEBEC: (Becancour) CCh, OSUC; (Como)
CNC, CUNY, MCZ; (Montreal) MCZ; (Outrem’t) CAS; (Rigaud) CAS, CCh; (Saint Ours) CCh; (Terreb’ne) CAS.
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Baldwin County (No locality given) UASM; Mobile County (Calvert) ANSP, UASM, (Mobile) CAS. ARKAN-
SAS: Pulaski County (Little Rock) AMNH. CONNECTICUT: Fairfield County (Canbury) AMNH; Hartford County (Bur-
lington) ISUA; Litchfield County AMNH, (Cornwall) CAS, CUNY; New Haven County (Hamden) CAS, (New Haven)
CAS, (South Meriden) CAS, MCZ; Tolland County (Union) ISUA; County unknown (Yoshen) AMNH. DISTRICT OF
COLUMBIA: (Black Pond) USNM, (Rock Creek, Washington) USNM. ILLINOIS: Champaign County (Urbana) UMPP;
Hancock County (Hamilton) ISUA; Knox County (Galesburg) MCZ; La Salle County (No locality given) RTBe; McHenry
County (McHenry) WSUP; Vermilion County (Camp Robert Drake, Fairmount) RTBe. INDIANA: Fulton County (No
locality given) PUM; Kosciusko County (Winona Lake) UMAH; Knox County (No locality given) PUM; Lake County
(Miller) UMAH; Montgomery County (Shades) PUM, RTBe. IOWA: Boone County (Ledges State Park) ISUA; Clayton
County (Guttenberg) ISUA, USNM; Dickinson County (Spirit Lake) USNM, UWMW; Johnson County (Iowa City) MCZ,
USNM; Lee County (Fort Madison) ANSP, CMPP, MCZ, ZMLS; Palo Alto County (Ruthven) ISUA; Story County (Ames)
ISUA; County unknown (Herrold) CAS. KANSAS: Douglas County (Lawrence) ANSP, CMPP, UWMW, (Lone Star) CNC;
Reno County (Medora) MCZ; Riley County (Marlatt) KSU. KENTUCKY: Fayette County (Lexington) TCBa; Rowan
County (Morehead) CNC. MAINE: Cumberland County (Sebago Lake, South Casco) AMNH; Oxford County (Norway)
MCZ, (Paris) CUNY; Penobscot County (Orono) UATA, UMSP. MARYLAND: Baltimore County (Baltimore) CAS,
MSUM; Montgomery County (No locality given) USNM; County unknown (Plummers Islands) USNM. MASSACHUSETTS:
Barnstable County (Barnstable) MCZ, (Hyannis) ISUA, (Woods Hole) WSUP; Bristol County (Attleboro) ZMLS, (Fall
River) CAS, (Swansea) MCZ; Franklin County (Northfield) MCZ; Hampden County (Chicopee) MCZ; Hampshire County
(Amherst) CEWh, MCZ, (Mount Tom) CMPP, USNM; Middlesex County (Arlington) CAS, UASM, (Billerica) CAS, UASM,
ZMLS, (Concord) MCZ, UASM, ZMLS, (Lincoln) MCZ, (Pepperill) UATA, (Sherbom) MCZ, (Sudbury) MCZ, (Tyngsboro)
MCZ, (Wayland) MCZ, (Waltham) MCZ, (Woburn) MCZ; Nantucket County (Nantucket) ISNH, MCZ; Norfolk County
(Brookline) MCZ, (Dedham) MCZ, (Dorchester) MCZ, (Dover) MCZ, (Sharon) CUNY, (Stoughton) USNM, (Wellesley)
MCZ, (Westwood) MCZ; Worcester County (Ashbumham) CEWh; County unknown (Mount Toby) MCZ. MICHIGAN:
Allegan County (Allegan) CAS; Charlevoix County (Beaver Island) UMAH; Eaton County (Grand Ledge) USNM; Grand
Traverse County (Marion Island) UMAH; Huron County (SandjPoint) UMAH; Kalamazoo County OUCO, (Gull Lake
Biology Station) JSch; Kent County (Grand Rapids) UNLN; Lake County (Loon Lake) UMAH; Oakland County (No
locality given) UMAH; Oceana County (Crystal Valley) CNHM; Otsego County (Lake Manuka) UMAH; Ottawa County
(No locality given) KSU, PUM; Washtenaw County (Ann Arbor) UMAH, (Whitmore Lake) JSch. MINNESOTA: Benton
County (No locality given) UMSP; Big Stone County (No locality given) UMSP; Clearwater County (Itasca State Park)
UMSP, (Itasca State Park, BohallLake) UMSP, (Itasca State Park, De Soto Lake) UMSP; Crow Wing County (Mille Lacs
Lake, near Garrison) UMSP; Dakota County (No locality given) UMSP; Douglas County (Alexandria) PSUU, UMSP; Hen-
nepin County (Minneapolis) UMSP; Houston County (Mississippi Bluff, 1-2.0 miles north of State Line) UMSP; Lac qui
Parle County (Madison) UMSP; Lake County (Basswood Lake) UMSP; Norman County (No locality given) UMSP; Otter
Tail County (Battle Lake) UMSP; Pine County (Saint Croix River, 10.0 miles east of Pine City) UMSP, (Snake River, 6.0
miles east of Pine City) UMSP; Ramsey County UMSP, (Saint Paul) ISNH, WSUP; Traverse County (No locality given)
UMSP; Washington County (Saint Croix River, 3.0 miles north of Stillwater) UMSP; County unknown (Cliff) UMSP. MIS-
SISSIPPI: George County (Lucedale) CUNY. MISSOURI: Jefferson County (Kimmswick) USNM; Saint Louis County (No
locality given) LACM. NEBRASKA: Dakota County (Hubbard) UNLN, (South Sioux City) UNLN; Lancaster County
(Lincoln) UNLN; Saunders County (Cedar Bluffs) UNLN. NEW HAMPSHIRE: Cheshire County (Swanzey Pond) MCZ;
County unknown (Three Mile Island) MCZ. NEW JERSEY: Bergen County (Bear Swamp, Ramsey) AMNH, (Emerson)
CAS, (Oakland) CAS; Cumberland County (Bridgeton) CAS; Essex County (Cedar Grove) USNM; Hunterdon County
(Hampton) AMNH; Morris County (Riverdale) MCZ; Passaic County (Great Notch) USNM; Somerset County (North
Branch) DRWh; Union County (Berkeley Heights) AMNH; Warren County (Phillipsburg) CAS; County unknown (Chelcea)
CMPP, (Split Rock Lake) CAS, USNM. NEW MEXICO: (No locality given) CMPP. NEW YORK: Clinton County (Platts-
burg) CAS; Columbia County (Hudson) CAS; Cortland County (McLean Bogs) CUNY; Dutchess County (Red Hook)
UMCP; Essex Cty (Fort Ticonderoga) PUM; New York Cty (Broad Channel) CAS, (Bronx Park) CAS, (Brooklyn) LACM,
USNM, (New York City) CAS, MCZ, (Rockaway Beach) MCZ, (Staten Island) CAS, USNM, (Yonkers) CAS, CHNM, MCZ;
Niagara County (Olcott) CUNY; Orange County (West Point) UMAH, USNM; Otsego County (Unadilla) MCZ; Putnam
County (2.0 miles northwest of Brewster) PUM; Queens County (Cunningham Park) CAS; Rockland County (Bear Moun-
tains) CNHM; Saint Lawrence County (Canton) OSUS; Suffolk County (Babylon) AMNH, (Montauk) CNHM, MCZ,
(Southold) CUNY, (Wildwood State Park) CUNY; Tompkins County (Ithaca) CAS, CUNY, UASM, UIMI, (McLean) UMSP,
(Tomkins Cove) AMNH, (Varna) UASM; Ulster County (Ashokan) AMNH, (Phoenicia) CAS; Washington County (Salem)
CAS; Westchester County (Bedford) CAS, (Peekskill) MCZ; Wyoming County (Silver Lake) CAS; Counties unknown (Cats-
kill Mountains) AMNH, (Hebron) AMNH, USNM, (Miller’s Port) CUNY. OHIO: Coshocton County (Mohican River) PUM.
OKLAHOMA: Cleveland County (No locality given) OUCO; Payne County (Stillwater) OSUS. PENNSYLVANIA: Alleg-
heny County (Pittsburgh) CAS; Bradford County (Susquehanna River, Wyalusing) CAS, UASM; Burks County (No locality
given) MCZ; Chester County (West Chester) UWMW; Cumberland County (New Cumberland) UASM, VMKi; Dauphin
County (Harrisburg) CUNY, VMKi; Franklin County (Chambersburg) USNM; Monroe County (No locality given) USNM;
Montgomery County (Areola) OUCO; Northampton County (Easton) CAS, UASM, (Delaware Water Gap) AMNH; Pike
County (Camp Colang) CNHM; Philadelphia County (Chestnut Hill) USNM; Venango County (French Lick Creek, south of
Venango) PUM; Counties unknown (Belfast) CAS, (Bethlehem) CNHM, (Edge Hill) USNM, (Lehigh Water Gap) USNM,
Bombardier Beetles
129
(North Cumberland) CAS. RHODE ISLAND: Kent County (Quonset Point) CAS; Newport County (Newport) CNHM;
Providence County (Providence) CMPP; County unknown (Moswansicut Lake) CMPP. SOUTH DAKOTA: Brookings
County (Brookings) CMPP, SDSU, (Volga) VMKi; Hyde County (Highmore) SDSU. TENNESSEE: Lake County (No local-
ity given) RTBe. TEXAS: Coryell County (No locality given) MCZ; Frio County (5.0 miles north of Dilley) UASM; Kerr
County (Kerrville) CNC; McLennan County (Waco) MCZ; Travis County (Austin) WSUP. VERMONT: Addison County
(Lewis Creek, North Ferrisburg) RTBe; Chittenden County (Burlington) RTBe, (Gilette Pond, Richmond) RTBe, (La
Moille River, Milton) RTBe, (Sandbar State Park) RTBe, (Shelburne) CAS; Franklin County (LaMoille River, East Georgia)
RTBe; Grand Isle County (Alburg) RTBe; Lamoille County (Ithiel Falls, Johnson) RTBe; Orange County (Wells River)
MCZ; Rutland County (West Haven, Lake Champlain) RTBe; Windham County (Brattleboro) USNM, (West River, Brook-
line) RTBe, (West River, Newfane) RTBe, (West River, Townshend) RTBe. VIRGINIA: Fairfax County (Great Falls)
ISUA, USNM; Loudoun County ANSP, (Harpers Ferry) USNM. WISCONSIN: Bayfield County (Lake Namekagon)
UWMW; Dane County (No locality given) UWMW; Dodge County (Beaver Dam) UMAH; Milwaukee County (No locality
given) CAS; Portage County (Stevens Point) UWMW; Sauk County (Praire du Sac) CNHM, (Victory) USNM.
The medius subgroup
This subgroup is characterized as follows: size small, venter infuscated, female stylus
small, arcuate, and median lobe small, generalized. One species,#, medius Harris, is included.
Brachinus medius Harris
(Figs. 31 1, 315, 316, 317, 328, 331)
Brachinus medius Harris, 1828: 117. Lectotype, here selected, a male MCZ red type label
number 2641 1. Type locality. — Boston, Massachusetts. Here designated, because Harris
neither labelled his specimens, nor gave a locality in his descriptions, but be collected in
the Boston area.
Brachinus minutus Harris, 1828: 1 17. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type label
number 26412, further labelled “471 female, 104.” Harris inisidentified the sex of the
beetle. Type locality. — Boston, Massachusetts (see above). NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. - The small size, glabrous proepisterna, and infuscated abdomen
separate these beetles from all others in the study area.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 5.2 to 7.3 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3-11, metepisterna, and abdominal sterna and terga infuscated.
Antennal articles 1 and 2, metepisternum at sides, apex of tibia, and tarsi infuscated in some
specimens, in others these sclerites are ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra
blue, with greenish luster in some specimens.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum rugose and punctate, punctures
barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widened apically.
Ligule with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per
row. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 311) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
reflexed. Proepipleura, and usually proepisterna glabrous, the latter sometimes with 1-3
setae near anterior edge. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra short, narrow, slightly costate. Humeral angle square. Depressions
and costae pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 315, 316, 317). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft blunt, slightly turned dorsally. Ligule
short, narrowed toward apex. Virga (figs. 315, 316). Female (fig. 328). Stylus small, short,
narrow, slightly arcuate, narrowly rounded apically.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the following characteristics: shape of
pronotum; body size; proepipleura with or without setae; and color as indicated above. The
elytra are greenish only in the Brownsville, Texas area.
Flight. — These beetles have been collected at lights in South Dakota, Minnesota, and
130
Erwin
Texas.
Etymology. - Latin, medius, middle. Harris described this species in 1828, using two
names because he had two very small specimens and two medium-sized specimens, in com-
parison with other New England Brachinus species. He called the small ones minutus and the
others medius.
Collecting notes. — D. R. Whitehead collected these beetles from under stones along an
intermittent stream in Texas. G. E. Ball collected them on the shores of a Texas lake. Other
records indicate they also inhabit bogs, edges of reservoirs, and marshes.
Life history. - Members of this species have been collected in all months, except Decem-
ber. Teneral adults were collected in September in Michigan. Overwintering probably takes
place as an adult.
Distribution. — (Fig. 331). The range of this species is disjunct. The general pattern is
much the same as in B. quadripennis . I have seen 979 specimens from the following local-
ities:
CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA: (Atbara, near Creston) UASM, ZMLS; (Osoyoos) CAS, ISNH, ISUA, ZMLS; (Salmon Arm) CNHM,
CUNY, MCZ, UATA; (Shuswap Lake) ZMLS. ONTARIO: (Belleville) CNC; (Britannia) CNC; (Constance Bay) CNC;
(Hamilton) CNHM; (Osgoode) CNC; (Toronto) CAS; (Trenton) MCZ. QUEBEC: (Becancour) CCha; (Choisypr Rigaud)
ZMLS; (Fort Coulonge) CAS, CNC; (Montreal) CAS; (Rigaud) CAS; (Saint Eustache) CAS; (Saint Ours) CCha; (Saint Rose)
CAS.
MEXICO
TAMAULIPAS: (9.9 miles west of Pesca) UASM.
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Mobile) ANSP, CAS, UMAH, USNM, (Orchard) CAS, KSU, (Spring Hill) USNM. CALI-
FORNIA: ANSP, UMSP, USNM, UWMW, San Diego County (San Diego) MCZ. COLORADO: Boulder County (Boulder
Creek) CArm, (Crystal Lake) CArm, (Erie) CArm, (Longmont, Bellmire Reservoir) CArm, (Longmont, Divide Reservoir)
CArm, (Rod and Gun Club Lake) CArm, (Teller Lake) CArm, (Viele Lake) CArm; Weld County (Greeley) USNM.
CONNECTICUT: (No locality given) USNM. FLORIDA: Alachua County (Gainesville) FDAG, (4.0 miles north of High
Springs) CNC, (New nans Lake, 5.0 miles east of Gainesville) RFre; Duval County (Jacksonville) CAS, OUCO; Highlands
County (Archbold Biology Station) PSUU; Hillsborough County (Tampa) USNM; Manatee County (Oneco) UASM; Marion
County (3.0 miles southwest of Lake Marion) CNC; Osceola County (No locality given) FDAG; Pinellas County (Dunedin)
PUM, UMAH; Sarasota County (Myakka River State Park) CUNY, UASM. GEORGIA: Baker County (Newton) CNC;
Charlton County (Okefenokee Swamp) TLEr. KANSAS: Sheridan County (State Lake, near Studley) RFre, UASM.
IDAHO: Bonner County (Sagle) UWSW; County unknown (Sand Point) UWSW. ILLINOIS: Cook County (Chicago)
UWSP; McHenry County (Algonquin) ISNH; Rock Island County (Moline) UMSP. INDIANA: Vigo County (No locality
given) PUM. IOWA: Buchanan County (Independence) MCZ, USNM; Clayton County (Guttenberg) USNM; Des Moines
County (Burlington) ANSP; Dickenson County (Lake Okoboji) USNM, (Spirit Lake) UWMW; Johnson County (Iowa City)
MCZ, USNM; Lee County (Fort Madison) CAS, (Keokuk) USNM; Story County (Ames) ISUA. MARYLAND: (No locality
given) UMSP. MASSACHUSETTS: Bristol County (Fall River) ISUA, MCZ; Hampshire County (Mount Tom) CMPP,
USNM; Middlesex County (Acton) CNC, (Arlington) CNC, MCZ, (Billerica) CNC, CUNY, (Boston) CAS, USNM, (Cam-
bridge) ANSP, (Concord) MCZ, (Sudbury) CEWh, MCZ, (Waltham) MCZ, (Wayland) CNC, CNHM, MCZ, UASM; Norfolk
County (Newton) MCZ, (Sharon) CUNY; Plymouth County (Marion) MCZ; Suffolk County (Dorchester) MCZ; Worces-
ter County (Fitchburg) USNM; County unknown (Forest Hills) USNM. MICHIGAN: Alcona County UMSP; Charlevoix
County (Beaver Island) UMAH; Cheboygan County (No locality given) CUNY; Huron County (Charity Island) UMAH;
Kalamazoo County (Gull Lake Biology Station) TFH1; Lapeer County UMAH, (Lapeer State Game Area) RCGr; Livingston
County (E. S. George Reserve) UMAH; Menominee County (Menominee) CEWh; Oakland County (No locality given)
UMAH; Wayne County (Detroit) MCZ, UMAH; Washtenaw County (Ann Arbor) UMAH. MINNESOTA: Crow Wing County
(Nisswa) UMSP; Hennepin County (Bloomington) ISNH; Olmsted County (No locality given) UMSP; Polk County (Crook-
ston) UMSP; Ramsey County (Saint Paul) UMSP. MISSOURI: (No locality given) ANSP, USNM. MONTANA: Sanders
County (Perma) LRus. NEBRASKA: (No locality given) ANSP. NEW HAMPSHIRE: Strafford County (Milton) MCZ.
NEW JERSEY: Bergen County (Emerson) CAS; Cape May County (Cape May) CAS; Morris County (Boonton) USNM.
NEW YORK: Cortland County (McLean Bogs) CAS, CUNY; Erie County (Buffalo) AMNH, ANSP; Essex County (Fort
Ticonderoga) PUM; Monroe County (Rochester) LACM; Nassau County (Hewlett) USNM, (Roslyn) CAS; New York Coun-
ty (New York City) MCZ, (Yonkers) CAS, MCZ; Niagara County (Olcott) CUNY; Orange County (West Point) USNM;
Queens County (Queens) CAS; Suffolk County (Brookhaven) UASM, VMKi, (Montauk Point) CNHM, CUNY, (Riverhead)
VMKi; Tompkins County (Ithaca) CAS; Westchester County (Bedford) CAS, (Mount Vernon) CNHM; County unknown
(Chicago Bog) UMSP. NORTH DAKOTA: Benson County (11.9 miles west of York) UASM; Grand Forks County (Univer-
sity) USNM. OKLAHOMA: Marshall County (Lake Texoma, Willis) RCGr. OHIO: Adams County (No locality given)
OUCO; Cuyahoga County (Cleveland) MCZ; Lawrence County (Miller) UMAH; Tuscarawas County (No locality given)
OUCO. OREGON: Clackamas County (Oregon City) CAS; Multnomah County (Portland) CAS, USNM; County unknown
(Sauvie Island) JSch. PENNSYLVANIA: Lackawanna County (Scranton) UASM, USNM; Westmoreland County (Jeannette)
Bombardier Beetles
131
CMPP. SOUTH CAROLINA: Florence County (Florence) VMKi; Sumter County (Poinsett State Park) VMKi. SOUTH
DAKOTA: Beadle County (Huron) VMKi; Brookings County (Brookings) SDSU, VMKi; Brown County (Hecla) SDSU;
Clay County (Vermillion) SDSU; Lawrence County (Spearfish) VMKi; Yankton County (Y ankton) VMKi. TEXAS: Blanco
County (Cypress Mill) USNM; Cameron County (Brownsville) CAS, CNC, OUCO, SJSC, TLEr, USNM; Hidalgo County
(Hidalgo) CMPP, (McAllen) UMAH, (Weslaco) TAMU; Reeves County (Balmorhea Lake) UASM, (Pecos) CNC; Sutton
County (Sonora) TAMU; Terrell County (Chandler Ranch) UASM, (16.0 miles north of Dryden) UASM, (Lozier Canyon)
MCZ; Val Verde County (9.0 miles southeast of Del Rio) DRWh; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM. UTAH: Salt Lake
County (Salt Lake City) USNM; Utah County (Provo) MCZ, USNM. VERMONT: Addison County (Dead Creek, Addison)
RTBe, (Lewis Creek, North Ferrisburg) RTBe; Chittenden County (Shelburne) CAS. WASHINGTON: Adams County
(Ritzville) CAS, PUM, USNM, UWSW; Lincoln County (Sprague Lake) CAS; County unknown (Yakima River, Morgan’s
Ferry) MCZ. WISCONSIN: Bayfield County (No locality given) UWMW; Dane County (No locality given) ANSP; Wood
County (Griffith Street Nursery) UWMW.
The gebhardis subgroup
This subgroup is characterized by elytra with pubescence restricted to depression 8, and
by the form of the median lobe. The two species, B. gebhardis Erwin, and B. galactoderus
new species, included here are very similar in their external form.
Brachinus gebhardis Erwin
(Figs. 306, 321, 322, 323, 327, 332)
Brachinus gebhardis Erwin, 1965: 6. Holotype male and allotype female are in CAS. Type
locality. — Uvas Creek, 5.0 miles west of Morgan Hill, Santa Clara County, California.
Diagnostic combination. — The presence of pubescence in the eighth depression only,
the pale center of the venter, and the accessory setae of the mentum separate these beetles
from all others in North and Middle America.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.0 to 12.0 mm.
Color. Metepisterna and sides of abdomen infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal
surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and surface of pronotum rugose and punctate, punctures
moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape cylindrical. Ligula with
sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per row. Men-
tum and submentum with accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 306) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides narrowly
reflexed. Proepipleura and proepisterna with scattered setae both anteriorly and posteriorly,
glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, moderately costate. Humeral angle square. Depres-
sion 8 pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 321, 322, 323). Median lobe with plane of shaft moderately rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrowed, almost acute. Ligule
moderately long, broad, and rounded apically. Virga (figs. 321, 322). Female (fig. 327).
Stylus narrow, arcuate, almost acute apically.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the following characteristics: width
of the pronotal explanation at the anterior angles; presence or absence of the accessory setae
on the mentum; sides of abdominal sterna infuscated or not; occasionally the metasternum
is infuscated at sides. On the whole, the Arizona populations have larger members without
mental accessory setae, but with wider pronotal explanations, and wider shafts of the
median lobe.
Flight. — These beetles have been collected at lights by G. E. Ball in Arizona.
Etymology . — Greek, geb, born; Old French, hardi, shovel-shaped; referring to the.
dorsal outline of these beetles.
132
Erwin
Collecting notes. - In Santa Clara County, California, these beetles occur along the mar-
gins of intermittent streams. The sides of the streams are generally rocky with underlying
gravel, and very little vegetation near the actual stream, although emergent specimens of
Salix species (at high water) are found in some areas.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in all months, except Dec-
ember. Teneral adults were collected in September in Santa Clara County, California. Over-
wintering probably takes place in the adult stage.
Distribution. - (Fig. 332). The range of this species extends from northern California,
to the San Jacinto Mountains of southern California. Other aggregates of populations occur
in southern Arizona, and in southern Baja California. I have seen 151 specimens from the
following localities:
MEXICO
BAJA CALIFORNIA: (1.3 miles northwest of El Truinfo) CAS.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Graham County (10.0 miles southwest of Safford) UCR; Santa Cruz County (Madera Canyon) UCD, CUNY,
(Pena Blanca) UASM, (Yanks Spring, 4.0 miles southeast of Ruby) AMNH; Pima County (Box Canyon, Santa Rita
Mountains) CNHM, (west side of Baboquivari Mountains) CAS, (Browns Canyon, Baboquivari Mountains) AMNH, (Santa
Catalina Mountains) CAS, (Santa Catalina Mountains, Sabino Canyon) CAS, TCBa, UASM, (Santa Rita Mountains) CAS,
(Tanque Verde) UATA, (Tucson) CAS. CALIFORNIA: Alameda County (Alameda Creek) CAS, (Arroyo Mocho) TLEr,
(Berkeley) USUL; Amador County (Horse Creek) TLEr; Fresno County (Le Fevre) ANSP; Los Angeles County (2.7 miles
south of Little Rock Ranger Station) GRNo, (Pasadena) CAS, MCZ, (San Francisquito Canyon) LACM, (San Gabriel
Canyon) CAS, TCBa, (Soledad Canyon) LACM, (Tanbark Flat) UCR; Monterey County (Bryson) CAS; Orange County
(Lower San Juan Campground) LACM; Riverside County (San Jacinto Mountains) CAS; San Diego County (Valley Center)
SDNHM; San Luis Obispo County (Atascadero) CAS, (San Luis Obispo) CAS; Santa Barbara County (Buellton) CAS,
(Cuyama River) CAS, (4.0 miles east of Los Prietos) UCD, (Oso Canyon) UCD, (Santa Barbara) MCZ, (Santa Cruz Island)
CAS, (West Santa Ynez River) UCD; Santa Clara County CNHM, (Gilroy Hot Springs) TLEr, (Mount Hamilton) JSch,
(Pacheco Pass) UIMI, (Uvas Creek) TLEr; Stanislaus County (Del Puerto Creek) TLEr, (20.0 miles west of Patterson) TLEr;
Ventura County (Foster Park) UCD, (Ojai) MCZ, (Santa Clara River, Santa Paula) CUNY; County unknown (Cachuma
Reservoir) CAS, (Shephards Inn) MCZ.
Brachinus galactoderus new species
(Figs. 305, 318, 319, 320, 325, 333)
Type locality. - Rio Papagayo, 41.4 miles north of Acapulco, Route 95, 700 feet, Guerrero,
Mexico.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in MCZ. Both were collected
at the type locality by G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead on December 20, 1965. Sixteen
paratypes collected at various localities and on various dates are in CAS, MCZ, TLEr, and
UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The milky appearance of the surface of the pronotum will
separate these beetles from all others in Mexico.
Description. - Medium-sized beetles, 9.3 to 10.6 mm.
Color. Metepisterna, metasternum at sides, abdominal sterna and terga infuscated, other-
wise ferrugineous. Dorsal surfaces and epipleura of elytra slate-black without blue luster.
Microsculpture. As described for genus, except surface of pronotum with isodiametric
meshes raised into beads which apparently scatter the reflected light producing a milky
appearance.
Macrosculpture. As in gebhardis.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest about mid-
dle. Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae. Mentum and
submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. As in gebhardis, except proepipleura glabrous.
Pterothorax. As in gebhardis.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Bombardier Beetles
133
334
336
340 341 342
343 344 345
Figs. 334-339. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 334. Brachinus fumans Fabricius, Kahlotus, Washington. 335.
Brachinus perplexus Dejean, Dundee, Mississippi. 336. Brachinus favicollis Erwin, Jamul, California. 337. Brachinus
puberulus Chaudoir, Victoria, Texas. 338. Brachinus imperialensis Erwin, Douglas, Arizona. 339. Brachinus velutinus
Erwin, Davis, California. Figs. 340-345. Male genitalia. 340. Brachinus favicollis Erwin, Jamul, California, ventral
aspect. 341 & 342. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 343. Brachinus perplexus Dejean, Dundee, Mississippi, ventral
aspect. 344 & 345. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
134
Erwin
Genitalia. Male (figs. 318, 319, 320). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated about 30°
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrowed, almost acute. Ligule
long, broad, tapering to narrow apex. Virga (figs. 318, 319). Female (fig. 325). Stylus short,
broad, tapering to narrowly rounded apex.
Variation. - Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum, and in
total size. A cline may occur in the color of the knees. Those populations in the north have
darkened knees, while those in Oaxaca and Guerrero have pale knees. No specimens are
available from Jalisco and Michoacan to see where this trend develops.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Greek, galaktos, milky; derus, neck; referring to the milky appearance of
the pronotum of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead collected these beetles from under
rocks embedded in gravel at the margins of rivers in Mexico.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in all months, except Feb-
ruary and October, but no teneral adults have been seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 333). The range of this species extends from Sonora, south to Oax-
aca on the west side of Mexico. I have seen 66 specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
GUERRERO: (Rio Mezcala, 23.7 miles north of Zumpango) UASM; (Rio Papagayo, 41.4 miles north of Acapulco) UASM.
NAYARIT: (Rio Acaponeta, 2.4 miles south of Acaponeta) UASM; (Rio de las Canyas) CAS; (8.7 miles east of San Bias)
GRNo; (19.0 miles southeast of Tepic) CAS. OAXACA: (Lago Tehuantepec, Benito Juarez Dam) UASM; (Rio Niltepec,
18.4 miles west of Zanatepec) UASM. SINALOA: (3.0 miles east of Culiacan) GRNo; (3.4 miles west, 5.0 miles south of
Culiacan) GRNo; (12.0 miles south of Guasave) UASM; (Rio Panuco, 11.2 miles northeast of Concordia) UASM;(Vene-
dillo) CAS. SONORA: (7.2 miles southeast of Alamos) GRNo; (10.0 miles southeast of Alamos) UCD; (Rio Mayo, San
Bernardo) CAS.
The fumans subgroup
This subgroup is characterized by swollen median lobe, pale venter with infuscated sides,
coarsely punctate pronotum, and generally similar habitus. Six species, B. fumans (Fabri-
cius), B. perplexus Dejean, B. puberulus Chaudoir, B. velutinus Erwin, B. favicollis Erwin,
and B. imperialensis Erwin, are included.
Brachinus fumans (Fabricius)
(Figs. 334, 346, 347, 348, 358, 369)
Carabus fumans Fabricius, 1781: 307. Lectotype, designated by Lindroth in Kiel Museum,
labelled “in America, D. Blackburn.”
Brachinus cyanopterus LeConte, 1844: 49. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red
type label number 5847, further labelled with a pink disc and “B. fumans Fab., Dej.,
cyanopterus Say.” Type locality. - New York, as originally given by LeConte. LeConte
1848: 203, LeConte 1862: 524.
Brachinus sufflans LeConte, 1848: 204. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MCZ red type
label number 5648, further labelled with a pink disc and “86 v. sufflans LeC.” Type
locality. — New York, as originally given by LeConte. LeConte 1862: 524.
Brachinus affinis LeConte, 1848: 204. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type label
number 31881, further labelled with a yellow disc and “2747” and standing ninth in a
series of 16 specimens behind box labelled “B. fumans Dej.” Type locality . — Indiana, as
originally given by LeConte. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus perplexus LeConte, 1862: 524. This name must be considered a lapsus calami
because LeConte (1848) correctly sites Dejean as author of this name. However, Le-
Conte’s concept of perplexus was different than that of Dejean, according to their lab-
elled specimens.
Bombardier Beetles
135
Figs. 346-357. Male genitalia. 346. Brachinus fumans Fabricius, Vantage, Washington, ventral aspect. 347 & 348.
Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 349. Brachinus imperialensis Erwin, Douglas, Arizona, ventral aspect. 350 & 351.
Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 352. Brachinus velutinus Erwin, Davis, California, ventral aspect. 353 & 354. Lateral
& dorsal aspects of same. 355. Brachinus puberulus Chaudoir, Hidalgo County, Texas, ventral aspect. 356 & 357.
Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. Figs. 358-363. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 358. Brachinus
fumans Fabricius, Kahlotus, Washington. 359. Brachinus favicollis Erwin, El Sauzal, Baja California, Mexico. 360.
Brachinus puberulus Chaudoir, Texas. 361 . Brachinus imperialensis Erwin, Douglas, Arizona. 362. Brachinus perplexus
Dejean, Dundee, Mississippi. 363. Brachinus velutinus Erwin, Davis, California. Accompanying scale lines equal 1 .0 mm.
136
Erwin
Brachinus tabasconus Bates, 1891: 268. Lectotype, here selected, a male, BMNH, labelled
“San Juan Bautista, Tabasco” and “Hoge” and standing first behind label “tabasconus
Bates.” Type locality. — San Juan Bautista, Tabasco, Mexico, as originally given by Bates.
NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus amplipennis Bates, 1891: 268. Lectotype, here selected, a female, BMNH, lab-
elled “Paso del Norte, Chihuahua, Hoge” “Tr. Ent. S. L. 1891. Brachinus amplipennis
Bates” “Syntype” and “1891-64.” Type locality. - Villa Lerdo, Durango, Mexico, as
originally given by Bates. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachinus atbarae Stehr, 1950: 102. Holotype, male, at OUCO, labelled “Atbara, B. C.
Canada, 24-IV-45, G. Stace Smith Coll.” Allotype, a female, at OUCO, labelled as holo-
type, except 7-V-46. Thirteen paratypes in OUCO and UBC. Type locality. - Atbara, Bri-
tish Columbia, Canada. NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Medium-sized beetles, 9.0 to 14.0 mm.
Color. Metepisterna, sides of abdominal sterna, and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugin-
eous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows, head behind eyes, and surface of pronotum rugose and
punctate, punctures moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widened apically.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per
row. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 334) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
reflexed. Proepipleura and proepisterna with a few setae both anteriorly and posteriorly,
glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate, punctures elongate, some-
times merged.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, moderately costate. Humeral angle square or pro-
jecting. Costae smooth on disc, depressions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 346, 347, 348). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated about 45°
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Shaft swollen medially, very robust, apex blunt
and slightly turned dorsally. Ligule short, broad, narrowed toward apex. Virga (figs. 346,
347). Female (fig. 358). Stylus narrow, parallel-sided, rounded apically.
Variation. - Intrapopulational variation occurs in the following characteristics: body size;
shape of the pronotum; height of costae; length to width ratio of elytra; and color of terga.
No dines are apparent.
Flight. — These beetles have been repeatedly collected at lights in Arizona and Texas.
Etymology . - Latin, fumans , smoke; referring to the crepitating ability of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — D. R. Whitehead collected these beetles in gravel from under stones at
the edges of an intermittent stream in Texas. In Colorado, C. Armin collected these beetles
at lake and reservoir edges and along irrigation canals. In Arizona, these beetles were col-
lected in wet meadows.
Life history. - Members of this species have been collected from March to October. Ten-
eral adults were collected in British Columbia and Quebec in September. Overwintering
probably takes place as an adult.
Distribution . — (Fig. 369). The range of this species extends from Maine to Washington,
south to Tabasco, Mexico. It is the most widespread species in North America. I have seen
2,055 specimens from the following localities:
Bombardier Beetles
1
Figs. 364-369. Geographical distribution maps. 364. Brachinus imperialensis Erwin. 365. Brachinus favicollis Erwin.
366. Brachinus perplexus Dejean. 367. Brachinus velutinus Erwin. 368. Brachinus puberulus Chaudoir. 369. Brachinus
fumans Fabricius.
138
Erwin
CANADA
ALBERTA: (5.0 miles south of Etzikom) DRWh; (Lethbridge) UASM. BRITISH COLUMBIA: (Atbara, Creston) CUNY,
UASM, ZMLS; (Rykerts, south of Creston) ZMLS. MANITOBA: (Aweme) UASM. ONTARIO: (Belleville) UASM; (Cedar-
dale) CAS; (Grand Bend, Lake Huron) ZMLS; (Ottawa) CNC; (Pelee Island) CNC, CUNY, PUM; (Port Hope) CAS; (Prince
Edward County) CAS; (South Cajuga, southwest of Dunnville, Lake Erie) ZMLS; (Toronto) CAS, CUNY, USNM, ZMLS.
QUEBEC: (Becancour) CCh; (Fort Coulonge) CNC; (Hull) CAS, USNM; (lie Saint Helene) UASM; (Lachine) CAS; (Mont-
real) CAS, UWMW; (Outrem’t) CAS; (Rigaud) HGou, ZMLS; (Saint Eustache) CAS; (Saint Foy) CCh; (Saint Jean) CAS;
(Saint Rose) CAS; (Vaudreuil) CAS.
MEXICO
CHIHUAHUA: (12.0 miles north of Escalon) CNC. COAHUILA: (Torreon) MCZ. NUEVO LEON: (Montemorelos) CAS;
(Monterrey) AMNH; (5.0 miles south of Monterrey) CNC; (Rio Sabina^ Hidalgo, 7.9 miles east of Sabinas Hidalgo) UASM.
SAN LUIS POTOSI: (Presa de Guadalupe, 55.3 miles west of Ciudad del Maiz) UASM. SINALOA: (12.0 miles south of
Guasave) UASM; (5.0 miles north of Mazatlan) GRNo; (Real de Piaxtla) AMNH; (Venedillo) CAS. SONORA: (Bahia
San Francisquito) GRNo; (Hermosillo) CNHM; (Rio Mayo, San Bernardo) CAS. TAMAULIPAS: (Ciudad Mante) AMNH;
(Ciudad Victoria) AMNH, CNHM; (Gomez Farias) UASM; (73.1 miles north of Manuel) UASM.
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Mobile) CAS; Tuscaloosa County (Tuscaloosa) UASM. ARIZONA: Cochise County (Cave
Creek Ranch) UASM, (Douglas) UASM, (2.0 miles northeast of Douglas) OUCO, (South West Research Station, 5.0 miles
west of Portal) CUNY, FDAG; Pima County (Tucson) AMNH, CAS, USNM; Pinal County (No locality given) JSch; Santa
Cruz County (6.0 miles north of Nogales) UASM; County unknown (East Bridge) UMSP. ARKANSAS: Bradley County
(No locality given) UAFA; Conway County (No locality given) UAFA; Garland County (Hotsprings) CAS; Greene County
(No locality given) OSUC; Hempstead County (Hope) CUNY, MCZ, UMAH; Izard County (Franklin) ISUA; Lawrence
County (Imboden) CAS, LACM, MCZ; Pulaski County (8.0 miles north of Camp Robinson) CNHM, (Little Rock) AMNH,
MCZ; Pike County (Delight) CNHM; Washington County (No locality given) ISNH, UAFA. CALIFORNIA: San Diego
County (No locality given) USNM; San Francisco County (San Francisco) CMPP. COLORADO: Boulder County (Arvada)
CArm, (Baseline Lake) CArm, (Bellmire Reservoir, Longmont) CArm, (Boulder Creek, near Boulder) CArm, (Hillcrest
Lake) CArm, (Hodgson-Harris Reservoir, Louisville) CArm, (Lyons) CArm, (McIntosh, Longmont) CArm, (Prince Lake,
Erie) CArm, (Reservoir Four Mile Mesa) CArm, (Valmont) CArm; Denver County (Denver) CAS, USNM; La Plata County
(Durango) MCZ; Otero County (Rocky Ford) USNM; Weld County (Greeley) USNM. CONNECTICUT: Fairfield County
(Danbury) AMNH, (Redding) UCR, (Stamford) USNM; New London County (Norwich) MCZ, (Old Lyme) CAS, USNM;
Windham County (Pomfret) CAS. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: (Black Pond) USNM, (Piney Branch) USNM, (Rock Creek)
USNM, (Woodridge) USNM. FLORIDA: Lake County (No locality given) UMAH; Orange County (Orlando) LACM.
GEORGIA: Thomas County (Boston) TAMU. IDAHO: Boise County (2.0 miles west of Boise) CNHM, (Boise River,
Boise) CNHM, UMAH; Bonner County (Sagle) UWSW; Canyon County (Homedale) CNHM, (Parma) UIMI, UMAH; Idaho
County (Clearwater) WSUP; Latah County (Kendrick) UIMI, (Moscow) UIMI; Nez Perce County (Lewiston) OUCO, UIMI,
(Myrtle) UIMI, (Snake River, 4.0 miles south of Lewiston) UIMI, (Spalding) UIMI. ILLINOIS: Alexander County (Olive
Branch) CAS; Bureau County (Bureau) MCZ; Champaign County (Urbana) CNHM; Clark County (No locality given) PUM;
Cook County (Chicago) CNHM, MCZ, WSUP, (La Grange) CAS, (Willow Springs) CAS; Greene County (Hillview) UCD;
Kendall County (Oswego) CNHM; Lake County (Fort Sheridan) UMAH, (Highland Park) UMAH; La Salle County (Ottawa)
RTBe; McHenry County (McHenry) JSch, WSUP; McLean County (Heyworth) USNM; Monroe County (Bloomington)
UMAH; Pike County (Florence) UCD; Putnam County (No locality given) ISNH; Richland and Lawrence Counties (Wab-
ash) AMNH; Rock Island County (M)line) UMSP; Saint Clair County (No locality given) CAS; Sangamon County (Spring-
field) CNHM; Tazewell County (Tremont) CNHM; Vermilion County (Kickapoo State Park) RTBe, (Muncie) ISj$H;
Warren County (Pine) CMPP; Counties unknown (Falling Springs) LACM, (Saint Claire) LACM. INDIANA: Harrison Coun-
ty (No locality given) PUM; Lake County (Miller) CNHM, PUM; Porter County (Beverly Shores) CNHM; Posey County
(Hovey Lake) CEWh, PUM, (Mount Vernon) CEWh; Steuben County (No locality given) PUM; Tippecanoe County
(Lafayette) PUM. IOWA: Dickinson County ( Lake Okoboji) USNM, (Spirit Lake) USNM; Guthrie County (8.0 miles south-
west of Bayard) ISUA; Henry County (Mount Pleasant) CAS, ISUA, MCZ, RTBe, UASM, UMAH; Howard County (Elma)
AMNH; Johnson County (Iowa City) CUNY, LACM, MCZ, USNM, (Solon) USNM; Iowa County (No locality given) MCZ;
Palo Alto County (Ruthven) ISUA; Story County (Ames) CAS, GRNo, ISUA, MSUM, RTBe, USUL; Van Buren County
(Lacey-Keosauqua State Park) ISUA; Woodbury County (Sioux City) UMSP; County unknown (Herrold) CAS. KANSAS:
Atchison County (Atchison) CMPP; Clay County (No locality given) ANSP, USNM; Coffey County (No locality given)
ULLK; Douglas County (Lawrence) UCD, UMAH, USNM, UWMW, (12.0 miles south of Lawrence) UCD; Ellis County (No
locality given) KSU; Ellsworth County (Kanopolis Kam State Park) RCGr; Franklin County (No locality given) KSU,
UMAH; Hamilton County (No locality given) CAS; Leavenworth County (Tonganoxie) MCZ; Montgomery County (Indep-
endence) CAS; Pottawatomie County (Onaga) CAS, KSU, OSUC; Riley County UIMI, (Manhattan) KSU; Rooks County
(No locality given) KSU; Saline County (Salina) CMPP, KSU, MCZ; Shawnee County (Topeka) CMPP; Wilson County (No
locality given) LACM; Counties unknown (Fort Hays) MCZ, (WiUiston) MCZ. KENTUCKY: Jefferson County (Louisville)
ULLK. MAINE: (No locality given) CNHM. MARYLAND: Montgomery County (Cabin John) USNM; Prince Georges
County (College Park) UMCP; County unknown (Plummers Islands) USNM. MASSACHUSETTS: Barnstable County
(Barnstable) MCZ, (Woods Hole) JSch, USNM; Bristol County (Fall River) CAS, (Somerset) CAS; Dukes County (Martha’s
Vineyard) USNM; Essex County (Manchester) MCZ, (Topsfield) UASM; Franklin County (Northfield) MCZ, ZMLS;
Hampden County (Chicopee) MCZ, (Springfield) MCZ, ZMLS; Hampshire County (Mount Tom) CMPP; Middlesex
County (Billerica) CAS, UATA, (Cambridge) CAS, MCZ, (Concord) MCZ, (Tyngsboro) CAS, MCZ; Nantucket
County (Nantucket) ISNH; Norfolk County (Brookline) AMNH, (Newton) MCZ, (Wellesley) MCZ; Plymouth County
(Duxbury) MCZ, (Marion) MCZ; Suffolk County (Dorchester) MCZ, ZMLS; County unknown (Forest Hills) USNM.
MICHIGAN: Huron County (Charity Island) UMAH; Livingston County (E.S. George Reserve) UMAH; Oceania
County (Pentwater) UMAH; Wayne County (Detroit) USNM; Washtenaw County (Ann Arbor) UMAH; (Sharon)
UMAH. MISSOURI: Atchison County (Langdon) AMNH; Buchanan County (Saint Joseph) USNM: Greene County
Bombardier Beetles
139
(Willard) ANSP, UASM; Jackson County (Buckner) TAMU; New Madrid County (Big Oak State Park) RTBe; Pettis
County (Sedalia) CNHM; Platte County (Parkville) ISUA; Saint Charles County (Saint Charles) MCZ; Saint Louis
County (Saint Louis) CAS, (Valley Park) UMAH; Vernon County FDAG, (Nevada) TLEr. MINNESOTA: Benton
County (No locality given) UMSP; Big Stone County (No locality given) UMSP; Clearwater County (Bohall, Lake Itasca
State Park) UMSP, (De Soto Lake, Itasca State Park) UMSP; Douglas County (Alexandria) PSUU; Goodhue County (Lake
Pepin, east of Frontenac) UMSP; Hennepin County (Minneapolis) UMSP; Houston County (near Brownsville) UMSP; Olm-
stead County (No locality given) UMSP; Norman County UMSP, (Ada) USNM; Pine County UMSP, (Snake River, 4.0 miles
east of Pine City) USNM; Ramsey County (Saint Paul) ISNH, UMSP; Saint Louis County ( Park Point, Duluth) AMNH;
Steams County (Lake Koronis, Paynesville) USNM; Traverse County (No locality given) UMSP; Washington County (3.0
miles south of Afton) UMSP, (Saint Croix River) UMSP; County unknown (Cliff) UMSP. MONTANA: Lake County
(Poison) UWSW; Liberty County (Chester) MSUM; Mineral County (6.0 miles southeast of Saint Regis) LRus; Sanders
County (Paradise) LRus; Stillwater County (Columbus) MSUM. NEBRASKA: Cass County (South Bend) UNLN, USNM;
Dakota County (South Sioux City) UNLN; Lancaster County (Lincoln) CAS, UNLN, (Malcolm) CAS, USNM, (Roca)
UNLN; Nemaha County (Peru) LSUB; Nuckolls County (Superior) OSUC; Otoe County (Nebraska City) UNLN; Saunders
County (Ashland) SDSU, (Cedar Bluffs) UNLN; Thomas County (Halsey) UMAH, UNLN. NEVADA: Humboldt County
(Golconda) CBak. NEW HAMPSHIRE: Cheshire County (Jaffrey) MCZ; Grafton County (H anover) USNM; Strafford
County (Durham) ISNH. NEW JERSEY: Bergen County (Demarest) USNM, (Emerson) CAS, (Fort Lee) AMNH, (Palisade)
MCZ, (Ramsey) AMNH; Camden County (Clementon) USNM; Cape May County (Seven Mile Beach) OUCO; Essex County
(South Orange) CAS ; Gloucester County (Glassboro) USNM, (Grenloch) USNM, (Malaga) ANSP; Morris County (Boonton)
USNM, (Chester) AMNH; Middlesex County (South Amboy) AMNH; Passaic County (Clifton) USNM, (Oak Ridge) CNHM,
(Passaic) AMNH, (Paterson) AMNH; Somerset County (No locality given) USNM; Sussex County (Hopatcong) AMNH;
Warren County (Phillipsburg) CAS; Counties unknown (Estling Lake) USNM, (Gugmard) AMNH, (Midvale) USNM, (Snake
Hill) USNM. NEW MEXICO: Sandoval County (Los Alamos) CNC. NEW YORK: Albany County (Altamont) CUNY;
Columbia County (Copake Falls) CNHM; Cortland County (McLean Bogs) CAS, CUNY, ISNH, UMCP; Delaware County
(Cooks Falls) CAS; Dutchess County (Poughkeepsie) UASM; Erie County (Buffalo) ISNH; Niagara County (Olcott) AUAA;
New York County (Bronx Park) AMNH, (Flatbush) AMNH, (Mosholu) AMNH, (Nepera Park) CAS, (New York City)
CAS, MCZ, (Parkville) AMNH, (Rattlesnake Creek) CAS; Orange County (Huguenot) AMNH, ( Pine Island) CUNY, (West
Point) USNM; Richmond County (Staten Island) AMNH, CAS, USNM; Queens County ( Jamaica) AMNH, MCZ; Rockland
County (Suffem) USNM; Saint Lawrence County (Rossie) JSch; Tompkins County (Ithaca) CAS, CUNY, KSU, OUCO,
PSUU, UASM, UMCP, UNLN, (McLean) UMSP; Ulster County (Ashokan) AMNH (Oliverea) USNM; Wayne County (Sod-
us) UASM; Westchester County (New Rochelle) CAS, (Peekskill) MCZ, (White Plains) CAS, USNM, (Yonkers) MCZ; Coun-
ty unknown (Catskill) CAS, (Danby) UNLN. NORTH CAROLINA: Beaufort County (Washington) MCZ; Haywood
County (Mount Sterling) CAS; Moore County (Southern Pines) USNM; New Hanover County (Wilmington) CAS; Pasquo-
tank County (Elizabeth City) MCZ; Polk County (Tryon) USNM; Robeson County (Lumberton) CNC; County unknown
(Faison) CNC. OHIO: Ashtabula County (Chestnut Grove) PUM, (Jefferson) PUM, (Rock Creek) PUM, (Saybrook) PUM;
Hamilton County (Cincinnati) UMAH; Ottawa County (Bass Island) PUM, (Put-in-Bay) UMAH; Putnam County (Sugar
Creek) PUM; Summit County (Hudson) MCZ. OKLAHOMA: Cleveland County (Norman) OSUS, (Uono) CAS; Delaware
County (Jay) OSUS; McCurtain County (Idabel) OSUS; Oklahoma County (No locality given) OSUS; Payne County
(Stillwater) OSUS; Rogers County (Catoosa) CNHM; Tulsa County (Tulsa) CAS. OREGON: Baker County (Robinette)
UWSW, (Snake River, Farewell Bend) UWSW; Douglas County (Roseburg) MCZ; Gilliam County (5.0 miles west of Arling-
ton) JSch; Malheur County (Ontario) UWSW; Umatilla County (Camp Umatilla) MCZ; Union County (Alicel) RESt, UIMI;
Wallaowa County (Wallaowa) OSUC; Wasco County (The Dalles) MCZ; County unknown (Olds Ferry) UIMI. PENNSYL-
VANIA: Allegheny County CAS, (Pittsburgh) CMPP; Bradford County (Susquehanna River, Wyalusing) UASM; Centre
County (State College) PSUU; Chester County (Unionville) CMPP; Dauphin County (Harrisburg) UASM, (Hemmelstown)
ANSP; Delaware County (Castlerock) USNM; Fayette County (No locality given) CMPP; Luzern County (Wyoming)
USNM; Monroe County (Echo Lake) CAS; Northampton County (Easton) CAS, (Delaware Water Gap) AMNH, UASM;
Philadelphia County (Olney) USNM, (Philadelphia) USNM; Pike County (Milford) CNHM;Tioga County UMAH, (Rutland)
ANSP; Wayne County (White Mills) CAS; Westmoreland County (Jeannette) CMPP; Counties unknown (Conk Forest)
PSUU, (Edge Hill) USNM, (Rockville) CAS, (The Rock) PSUU. RHODE ISLAND: Kent County (Quonset Point) CAS,
(Warwick) UMAH; Newport County (Newport) USNM, (Portsmouth) CAS; Providence County (Providence) CMPP; Wash-
ington County (Watch Hill) USNM; County unknown (Touisset) UMAH. SOUTH CAROLINA: Oconee County (Clemson)
WSUP. SOUTH DAKOTA: Brookings County (Brookings) CMPP, SDSU, VMKi, (Volga) CAS; Hughes County (Canning)
SDSU, (Pierre) SDSU, VMKi; Tripp County (Winner) VMKi. TENNESSEE: Lake County (Gray’s Landing) RTBe;Monroe
County (Unaka Mountains) ANSD; Morgan County (Burrville) CNHM; Counties unknown (Lookout Mountain) MCZ,
(Reelfoot Lake) CUNY, ISNH. TEXAS: Bexar County (San Antonio) CUNY, (10.0 miles northwest of San Antonio) CAS;
Blanco County (Round Mountain) CAS; Brazos County ISNH, (College Station) TAMU; Brewster County (Castolon)
TAMU, (Glenn Springs) UMAH; Cameron County (Brownsville) CAS, CUNY, DHKa, MCZ, USNM, (Esperanza Ranch,
Brownsville) USNM; Comal County (New Braunfels) UASM; Dallas County (Dallas) MCZ, UASM; Dimmit County
(No locality given) TAMU; Hidalgo County (Mission) UASM, (Weslaco) TAMU; Kleburg County (Kingsville) CUNY;
Lamar County (Paris) USNM; Lee County (Fedor) CMPP; Reeves County (Balmorhea Lake) UASM, (Pecos) ISUA;
Taylor County (Abilene) CAS; Terrell County (Lozier Canyon) MCZ; Travis County (Austin) UASM; Uvalde County
(Uvalde) CAS; Val Verde County (Del Rio) UASM, (Devil’s River, Del Rio) CNC, (9.0 miles southeast of Del Rio)
DRWh; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM; Webb County (Laredo) CAS. UTAH: Cache County (Logan) USUL,
(Wellsville) USUL; Salt Lake County (Fort Douglas) MCZ; Uinta County (No locality given) CMPP; Utah County
(Provo) CAS; Weber County (Ogden) CNHM, USNM. VERMONT: Bennington County (No locality given) CAS,
MCZ, USNM; Chittenden County (Burlington) RTBe; Franklin County (La Moille River, East Georgia) RTBe;
Lamoille County (Stowe) AMNH; Windsor County (White River Junction) CAS. VIRGINIA: Fairfax County MCZ,
(Alexandria) USNM, (Great Falls) USNM; Loudon County (Bluemont) USNM, (Harpers Ferry) USNM; Montgomery Coun-
ty (No locality given) USNM; Nelson County (No locality given) USNM; Spotsylvania County (Fredericksburg) CAS.
WASHINGTON: Adams County (Lake McElroy) CAS, PUM, USNM, (Lind) CAS, ( Ritzville) USNM; Asotin County
140
Erwin
(Grande Ronde River, Anatone) UWSW; Benton County (Hanford) UWSW; Franklin County (Kahlotus) CAS, UWSW,
(Pasco) UWSW, WSUP; Grant County (Coulee City) CAS, UWSW, (Dry Falls, Grand Coulee) UWSW, WSUP, (Stratford)
CAS, UIMI, USNM, UWSW; Kittisas County (Vantage) CAS, UWSW; Lincoln County (Sprague) USNM, (Sprague Lake)
CAS; Pend Oreille County (Usk) USNM; Spokane County (Cheney) WSUP; Walla Walla County (Burbank) UWSW, (College
Place) JSch; Whitman County (Almota) WSUP, (Wawawai) USNM, UWSW, WSUP; Counties unknown (Vila) UWSW, (Yak-
ima River, Morgan’s Ferry) MCZ. WEST VIRGINIA: USNM, Tucker County (No locality given) SJSC. WISCONSIN:
Bayfield County (No locality given) UWMW; Dane County (No locality given) UWMW, UWSW; Dodge County (Beaver
Dam) CAS, UMAH; Green County (Albany) CAS, (Brodhead) UMAH; Milwaukee County (Milwaukee) MCZ; Sauk Coun-
ty (Praire du Sac) CNHM. WYOMING: (No locality given) CMPP.
Brachinus puberulus Chaudoir
(Figs. 337, 355, 356, 357, 360, 368)
Brachinus puberulus Chaudoir, 1868: 294. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, lab-
elled “stygicornis sec. LeConte Say” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” Type locality. — Texas,
as originally given by Chaudoir.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 9.5 to 12.4 mm.
Color. As in fumans.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in fumans, except punctures finer.
Head. As in fumans, except antennal scope widest at middle.
Prothorax. As in fumans, except anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose. Pronotum
(fig. 337).
Pterothorax. As in fumans, except costae weaker.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 355, 356, 357). Median lobe with plane of shaft barely rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Median lobe swollen medially. Apex of shaft
narrow, slightly turned dorsally. Ligule short, parallel-sided, rounded apically. Virga (figs.
355, 356). Female (fig. 360). Stylus long, narrow, rounded apically.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. - The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology. - Latin, pubis, down or hair; ulus, diminutive; referring to the short pubes-
cence covering these beetles.
Life history. - I have seen one adult collected in May, but it was not teneral.
Distribution. — (Fig. 368). This species is known only from Texas. I have seen six speci-
mens from the following localities.
UNITED STATES
TEXAS:MCZ, MHNP, Cameron County (Brownsville) WHTy; Hidalgo County (No locality given) TAMU; Victoria County
(Victoria) USNM.
Brachinus favicollis Erwin
(Figs. 336, 340, 341, 342, 359, 365)
Brachinus favicollis Erwin, 1965: 1 1 . Holotype male and allotype female both in CAS.
Type locality. - Jamul, San Diego County, California.
Diagnostic combination. — The very deep punctures of the pronotum separate these
beetles from others in the study area.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 9.5 to 10.5 mm.
Color. As in fumans, except terga ferrugineous, and sterna more narrowly infuscated at
side.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in fumans, except pronotal punctures much deeper.
Head. As in fumans, except mentum and submentum with accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 336) similar to fumans. Proepipleura and proepisterna with
Bombardier Beetles
141
numerous scattered setae. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. As in fumans, except costae more highly elevated.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 340, 341, 342). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated about 45°
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Shaft not as swollen as in fumans, apex more
narrowed and slightly twisted. Ligule short, broad, truncate. Virga (figs. 340, 341). Female
(fig. 359). Stylus narrow, widened apically and rounded.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the shape of the pronotum, thecolor of
the elytra, and the degree to which the metepistema are infuscated.
Flight. — These beetles have been collected at lights at Camp Verde, Arizona.
Etymology . — Latin, favus, honeycomb; collis, neck; referring to the strongly punc-
tured pronotum of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — D. R. Whitehead collected these beetles at the edge of a permanent
stream near Hooker’s Hot Springs, Arizona. G. R. Noonan collected specimens from under
stones in an intermittent stream bed in southern California at an elevation of 3,250 feet.
The stream side was sandy and with small stones. The common trees in the bottom of the
gully, through which the stream flowed, were specimens of Platanus, Salix, Alnus, Populus,
and Fraxinus species.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from March to August, and in
January and October. Teneral adults were collected in May in California and Arizona, and
in July in Arizona. Overwintering probably takes place in the adult stage.
Distribution. — (Fig. 365). The range of this species extends from eastern Arizona into
California, and south to Baja California. I have seen 152 specimens from the following
localities:
MEXICO
BAJA CALIFORNIA: (Catavina) CAS; (San Vicente) LACM; (South of El Sauzal) CAS.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Bass Canyon, Tenney’s Mule Shoe Ranch, near Hooker’s Hot Springs) DRWh; Gila County
(East Verde River, 6.0 miles north of Payson) LACM, (10.0 miles south of Globe) AMNH, (Base of Pinal Mountains) PUM,
UATA; Graham County (Geronimo) UATA; Navajo County (8-15.0 miles northeast of Whiteriver) AMNH; Pima County
(Santa Catalina Mountains) CAS, (Tucson) CAS, UATA; Pinal County (Aravaipa Creek) CUNY; Yavapai County (Camp
Verde) CAS, (Cottonwood) UIMI; County unknown (Carrizo) UATA, (Kohl’s Ranch) UATA. CALIFORNIA: Imperial
County (Carrizo) UMAH; Los Angeles County CMPP, (Azusa) LACM, (Los Angeles) LACM, (Pasadena) CAS, (San Francis-
quito Canyon) LACM, (San Gabriel Canyon) GRNo, (Tujunga Creek) LACM; Orange County (Black Star Canyon) UCD,
(Trabuco) GRNo; Riverside County (Hemet) VVBa, (Palm Canyon) CNC, LACM, MCZ, (Palm Springs) UCD, (Temecula)
CAS; San Bernardino County (Mojave River) CAS; San Diego County UCD, (Jumul) CAS, (Mission Valley) SDNHM, (Pamo
Valley) LACM, (Poway Groove) GRNo; Santa Barbara County (4.0 miles east of Los Prietos) UCD; County unknown (San
Juan) UWSW.
Brachinus perplexus Dejean
(Figs. 335, 343, 344, 345, 362, 366)
Brachinus perplexus Dejean, 1831: 426. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“perplexus ? var. in Amer. Bor.” on green paper, and “Ex Museo Chaudoir” on white
paper. This specimen stands first in second row of nine specimens. Type locality . — North
America, as originally given by Dejean, but herewith restricted to Florida.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Medium-sized beetles, 7.9 to 1 1.0 mm.
Color. As in fumans, except terga usually ferrugineous.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in fumans.
Head. As in fumans, except antennal scape widest about middle, and mentum and sub-
mentum with accessory setae.
142
Erwin
Prothorax. As in fumans , except anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose. Pronotum
(fig. 335).
Pterothorax. As in fumans, except costae weaker and more densely punctate, and humeral
angle not so prominent.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 343, 344, 345). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft narrow, slightly twisted. Ligule moder-
ately long, broad, truncate. Virga (figs. 343, 344). Female (fig. 362). Stylus short, broad,
slightly bent at apical third, narrowly rounded apically.
Variation. - Intrapopulational variation occurs in the body size and in the shape of the
pronotum.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected at lights in Alabama and Louisiana.
Etymology . — Latin, perplexus, intricate, puzzling; referring to the similarity of these
beetles to the other species in the genus.
Life history. - Members of this species have been collected in February, and May to
August, but no teneral adults have been seen.
Distribution. - (Fig. 366). The range of this species extends from Florida to Texas, and
north to southern Iowa. I have seen 71 specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Mobile) CAS; Tallapoosa County (Smith Mountain Tower) AUAA. ARKANSAS: Conway
County (No locality given) UAFA; Desha County (No locality given) UAFA; Hempstead County (Hope) MCZ; Lawrence
County (No locality given) CAS. FLORIDA: Dade County (Royal Palm State Park) PUM; Pinellas County (Tarpon Springs)
CAS. LOUISIANA: Ouachita Parish (Calhoun) UAFA; Vernon Parish (Rosepine) UAFA. MISSISSIPPI: Carrol County
(Avalon) UMAH; George County (Lucedale) CUNY; Pike County (McComb) UWSW; Tunica County (Dundee) UMAH.
NORTH CAROLINA: Moore County (Southern Pines) CNC. OKLAHOMA: Le Flore County (Summerfield) OSUS.
TENNESSEE: Lake County (Gray’s Landing) RTBe; Shelby County (Memphis) CAS. TEXAS: Dallas County (Dallas) MCZ;
Kleberg County (Kingsville) CUNY; Morris County (Daingerfield State Park) UASM; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM;
County unknown (Fuller) USNM.
Brachinus velutinus Erwin
(Figs. 339, 352, 353, 354, 363, 367)
Brachinus velutinus Erwin, 1965: 17. Holotype male and allotype female both in UCD.
Type locality. — Davis, Yolo County, California.
Diagnostic combination . - The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Small-sized beetles, 7.0 to 8.2 mm.
Color. As in fumans, except terga and metepisterna usually ferrugineous.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in fumans, except punctures very fine.
Head. As in fumans, except antennal scape almost cylindrical, andmentum with acces-
sory setae.
Prothorax. As in fumans, except much narrower, proepipleura and proepisterna pubes-
cent throughout, and anterior tibia with anterior edge strigose. Pronotum (fig. 339).
Pterothorax. Elytra narrower than in fumans, more sloped at humeri, costae hardly pres-
ent, and with denser pubescence.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 352, 353, 354). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated about 45°
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Median lobe slightly swollen medially. Apex of
shaft narrowed, slightly twisted, and slightly bent dorsally. Ligule short, narrow, and round-
ed apically. Virga (figs. 352, 353). Female (fig. 363). Stylus short, broad, arcuate, narrowly
rounded apically.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Bombardier Beetles
143
Etymology . — Latin, velutinus, velvety; referring to the appearance of the elytral pub-
escence on these beetles.
Collecting notes. — W. H. Tyson collected members of this species in a Typha-Scirpus
marsh near Los Banos when the water was near maximum height.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in April, May, and September,
but no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 367). The range of this species extends along the Central Valley of
California in the Sacramento and San Joaquin drainage systems. I have seen 19 specimens
from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
CALIFORNIA: PUM, USNM, Contra Costa County (Brentwood) CAS; Stanislaus County (Newman) UCD; Tulare County
(Visalia) UCD; Yolo County (Davis) CAS, UCD.
Brachinus imperialensis Erwin
(Figs. 338, 349, 350, 351, 361, 364)
Brachinus imperialensis Erwin, 1965: 17. Holotype and allotype both in CAS. Type local-
ity. — Potholes, Imperial County, California.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.0 to 12.1 mm.
Color. Metepisterna and sides of abdominal sterna infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous.
Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in fumans.
Head. As in fumans , except antennal scape widest at middle, and mentum and submentum
with accessory setae.
Prothorax. As in fumans, except anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. As in fumans, except costae weaker and elytra totally pubescent.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 349, 350, 351). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated about 45°
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft broad, slightly twisted. Ligule
moderately long, broad, rounded apically. Virga (figs. 349, 350). Female (fig. 361). Stylus
short, arcuate, rounded apically.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in body size and in the shape of the pro-
notum.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights throughout the range of
the species.
Etymology. - Imperial, English, from Imperial County, the place where the types were
collected; ensis, place, locality, or county.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in March and April, June to
September, and November, but teneral adults were not seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 364). The range of this species extends from eastern Colorado,
south to the Mexican Highplain, and from California east to Texas. I have seen 218 speci-
mens from the following localities:
MEXICO
DURANGO: (Durango) AMNH; (Tlahualilo) USNM. SAN LUIS POTOSI: (San Luis Potosi) AMNH. SINALOA: (Los
Mochis) CAS. SONORA: (Ciudad Obregon) AMNH; (Hermosillo) CAS.
UNITED STATES
ARIZONA: Cochise County (Cave Creek Ranch) SJSC, UASM; (Douglas) CNHM, CUNY, FDAG, UASM, UCD, UCR;
(2.0 miles northeast of Douglas) OUCO; (5.0 miles west of Portal) UCD; (South West Research Station, 5.0 miles west of
Portal) AMNH, CUNY; Coconino County (Cameron Trading Post) UASM; Graham County (Thatcher) UCD; Pima County
(San Simon) LACM; (Tucson) MCZ, USNM; Yuma County (Fort Yuma) USNM, (Yuma) CAS, MCZ, TLEr, TMBH, UATA,
USNM; County unknown (East Bridge) ISUA, MCZ. CALIFORNIA: Imperial County (Brawley) CAS, CBak, (Calexico)
144
Erwin
UCD, UWSW, (Calipatria) CAS, (El Centro) CAS, CNHM, TLEr, (HoltviUe) CAS, (Imperial Valley) UATA, (Needles) TLEr,
(Palo Verde) UIMI, (Potholes) CAS; Los Angeles County (No locality given) CAS, UWSW; Riverside County (Blythe) CAS,
(Colorado River, Blythe) TLEr, (Lake Elsinore) USNM, (Palm Springs) USNM. COLORADO: Yuma County (Wray) KSU.
NEVADA: Clark County (Logandale) NSDA, (Overton) UASM, (Overton Boat Landing) JSch. NEW MEXICO: Curry
County (Clovis) USNM; Hidalgo County (Animas) AMNH, (Rodeo) CUNY; Luna County (Deming) MCZ. TEXAS: Brew-
ster County (Alpine) CAS, (Castolon) TAMU; Cameron County (Brownsville) CNC, CUNY, ISNH; El Paso County (El
Paso) CMPP; Hidalgo County TAMU, (McAllen) UMAH; Jeff Davis County (Fort Davis) CNC; Kleberg County (Kingsville)
CUNY; Randall County (Canyon) TAMU, (Palo Duro State Park) UMSP; Reeves County (Pecos) ISUA; San Patricio Coun-
ty (Welder Wildlife Refuge, near Sin ton) CNC; Travis County (Austin) UASM; Victoria County (Victoria) UASM.
The cordicollis group
The single characteristic shared by the species of this group is the form of the virga of the
endophallus. This structure is characteristically H-shaped with a dorsal fin on the midline or
some modification of the basic H-shape. The more darkly pigmented areas extend from the
median fin to the lateral lobes. The eight species belonging to this group are arrayed in four
subgroups.
The cordicollis subgroup
The species of this subgroup are characterized by the robust median lobe, usually with a
ventral depression on the shaft, and the true H-shaped virga. Four species, B. cordicollis
Dejean, B. sublaevis Chaudoir, B. cyanochroaticus Erwin, and B. ichabodopsis new species,
are included.
Brachinus cordicollis Dejean
(Figs. 376, 377, 378, 379, 387, 391)
Brachinus cordicollis Dejean, 1826: 466. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“cordicollis m. in Amer. Bor.” and “D. LeConte.” Type locality. — North America, as
originally given by Dejean, but herewith restricted to Fairfax County, Virginia.
Brachinus velox LeConte, 1848: 206. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type label
number 5850, further labelled with a pink disc, “90” and “v. velox LeC.” Type locality. —
New York, as originally given by LeConte. LeConte, 1862: 524.
Brachinus leptocerus Chaudoir, 1868: 296. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP,
labelled “Ex Museo Chaudoir” and standing fifth in a series of six specimens behind box
label “leptocerus Chaud. Etas Unis Guex.” Type locality. — United States, as originally
given by Chaudoir, but herewith restricted to New York. NEW SYNONYMY.
Brachynus gracilis Blatchley, 1910: 160. Lectotype, previously selected (Blatchley, 1930:
33), a male, PUM, labelled “Marshall Co., Ind. W. S. B. 10-14-03” “L-l 1/2-36” red type
label, and a black bordered label “Holotype Brachynus gracilis Blatchley, 1910.” Type
locality. — Marshall County, Indiana, as originally given by Blatchley. NEW SYNONYMY.
Notes. — The specimen labelled gracilis holotype cannot be a holotype because Blatchley
did not originally designate it so.
Diagnostic combination. - The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.0 to 10.2 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4 various. Metepisterna, and abdominal sterna and terga
infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and disc of pronotum rugose and punctate, punctures
moderately impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape cylindrical or almost so.
Ligula with center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per row. Men-
tum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 379) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides narrowly
Figs. 370, 374, 375, 379. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 370. Brachinus ichabodopsis new species, Hardkinsville,
Florida. 374. Brachinus sublaevis Chaudoir, Archbold Biology Station, Florida. 375. Brachinus cyanochroaticus
Erwin, 11.9 miles west of York, North Dakota. 379. Brachinus cordicollis Dejean, Toronto, Canada. Figs. 371-373,
376-378, 380-385. Male genitalia. 371. Brachinus sublaevis Chaudoir, Archbold Biology Station, Florida, ventral as-
pect. 372 & 373. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 376. Brachinus cordicollis Dejean, Ithaca, New York, ventral
aspect. 377 & 378. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 380. Brachinus cyanochroaticus Erwin, 1 1 .9 miles west of York,
Dakota, ventral aspect. 381 & 382. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 383. Brachinus ichabodopsis new species, Hard-
kinsville, Florida, ventral aspect. 384 & 385. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0
mm.
146
Erwin
reflexed. Proepisterna pubescent throughout, proepipleura various. Anterior tibia with an-
terior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, costae weakly elevated. Humeral angle square.
Costae and depressions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 376, 377, 378). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft broad and blunt, with slight notch at middle.
Venter of shaft with elongate longitudinal depression. Ligule elongate, narrow, rounded
apically. Virga (figs. 376, 377). Female (fig. 387). Stylus narrow, parallel-sided, rounded
apically.
Variation. — Besides the intrapopulational variation in the shape of the pronotum and the
body size, setae of the proepipleura are present in some individuals, absent from others.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Latin, cordis , heart; collis, neck; referring to the cordiform outline of
the pronotum of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — C. Chantal collected these beetles from under stones on sandy clay
terraces above the Becancour River in Quebec.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from April to October. Tener-
al adults were collected in April in New York, in May in Ontario, in July in Pennsylvania,
and in September in Wisconsin. Overwintering is probably in the adult stage.
Distribution. — (Fig. 391). The range of this species extends from New Brunswick and
Virginia west to Utah, Colorado, and New Mexico. I have seen 864 specimens from the
following localities:
CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK: (Saint John) UWMW. ONTARIO: (Belleville) UASM; (Erindale) CAS; (Lake Abitibi, Low Bush) CAS;
(Rogue Hills) CAS; (Summerville) CAS; (Toronto) CAS; (Willowdale) CAS. QUEBEC: (Becancour) CCh; (Como) MCZ;
(Perrot Isle) CMPP; (Vaudreuil) CAS.
UNITED STATES
ARKANSAS: Washington County (No locality given) UAFA. COLORADO: Boulder County (Viele Lake) CArm; Denver
County (Denver) ISNH. ILLINOIS: Cook County (Chicago) WSUP, (Des Plaines) CNHM, (Willow Springs) UMAH; Kendall
County (Oswego) CNHM; Lake County (Volo) RTBe; La Salle County (No locality given) RTBe; McHenry County (Algon-
quin) ISNH; Putnam County (No locality given) ISNH. INDIANA: CNHM, Lake County (Hessville) CMPP. IOWA: Buch-
anan County (Independence) MCZ; Henry County (Mount Pleasant) CAS; Howard County (Elma) AMNH; Johnson County
(Iowa City) MCZ, USNM, (Solon) USNM; Story County (Ames) ISUA. KANSAS: Riley County (No locality given) KSU;
Shawnee County (Topeka) KSU. MARYLAND: (No locality given) MCZ. MASSACHUSETTS: Hampden County (Chico-
pee) MCZ; Middlesex County (Cambridge) MCZ, (Concord) MCZ, (Sudbury) MCZ, (Wayland) MCZ. MICHIGAN: Barry
County (Otis Lake) TFH1; Charlevoix County (Garden Island) UMAH; Cheboygan County (No locality given) UMAH;
Gratiot County (No locality given) UMAH; Kent County (Grand Rapids) UNLN; Saint Claire County (Port Huron)
USNM; Washtenaw County (Ann Arbor) UMAH, (Whitmore Lake) JSch; Wayne County (Detroit) MCZ; County unknown
(Aurelius) OSUS. MINNESOTA: Clearwater County (De Soto Lake, Itasca State Park) UM*SP; Douglas County (Alexandria)
PSUU; Hennepin County (No locality given) UMSP; Houston County (No locality given) UMSP; Mille Lacs County (Gar-
rison) UMSP, (Mille Lacs Lake, near Garrison) UMSP; Olmstead County (No locality given) UMSP; Otter Tail County
(Battle Lake) UMSP; Pine County (Snake River, 4.0 miles east of Pine City) UMSP; Ramsey County (No locality given)
UMSP; Red Lake County (Plummer) UMSP; Washington County (No locality given) UMSP; County unknown (Vineland)
UMSP. MISSOURI: (No locality given) ISNH. NEBRASKA: Dodge County (Fremont) UNLN; Lancaster County (Lincoln)
UNLN; Saunders County (Ashland) UNLN. NEW JERSEY: Gloucester County (Woodbury) USNM; Hunterdon County
(Hampton) AMNH; Middlesex County (New Brunswick) AMNH; Passaic County (Passaic) AMNH; Somerset County (No
locality given) UMAH; Sussex County (Hopatcong) AMNH; Union County (Elizabeth) AMNH; County unknown (Snake
Hill) AMNH. NEW MEXICO: Bernalillo County (Albuquerque) USNM. NEW YORK: Albany County (Altamont) CNHM,
CUNY ; Cayuga County (Cayuga) MCZ, (Fair Haven) LACM; Clinton County (Plattsburg) WSUP; Erie County (East Aurora)
CUNY, (Hamburg) CAS; Greene County (Catskill) USNM; Jefferson County (Cape Vincent) CUNY; Monroe County
(Rochester) LACM, MCZ; New York County (Bronx Park) CAS, (New York City) MCZ; Niagara County (Olcott) AUAA,
CUNY; Ontario County (Fish Creek, near Victor) UASM, (Geneva) UMAH; Suffolk County (Babylon) AMNH; Schuyler
County (Cayuta Lake) UASM, (Watkins Glen) AMNH, MCZ, VMKi; Tompkins County (Buttermilk Falls) PUM, (Ithaca)
AUAA, CAS, CUNY, ISNH, KSU, LACM, MCZ, OUCO, UASM, UCR, UIMI, UNLN, (Ludlowville) CUNY, (Varna) UASM;
Westchester County (Peekskill) MCZ; Wayne County (No locality given) UASM; County unknown (Enfield Falls)
CNC, (Taughannock Falls) CUNY. OHIO: Delaware County (No locality given) PUM; Franklin County (Columbus)
OUCO, PUM; Pickaway County (No locality given) SJSC; Putnam County (Auglaize River) PUM; Ottawa County
(Bass Island) PUM; Williams County (Saint Joseph River) PUM. PENNSYLVANIA: Allegheny County (Pittsburgh)
Bombardier Beetles
147
CMPP, OSUS; Bradford County (Susquehanna River, Wyalusing) GRNo; Crawford County (Conneaut Lake) CMPP;
Cumberland County (Camp Hill) CUNY; Dauphin County (Harrisburg) VMKi; Erie County CMPP, (Erie) CUNY;
Franklin County (Chambersburg) USNM; Montgomery County (Areola) ANSP, OUCO; Northampton County (Easton)
CAS, (Delaware Water Gap) AMNH; Pike County (Milford) SDNHM; Westmoreland County (Jeanette) CMPP; County
unknown (Edge Hill) USNM, (Lehigh Water Gap) USNM. UTAH: (No locality given) ISUA. VERMONT: Bennington
County (No locality given) MCZ; Chittenden County (East Georgia) RTBe, (Grand Isle) MCZ. VIRGINIA: Fairfax County
(Great Falls) USNM; Loudoun County (No locality given) ANSP, MCZ. WEST VIRGINIA: County unknown (Brush Creek)
CUNY. WISCONSIN: Dane County (No locality given) UWMW; Green County (Brodhead) UMAH; Winnebago County
(Oshkosh) CAS.
Brachinus cyanochroaticus Erwin
(Figs. 375, 380, 381, 382, 388, 392)
Brachinus cyanochroaticus Erwin, 1969: 283 . The holotype male and allotype female are
in MCZ. Type locality. - Eleven miles west of York, Benson County, North Dakota.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Medium-sized beetles, 7.0 to 1 1.3 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4 apically, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, and abdom-
inal sterna and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of
elytra blue, usually with metallic luster.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose and punctate. Disc of pronotum punctate, punc-
tures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at middle,
otherwise head as in cordicollis.
Prothorax. As in cordicollis , except sides of pronotum (fig. 375) more widely reflexed
and proepipleura glabrous.
Pterothorax. As in cordicollis.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 380, 381, 382). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Shaft as in cordicollis. Entire median lobe more
robust than in cordicollis. Virga (figs. 380, 381). Female (fig. 388).
Variation. - The members of this species vary considerably in the shape of the pronotum
and in the color of the elytra. These are both local variations, but generally the color has a
metallic luster in the north and western portions of the range, while in the south and eastern
parts of the range, the color becomes dull blue.
Flight. - The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Greek, kyanos, blue; chroaticus, color of the skin; referring to the blue
color of the elytra of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — H. Goulet collected these beetles near old beaver houses in the com-
pany of Platypatrobus lacustris Darlington, and G. E. Ball and R. T. Bell collected them at
the edges of ponds.
Life history. - Members of this species have been collected from April to October. Ten-
eral adults were collected in May in Quebec. At least some adults overwinter.
Distribution. — (Fig. 392). The range of this species extends from British Columbia and
Idaho, east to Massachusetts, and south to Kansas. I have seen 342 specimens from the fol-
lowing localities:
CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA: (Salmon Arm) CAS. MANITOBA: (Boissevain, south of Brandon) ZMLS; (Whitewater Lake)
UASM, ZMLS. ONTARIO: (Belleville) CUNY; (Britannia) CAS; (Craigleith, West Collingwood, Georgian Bay) ZMLS;
(De Cew Falls) CNC; (Grand Bend, Lake Huron) ZMLS; (Gravenhurst) AMNH; (Hyde Park Comer) RTBe; (Lake of the
Woods, Clearwater Bay) CNC; (Point Pelee) ZMLS; (Port Credit) ZMLS; (Prince Edward County) CUNY ; (Toronto) CAS;
(Turkey Point, Lake Erie) ZMLS. SASKATCHEWAN: (Regina) ZMLS. QUEEEC: (Dorval) CAS; (Gatineau, 1.0 mile south-
west of Meach Lake) CNC; (Lachine) CAS; (Lac Saint Jean) CAS; (La Trappe) ZMLS; (Montreal) CAS; (Outrem’t) CAS;
(Rigaud) CAS, HGou; (Saint Eustache) CAS; (Saint Rose) CAS; (Venise) CCh.
148
Erwin
386
-
389
393
Figs. 386-389. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 386. Brachinus ichabodopsis new species, Florida.
387. Brachinus cordicollis Dejean, Toronto, Canada. 388. Brachinus cyanochroaticus Erwin, 1 1.9 miles west of York,
North Dakota. 389. Brachinus sublaevis Chaudoir, Highlands Hammock State Park, Florida. Figs. 390-393. Geograph-
ical distribution maps. 390. Brachinus ichabodopsis new species. 391. Brachinus cordicollis Dejean. 392. Brachinus
cyanochroaticus Erwin. 393. Brachinus sublaevis Chaudoir. Accompanying scale line equals 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
149
UNITED STATES
COLORADO: Boulder County (Bellmire Reservoir, Longmont) CArm, (McCall Lake, Lyons) CArm; Larimer County
(Fort Collins) CAS; Weld County (Greeley) USNM; Yuma County (Wray) KSU. CONNECTICUT: New Haven County
(New Haven) CAS. IDAHO: Nez Perce County (Lewiston) UIMI. ILLINOIS: Cook County (Chicago) WSUP; Putnam
County (No locality given) ISNH. INDIANA: Posey County (Hovey Lake) PUM. IOWA: Clayton County (Guttenberg)
ISUA; Dickinson County (Lake Okoboji) USNM; Johnson County (Iowa City) ANSP; Palo Alto County (Ruthven) UMAH;
Story County (Ames) ISUA. KANSAS: (No locality given) USNM. MASSACHUSETTS: Bristol County (Dartmouth)
ISUA; Hampshire County (Mount Tom) CMPP; Middlesex County (Waltham) MCZ, (Wayland) MCZ. MICHIGAN: Kalama-
zoo County (Gull Lake Biology Station) JSch; Eaton County (Grand Ledge) USNM; Huron County (Charity Island)
UMAH; Kent County (Grand Rapids) CNHM, UNLN; Missaukee County (No locality given) UMAH; Oceania County
(Crystal Valley) CNHM, (Silver Lake State Park) UMAH; Tuscola County (Fostoria) RCGr; Washtenaw County (Ann Ar-
bor) ISUA, UMAH, (Whitmore Lake) JSch, UMAH; Wayne County (Detroit) CAS. MINNESOTA: Clearwater County
(De Soto Lake, Itasca State Park) UMSP, (Itasca State Park) UMSP; Houston County UMSP, (Brownsville) USNM; Steams
County (Rice Lake, Paynesville) USNM; Traverse County (No locality given) UMSP. MISSOURI: Counties unknown (Cliff
Caves) USNM, (Luxemburg) USNM. MONTANA: Big Horn County (Lodge Grass) MSUM. NEBRASKA: (No locality
given) ISNH. NEW HAMPSHIRE: Cheshire County (Swanzey Pond) MCZ. NEW JERSEY: Essex County (Orange Moun-
tains) USNM; Hudson County (Secaucus) CAS; Morris County (Towaco) USNM; Passaic County (Paterson) AMNH; Warren
County (Phillipsburg) CAS; County unknown (Snake Hill) AMNH, CAS. NEW YORK: Cayuga County (Montezuma Marsh)
UASM; Chautauqua County (Mayville) UASM; Cortland County (McLean Bogs) CUNY; Erie County (Buffalo) CAS, ISNH,
(East Aurora) CUNY, (Lancaster) CAS; Genesee County UMAH, (Batavia) CUNY; Herkimer County (Warren) MCZ; Mon-
roe County (Rochester) LACM; New York County (New York City) MCZ, (Staten Island) CNHM, USNM, (Yonkers) CAS;
Niagara County (Olcott) CUNY; Orange County (West Point) USNM; Rockland County (Piermont) CAS, SDNHM, USNM;
Tompkins County (Ithaca) CAS, CUNY, UASM; Wyoming County (Pike) AMNH, MCZ; County unknown (West Hebron)
USNM. NORTH DAKOTA: Benson County (11.9 miles west of York) UASM; McLean County (Turtle Mountain) UMAH;
Ramsey County (Devils Lake) USNM. OHIO: Ashtabula County (Ashtabula, Chestnut Grove) PUM. PENNSYLVANIA:
Allegheny County CMlPP, USNM, (Pittsburgh) CMPP. SOUTH DAKOTA: Brookings County (Brookings) VMKi, (Volga)
CAS. VERMONT: Chittenden County (Burlington) RTBe, (Gillette Pond, Richmond) RTBe, (Home Creek Delta, Char-
lotte) RTBe, (Shelburne) CAS, (Shelburne Pond, Shelburne) RTBe; Franklin County (La Moille River, East Georgia) RTBe.
WISCONSIN: Dane County (Madison) UWMW; Dodge County (Beaver Dam) ROM, UMAH. WYOMING: Laramie County
(Pine Bluffs) AMNH.
Brachinus sublaevis Chaudoir
(Figs. 371, 372, 373, 374, 388, 393)
Brachinus sublaevis Chaudoir, 1868: 293. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP, lab-
elled “ant maculat abdomn. gra” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” Type locality. - Florida,
here designated.
Brachynus pulchellus Blatchley, 1910: 161. Lectotype, a female, PUM, labelled “Posey Co.
Ind. WSB” “4-18-07” “Purdue Blatchley Coll.” and with a red type label. Type locality —
Posey County, Indiana, as originally given by Blatchley. NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. - The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Medium to large-sized beetles, 9.6 to 1 1.7 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, and abdominal ster-
na and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra dull
blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in cordicollis.
Head. As in cordicollis, except ligula with only two apical setae.
Prothorax. As in cordicollis, except proepipleura glabrous and proepisterna pubescent
both anteriorly and posteriorly, but glabrous medially.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, costae absent or almost so. Humeral angle square to
projecting. Elytra densely pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 371, 372, 373). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft blunt, venter of shaft concave at
middle. Ligule long, narrow, truncate apically. Virga (figs. 371, 372). Female (fig. 388).
Stylus short, narrow, rounded apically.
Variation. — The shape of the pronotum, body size and the height of the costae varies
within population samples.
150
Erwin
Flight. — These beetles have been collected at lights repeatedly throughout the range of
the species.
Etymology . — Latin, laevis, smooth; sub, somewhat; referring to the barely-elevated
costae of the elytra of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — My wife and I collected these beetles in Scirpus-Typha marshes in
Florida and in the Okefenokee Swamp. The beetles were below water line in the rhizomes
of grass clumps (along with members of 36 other species of Carabidae, in the Okefenokee).
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from January to August, but
no teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. - (Fig. 393). The range of this species extends from Florida north to Michi-
gan, and west to western Texas. I have seen 234 specimens from the following localities:
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Magazine Point) CAS, (Mobile) CAS, USNM, (Saraland) CAS, (Whistler) ANSP; Tallapoosa
County (Alexander City) AUAA. ARKANSAS: Washington County (No locality given) UAFA. FLORIDA: Alachua Coun-
ty (Gainesville) FDAG, USNM; Collier County (Everglades) UONO; Dade County (Long Pine Key) CUNY, (Paradise Key)
USNM; Duval County (Jacksonville) CAS; Hernando County (Brooksville) CNHM; Highlands County (Archbold Biology
Station) CUNY, PSUU, (Avon Park) FDAG, (Highlands Hammock State Park) TLEr, UASM; Hillsborough County (Hills-
borough River State Park) UMAH, (Plant City) UMAH, (Tampa) CUNY; Lake County (Fruitland Park) UMAH; Lee Coun-
ty (Fort Myers) CUNY; Levy County (Manatee Springs State Park) RFre; Manatee County (Oneco) UASM; Marion County
MCZ, (Juniper Springs) TLEr; Pinellas County (Dunedin) CAS, PUM; Seminole County (Sanford) PUM; Charlotte County
(Bermont) UASM; Taylor County (Salem) UCD. GEORGIA: Charlton County (Okefenokee Swamp) TLEr; Lowndes
County (No locality given) OUCO. INDIANA: Posey County (Hovey Lake) CEWh, (Mount Vernon) CEWh. KENTUCKY:
Edmonson County (Mammoth Cave National Park) TCBa. LOUISIANA: Ouachita Parish (Calhoun) UAFA. MICHIGAN:
Lapeer County (Lapeer State Game Area) RCGr. MISSISSIPPI: George County (Lucedale) CUNY; Harrison County (10.0
miles north of Biloxi) UCD. MISSOURI: Callaway County (Readsville) MCZ. OKLAHOMA: Rogers County (Catoosa)
CAS. SOUTH CAROLINA: Horry County (Myrtle Beach) VMKi. TENNESSEE: Overton County (Cleeks Mill) TCBa;
Shelby County (Memphis) ANSP, CAS, UMAH. TEXAS: Hardin County (9.0 miles west of Beaumont) OSUC; Reeves
County (Balmorhea Lake) UASM; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM.
Brachinus ichabodopsis new species
(Figs. 370, 383, 384, 385, 386, 390)
Type locality. - Saint John’s River, Hardkinsville, Florida.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in MCZ. The holotype was
collected at the type locality by G. A. Athen (No date of collection given on label). The
allotype is labelled “Fla.” and “F. C. Bowditch Coll.”
Diagnostic combination. - The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. - Large-sized beetles, 11.1 to 16.0 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, mesepisterna, mesepimera, metepisterna, metasternum
at sides, and abdominal sterna and terga infuscated to black, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal
surface and epipleura of elytra dull blue-black.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose and punctate. Disc of pronotum rugose along
midline and punctate, punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest apically,
article 3 elongate, longer than diameter of eye. Ligula with center area ellipsoid-convex with
two apical setae. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 370) slightly convex, elongate and narrow, concave along
center line, sides slightly reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous. Proepisterna pubescent anteriorly
and posteriorly, glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior margin strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra very elongate, narrow, weakly costate. Pubescence mostly confined
to depressions on disc. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 383, 384, 385). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft blunt and broad. Ligule long,
Bombardier Beetles
151
widened apically. Virga (figs. 383, 384). Female (fig. 386). Stylus very broad, parallel-sided,
broadly rounded apically.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. - The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology. — From English, Ichabod Crane, Washington Irving’s long-legged character in
the Legend of Sleepy Hollow; Latin, opsis, likeness; referring to the elongate, long-legged
habitus of these beetles.
Distribution. — (Fig. 390). I have seen only two specimens designated as types. They are
from the following locality:
UNITED STATES
FLORIDA: County unknown (Hardkinsville, Saint John’s River) MCZ.
The oxygonus subgroup
The species of this subgroup are similar in form of the median lobe and modification of
the virga. Although the virga is not truly H-shaped, it has the dorsal fin and similar cross-
brace structure. Also the beetles externally are characteristic in habitus with those of the
cordicollis subgroup. Three species, B. oxygonus Chaudoir, B. vulcanoides Erwin, and B.
fulminatus Erwin, are included here.
Brachinus oxygonus Chaudoir
(Figs. 395, 398, 399, 400, 412, 416)
Brachinus oxygonus Chaudoir, 1843: 714. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, lab-
elled “oxygonus Chaud” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” The specimen stands first in a series
above the box label “stygicornis Say.” Type locality. — North America, as originally
given by Chaudoir, but herewith restricted to Highlands County, Florida.
Brachinus stenomus Chaudoir, 1868: 291. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP, labelled
“Guex” and “Ex Museo Chaudoir.” Type locality. - North America, as originally given
by Chaudoir, but herewith restricted to Highlands County, Florida. NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.4 to 10.0 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, metepisterna, metasternum at sides, and abdominal
sterna and terga infuscated to black, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of
elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows shallowly rugose. Surface of pronotum with scattered,
shallowly impressed, setiferous punctures.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape cylindrical, or almost so.
Ligula with center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae. Mentum and submentum
without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 395) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides slightly
reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous, proepisterna with a few setae both anteriorly and posterior-
ly, glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strongly strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, narrow, weakly costate. Humeral angles square. Costae and
depressions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 398, 399, 400). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Shaft narrow, not robust. Apex of shaft blunt, slightly
notched at middle. Ligule elongate, paralleliform. Virga (figs. 398, 399). Female (fig. 412).
Stylus broad basally, tapered gradually to broadly rounded apex.
152
Erwin
Figs. 394-397. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 394. Brachinus vulcanoides Erwin, Milton, Massachusetts. 395.
Brachinus oxygonus Chaudoir, Archbold Biology Station, Florida. 396. Brachinus fulminatus Erwin, Great Swamp,
Rhode Island. 397. Brachinus janthinipennis (Dejean), Toronto, Canada. Figs. 398-409. Male genitalia. 398. Brachinus
oxygonus Chaudoir, Archbold Biology Station, Florida, ventral aspect. 399 & 400. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same.
401. Brachinus janthinipennis (Dejean), Toronto, Canada, ventral aspect. 402 & 403. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same.
404. Brachinus vulcanoides Erwin, Milton, Massachusetts, ventral aspect. 405 & 406. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same.
407. Brachinus fulminatus Erwin, Edgewood, Maryland, ventral aspect. 408 & 409. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same.
Accompanying scale lines equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
153
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in the amount of infuscation on antennal
articles 3 and 4 and the metasternum, in the shape of the pronotum and body size, and in
the number of setae on the proepisterna.
Flight. - These beetles have been collected repeatedly at lights in Florida.
Etymology . — Greek, oxys, sour, acid; gonus, product; referring to the chemical re-
leased by crepitation of these beetles.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from January to July, but no
teneral adults were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 416). The range of this species extends from the Florida keys, north
to Missouri, and North Carolina, and west to Texas. I have seen 137 specimens from the
following localities:
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Magazine Point) CAS, (Mobile) ANSP, CAS, USNM; Tallapoosa County (Smith Mountain
Tower) AUAA. FLORIDA: Alachua County (Gainesville) CNC, FDAG, TLEr, (Newnans Lake, 5.0 miles east of Gaines-
ville) RFre, UASM; Brevard County (Cocoa) CNC, (Indian River) CAS; Collier County (Collier Seminole State Park) TLEr;
Columbia County (Lake City) DRWh; Dade County (Biscayne Bay) AMNH, MCZ, (Homestead) CNC, TLEr, (Matheson
Hammock) CNC, (Paradise Key) USNM, (Royal Palm State Park) PUM; Flagler County (Pellicer Creek, 13.0 miles north of
Bunnell) CMPP; Hernando County (Brooksville) CNHM; Highlands County (Archbold Biology Station) CEWh, CUNY,
PSUU, (Highlands Hammock State Park) TLEr, (Lake Placid) CUNY; Lake County (5.6 miles east of Juniper Springs)
TLEr; Lee County (Fort Myers) AMNH; Marion County MCZ, (3.0 miles southwest of Lake Marion) CNC; Monroe County
USNM, (Everglades National Park) FDAG; Orange County (Winter Park) FDAG, MCZ; Saint Lucie County (Fort Pierce)
VMKi; Seminole County (Sanford) CAS; Volusia County (Enterprise) CAS; County unknown (Saint Nicholas) USNM.
GEORGIA: Charlton County (Okefenokee Swamp) TLEr, USNM; Lowndes County (No locality given) OUCO; Ware
County (Waycross) UWSW. MISSOURI: Callaway County (Readsville) MCZ. NORTH CAROLINA: MCZ, Wake County
(Raleigh) CNC. SOUTH CAROLINA: Florence County (Florence) VMKi.
Brachinus fulminatus Erwin
(Figs. 396, 407, 408, 409, 411,414)
Type locality. - Wayland, Middlesex County, Massachusetts.
Type specimens. - The holotype male and allotype female are in MCZ. Both specimens
were collected at the type locality by C. E. White on April 15, 1930. Twenty paratypes
collected on various dates and at various localities are in AMNH, CAS, MCZ, TLEr, and
UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.2 to 10.6 mm.
Color. As in oxygonus.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in oxygonus.
Head. As in oxygonus, except antennal scape robust, widest at middle, and ligula with
center area with two rows of three setae each on ellipsoid-convex area.
Prothorax. As in oxygonus. Pronotum (fig. 396).
Pterothorax. As in oxygonus.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 407, 408, 409). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft as in cordicollis. Virga (figs. 407,
408). Female (fig. 41 1). Stylus broad, tapered to acute apex.
Variation. — Besides the intrapopulational variation in total size and the shape of the pro-
notum, the North Carolina specimens have a more elongate and narrow pronotum.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . - Latin, fulminatus, exploding with sudden violence; referring to the crepi-
tating behavior of these beetles.
Collecting notes. — These beetles have been collected in the sphagnum bogs of the Great
Swamp of Rhode Island.
154
Erwin
Bombardier Beetles
155
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from April to November. One
teneral adult was collected in April in Indiana.
Distribution. — (Fig. 414). The range of this species is discontinuous. The western most
part is within the state of Indiana; the eastern most part extends from New York to Massa-
chusetts, south to Maryland; and the southern part is within North Carolina. I have seen 139
specimens from the following localities:
UNITEDSTATES
CONNECTICUT: New Haven County (New Haven) CUNY. DELAWARE: Kent County (Bombay Hook) PSUU. INDIANA:
Knox County (No locality given) CAS; Lake County (Miller) CAS; Marion County (No locality given) PUM; Posey County
(No locality given) PUM; Spencer County (No locality given) PUM; Vigo County (No locality given) PUM. MARYLAND:
Harford County (Edgewood) CUNY. MASSACHUSETTS: Bristol County (Swansea) CAS; Hampden County (Montgomery)
MCZ; Middlesex County (Arlington) MCZ, (Concord) MCZ, (Newton) MCZ, (Tyngsboro) CAS, (Wayland) MCZ; Norfolk
County (Brookline) MCZ; Suffolk County (Dorchester) MCZ; Counties unknown (Forest Hills) USNM. NEW JERSEY:
Bergen County (Fort Lee) CAS, (Ramsey) AMNH; Burlington County (At sion) CAS; Essex County (Caldwell) CNHM;
Mercer County (Trenton) CAS; Morris County (Butler) USNM, (Towaco) USNM; Passaic County (Greenwood Lake)
USNM. NEW YORK: Bronx County (Fleetwood) CAS; New York County (Brooklyn) USNM, (New York City) CAS,
(Yonkers) CAS, CNHM; Suffolk County (Montauk) CNHM; Wayne County (Sodus Bay) UASM; Westchester County (Peek-
skill) MCZ; County unknown (Long Island) USNM. NORTH CAROLINA: Columbus County (Whiteville) UNCR; Robeson
County (Boardman) USNM; County unknown (Beauford) MCZ. PENNSYLVANIA: Allegheny County (Pittsburgh) CMPP;
Dauphin County (Harrisburg) CUNY. RHODE ISLAND: Kent County (Warwick) UMAH; Washington County (Great
Swamp, South Kingston) RCGr, (Watch Hill) USNM.
Brachinus vulcanoides Erwin
(Figs. 394, 404, 405, 406, 410, 415)
Type locality. — Baychester, New York.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in MCZ. Both were collected
by H. B. Leech on May 8, 1926. Twenty paratypes collected on various dates and at var-
ious localities have been deposited at AMNH, CAS, MCZ, TLEr, and UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 8.6 to 10.2 mm.
Color. As in oxygonus.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and disc of pronotum rugose and punctate, punctures
moderately impressed.
Head. As in cordicollis, except antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Prothorax. As in oxygonus , except pronotum (fig. 394) with sides more widely reflexed
and anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate, punctures small.
Pterothorax. As in oxygonus , except pubescence more confined to depressions.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 404, 405, 406). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Apex of shaft as in cordicollis. Virga (figs. 404,
405). Female (fig. 410). Stylus broad, parallel-sided, rounded at apex.
Variation. — Intrapopulational variation occurs in total size, shape of pronotum, and
color of the antennal articles 3 and 4 which may be totally infuscated or only have the api-
cal third infuscated.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Latin, Vulcanus, God of Fire; oides, likeness; referring symbolically to
the crepitating habit of these beetles.
Life history. — Members of this species were collected from March to November (exclud-
ing June), but no tenerals were seen.
Distribution. (Fig. 415). The range of this species extends from Massachusetts along
the coast to New Jersey. One specimen (Crescent City, Florida) may be mislabelled. I have
seen 1 10 specimens from the following localities:
156
Erwin
UNITED STATES
FLORIDA: Putnam County (Crescent City) USNM. MASSACHUSETTS: Barnstable County (Barnstable) MCZ; Hamp-
shire County (South Amherst) MCZ; Middlesex County (Arlington) ZMLS, (Concord) MCZ; Norfolk County (Dover) MCZ;
(Milton) MCZ, (Quincy) MCZ; Plymouth County (Marion) MCZ, ZMLS. NEW JERSEY: Cape May County (Five Mile
Beach) OUCO, (Ocean City) CAS; Ocean County (Surf City) USNM; Sussex County (Hopatcong) AMNH. NEW YORK:
Nassau County (Jones Beach State Park) CAS, (Long Beach) CAS; New York County (Baychester) CAS, CNHM, MCZ,
(Brooklyn) USNM, (New Lots) MCZ, (Pelham Bay Park) CNHM, (Rockaway Beach) CAS, ROM, USNM; Queens County
(Flushing) AMNH; Suffolk County (Montauk) CNHM, (Quogue) CAS, (Wyandanch) USNM; Counties unknown (Aque-
duct) ANSP, (Long Island) AMNH.
The janthinipennis subgroup
The species of this subgroup are characterized by their small, narrow, apically acute med-
ian lobe and modified H-shaped virga. The virga has a more apically extended cross-brace of
the “H,” thus the lower legs of the “H” appear to be missing. One species, B. janthinipennis
(Dejean), is included.
Brachinus janthinipennis (Dejean)
(Frontispiece, Figs. 397, 401, 402, 403, 413, 417, 418)
Aptinus janthinipennis Dejean, 1831: 412. Lectotype, here selected, a female, MHNP,
labelled “Aptinus” “janthinipennis m. in Amer. bor.” “LeConte” and “Ex Museo Chau-
doir.” Type locality. - North America, as originally given by Dejean, but herewith res-
tricted to New York.
Brachinus pumilio LeConte, 1848: 208. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MCZ red type
label number 5841, further labelled with a pink disc and “94.” Type locality. — Middle
States, as given by LeConte’s pink disc. NEW SYNONYMY.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Small-sized beetles, 5.7 to 8.9 mm.
Color. Ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows and disc of pronotum as in cordicollis.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at middle.
Ligula with center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae. Mentum and submentum as
in cordicollis.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 397) more convex than in cordicollis , sides less reflexed. Pro-
epipleura glabrous. Proepisterna with a few setae both anteriorly and posteriorly, glabrous
medially. Anterior tibia with anterior edge strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra short, widest at apical third, humeral angle narrow, square or sloped.
Costae weakly elevated. Elytra covered by pubescence.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 401, 402, 403). Median lobe with plane of shaft slightly rotated
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend short. Apex of shaft narrow, acute, and flattened
dorso-ventrally. Ligule elongate, broad, rounded apically. Virga (figs. 401, 402). Female (fig.
413). Stylus narrow, parallel-sided, rounded apically.
Variation. - Intrapopulational variation was noted in the shape of the pronotum, body
size, and the length of wings. All observed specimens have a reflexed apex, but the length
outside the stigma varies locally.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded, and it is doubtful that they
can fly.
Etymology . — Greek, ianthinos, violet-blue; Latin, pennis, wing; referring to the blue
elytra of these beetles which may appear violet in certain lighting.
Collecting notes. — D. H. Kavanaugh and C. Armin collected these beetles from under
stones at the edges of lakes and streams in Colorado, and T. Hlavac collected specimens on
Bombardier Beetles
157
427
Figs. 419-423, 427. Pronotum, right half, dorsal aspect. 419. Brachinus explosus new species, Tamazunchale, San
Luis Potosi, Mexico. 420. Brachinus mobilis new species, Mobile, Alabama. 421. Brachinus aabaaba new species,
Presa de Guadalupe, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. 422. Brachinus sonorous new species, 14.0 miles southeast of Empalme,
Sonora, Mexico. 423. Pheropsophidius aequinoctialis Linne, Amazonas, Brazil. 427. Pheropsophidius biplagiatus
Chaudoir, 22.4 miles north of Puerto Escondido, Oaxaca, Mexico. Figs. 424-426, 428-433. Male genitalia. 424.
Brachinus mobilis new species, Mobile, Alabama, ventral aspect. 425 & 426. Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. 428.
Brachinus sonorous new species, Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, ventral aspect. 429 & 430. Lateral & dorsal aspects of
same. 431. Brachinus aabaaba new species, Presa de Guadalupe, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, ventral aspect. 432 & 433.
Lateral & dorsal aspects of same. Accompanying scale lines equal 1 .0 mm.
158
Erwin
mud lake shores in Michigan.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected from April to October. Ten-
eral adults were collected in May, July, August, and September in Michigan, in May and
September in Toronto, in May in New York, in August in Massachusetts, in September in
Connecticut, and in October in Colorado. Overwintering probably takes place in the adult
stage.
Distribution. — (Fig. 417). The range of this species extends from Colorado to the New
England coast, and from the Great Lakes region to Texas. The Edmonton, Alberta record is
highly doubtful. I have seen 1 ,065 specimens from the following localities:
CANADA
ALBERTA: (Edmonton) CNHM. ONTARIO: (Belleville) CNC; (Cedarvale) RTBe; (De Cew Falls) CNC; (Fanshawe Lake,
near London) UASM; (London) CNHM; (Long Point) HGou; (Point Pelee) CAS, CNC; (Stag Island) UMAH; (Toronto)
CAS, CUNY, ROM, RTBe, UMAH, USNM, UWMW; (Trenton) CNC; (Willowdale) CAS, RTBe. QUEBEC: (Becancour)
CCha; (Berthierville) ZMLS; (Saint Jean) CAS.
UNITED STATES
COLORADO: Boulder County (Baseline Lake) CArm, (Boulder) CArm, (El Dorado Springs) CArm, (Four Mile Creek)
CArm, (Lyons) CArm, (McCall Lake) CArm, (Saint Vrain Creek) CArm, RCGr, (Teller Lake) CArm; Denver County (Den-
ver) USNM; Jefferson County (Bear Creek, 2.0 miles east of Morrison) DHKa; Yuma County (Wray) KSU. CONNECTI-
CUT: Litchfield County (Cornwall) CAS, CUNY, MCZ, ZMLS. ILLINOIS: Champaign County (Urbana) CMPP; Cook
County (No locality given) CNHM; Lake County (Waukegan) USNM; Union County (Wolf Lake) CNHM; County unknown
(Powerton) ISNH. INDIANA: Elkhart County (Elkhart) MCZ; Fulton County (No locality given) PUM; Knox County
(No locality given) CNHM; Kosciusko County CAS, PUM, (Winona Lake) UMAH; Lake County (No locality given) PUM;
Marion County (Indianapolis) CEWh; Marshall County (No locality given) PUM; Starke County (No locality given) PUM;
Whitley County (No locality given) PUM. IOWA: Dickinson County (Lake Okoboji) USNM; Story County (Ames) ISUA.
KANSAS: Barton County (Arkansas River, Great Bend) RCGr; Reno County (No locality given) CAS; Sheridan County
(State Lake, near Studley) RFre, UASM. MARYLAND: Calvert County (Port Republic) UWSW. MASSACHUSETTS:
Bristol County (Fall River) CAS, MCZ; Essex County (Manchester) MCZ; Franklin County (Northfield) MCZ; Hampden
County (Chicopee) MCZ, (Longmeadow) MCZ, (Wilbraham) MCZ; Hampshire County (Amherst) CEWh; Middlesex County
(Woburn) MCZ; Norfolk County (Brookline) MCZ, (Wellesley) MCZ; County unknown (Egremont) MCZ. MICHIGAN:
Allegan County (Douglas Lake) FDAG, KSU, OUCO, (Saugatuck) RCGr, TFH1; Alpena County UMAH, (Alpena) ISNH,
USNM; Bay County (Bay City State Park) ISNH, (Pinconning) UWSW; Berry County (Otis Lake) TFH1, (Wall Lake)
TFH1; Charlevoix County (Beaver Island) UMAH, (Garden Island) UMAH; Cheboygan County (No locality given) UMAH,
UWMW; Clinton County (Park Lake) TFH1; Grand Traverse County (Interlochen) UMAH, (Lighthouse Beach) RCGr,
(Marion Island) UMAH; Huron County (3.0 miles north of Bayport) MCZ, (Charity Island) JSch, UMAH, (Sand Point)
MCZ, UMAH; Jackson County (Portage Lake) UMAH; Kent County (Grand Rapids) CNHM, UNLN; Lake County (Loon
Lake) UMAH; Leelanau County (No locality given) UMAH; Mackinac County (Bois Blanc Island) UMAH, (Bois Blanc Is-
land, Point aux Pins) UWSW, (Bois Blanc Island, Snake Islet) UWSW, (Horseshoe Bay) AMNH, (Naubinway) UASM, (Saint
Martin Island) UMAH, (near Saint Ignace) CAS, UASM; Marquette County (Huron Mountains) UMAH; OaklandCounty
UMAH, (Holly) PSUU; Oceana County (Crystal Valley) CNHM; Ottawa County (No locality given) KSU; Saint Clair County
(Flats Canal) UMAH, (Port Huron) USNM; Washtenaw County (Ann Arbor) UMAH; Wayne County (Detroit) USNM;
Counties unknown (Glen Haven) CAS, (Lake Huron shores) MCZ, (Newell’s Camp) MCZ, (Pentwater) CNHM. MINNE-
SOTA: Chisago County (No locality given) UMSP; Clearwater County (Bohall Lake, Itasca State Park) UMSP, (De Soto
Lake, Itasca State Park) UMSP; Crow Wing County (Mille Lacs Lake, near Garrison) UMSP, (Pelican Lake, Nisswa) UNLN;
Douglas County (Alexandria) UASM, (Lake Carlos) ISNH, PUM; Hennepin County (Minneapolis) UMSP; Kandiyohi Coun-
ty (Eagle Lake, Willmar) UMSP; Olmsted County (No locality given) UMSP; Traverse County (No locality given) UMSP;
Wright County (No locality given) UMSP; County unknown (Vineland) UMSP. NEBRASKA: Cherry County (Hackberry
Lake) UNLN, (Niobrara River, 3.5 miles northeast of Valentine) OSUC; Dakota County (South Sioux City) UNLN; Hall
County (Junction U. S. 34 and Platte River, near Grand Island) UASM; Holt County (No locality given) UNLN. NEW
HAMPSHIRE: Cheshire County (Swanzey Pond) MCZ. NEW JERSEY: Warren County (Phillip sburg) CAS; County un-
known (Guymard) AMNH. NEW YORK: Erie County (Buffalo) ISNH; Orange County (Pine Island) CUNY; Tompkins
County (Ithaca) CAS, CUNY, VMKi, UASM; Washington County (No locality given) MCZ; Westchester County (Golden’s
Bridge) CUNY; County unknown (Sandy Hill) CAS, (Varna) UASM. OHIO: Darke County (No locality given) UMSP; Erie
County (Cedar Point) UMSP, (Sandusky) PUM; Wood County (Yellow Creek) PUM. OKLAHOMA: Cleveland County
(Norman) CAS; Marshall County (Lake Texoma, Willis) RCGr; Payne County (Stillwater) OSUS. PENNSYLVANIA:
Allegheny County (No locality given) CMPP; Montour County (Danville) CAS; Northampton County (Easton) CAS; West-
moreland County (Jeanette) CMPP. RHODE ISLAND: Providence County (Providence) CMPP, UWMW. SOUTH DAK-
OTA: Beadle County (Huron) VMKi; Harding County (Buffalo) VMKi; Kingsbury County (Erwin) USNM. TEXAS:
Blanco County (2.0 miles south of Round Mountain) UASM; Taylor County (25.0 miles southwest of Abilene) CNHM;
Travis County (Austin) WSUP; County unknown (Belfrage) USNM. VERMONT: Bennington County (Hoosick River,
Pownal) RTBe; Chittenden County (La Moille River, Milton) RTBe; Franklin County (La Moille River, East Georgia)
RTBe; Rutland County (Poultney River, Fair Haven) RTBe, (Poultney River, Poultney) RTBe. VIRGINIA: Fairfax County
(Great Falls) MCZ. WISCONSIN: Dane County (No locality given) UWMW; Oconto County (Mountain)CNHM; Waupaca
County (Waupaca) USNM, UWMW.
Bombardier Beetles
159
The mobilis subgroup
The species of this subgroup are characterized by the virga and sulcate mentum sur-
rounded by setae. The virga has the cross-brace of the “H” displaced to the apex and the
pigmented areas more extensive, crossing the midline to form a bar. One species, B. mobilis
new species, is included.
Brachinus mobilis new species
(Figs. 420, 424, 425, 426, 435, 448)
Type locality. — Mobile, Alabama.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in CUNY. Both were collect-
ed at the type locality by H. Dietrich on March 19, 1932. Three paratypes collected at
the same place are in CAS, MCZ, TLEr.
Diagnostic combination. — The sulcate mentum and completely pubescent elytra separ-
ate these beetles from all others in North America.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 8.0 to 8.8 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 2-4, mesepimera, metepisterna, sides of metasternum, and ab-
dominal sterna and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of
elytra blue.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose, surface of pronotum shallowly punctate.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widest at apex.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per
row. Mentum sulcate at middle, sulcus surrounded by setae. Submentum with numerous
accessory setae, not shortened as in costipennis.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 420) slightly convex, flattened along center line, sides narrowly
reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous. Proepisterna with a few setae anteriorly and posteriorly,
glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior edge punctate.
Pterothorax. As in cordicollis, except costae weakly elevated.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 424, 425, 426). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated 45° from
plane of basal bend. Basal bend moderately long. Median lobe arcuate, apex of shaft broadly
rounded. Ligule short, broad, truncate. Virga (figs. 424, 425). Female (fig. 435). Stylus
broad basally, tapered to acute apex.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. - The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology . — Latin, mobilis, mobile; referring to the beetle’s ability to run rapidly, and
to Mobile, Alabama, the place the types were collected.
Life history. — The five known specimens were collected in March and none was teneral.
Distribution. — (Fig. 448). I have seen five specimens from the following locality:
UNITED STATES
ALABAMA: Mobile County (Mobile) CUNY.
The explosus group
This group is provisional until the male is known. The very shiny and almost black elytra
plus the very convex shape of the elytra seem to indicate that the single species, B. explosus
new species, forms a separate group.
160
Erwin
Figs. 434-436, 443-445. Right stylus of female ovipositor, ventral aspect. 434. Brachinus aabaaba new species, Presa
de Guadalupe, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. 435. Brachinus mobilis new species, Mobile, Alabama. 436. Brachinus sonor-
ous new species, 14.0 miles southeast of Empalme, Sonora, Mexico. 443. Brachinus explosus new species, Tamazun-
chale, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. 444. Pheropsophidius biplagiatus Chaudoir, 22.4 miles north of Puerto Escondido,
Oaxaca. Mexico. 445. Pheropsophidius aequinoctialis (Linne), Amazonas, Brazil. Figs. 437-439, 440-442. Male geni-
talia. 437. Pheropsophidius biplagiatus Chaudoir, 22.4 miles north of Puerto Escondido, Oaxaca, Mexico, ventral
aspect. 438. Lateral aspect of same. 439. Dorsal aspect of same. 440. Pheropsophidius aequinoctialis (Linne),
Amazonas, Brazil, ventral aspect. 441. Lateral aspect of same. 442. Dorsal aspect of same. Accompanying scale lines
equal 1.0 mm.
Bombardier Beetles
161
Brachinus explosus new species
(Figs. 419, 443, 448)
Type locality. — Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, Mexico.
Type specimens. — The holotype female is in MCZ. It and the single female paratype (MCZ)
were collected at the type locality by W. Nutting and F. Werner on May 30, 1948.
Diagnostic combination. — The very shiny, almost black elytra with pubescence restricted
to the outer intervals separate members of this species from all others.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 9.9 to 10.7 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, mesepisterna, mesepimera, metepisterna, metasternum,
and abdominal sterna and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epi-
pleura of elytra almost black, shiny.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose and sparsely punctate. Disc of pronotum finely
rugose. Punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape robust, widened toward
apex. Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two apical setae. Mentum
and submentum without accessory setae.
Pro thorax. Pronotum (fig. 419) convex, slightly flattened along center line, sides narrowly
reflexed. Proepipleura glabrous. Proepisterna with a few setae both anteriorly and poster-
iorly, glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate.
Pterothorax. Elytra long, narrow, very convex, costae moderately elevated. Humeral
angle prominent or at least square. Depressions punctate. Pubescence confined to outer
intervals, except in apical third. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male unknown. Female (fig. 443). Stylus short, broad, apically acute.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known to evaluate geographic variation.
Flight. - Both known specimens were collected at lights.
Etymology . - Latin, explosus, drive off, burst; referring to the crepitating ability of
these beetles.
Collecting notes. — The two known specimens were collected at light in an open river
bottom at 682 feet elevation.
Life history. — Both specimens were collected in May, and neither was teneral.
Distribution. - (Fig. 448). Known only from the following locality:
MEXICO
SAN LUIS POTOSI: (Tamazunchale) MCZ.
The aabaaba group
The species of this group are characterized by the trilobed virga and its orientation on
the endophallus, the sulcate ventral side of the median lobe and the slate-grey elytral color.
Two species, B. aabaaba new species and B. sonorous new species, are included.
Brachinus aabaaba new species
(Figs. 421, 431, 432, 433, 434, 450)
Type locality. - Presa de Guadalupe, 53.3 miles west of Ciudad del Maiz, San Luis Potosi,
Mexico.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in MCZ. Both were collected
at the type locality by G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead on October 14, 1965. Twenty
paratypes are in AMNH, CAS, MCZ, TLEr, and UASM.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
162
Erwin
449
Figs. 446-450. Geographical distribution maps. 446. Pheropsophidius biplagiatus Chaudoir, 447. Brachinus sonorous
new species. 448. Brachinus explosus new species. 449. Brachinus mobilis new species. 450. Brachinus aabaaba new
species.
Bombardier Beetles
163
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.3 to 9.6 mm.
Color. Antennal articles 3 and 4, metepisterna, metastemum at sides, abdominal sterna
and terga, and knees infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal surface and epipleura of
elytra slate-grey.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. Frontal furrows rugose and punctate. Surface of pronotum punctate,
punctures barely impressed.
Head. Frontal furrows moderately impressed. Antennal scape slender, almost cylindrical.
Ligula with sclerotized center area ellipsoid-convex with two lateral rows of three setae per
row. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 421) slightly convex, flattened on disc, sides slightly reflexed.
Surface with numerous setae. Proepipleura and proepisterna pubescent anteriorly and pos-
teriorly, glabrous medially. Anterior tibia with anterior surface shallowly strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra elongate, weakly costate. Humeral angle square. Costae and depres-
sions pubescent. Wings fully developed.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 431, 432, 433). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated very little
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Median lobe arcuate, narrow throughout. Apex
of shaft narrowly rounded, ventral side with two parallel ridges forming a central sulcus.
Ligule short, truncate. Virga (figs. 431, 432). Female (fig. 434). Stylus short, broad basally,
curving to narrowly rounded apex.
Variation. — Excepting the normal variation in body size and shape of the pronotum in
local populations, this species is rather constant throughout its range.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has been recorded repeatedly at lights in Texas.
Etymology. — Aabaaba, a barbaric combination of letters.
Life history. - These beetles were collected from April to October, but no teneral adults
were seen.
Distribution. — (Fig. 450). The range of this species extends throughout Texas and eas-
tern New Mexico, north to Kansas and south to San Luis Potosi, Mexico. I have seen 107
specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
SAN LUIS POTOSI: (Presa de Guadalupe) UASM.
UNITED STATES
KANSAS: Atchison County (Atchison) CMPP; Seward County (No locality given) KSU. NEW MEXICO: Eddy County
(Carlsbad) GRNo, (White’s City) FDAG; Quay County (San Jon) CAS. TEXAS: Aransas County (Goose Island State Park,
9.0 miles north of Rockport) UASM; Bexar County (San Antonio) OSUS; Blanco County (Cypress Mill) USNM; Brazos
County (College Station) VMKi; Cameron County (Brownsville) CAS, CNC, JSch, TAMU, TLEr, USNM, WHTy, (Esper-
anza Ranch, Brownsville) CAS; Colorado County (Columbus) USNM; Cottle County (Peducah) JSch; Dallas County (Dal-
las) USNM; Dimmit County (No locality given) UATA; Dawson County (Lamesa) TCBa; Hidalgo County (McAllen)
UMAH, (Weslaco) TAMU; Hudspeth County (9.0 miles southwest of Dell City) AMNH; Kleburg County (Kingsville) CNC,
CUNY, USNM; Nueces County (Corpus Christi) CUNY; Potter County (Amarillo) UWSW; Randall County (Palo Duro
State Park) UMSP; Reeves County (Pecos) CNC; San Patricio County (Welder Wildlife Refuge, near Sin ton) CNC; San Saba
County (Camp San Saba) MCZ; Travis County (Austin) CUNY, UASM, USNM; Victoria County (Victoria) USNM.
Brachinus sonorous new species
(Figs. 422, 428, 429, 430, 436, 447)
Type locality. — Fourteen miles southwest of Empalme, Sonora, Mexico.
Type specimens. — The holotype male and allotype female are in CAS. Both were collected
at the type locality by H. A. Hacker on May 1, 1962. Two paratypes are in AMNH and
TLEr.
Diagnostic combination . — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Medium-sized beetles, 7.5 to 9.0 mm.
164
Erwin
Color. Testaceous to ferrugineous. Dorsal surface of elytra slate-grey, epipleura paler.
Microsculpture. As described for genus.
Macrosculpture. As in aabaaba.
Head. As in aabaaba.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 422) as in aabaaba. Proepipleura and proepisterna pubescent
throughout. Anterior tibia with anterior surface strigose.
Pterothorax. Elytra as in aabaaba.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 428, 429, 430). Median lobe with plane of shaft rotated slightly
from plane of basal bend. Basal bend long. Median lobe arcuate, narrow throughout. Apex
of shaft narrowly rounded, ventral side with central sulcus formed by two parallel ridges.
Ligule short, narrow and truncate. Virga (figs. 428, 429). Female (fig. 436). Stylus short,
broad at base, tapered to narrowly rounded apex.
Variation. — Too few specimens are known of this species to evaluate geographic varia-
tion.
Flight. — The flight of these beetles has not been recorded.
Etymology. — Latin, sonorous, sound; referring to the crepitating habit of these beetles
and to the type locality in Sonora, Mexico.
Life history. — Members of this species have been collected in May and July, but no tener-
al adults were seen.
Distribution. - (Fig. 447). This species is known from only two localities on the west
coast of Mexico. I have seen four specimens from the following localities:
MEXICO
SINALOA: (Mazatlan) AMNH. SONORA: (14.0 miles southeast of Empalme) CAS.
Fossil Material
Scudder (1900) described two Brachinus species, B. repressus and B. newberryi, from the
Florissant beds of Colorado (Miocene). Through the kindness of F. M. Carpenter, I have
examined Scudder’s five specimens (MCZ). The four specimens assigned to B. newberryi
consist of the following: Cotype number 1850, both elytra as a unit with scutellum plus
middle and hind legs on left side in natural position; Cotype number 1851, meso and meta-
sterna and abdominal sterna intact, plus remnants of right middle femur; Cotype number
1852, fragment of elytron; Cotype number 1853, fragment of elytron. The one specimen
assigned to B. repressus consists of a fragment of an elytron and is labeled “Type. 1848.”
None of these specimens can be correctly assigned to the genus Brachinus for the follow-
ing reasons: Cotype 1850 does not have obliquely truncate elytra as in all Brachinida and in
addition the fossil elytra appear to be striate rather than costate; Cotype 1851 has only six
visible abdominal sterna while all Brachinida have seven in the male and eight in the female;
Cotypes 1852 and 1853 have striae rather than costae; and “Type. 1848” has deeply punc-
tate striae with coarse setae on the outer elytral intervals and in the scutellar region while no
Brachinida have these characteristics.
The specimens assigned to B. newberryi should be placed in the genus Lebia (Carabidae:
Lebiini). Cotype 1850 is remarkably similar in all respects to the extent Lebia grandis Hentz.
The single specimen assigned to B. repressus is too fragmentary to make definitive compari-
sons, but is similar in some respects to members of Cymindis (Carabidae: Lebiini).
The genus Pheropsophidius in Middle America
Synonymy and characteristics on p. 36.
The subgenus Pro topheropsophus Hubenthal
Synonymy and characteristics on p. 37.
Bombardier Beetles
165
Pheropsophidus biplagiatus (Chaudoir)
(Figs, 427, 437, 438, 439, 444, 446)
Pheropsophus biplagiatus Chaudoir, 1876: 18. Lectotype, here selected, a male, MHNP,
labelled “Ex Museo Chaudoir” and standing first in a series of seven specimens. Type
locality. — Oaxaca, Mexico, as given originally by Chaudoir.
Diagnostic combination. — The diagnostic characteristics are given in the key.
Description. — Large-sized beetles, 11.0 to 14.0 mm.
Color. Sides of abdomen at least and terga infuscated, otherwise ferrugineous. Dorsal
surface of elytra dark brown, epipleura paler; disc of each elytron with ferrugineous spot.
Microsculpture. Head and pronotum with very fine irregular meshes approximating iso-
diametric meshes. Elytra with isodiametric meshes.
Macrosculpture. Elytral depression 1 in basal half, depressions 7 and 8 throughout with
numerous microtubercles forming rugose surface.
Head. Frontal furrows barely impressed, smooth. Antennal scape robust, widest apically,
shorter than eye diameter. Ligula carinate at middle with three setae at middle of carina and
two apically. Mentum and submentum without accessory setae.
Prothorax. Pronotum (fig. 427), convex, sides beaded, not reflexed.
Pterothorax. Elytra short, weakly costate. Humeri narrow, sloped. Metathorax very short,
shorter than diameter of middle coxa.
Abdomen. As described for genus.
Genitalia. Male (figs. 437, 438, 439). Median lobe almost straight, notched dorsally at
basal third, broadly rounded apically. Ligule bifid, each lobe shifted to alternate sides. Endo-
phallus (fig. 438) long, microtrichiated, apex acute, apical half pubescent. Female (fig. 444).
Stylus short, broad, rounded apically.
Variation. — Within a sample I have seen from a single population, there is considerable
difference in body size and in the diameter of the elytral spots.
Flight. - These beetles are incapable of flight.
Etymology . - Latin, bi, two; Greek, plagio, slope, oblique; Latin, atus, provided with;
probably referring to the angular apex of the elytra.
Collecting notes. — G. E. Ball and D. R. Whitehead collected these beetles in leaf litter on
the southern slopes of the Sierra Madre del Sur. The forest consisted of Quercus species.
Life history. — Members of this species were collected in July, and two of these were ten-
eral.
Distribution. — (Fig. 446). The range of this species is confined to the southern slopes of
the Sierra Madre del Sur in Oaxaca, Mexico. I have seen 15 specimens from the following
locality:
MEXICO
OAXACA: (22.4 miles north of Puerto Escondido) UASM.
The subgenus Pheropsophidius Hubenthal
Synonymy and characteristics are presented on p. 36.
Pheropsophidius aequinoctialis (Linne)
(Figs. 423, 440, 441, 442, 445)
Bates (1883) records this species from the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico. I have not seen
specimens from anywhere in Middle America, and therefore, have only included “key char-
acters.” The species is quite divergent in South America, with many described “varieties.”
166
Erwin
LIFE HISTORIES AND IMMATURE STAGES
In 1967 I described the life history and behavior of Brachinus pallidus Erwin in Califor-
nia, and reviewed all available life history information concerning the bombardier beetles.
Since then, I have reared a single first instar larva of Brachinus mexicanus Dejean from
specimens G. E. Ball and I collected in Chiapas, and my wife and I collected a single last
instar larva of either Brachinus mexicanus, B. phaeocerus, or B. costipennis in New Mexico.
I have chosen to delay the description of the first instar of B. mexicanus until more
specimens are seen. The last instar specimen from New Mexico will also await description
until comparative material of related species is available.
PHYLOGENY
Introduction
Ball (1966) wrote that “the study of evolution is the mainstream and unifying concept
of biology, and the best way to join the study of Cryobius to this mainstream is to search
for the evolutionary pathways of the extant species.” Hennig (1956, 1966) provided prin-
ciples that taxonomists may apply to their respective groups in order to show phylogenetic
relationships. The first task, according to Hennig, is the recognition of a monophyletic
group, then the search for its sister group. This process is repeated until the phylogeny is
attained. At this point, Hennig writes that sister groups must have the same absolute rank
in a phyletic system. I agree in principle, but I believe this to be practically impossible (see
also, Ball and Erwin, 1969). With the addition of the numerous new categories and taxa
created, any phylogeny would be so cluttered that relationships would be unclear. So long
as named taxa are not polyphyletic (similarity due to convergence) or paraphyletic (similar-
ity based on symplesiomorphy) and provided we can avoid a proliferation of names, we can
eventually achieve a rational and usable classification that may reflect the phylogeny of the
particular group of organisms under study. At least one phylogeneticist, Tuomikoski (1967),
is willing to accept paraphyletic groups “sometimes” because of their “greater information
content” and “better applicability to different branches of biology” outside pure phylogen-
etics. I have not recognized paraphyletic groups formally in the division Brachinida. Brundin
(1966, 1968) has summarized the theory of phylogenetic systematics as advanced by Hen-
nig.
I have applied Hennig’s principles to the bombardier beetles, but only time and much
additional study of these beetles might prove or disprove my hypotheses concerning the
phylogeny of these taxa. Hennig’s paleontological and parasitological methods are not appli-
cable to bombardier beetles, because of the lack of fossils and the poor state of knowledge
concerning ground beetle parasites. This leaves the holomorphological and chorological
methods available, however, which I have used in arriving at my tentative phylogenetic ar-
rangements.
The Division Brachinida
The bombardier beetles are a relatively recent derivative of the carabid line of evolution.
The best evidence for this is the pattern of distribution which shows no large discontinuities
(with the exception of Beringia), and few small discontinuities (see Zoogeography).
These beetles are “Anisochaeta : Lobopleuri” in Bell’s scheme (1967), except that I have
found that the members of Mastacina and Pheropsophina have the middle coxal cavities
conjunct-separated. Bell reports this condition only in Metriini, Ozaenini, and Omophronini,
all judged to be primitive on the basis of other characteristics. Further, the hind coxal cav-
Bombardier Beetles
167
ities of bombardier beetles are disjunct-lobate-confluent, with the exception of members of
Mastax which have them disjunct-lobate-separated (and widely separated). This condition is
reported by Bell as occurring only in Gehringiini and Rhysodini. Four other discrepancies
arise when the bombardier beetles are placed among the higher Carabidae (Anisochaeta:
Lobopleuri): the seta in the mandibular scrobe; the extra visible abdominal segments; the
medially located outlets of the pygidial glands; and the very pliable cuticle of the body and
elytra. A discussion of each discrepancy follows.
Most of the “lower” Carabidae possess a seta in the scrobe of the mandible. Trachypachus
has a pore there, but lacks the seta. The paussines and ozaenines lack the seta, but Metrius (a
paussine in all other respects) has one. Omophronines, gehringiines, opisthiines, notiophilines,
elaphrines, trechines, bembidiines, nebriines, psydrines, patrobines, pogonines, and rhyso-
dids also possess a seta in the scrobe. The “lower” carabids without the seta (promecognath-
ines, loricerines, siagonines, and paussids) have highly modified mandibles without scrobes.
As far as I know, the seta is not present in scaritines or any higher carabids. This character
seems to place the bombardier beetles somewhere in this primitive group. I believe, however,
that the adult scrobal seta is homologous with the mandibular seta of the carabid larvae
(characteristic of all carabid groups). If so, the loss of this seta in “higher” adult carabids
which maintain the seta in their larval stages does not mean the gene complex governing the
appearance of the seta is absent, but simply that the seta has lost its usefulness in the adult
stage. Therefore, the neotenous appearance of this scrobal seta might occur in any group of
carabids primitive or advanced.
The large number of visible abdominal segments (seven in the female, eight in the male)
is a direct result of the highly specialized crepitating mechanism, and must have evolved with
that apparatus. Considered by themselves, these extra exposed segments would mean little
when comparing bombardier beetles with other carabids.
The highly specialized crepitating mechanism, with its centrally located crepitating cham-
bers and outlets, comprises the most outstanding difference between bombardier beetles
and all other carabids. All other crepitating carabid beetles have lateral outlets and crepitat-
ing chambers. Metriines have very large reniform sclerotized “mixing” chambers laterad
beneath tergum 9, with an outlet associated with tergum 8. Members of Pachy teles, an oza-
enine, have smaller chambers than members of Metrius, but the location is the same. Mem-
bers of Helluomorphoides have a spiral tubular chamber laterad under tergum 8, but no
large mixing chambers. Pseudomorpha has a small tubular chamber laterad under tergum 8,
and an outlet also in tergum 8. Members of Galerita ruficollis Dejean, a galeritine, have a
small chamber laterad beneath tergum 8, behind the spiracle. The internal glands empty into
this lateral chamber directly. There is no large mixing chamber.
In contrast, the bombardier beetles have two large heavily sclerotized reniform mixing
chambers associated with tergum 8. The complete tergum 9 is modified into twin crepitating
chambers with the outlets medially centered, one on each side of the median keel. This type
is clearly derivable from any of the other crepitating mechanisms, including those of Metrius
and Pachy teles (both very primitive types in all other respects), by the medial displacement
of the outlets, and by the modification of tergum 9 into twin crepitating chambers. This
modification also makes this body segment externally visible, whereas it is entirely con-
cealed in other carabids.
The general plasticity and toughness of the body cuticle of bombardier beetles is found
elsewhere only in the Galeritini. When squeezed, the sclerites of these beetles do not break,
they merely bend. I believe this is an adaptation that parallels the warning coloration and
crepitating mechanism, and is necessary for Mullerian mimics (synaposematics). Trimen
(1869) was the first to point out that mimetic butterflies were unusually tough, and could
withstand light attacks by predators without being crushed or torn apart. Subsequent auth-
168
Erwin
ors have expanded this notion (for example, Carpenter and Ford, 1933). The elasticity of
the body cuticle and extra visible abdominal segments can perhaps be ignored in the search
for the sister group of the Brachinida.
The seta of the scrobe is probably neotenous, and therefore must be evaluated with
caution. The crepitating mechanism is derivable from either primitive or advanced carabids
and therefore contributes little of phylogenetic significance.
Another group of characters is seen in the anisochaete-lobopleurous condition of the
bombardier beetles, which places them among the more advanced groups, as discussed by
Bell (1967). There is no indication that this condition has evolved convergently in the cara-
bids, and that possibility actually seems very unlikely.
Based on the above evidence, and other facts presented elsewhere in this paper, I consider
the bombardier beetles to be a monophyletic group that has rather recently diverged from
some extinct line of higher carabids. The identity of the extant sister group, if there be one,
can only be determined by a careful study of those higher carabid groups, a feat possible
only after the African and Oriental faunas are much better known. The relative geological
age of the bombardier beetles is discussed under Zoogeography.
Using the foregoing data, in addition to that given under General Form, I believe that a
hypothetical common ancestor to the Bombardier beetles might be characterized as in Table
1 in the plesiomorphous column.
Table 1 . Plesiomorphous (primitive) and apomorphous (derived) conditions of some chara-
cters of bombardier beetles.
Bombardier Beetles
169
The Tribes, Genera, and Subgenera
As indicated in fig. 451, the ancestral species underwent differentiation, giving rise to
the ancestor of the crepidogastrine stock and the mastacine-aptinine-pheropsophine-brach-
inine stock. The crepidogastrine stock gave rise to at least seven lineages, according to Basil-
ewsky (1959). He ranks the seven extant groups (three of which are monotypic, and two
others are represented by only two known species) as genera within the tribe Crepidogas-
trini. Tentatively, however, I would suggest, based on the picture I have presented for the
other bombardier beetles, that Basilewsky’s genera should be placed at the subgeneric rank.
The data available are not sufficient to apply Hennig’s principles to these beetles.
The differentiation of the Crepidogastrini stock from the other Brachinini involved the
WEST AFRICAN LINEAGE
170 Erwin
Fig. 45 1 . Hypothetical phylogeny for the major taxa of the division Brachinida based on the methods of
detecting sister groups proposed by Hennig (1966). Note that open circles represent single ancestral species.
Character states 1-49 are listed in Table 2. Black squares represent apomorphous character states; white
squares represent plesiomorphous character states.
Bombardier Beetles
171
following derived characters which stand out as true synapomorphies in the Crepidogastrini:
palpi securiform; gular sutures narrowed behind; male anterior tarsal vestiture spongy-pad
type; mesepimeron shortened or absent. On the other hand, the apomorphous condition of
the balteate parameres is a condition of the Brachinini male genitalia and never evolved in
the crepidogastrine lineage.
Later the Brachinini underwent differentiation into the pheropsophine-mastacine lineage
and the brachinine-aptinine lineage. The former line evolved the apomorphous condition of
setae on the basal margin of the mandibles, and the separated middle coxal cavities, while
the latter evolved the apomorphous condition characterized by uniperforate anterior coxal
cavities.
Table 2. Plesiomorph and apomorph characters used in Fig. 45 1 .
172
Erwin
Table 2 (cont.)
Number
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Character
Character State
Anterior coxal cavities*
Female stylif
Discal elytral depressions!
Setae of coxite of female
ovipositor!
Male median lobe!
Bursal sclerites of female
genitalia +
Endophallus of male
genitalia t
Dorsal surface of body t
Ligule of male genitalia t
Color pattern of elytra f
Mental tooth +
Folding pattern of
endophallus t
Apical membrane of
elytra f
Vestiture of male anterior
tarsi f
Terminal palpal article t
Apical sclerite of
endophallus t
Apical elytral membrane t
Left paramere of male
genitalia t
Color pattern of elytra t
Apical elytral membrane +
Virga of endophallus f
Upper spur of antennal
comb t
Antennal article three t
Subapical sclerite of
endophallus t
Plesiomorphous Apomorphous
Open
Short & spatulate
Microtuberculate
Cylindrical
Tubular
Absent
Long
Micropunctate
Single
Spotted
Strong
Simple
Partially developed
Asymmetrical
Fusiform
Absent
Fringed
Small & balteate
Concolorous
Fringed
Absent
Slightly internal
Short
Absent
Closed
Elongate & narrow
Smooth
Flat
Contorted
Present
Very short
Macropunctate
Double
Concolorous
Reduced or absent
Complete
Fully developed
Symmetrical
Wedge-shaped
Present
Widely spaced setae
Large & triangulate
Spotted
Glabrous
Present
External
Elongate
Present
* = Objectively determined, that is the character state was determined to be apomorphous
by its distribution throughout the Carabidae.
t = Subjectively determined, that is the character state was determined to be apomorphous
by its distribution throughout the Brachinida or part thereof.
Bombardier Beetles
173
From the pheropsophine-mastacine lineage two stocks were derived, the aberrant Mastax
and the more conservative Pheropsophina. The former evolved the following synapomor-
phies: well developed bifid retinacular mandibular teeth; extension of mandibular basal
margin brush to the tooth; loss of a mandibular scrobe; rounded metasternal process be-
tween middle coxae; separated hind coxal cavities. The Pheropsophina stock evolved the
apomorphous condition of a dorsal notch at the basal bend of the male median lobe. Within
the Pheropsophina two lines arose, the second one replacing the first in all areas except the
New World. The first, or more primitive, stock of the Pheropsophina, retained the costate
elytral condition, but lost the propleural suture. This stock reached the New World, but
subsequently, was not eliminated by a second wave of advanced Pheropsophina, which had
carinate elytra. This second wave arrived in eastern Asia too late to cross into the New
World.
Once in the New Wald, the primitive Pheropsophina remained in isolation (see Zoogeo-
graphy) and underwent secondary radiation into two subgenera, Protopheropsophus and
Pheropsophidius. Protopheropsophus retains the open anterior coxal cavities (a very prim-
itive condition in carabid beetles), but it has lost the small rugosities in the depressions of
the elytra, and has become wingless.
In the second radiation of Old World Pheropsophina, the ancestral stock of one group,
Aptinomorphus, evolved the apomorphous condition of narrow, acute carinae, and lost the
apical elytral fringe setae. Also from this second radiation came the subgenera Stenaptinus
and Pheropsophus (sensu s trie to). Pheropsophus attained the apomorphous condition of
elongate styli in the female, while Stenaptinus has retained the primitive spatulate styli
and the nearly-open anterior coxal cavities.
The aptinine-brachinine lineage split very early into two ancestral stocks, the Aptinina
and the Brachinina. The Aptinina stock attained the apomorphous condition of a toothed
mentum, anterior male tarsal articles with apically disc-shaped setae in the ventral vestiture,
and setiferous coxite. The Brachinina stock became apomorphous in the presence of the
elytral membrane and the presence of pubescence in the scrobe of the mandible. At that
point, it is possible that both stocks had asymmetrical anterior tarsal articles in the male,
but in one lineage of Brachinina those articles later became symmetrical. A second altern-
ative is that tarsal asymmetry developed convergently in Aptinina and part of Brachinina.
It should be pointed out, however, that the modified setae of Aptinina members are disc-
shaped at the apex (figs. 43, 47), whereas in all Brachinina members, including the ones with
asymmetrical tarsal articles, the setae are expanded and rolled like a scroll at the apex (figs.
41,42,44, 45,46, 49).
Subsequently, the Aptinina lineage evolved into the Aptinus stock and Styphlomerus
stock. The Aptinus members became wingless mountain inhabitants of southern Europe,
while the Styphlomerus stock converged in habitus and coloration with the Brachinina
members, and subsequently spread as far as Japan. The Aptinus stock acquired the apomor-
phous conditions of bursal sclerites in the female, and a swollen and contorted median
lobe in the male. Within this stock the apical opening of the shaft became contorted to the
right in one group, while in the other (the extant Aptinus displosor Dufour) the opening
contorted to the left. Both groups have a very short internal sac with several sclerites.
The Styphlomerus stock acquired the apomorphous condition of modified setae on the
coxite, then subsequently divided into two lines. The first of these, represented by the mem-
bers of Styphlomerus, acquired the apomorphous condition of a double ligule on the male
median lobe, while the Styphlodromus-Styphlomerinus line acquired the apomorphous con-
dition of macropunctate elytra. The members of Styphlodromus subsequently lost the
mental tooth that was originally developed in the Aptinina stock. I have interpreted this
character state as being apomorphic, and those beetles also became apomorphic in the com-
174
Erwin
plex folding pattern of the endophallus.
Meanwhile, the Brachinina were undergoing a rather extensive radiation, resulting in at
least 14 extant lineages. The brachinina are extremely difficult to sort out, because exter-
nally they exhibit very little diversity, due perhaps to the strong selective pressures of
Mullerian mimicry (see Comparative Morphology). In order to determine the likely phylo-
genetic pathways, the internal sac and its associated sclerites, or microtrichated fields, should
be carefully studied. In areas such as Africa and the Orient, the species are very poorly
known and material is difficult to obtain. However, with the material available, I have
applied Hennig’s principles, and I believe that a reasonable picture emerges that can be used
as a basis for further study.
After the split of the Brachinina from the aptinine-brachinine lineage, another split
occurred as the apomorphous elytral membrane became more fully developed. A few extant
species, Aptinoderus ( =Brachynomorphus ) and Brachinulus remain, however, with the poor-
ly developed membrane. Brachinulus became apomorphous in the swollen-acuminate last
palpal articles. Aptinoderus represents the most primitive group of species in the entire
lineage. These species are wingless and highly endemic.
The lineage with the fully developed elytral membrane subsequently diverged into two
lines of evolution. One of these lines acquired symmetrical male anterior tarsal articles,
while the other line retained the previously acquired asymmetrical condition. I have dis-
cussed this character state above. It is difficult to say whether it is the result of conver-
gence in the Aptinina and part of the Brachinina, or a gain of asymmetry in the aptinine-
brachine-lineage long ago and subsequent reversion to symmetry in part of the Brachinina.
I favor the latter view because of the asymmetry in Aptinoderus males. These beetles are in
the most plesiomorphic state of any Brachinina and therefore are morphologically the most
similar to the Aptinina. Nevertheless, it does serve to unite two lines of evolution within the
higher Brachinina, regardless of which line is apomorphic for the character state.
The “asymmetrical” lineage subsequently split (1) into an apomorphous line with a virga
on the endophallus of the male genitalia, and (2) a plesiomorphic line. The former, the
Brachynolomus stock, remained basically plesiomorphous in all character states except the
virga, while the second line later subdivided into the more northern Brachinus (sensu stricto)
and the southern Metabrachinus . The members of Brachinus (sensu stricto) acquired the
apomorphous condition of long widely-spaced setae on the apical elytral membrane and the
large triangular left paramere. The members of Metabrachinus became apomorphous by the
loss of setae on the apical elytral membrane and by acquiring a spotted color pattern on the
elytra, but remained pleisiomorphic in the character states mentioned for Brachinus (sen-
su stricto).
The “symmetrical” lineage subsequently split into (1) an apomorphous line with a virga
on the internal sac of the male genitalia and (2) a plesiomorphic line, just as did the “asym-
metrical” lineage. In the line which acquired a virga, a further apomorphous condition arose
when the spur of the antennal comb became external. The “virgate” line subsequently
split into two groups, Neobrachinus and Cnecostolus, the common ancestor of which had
split from the ancestor of Aptinomimus. Since I have not seen the male genitalia of Aptin-
omimus, I cannot place it exactly into the scheme. However, on the basis of the female
characteristics, this group appears to be the southern vicar of this lineage (see Zoogeo-
graphy).
The Old World Cnecostolus acquired the apomorphous conditions of a spotted color
pattern of the elytra, and glabrous (or almost so) edge of the apical elytral membrane.
Also, the virga of these beetles seems to be of a different nature than in Neobrachinus. The
Neobrachinus lineage acquired the apomorphous condition of an elongate antennal article
3, which is longer than articles 1 and 2 combined, and the “socket-type” closing of the
Bombardier Beetles
175
anterior coxal cavities.
In the “non-virgate” plesiomorphic line of the symmetrical lineage, the upper spur of the
anterior tibia has remained slightly internal, in an intermediate position. This line split,
forming the ancestor of the extant Aploa and Brachinoaptinus. The former acquired the
apomorphous condition of a subapical sclerite on the endophallus of the male genitalia,
and a s potted elytral color pattern. The ancestral stock of Brachinoaptinus remained pleiso-
morphic in the character states discussed, and .represents the ancestral stock of the “sym-
metrical” lineage.
I have seen specimens representing at least four other lineages not discussed above. Two
of these are from India and the others are from Africa. Because of insufficient material, I
cannot determine their affinities, but they belong to the “symmetrical” line, and probably
have been derived from the Aploa-Brachinoaptinus ancestral stock.
The North and Middle American species of Neobrachinus
The methods used here are the same as I used in determining the phylogeny of the supra-
specific taxa of Brachinida. It has been necessary to use the evolution of form of the virga in
order to determine the primary branching points in figure 452. The underlying assumption
in the study of the virgae is that change has proceeded from a simple to a more complex
structure. The geographical distribution of members with the simple virga supports this
assumption, that is one species existing as a relic in Asia, and three of the four other species
occurring in endemic pockets in the American Midwest and Southeast.
The comparison of the virga of Neobrachinus with that of Old World groups indicates
that this subgenus is monophyletic. Brachinus dryas Andrewes ( =stenoderus Andrewes) of
the Himalayan region must be regarded as a member of subgenus Neobrachinus , and it is
the only species from outside the New World that I know to have aNeobrachinus-type virga.
All other characteristics of this species agree with the New World group; also for this reason,
I regard Brachinus dryas as an Old World relic of the lineage that later crossed into North
America (see also Zoogeography). Because of the homologous nature of the virgae of all
the North and Middle American Neobrachinus, I believe that a single ancestral form crossed
the Bering Land Bridge and subsequently radiated into the present pattern. The foregoing
data, in addition to that given under Taxonomy, convinces me that the common ancestor of
the species of Neobrachinus can be characterized in Table 3, plesiomorphous column.
Table 3. Plesiomorphous and apomorphous conditions of some characters of Neobrachinus.
176
Erwin
Table 3 (cont.)
Bombardier Beetles
177
AMERICANUS
ALEXIGUUS
MICROAMERICANUS
CAPNICUS
T EXANUS
RHYTIDERUS
ELONGATULUS
SALLEI
BRUNNEUS
MELANARTHRUS
GRANDIS
LATERALIS
AEGER
CHALCHIHUITLICUE
ARBOREUS
CHIRRIADOR
ADUSTIPENNIS
ALTERNANS
VI RI DIP ENNIS
RUGIPENNIS
CO STIP ENNIS
Cl NCTIP ENNIS
CIBOLENSIS
KAVANAUGHI
MEXICANUS
QUADRIP ENNIS
JAVALINOPSIS
NEGLECTUS
PHAEOCERUS
IMPORCITIS
AZUREIPENNIS
CONSANGUINEUS
OAXACENSIS
PATRUELIS
CONFORMIS
OVIP ENNIS
TENUI COLLI S
CYANIP ENNIS
MEDIUS
GEBHARDIS
GALACTODERUS
FUMANS
PUBERULUS
FA VI COLLI S
PERPLEXUS
VELUTINUS
IMPERIALENSIS
CORDI COLLI S
CYANOCHROATICUS
SUBLAEVIS
ICHABODOPSIS
OXYGONUS
FULMINATUS
VULCANOIDES
JANTHINIPENNIS
MOBILIS
EXPLOSUS
452
Fig. 452. Hypothetical phylogeny for the species of North and Middle American genus Brachinus based on the
methods of detecting sister species proposed by Hennig (1966). Primary branches numbered 1-6 described in Table 4.
Unnumbered branches described in text, under Phylogeny. Note that open circles represent single ancestral species.
Black squares represent apomorphous character states, white squares represent plesiomorphous character states.
178
Erwin
Fig. 452a. A pictorial “family tree” of the groups
of Neobrachinus based on the structure of the virga.
Bombardier Beetles
179
Based upon these hypothetical features, I have tried to align the species of Neobrachinus
into a developmental cline based upon the complexity of the virga. The starting point is the
americanus group, the members of which have a virga almost identical to that of B. dry as of
the Himalayan region. Further, the americanus group includes species that are wingless,
which I believe shows some indication of ancient lineage. The following discussion is
graphically illustrated in figure 452a.
The virga of members of the americanus group is simply the lightly sclerotized tip of the
endophallus, and there are also two lightly pigmented areas, one on each side of the gono-
pore. This virga is the most plesiomorphic of the series, and is identical to that of members
of B. dry as Andrewes in Sikkim.
Table 4. Plesiomorph and apomorph characters used in figure 452 for primary branching
points.
* = Subjectively determined, that is, the character state was determined to be apomorphous
by its distribution throughout the Brachinida or part thereof.
The americanus group is subdivided into two subgroups. The capnicus subgroup has
acquired the apomorphous condition of totally black integument, and must have differen-
tiated long ago. The second subgroup next split and gave rise to B. microamericanus with
the apomorphous condition of accessory setae on the mentum and with setae anteriorly and
posteriorly on the proepipleura. The B. americanus - B. alexiguus lineage acquired the
apomorphous male genitalia and the punctate anterior surface of the anterior tibia. This
lineage divided to produce the very similar B. americanus and B. alexiguus. B. alexiguus
acquired the apomorphous condition of infuscated antennal articles 3 and 4.
The next lineage must be considered here because it contains the modern members of an
early group or groups isolated in South America throughout most of the Cenozoic Era (see
Zoogeography). The members representing the ancestral stock that invaded South America
from the north are represented by B. nigricans and B. niger, both now extant in South Am-
erica. These species are probably of similar antiquity to those of the americanus group.
During the Pliocene, species that had evolved in South American isolation invaded Mexico
(via Central America) and North America. These various groups are considered below.
The texanus group includes many South American species not considered in this paper,
therefore only tentative conclusions can be reached at this time. The stock moving out of
South America split, giving rise to B. elongatulus and the ancestral stock of the B. rhytider-
us - B. texanus lineage. The latter then split, giving rise to B. rhytiderus and B. texanus. The
180
Erwin
determination of plesiomorphous-apomorphous conditions is difficult without studying
more species of this group. It seems however, that the more rounded female stylus of
B. elongatulus and its more elongate elytra may be apomorphous, while the loss of accessory
setae of the mentum and the loss of discal elytral setae may be apomorphous in B. rhytid-
erus. The slate-grey elytra and densely pubescent elytral depressions are certainly apomor-
phous in B. t exanus.
The other groups that evolved in isolation in South America are those with the apomor-
phous condition of brown elytra. This lineage must have split long ago, giving rise to a stock
with the apomorphous condition of brown head and prothorax, matching the color of the
elytra. Two groups of this stock have invaded Middle America. The sallei group acquired
the apomorphous condition of two paramedian pits in the mentum, while the brunneus
group remained similar to forms in South America (such as B. hyalea Reichardt). The older
lineage which gave rise to the sallei - brunneus stock, also gave rise to a complex and diverse
group of beetles that I have tentatively placed in the lateralis group. Judging from the char-
acteristics of the virgae and male median lobes, this group is far from being understood. A
complete study of the South American Neobrachinus with brown elytra will have to be
undertaken before the taxonomy of this complex group is understood.
Both the kansanus group and the costipennis group contain only single, rather aberrant
species, neither showing any relationship to other extant Brachinus. Members of B. kansanus
have acquired the apomorphous condition of the lack of lateral pronotal setae, highly
elevated (almost carinate) costae, and narrowly reflexed side margins of the pronotum. The
virga is only slightly modified from the americanus type, in that only the dorsal apex has
become sclerotized, but the pigmented areas near the gonopore are extensive.
The members of B. costipennis are probably the most aberrant of the subgenus Neobrach-
inus. The mentum is deeply sulcate, with the single pit surrounded by setae. This character
state is surely apomorphous. Other apomorphous conditions are the glabrous elytra, the
almost carinate costae, the shape of the apex of the median lobe and the shortened sub-
mentum. The virga is unlike any others, but could easily have been derived from the ameri-
canus type.
The virga of the alternans group is highly aberrant and its derivation cannot be easily
hypothesized. This stock probably split from the main line of evolution long ago, as indi-
cated by the flightless condition in one of its species. The lineage split, giving rise to B.
rugipennis , which acquired the apomorphous condition of a wide ligule of the male median
lobe, and to a stock containing the forebears of B. alternans and B. viridipennis . Ultimately,
B. alternans acquired the apomorphous condition of a broad stylus in the female ovipositor,
while B. viridipennis developed the apomorphous green elytra, punctate anterior surface of
the anterior tibiae, and elongate apex of the median lobe.
The next group, the hirsutus group, consists of two closely related sister species that show
no close relationship to other groups in the structure of the virga. The ancestral stock
acquired the apomorphous condition of a compressed median lobe, strongly costate elytra,
and the loss of lateral pronotal setae. This stock diverged, giving rise to B. hirsutus and
B. pallidus. The former acquired the apomorphous conditions of a depression on the venter
of the shaft of the male genitalia, and a densely pubescent pronotum. The latter developed a
more compressed shaft of the male median lobe. The virga of this group was clearly deri-
vable from the americanus type by a reduction in dorsal and ventral sclerotization, leaving
two lateral lobes connected in the area of the gonopore.
The members of the fumans group have similarly constructed virgae, but exhibit great
diversity among the members. The virga is essentially like that of the americanus group, but
the ventral surface has lost its sclerotization and the sides have curled over, ventrally, leaving
a central trough. Once this type of virga had arisen, the lineage split, forming the cincti-
Bombardier Beetles
181
pennis subgroup and the ancestral stock of the other fumans subgroups. The cinctipennis
subgroup acquired the apomorphous condition of a ferrugineous sutural stripe on the elytra.
The other ancestral stock subsequently divided, giving rise to the ancestors of the quadri-
pennis and other subgroups.
The quadripennis subgroup developed the apomorphous condition of a ridge on the ven-
ter of the shaft of the male median lobe, and has diverged into two sister stocks, one with
the apomorphous smooth anterior tibiae with only punctures on the anterior surface, and
accessory setae on the submentum. This line subsequently split to form B. neglectus, with
its apomorphous acute styli, and B. javalinopsis with its apomorphous plurisetose ligula.
The other sister stock also divided, giving rise to B. quadripennis with its apomorphous
spatulate and broad stylus of the female ovipositor, and infuscated palpi and tibiae, and to
the ancestral stock of B. mexicanus - B. kavanaughi. This stock subsequently divided giving
rise to the species mentioned. B. mexicanus acquired the apomorphous condition of reduced
elytral pubescence and B. kavanaughi has remained the most plesiomorphic of the lineages,
probably being representative of the ancestral stock.
The sister stock of the quadripennis subgroup subsequently divided, giving rise to the
phaeocerus subgroup, with its apomorphous conditions of a long narrow apex on the shaft
of the male median lobe, the bright blue elytra with contrasting black suture, and the black
outer antennal articles. This ancestral stock diverged giving rise to two sister stocks. One of
these acquired the apomorphous condition of completely pubescent proepisterna and pro-
epipleura. This line subsequently split giving rise to B. azureipennis, with its apomorphous
black tibiae and tarsi, and B. consanquineus . The other line subsequently split, giving rise to
B. phaeocerus, with its apomorphus bent apex of the shaft of the male median lobe, and its
infuscated tibiae and tarsi, and B. imporcitis with its apomorphous glabrous proepisterna.
none of which left morphological characteristics that can be interpreted using Hennig’s
principles. That is none of these numerous species have present sister relationships with
other species or groups. B. oaxacensis acquired the apomorphous conditions of a lack of
lateral pronotal setae, an elongate and strongly sclerotized virga, and highly raised and
ridge-like costae. B. patruelis acquired the apomorphous condition of two accessory ligules
on the shaft of the male genitalia. B. conformis acquired the apomorphous condition of a
narrow and chisel-shaped shaft of the male genitalia, and an elongate and narrow stylus
of the female ovipositor. B. ovipennis acquired the apomorphous condition of a compressed
and collapsed shaft of the male median lobe, and slight rotation in the orientation of the
virga within the shaft. B. tenuicollis acquired the apomorphous condition of an elongate and
very narrow shaft of the male median lobe, highly elevated costae of the elytra, and the
broad styli of the female ovipositor. B. cyanipennis acquired the apomorphous condition of
a broad ligule of the shaft of the male median lobe, and elongate erect depression setae.
B. medius acquired the apomorphous condition of small wide styli of the female ovipositor.
After these groups diverged from the fumans lineage, the main ancestral stock split,
giving rise to the gebhardis subgroup and the fumans subgroup. The former acquired the
apomorphous condition of elytral pubescence restricted to the eighth interval, and then
divided into B. gebhardis with its apomorphous accessory setae on the mentum, and
B. galactoderus with its apomorphous slate-grey color of the elytra and milky color of the
pronotum.
The ancestral stock of the remaining fumans subgroup acquired the apomorphous con-
ditions of a swollen shaft of the male median lobe, and infuscated sides of the venter.
This lineage divided into two sister stocks, the first of which had the apomorphous con-
dition of accessory setae on the mentum and submentum. This stock subsequently split,
forming B. favicollis, with its apomorphous large punctures of the pronotum, and an ances-
182
Erwin
tral stock which subsequently split into B. perplexus with its apomorphous non-twisted
median lobe, and another ancestral stock. This latter stock subsequently divided, giving rise
to B. velutinus with its apomorphous dense pubescence, and B. imperialensis . The second
ancestral stock without accessory setae on the mentum also split forming two sister species,
B. fumans with its apomorphous punctate anterior surface of the anterior tibia, and its
median lobe with the basal bend rotated about 45 degrees from the plane of the shaft, and
B. puberulus. B. puberulus is the most plesiomorphic of the lineage, and is probably repre-
sentative of the ancestral stock.
From the ancestral type of virga, there also arose the virga characteristic of the cordicollis
group. This type virga is slightly more complex than that of the fumans group in that the
apex has become somewhat truncated and a dorsal fin has developed distal to the gonopore.
The ancestral cordicollis lineage split giving rise to B. mobilis, with its apomorphous sulcate
mentum, and another ancestral stock. This latter ancestral stock subsequently split again
giving rise to B. janthinipennis with its apomorphous narrow and acute male median lobe,
and to still another ancestral stock, which subsequently split into two lineages. The first of
these, the ancestor of the cordicollis subgroup acquired the apomorphous condition of a
longitudinal depression on the ventral surface of the shaft of the male median lobe. This
ancestral lineage subsequently split giving rise to B. ichabodopsis, with its apomorphous
broad stylus of the female ovipositor and the very elongate third antennal article, and to
still another stock. This latter stock subsequently divided giving rise to B. sublaevis, with
its apomorphous narrow stylus of the female ovipositor and its lack of elytral costae, and
still another stock. This stock split giving rise to B. cyanochroaticus, with its apomorphous
bright metallic blue elytra, and B. cordicollis. B. cordicollis is the most plesiomorphic of the
lineage, and is probably representative of the ancestral stock.
The second cordicollis lineage gave rise to the oxygonus subgroup with its apomorphous
broadly rounded virgal apex. This lineage subsequently split giving rise to B. vulcanoides,
with its apomorphous broad stylus of. the female ovipositor and punctate anterior surface
of the anterior tibia, and an ancestral stock. This ancestral stock subsequently split giving
rise to B. oxygonus , with its apomorphous elongate ligule of the shaft of the male genitalia
and cylindrical antennal scape, and B. fulminatus. B. fulminatus is the most plesiomorphic
of the lineage, and is probably representative of the ancestral stock.
The male (and therefore the virga) of the explosus group is unknown. This makes placing
B. explosus into the scheme difficult, but because of the synapomorphies in relation to
those of all other Neobrachinus species, I believe B. explosus is a rather recent lineage. The
group has acquired the following apomorphous conditions: elytra strongly convex, shiny
black; outer intervals only with pubescence; acute styli of the female ovipositor.
The last and probably most recently derived lineage of Neobrachinus in North America is
the aabaaba group. The virga has become oriented transversely on the endophallus and very
shortened. It has also became trilobate. The ancestral stock split giving rise to two sister
species, B. aabaaba and B. sonorous. B. aabaaba acquired the apomorphous condition of an
arcuate, narrow styli of the female ovipositor, while B. sonorous acquired the apomorphous
condition of pale colored elytral epipleura, and completely pubescent proepipleura.
As can be seen from the data presented above, and under Taxonomy, many characteris-
tics of the external morphology of Neobrachinus have arisen several times. If convergence
in external characteristics was ruled out either by hypothesis or fact, and a phylogenetic ar-
rangement was made utilizing only these external characteristics, then the virgae and male
median lobes would show convergence. In the hypothesis set forth in fig. 452, the charact-
eristics listed in Table 5 have arisen more than once, in Neobrachinus of North and Middle
America.
Bombardier Beetles
183
Table 5. Convergent characters of the species of North and Middle American Aeofcrac/z/ttws
derived from figure 452.
Character and Character State Number of Times Arisen
Infuscated palpi 2
Testaceous antennal article 2 2
Infuscated outer antennal articles 2
Testaceous antennal articles 2
Testaceous leg color 2
Single median mental pit 2
Elongate erect depression setae 2
Slate-colored elytra 3
Infuscated knees 3
Loss of lateral pronotal setae 3
Glabrous proepisterna 3
Elytral pubescence restricted to eighth interval 3
Elytral epipleura pale-colored 4
Reduction of wings 4
Infuscated antennal article 2 5
Infuscated legs in part (other than knees) 5
Mesepisternum infuscated at sides 5
Abdominal sterna ferrugineous 5
Elytral pubescence restricted to intervals 6, 7, 8 6
Antennal articles 3 and 4 partially infuscated 7
Metepisternum ferrugineous 8
Proepipleura completely pubescent 8
Proepisterna completely pubescent 8
Sloped humeri 8
Highly elevated costae 9
Abdominal sterna infuscated at sides 12
Proepipleura pubescent both anteriorly and posteriorly 12
Elytral costae barely elevated 12
Median lobe with basal bend rotated 45° from plane of shaft 12
Metasternum infuscated at sides 13
Terga infuscated 13
Anterior tibia with anterior surface punctate 13
Accessory setae on mentum 15
Accessory setae on submentum 15
Antennal articles 3 and 4 completely infuscated 17
184
Erwin
ZOOGEOGRAPHY
Introduction
In order to assess the movements of animals, we must use various clues to geographical
histories of the animals we are discussing. Darlington (1957) discussed these clues and their
shortcomings as part of his “working principles.” Briefly, these clues are as follows:
1 . Number clues, or information provided by counts of genera or species. — The highest
concentration indicates the place of origin of the taxa in question. Recession and extinc-
tion of animals and differential latitudinal diversity sometimes mask the help number
clues give us in this regard, but used critically this type of clue is very good.
2. Degree of differentiation. — Greater diversity and more endemism should occur where a
taxon has been for a long time, rather than where it has just arrived. The masking effects
of recession, extinction, and latitudinal diversity also apply here.
3. Extent of area. — The area occupied by a group of organisms increases directly with the
group’s age. The assumption here is that groups are continuously spreading. Of course,
recession and extinction make this clue worthless by itself, but viewed in conjunction
with other clues, it has some value.
4. Continuity of area. — Whether or not a group is relict.
5. Vicariance. — The distribution of sister groups.
6. Fossil clues. — The distribution of fossil remains of ancestors of the group under study.
With the exception of fossil clues (there are none), I have looked for places to apply these
clues in considering the general patterns of bombardier beetle movements. In the more de-
tailed study of North and Middle American Brachinus species, I have used numerical clues
more extensively, especially methods proposed by Ball and Freitag (in Freitag, 1969).
Because of the slightly different treatment resulting from more detailed knowledge of North
and Middle American Brachinus species, I have dealt separately with this after considering
the general patterns of bombardier beetle distribution and past dispersal.
General Patterns of Distribution
The division Brachinida is represented in all major faunal regions of the world, with the
exception of Oceania. Table 6 gives the distribution of the genera and subgenera in terms of
the major faunal regions, and the island of Madagascar. Madagascar is generally treated as
part of the Ethiopian Region, but because of the interesting diversity and great amount of
endemism, I provide figures and separate considerations for that island. For consistency it is
also included as part of the Ethiopian Region, except when the two are directly compared.
Table 6. Distribution of the genera and subgenera of the division Brachinida in terms of the
major faunal regions.
Neo- Pale-
Nearctic tropical arctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian Madagascar
Bombardier Beetles
185
Table 6 (cont.)
Total: 1 3 8 19 8 2
Total endemic groups 0 2 4 14 0 0
Percentage endemic 0 7.4 14.8 51.8 0 0
7
3
11.1
The genera and subgenera are considered equally, and for this analysis both are referred
to as “groups.” The greatest diversity in numbers of groups occurs in the Ethiopian Region
south of the Sahara Desert with nineteen groups represented. The Palearctic and Oriental
Regions have eight groups each. Madagascar alone has seven groups. The Neotropical Region
has three groups, the Australian Region has two, and the Nearctic has only one.
Of the eight Palearctic groups, three are shared with the Ethiopian Region. Of the eight
Oriental groups, six are shared with the Ethiopian Region. Both of the Australian groups are
shared with the Oriental Region, and one with the Ethiopian Region. Of the three Neotrop-
ical groups, one is shared with the Nearctic. This same shared group has a single known relict
species extant in the Himalayan mountains. The Palearctic and Oriental Regions share four
groups. Of the seven Madagascan groups, three are shared with Africa and one is shared with
the Oriental Region. A summary of comparisons between major faunal regions is presented
in Table 6, and an index of dissimilarity for each region is presented in Tables 7 and 8. This
index is discussed below. Table 6 indicates the percentage of the entire group that is en-
demic to each major faunal region.
186
Erwin
Table 7. Dissimilarity values among faunal regions of the groups of the division Brachnida.
* - Total number of groups in each pair of faunal regions.
** = Number of groups in common between each pair of faunal regions.
Table 8. Indices of dissimilarity determined from Table 7.
Bombardier Beetles
187
Table 9 presents the distribution of allopatric sister groups of the division Brachinida.
Three relationships seem evident: east - west vicariance, north - south vicariance, and main-
land - island vicariance. The movements in terms of probable direction and general distance
covered are indicated on maps (figs. 454-458). Figure 453 indicates possible centers of
diversification.
Table 9. Distribution patterns of allopatric sister groups of the division Brachinida.
East - West Relationships
The timing of the initial bombardier beetle migration is based on two events. The first is
the necessity that ancestral Brachinus and Pheropsophidius members arrived in South Amer-
ica before that continent became isolated in the early Eocene. This is discussed more fully
below. The second event is the timing of the break-up of Gondwanaland. Most studies des-
cribe' this event as occurring before the middle Cretaceous. If primary bombardier beetle
radiation had occurred before the continents separated, probably more groups would be
present in South America, but there is a general paucity of bombardier beetle genera in
South America and Australia. Further, the South American forms are not closely related to
any African groups. Since the middle Cretaceous, Africa has remained an unsubmerged and
rather stable piece of land (Moreau, 1952, 1966), and it was here that bombardier beetles
188
Erwin
454
Fig. 453. Hypothetical primary (cross hatch) and secondary (single hatch) centers of radiation of the taxa of division
Brachinida, and distribution of extant species of the genus Mastax (open circles); orthographic projection modified
from Darlington (1957). Fig. 454. Hypothetical directions and routes of dispersal of the major taxa of the division
Brachinida.
Bombardier Beetles
189
began their dispersal.
The primitive ancestor probably inhabited tropical savannahs as the crepidogastrines do
today (Basilewsky, 1962a). From this center, radiation took place in at least five directions
in the latter part of the Cretaceous. It was during this period that the ancestral lineage split
into five stocks. However, these five stocks are not equal with the five major directions of
dispersal. It was also during the late Cretaceous and early Paleocene that subtropical elem-
ents extended to at least 60° N (Axelrod, 1959). At this time these beetles were not res-
tricted from northward migration by climatic conditions.
The five directions in which bombardier beetles made their prehistoric movements is
indicated in figure 454. Various groups have evidently spread in the same directions but at
different times. The pathways were probably diverse, but the directions were similar. Those
directions and possible pathways are discussed in conjunction with each of the five radiating
stocks, below.
The crepidogastrines were at one time more widespread (fig. 454), but they have become
extinct except in southern India, and Ceylon (one species each). The crepidogastrines are
the most primitive of the division Brachinida. All members are wingless and evidently the
groups have been that way for a considerable time. No other group has undergone so exten-
sive a reduction in flight components, therefore, I believe these beetles are similar in other
respects to the ancestral bombardier beetles, although they have become apomorphous in
numerous characteristics. I believe Jeannel (1949) is incorrect in his contention that the
Indian-Madagascan-African distribution exhibited by these beetles indicates origin on the
hypothetical landmass of southern India, Madagascar, and southern Africa called Lemuria.
Tyronia, the genus represented in India, is the group that extends the furthest north in
eastern Africa. Further, this group is not represented on Madagascar. There has probably
been a withdrawal into Africa and India, with extinction in Arabia, during the development
of intense desert conditions late in the Tertiary (Moreau, 1952). This would explain why
Tyronia species are very similar in India and Africa.
Two genera of Crepidogastrini occur on Madagascar. One of these, Crepidolomus, may
represent the most primitive type of bombardier beetle species still in existence. Its members
have a divided umbilicate series of setae in the eighth interval. This genus is endemic in
southern Madagascar and may have been on the island before it became separated from
Africa (near the beginning of the Tertiary according to Moreau, 1952; but see also Darling-
ton, 1957: 519). The other genus occurring now on Madagascar is Crepidogaster, represented
by three species. These species probably reached the island more recently, across water.
However, Basilewsky (1959) does not state their relationships and I have not seen specimens.
Briefly, the history of the crepidogastrines has been one of early expansion at least to
the edges of the Oriental Region, followed by a period of differential extinction. More
recently, the group has become restricted to the southern and eastern parts of Africa, with
only a few phylogenetic relicts occurring on Madagascar (four species) and in India (two
species).
The ancestral lineage of Mastacina must have separated from its sister group, the Pherop-
sophina, very early. The many aberrant characteristics of this small group indicate a long
and independent history. The distribution pattern of the extant species (fig. 453) also
indicates isolation long ago. The pattern can be described as widespread, but consisting of at
least 1 2 disconnected endemic pockets. Because of this pattern, it is very difficult to deter-
mine where the group arose. Its sister group, the Pheropsophina, probably arose in Africa,
but the masticine-pheropsophine ancestral lineage may have been widespread. Mastax has
as many species in Asia as in Africa. In order to judge where Masticina arose and how it
dispersed, a thorough study of relationships of the species of Mastax must be undertaken.
Faunal studies presently available should expedite this task, for example see Andrewes
190
Erwin
455
Fig. 455. Hypothetical directions and routes of dispersal of the taxa of the tribe Crepidogastrini. Fig. 456. Same of
subtribe Pheropsophina.
Bombardier Beetles
191
(1924, 1930), Bates (1892), Jedlicka (1963), Liebke (1934), Peringuey (1885, 1896), and
Schmidt-Goebel (1846).
The subtribe Masticina is widespread, but the discontinuous pattern does not provide
clues to past movements.
The species of Pheropsophina display a very complex distribution pattern (fig. 456). The
most pleisomorphic species are now found only in southern Mexico and South America, but
the group must have originated in Africa. Probably an original radiation of an ancestral
Pheropsophidius group (with costate elytra like all other bombardier beetles) occurred in
late Cretaceous or very early Tertiary times. This group was widespread and occurred in the
eastern part of Asia. One species invaded the New World via the Bering Land Bridge. This
probably occurred in the Paleocene when tropical conditions extended north nearly to 60°
N. This species continued to spread southward and crossed into South America. The with-
drawal of tropical conditions, and the closing of the Central American Land Bridge to South
America isolated this primitive stock on both the north and south side of the bridge (but see
also Hershkovitz, 1966). In the vast South American tropics it underwent secondary radia-
tion, resulting in the extant species of Pheropsophidius (sensu stricto). In Middle America,
they withdrew to the southern slopes of the Sierra Madre del Sur, finally evolving into the
wingless species of Protopheropsophus.
Meanwhile, in Africa, another more successful lineage arose with carinate costae on the
elytra. An early member of this lineage invaded Madagascar and radiated there in isolation
( Aptinomorphus ). The rest of the lineage radiated and ultimately displaced the ancient
Pheropsophidius lineage in Africa and Asia. By the time this wave reached the eastern part
of Asia, the tropics had receded from the Beringian region, thus there was no chance for an
invasion of the New World (even if the Bering Bridge was still in existence). Members of this
second lineage ( Stenaptinus ) still exist as far east as Formosa, the Philippines, and New
Guinea. These beetles subsequently became wingless and now show an endemic pattern
(except in Africa, where they are widespread in the tropics). Finally, a third wave, the
Pheropsophus (sensu stricto) lineage, overtook this second wave. It shows a continuous
pattern of distribution throughout the tropics from west Africa to the Solomon Islands in
the Pacific. Most members are winged and presumably highly vagile. These forms have
moved into many continental islands and have occupied Madagascar. Species now living on
the Comoro Islands indicate that those islands may have been the route by which bombar-
dier beetles have invaded Madagascar (see also Darlington, 1957 : 520). The movement onto
Madagascar, the Japanese Archipelago, Formosa, the Philippines, and other islands may have
occurred more than once, since some of the islandic species are endemic, yet others are
widespread on the Asian mainland. This is also true of the Indonesian fauna and the species
of New Guinea. There has been at least one recent movement down the Malay Archipelago,
engulfing most of the islands, and continuing to Australia. This movement probably took
place in the Pleistocene when the seas were lower and the gaps between islands were narrow-
er. The fact that one species reached Australia but has thus far diverged into only “varieties”
indicates that this movement was rather recent.
Briefly, the history of Subtribe Pheropsophina has been one of wave after wave of more
apormorphous groups, arising in Africa and spreading eastward into the Oriental Region.
The first wave invaded the New World and is now confined to the Neotropical Region. The
two successive waves have been successful island-hoppers, at least when water gaps were not
too great. The Stenaptinus lineage has withdrawn into geographically isolated pockets, and
the members have become flightless. The third wave is still dispersing, or was dispersing as
recently as the Pleistocene epoch.
I suspect that these beetles also may be susceptible to dispersal by human agencies. The
larvae of at least one species are ectoparasitoids on mole cricket egg clutches and occur in
192
Erwin
paddy fields and other agricultural lands (Habu, 1967). Plants transported with soil may
possibly carry these larvae or adults and their hosts into new areas.
The members of Aptinina probably had a very early dispersal into southern Europe from
Africa (fig. 457). This early lineage subsequently became isolated and underwent changes
common to mountain isolates (Darlington, 1943), as the Aptinus stock became fragmented
in the changing mountain systems of southern Europe (Povolny, 1966). They became wing-
less and most became very darkly colored overall. One species, which still occupies the low-
lands has members with a red prothorax, and the males have the median lobe contorted
to the left.
Concurrently, the vicariant sister group underwent considerable change and converged
with the members of Brachinus in Africa. Since the original exchange, no dispersal of Ap-
tinus, or Styphlomerus and its allies has occurred across the Mediterranean area. Styphlo-
merus, the most primitive of this African lineage, has either remained in Africa, or has with-
drawn into Africa as the more advanced Styphlomerinus dispersed. This derived group ( Sty -
phlomerinus) has spread from Africa in two directions (fig. 457), extending south to Mada-
gascar and east to Japan and the Malay Archipelago. Still another group emerged in Africa,
probably from a Styphlomerinus-hke ancestor, and subsequently displaced Styphlomerinus
in Africa. This group, the Styphlodromus, are now still within the primary center of bom-
bardier beetle radiation.
Briefly, the history of the Aptinina has been one of early dispersal into Europe, sub-
sequent isolation of both groups, and secondary dispersal of the African lineage. During this
secondary dispersal, some species have island-hopped at least onto continental islands.
The members of Brachinina differentiated sufficiently long ago for one stock to have
entered the New World via the Bering Land Bridge, when it was still tropical or warm tem-
perate. This probably occurred about the same time that the Pheropsophidius ancestral
lineage invaded the New World. The primary radiation from Africa must therefore have
occurred sometime in the late Cretaceous or early Tertiary. Remnants of this early group
( Aptinoderus and Brachinulus ) are presently found in southern-most Africa and on the west
African island of Principe, respectively.
These two groups represent the earliest radiation of Brachinina, and have probably been
isolated and pushed to the periphery (fig. 457) of the original range by successive groups.
The first of these successive groups was probably the “asymmetrical” lineage, which gave
rise to Brachinus (sensu stricto). Brachynolomus , and Metabrachinus . All three arose in mid-
dle Africa and radiated north, north and east, and south, respectively. Brachynolomus is
widespread from Europe to New Guinea, while the range of Brachinus (sensu stricto) is nar-
row and confined to Europe. Both groups have subsequently invaded northwestern Africa,
probably during the Pleistocene, since the species there are the same as in Europe. Both
groups were replaced in Africa by the southern vicar , Metabrachinus. This group has invaded
Madagascar at least once. The members of Brachynolomus that reached the Malay Archi-
pelago probably reached New Guinea recently, because B. papua Darlington is hardly (if at
all) different from B. bigutticeps Chaudoir of Java (Darlington, 1968). This may not be true
of the Philippine species, as I have not seen mainland representatives of Brachinus luzonicus
Chaudoir.
Concurrently with the origin and dispersal of the “asymmetrical” ancestral stock the
second group referred to as the “symmetrical” lineage, arose in the primary center. An early
offshoot of this lineage spread north into the area adjacent to the Caspian Sea, while another
invaded Madagascar. Yet a third group of this symmetrical lineage radiated into many re-
gions. One of these latter forms Brachinoaptinus, moved north into Europe, and subsequent-
ly invaded northwest Africa from there. It probably did so before Brachinus (sensu stricto)
and Brachynolomus , since there are many differentiated species found only in this area, and
all members of this lineage are wingless and highly endemic. Another symmetrical form,
Bombardier Beetles
193
457
458
Fig. 457. Hypothetical directions and routes of dispersal of taxa of the subtribe Aptinina. Fig. 458. Same of subtribe
Brachinina.
194
Erwin
Aploa, moved to the periphery of the African continent, and east at least to India. These
species appear to be adapted to desert conditions and probably have dispersed since the
desert areas expanded during the late Tertiary. Various other lineages probably arose from
this stock, but the relationships are still unclear (see Phylogeny). The early offshoot that
spread into the region adjacent to the Caspian Sea underwent secondary radiation into
Cnecostolus and Neobrachinus, and subsequently spread eastward and westward, respective-
ly. At least one species of Cnecostolus spread to Europe, while another, the ancestral Neo-
brachinus, invaded the New World via the Bering Land Bridge. Once in the New World,
extensive radiation occurred with at least one species (probably more) reaching South Am-
erica. Subsequently, the Bering Land Bridge became broken or the climate changed, and no
further exchange took place. Without more study of the Asian species of Brachinus, it is
impossible to state whether B. dryas of Sikkim is a phylogenetic relict or a part of subgenus
Neobrachinus that moved back across Beringia, after differentiating in the New World. Also
the route to South America became broken and two brachinine stocks were isolated
( Brachinus and Pheropsophidius ), and became adapted to Neotropical conditions. In the
North, members of these groups also existed, becoming temperate and desert types. The
details of these patterns are discussed below.
Briefly, the history of the Brachinina has been very complex, and definite conclusions
cannot be reached until these unnamed and unstudied African and Indian lineages are more
fully studied.
In summary, the bombardier beetles have radiated from middle Africa in five directions.
To the west each group sent a few species along the tropical west coast. One definitely
endemic genus is found on the island of Principe in the Gulf of Guinea. At least one un-
named Brachinus lineage occurs in this area. Further south, primitive groups survived and
became isolated. Madagascar has received members of seven groups, and is a center of secon-
dary radiation on a small scale. One group spread to Europe from the region of the Caspian
Sea, and four groups spread northward, including three lineages of Brachinus and the an-
cestral Aptinus. The three Brachinus lineages subsequently invaded the northwest coast of
Africa.
The region of the Caspian Sea acted as a staging area preceding movements into the New
World for Neobrachinus, and movement into Europe for Cnecostolus.
In general, all groups have spread at one time or another to the east. Very early the Crepi-
dogastrini spread from Africa as far east as India and then withdrew, isolating some species
in southern India. All other groups have spread eastward, three of these to Japan, and all
four to the Malay Archipelago, two as far east as New Guinea, and one on to Australia. Two
groups invaded the New World via the Bering Land Bridge sometime before the Eocene.
Both groups spread to South America and became isolated on both sides of the Middle
American Seaway until the Pliocene. At that time, southern groups began spreading north-
ward, and northern groups possibly spread southward.
Evidence of barriers
Movement of animals can be restricted or halted by at least three kinds of barriers. The
first kind of barrier is a physical obstruction, such as large bodies of water or mountain
ranges. The second kind of barrier is one of unsuitable climate. The third type might be
called an ecological barrier (including biological factors such as competition, etc.). The pat-
terns of movements displayed by bombardier beetles have been greatly influenced by bar-
riers. In this section, I analyze those movements in terms of the barriers indicated by studies
of present and past geological and climatic conditions. I have consulted the following refer-
ences: Andrewes (1929), Axelrod (1959), Ball (1959), Basilewsky (1962a), Cohn (1965),
Darlington (1957, 1965), Espenshade (1964), Halffter (1964), Moreau (1952, 1966),
Bombardier Beetles
195
Hershkovitz (1966), Paulian (1961), Povolny (1966), Romer (1966), Savage (1967), Simp-
son (1947), and Woodford (1965).
Eighteen groups have dispersed from Africa during the history of the bombardier beetles.
Movement to the north has been relatively slight, only four groups having spread into
Europe from Africa. To-me this indicates that an intensive and long-lasting barrier has been
present. The two possible barriers are the Tethys Sea, early in the Tertiary, and the climatic
conditions during the late Tertiary and Quaternary Epochs. Three of the four European
groups are now confined to temperate conditions, while the fourth is wide-ranging both in
temperate and tropical regions. These groups were probably able to cross the Tethys via
temporary land connections early in the Tertiary and became adapted to temperate condi-
tions later. The relatively small number of species and the general lack of diversity in the
European fauna suggests that bombardier beetles have not been as successful in Europe as
elsewhere. This may be a direct result of climate, aided by the slowness with which tropical
groups adapt themselves to temperate climates.
Movement to the east has been more extensive, for nine groups have spread in this direc-
tion. This indicates some interruption of spread, but not nearly as severe as that which lim-
ited spread toward the north. Physical barriers have probably been more important between
the Ethiopian Region and the Oriental Region than have climatic barriers. Geological evi-
dence does not admit connections between Asia and Africa until the late Miocene, but birds,
plants, and bombardier beetles indicate that some exchange must have occurred. Tempor-
ary and partial connections would explain why so few bombardier beetles have spread east-
ward early in the Tertiary.
The lineages that spread to the Oriental Region have all dispersed continuously over land-
masses, with no barriers to stop them. However, the water gaps between the mainland and
the Oriental islands have acted as partial barriers. No group has crossed extensive water
barriers. The movement down the Malay Archipelago occurred at least twice, but both
invasions probably occurred when sea level was lower and the water gaps narrower. This is
substantiated by the pattern of distribution.
Movement to the New World occurred only after the climatic barrier in Beringia amelior-
ated during the early Tertiary as described below.
Minor barriers between species of Neobrachinus are discussed below. However, within
the New World, the major barrier has been the water gap which existed in the past, between
Central and South America. The patterns of distribution of both Neobrachinus and Pherop-
sophidius indicate that this barrier was in existence throughout a major part of the Tertiary
(but see also Hershkovitz, 1966).
Movement to Madagascar from Africa seems to have occurred throughout the history of
the bombardier beetles and therefore has occurred over water, at least in part. Madagascar
has seven endemic groups, but it also has species of African groups that are hardly differ-
entiated. One species of Pheropsophus (sensu stricto) occurs on Madagascar and some of
the Comoro Islands. This may have been the route by which bombardier beetles have
crossed into Madagascar. Movement of ancient ancestral lineages to Madagascar may have
been direct, however, if that island was ever actually connected with Africa.
Movement into southern Africa has been uninterrupted, with fourteen out of eighteen
groups moving in this direction from their Central African origin. The southern flow of bom-
bardier beetles probably has been affected only by shifting climatic zones and surface relief
changes.
Movement into western Africa has been very slight, with only six out of eighteen groups
moving in this direction. This indicates that efficient barriers have always existed in the cen-
ter of the African continent. Evidence indicates that the East African mountain systems and
the arid belt west of those mountains have barred movements between lowland forests of
196
Erwin
the east and west (Moreau, 1952). Several authors indicate this must have existed at least
since mid-Pleistocene, and possibly much longer. The patterns of distribution of bombardier
beetles indicate that there have been extensive mid-African barriers, at least since the early
Tertiary.
The major limiting factor in the dispersal of bombardier beetles has evidently been clim-
atic. Only six of twenty-seven groups have become adapted to temperate conditions in the
north. Four of these are restricted to the temperate zone, while the other two still have
tropical representatives. Physical barriers have also played an important role in the dispersal
of these beetles, particularly between continents.
Distribution patterns of North and Middle American Brachinus
Introduction
The genus Brachinus is represented in all parts of North and Middle America south of 52°
N. The present pattern of distribution is the result of climatic and physiographic changes
throughout most of the Tertiary and Quaternary, roughly 60 to 70 million years. In the
more northern latitudes of this area, the Pleistocene glaciations have probably affected
these distribution patterns. In the southern latitudes, Pleistocene glaciations have probably
indirectly affected the patterns in at least three ways: by changing drainage systems; by
changing climatic patterns; and by pushing northern groups south into the habitats of the
southern groups, and therefore into at least partial competition with these southern groups.
Much has been written about climatic and physiographic changes, and these changes in
relation to animal distributions in North and Middle America. The following references have
been consulted: Axelrod (1948, 1950, 1958, 1959); Ball (1956, 1959); Cohn (1965); Es-
penshade (1964); Graham (1964); Halffter (1964); King (1958, 1959); MacGinitie (1958);
Martin (1958); Martin and Mehringer (1965); Ross (1 965); and Whitehead (1965). Ball and
Freitag (in Freitag, 1969), and Larson (1969) have briefly summarized the climatic and
physiographic changes in relation to ground beetle movements.
Methods and general patterns
This section quantifies the data on the zoogeography of recent bombardier beetles in
North and Middle America. The numbers of species in different parts of the area present
various patterns and it is my object to discover possible factors influencing these patterns. I
have attempted to parallel this section with the zoogeographical analysis of Evarthrus by
Ball and Freitag (in Freitag, 1969) in order to test their methods in a comparison with high-
ly vagile bombardier beetles (Evarthrus are all flightless). I think this comparison is a valid
one because both Brachinus and Evarthrus are ground beetles and general omnivores, and
are taxa of more or less equal rank.
The descriptions of species in Neobrachinus are accompanied by dot maps. Overlaying
these dot maps with a grid map (fig. 459) provided a means of obtaining total numbers of
species in each grid quadrant. The grid map of North and Middle America is divided into 5°
intervals, both longitudinally and latitudinally. The number in each grid represents the total
number of species recorded from that area, as determined by the dot maps. Based on met-
hods proposed by Ball and Freitag (in Freitag, 1969), I have determined the “total interval
values” (TIV) for each 5° interval of longitude and latitude (fig. 459 and table 10). Because
of the greater extent of coastline involved in the distribution of subgenus Neobrachinus
compared with that of Evarthrus studied by Ball and Freitag, I have used an “average land-
mass 5° interval value” (ALIV), rather than just an “average 5° interval value.” The “aver-
age landmass value” was determined by dividing the “total interval value” (number of
species in each 5° interval, both horizontally and vertically) by the number of intervals. The
number of “landmass intervals” was adjusted at the coasts by approximating the amount of
Bombardier Beetles
197
CD
$
Fig. 459. The number of species of Brachinus in 5° intervals used in Table 10. Fig. 460. Centers of concentration of
the species of the genus Brachinus in North and Middle America.
460
198
Erwin
land in the 5° x 5° interval to the nearest 25%.
The primary information derived from this grid map indicates that the number of spe-
cies is maximum in southern Texas, slightly less in the American Southwest and Northern
Mexico, and from those areas, it decreases in all directions, but subsequently increases
slightly in Florida and the Great Lakes Region. The great reduction in numbers of species
known from Central America is probably due to inadequate collecting in the area. The
paucity of species from the Great Basin and Rocky Mountain region is less easily explained.
The alkali sinks of the Basin and Range Province of the Great Basin provide the aquatic
habitats. Since most (if not all) Brachinus in North and Middle America are confined to wat-
er-side habitats, the high percentage of soil alkali may be restrictive. The fact that the few
species occurring in the Great Basin are the most widespread in North America, indicates
that these beetles are probably more tolerant to various conditions, and may be able to
tolerate alkalinity. Brachinus populations in North and Middle America do not live at higher
elevations in mountains. The few species within 5,000 to 7,000 feet elevation in New Mex-
ico, Arizona, and Mexico are living in subdesert conditions on high plateaus. The Rocky
Mountains provide a partial barrier, probably because they lack suitable conditions in which
these beetles can live. This is apparently true of the southern Appalachian Mountains also,
since only two species occur in these old mountains, both of which may not be restricted to
waterside habitats.
The general reduction of species toward the north is perhaps due to Pleistocene glaciation
and its effects on climate (Howden, 1969), however it should be noted that nowhere in the
world do bombardier beetles extend very far beyond warm temperate conditions.
The general east - west pattern is one of reduction in both directions from the American
Southwest. The east - west lateral asymmetry, with avffage species densities higher in the
west, that Simpson (1964) shows for mammals is reversed in bombardier beetles. Numbers
of breeding land birds is also much higher in the west (Robbins, et al. 1966, from MacArthur
and Wilson, 1967). High numbers in the west for both birds and mammals can certainly be
correlated with diverse topographic relief (as Simpson, 1964, states for mammals), but it
is just this relief that eliminates lowland bombardier beetles from existing in these areas.
Secondary information derived from the grid map is used in determining the overall range
of Neobrachinus species, the centers of concentration, and an analysis of vicariance.
It is interesting to compare the data given by Ball and Freitag (in Freitag, 1969) for the
“flightless” members of the genus Evarthrus with that given below for the “highly vagile”
members of most Neobrachinus species.
Table 10. Total number of species, “Average Landmass 5° Interval Values” (ALIV), and
“Total Interval Values” (TIV) values derived from figure 459.
Bombardier Beetles
199
Table 10 (cont.)
Table 1 1 expresses the index of range extent, determined by a linear measurement bet-
ween the two furthest localities on the dot maps. The four species known from only one
locality ( B . capnicus, B. explosus, B. ichabodopsis, and B. mobilis ) were omitted from this
analysis. If the species are divided into three general categories, 35 per cent of the species
have ranges less than 1,000 miles in extent, 39 per cent have ranges between 1,001 and
2,000 miles and 19 per cent have ranges of more than 2,000 miles in extent. Evarthrus, on
the contrary has nearly 50 per cent of its species ranges extending less than 500 miles, and
only 1 1 per cent of the Brachinus species have ranges covering less than 500 lineal miles.
The restricted ranges of Evarthrus species suggested to Ball and Freitag that either (1)
barriers to dispersal existed, or (2) that many of the ranges of the Evarthrus species are less
extensive than they used to be, and the species are surviving as relics. In Brachinus only 1 1
per cent of the species fit into these categories. The extensive ranges of 89 per cent of
Brachinus species in North and Middle America are probably less restricted by physical
barriers than they are by broad climatic zones. The relationships between centers of con-
centration (in fig. 460) and broad climatic zones are discussed below.
200
Erwin
Table 1 1 . Frequency distribution of maximum linear extent of geographical range in miles
of the species of Brachinus of North and Middle America.
Class Number Percentage
2.501 - 2,750
2.251 - 2,500
2.001 - 2,250
1,751 - 2,000
1.501 - 1,750
1.251 - 1,500
1.001 - 1,250
751 - 1,000
501 - 750
251 - 500
1 - 250
1 locality only
In order to locate centers of concentration, a second grid map was made by plotting
only species with ranges of less than 1 ,000 miles. The ranges were examined for concor-
dance, and centers of concentration were discovered. Each interval containing one or more
species was lettered. Subsequently, these lettered squares were combined to provide the
centers of concentration (fig. 460), and described in Table 12. The distribution of all
species was compared with these centers as indicated in Table 13.
19%
39%
11
4
3
4
35%
6%
Table 12. Centers of concentration of the species of Brachinus.
Center Number Limits
1 Pacific coast states, in California west of Sierra Nevada
crest, north of Tehachapi crest.
2 Southwestern deserts (including southern California south
of the Tehachapi), Arizona, New Mexico, western Texas
west of 100° W, and northwestern Mexico including
Baja California del Norte and the Mexican Highplain.
3 Great Plains between 90° W and 105° W, 45° N, and 35°
N.
4 Central and Southern Texas
5 Southern Mexico around the Bahia de Compeche and
eastern Yucatan.
6 Northeastern United States and southern Great Lakes
Region.
7 Southeastern United States east of the Mississippi River,
south of 35° N.
8 Greater Antilles
Bombardier Beetles
201
Table 13. Distribution of the species of Brachinus in relation to the centers of concentration.
Name of Species
Center Number
3 4 5
americanus
alexiguus
microamericanus
capnicus
t exanus
rhytiderus
elongatulus
sallei
brunneus
melanarthrus
grandis
lateralis
aeger
chalchihuitlicue
arboreus
chirriador
X
202
Erwin
Table 13 (cont.).
These centers were then compared with each other by means of an index of difference
(Ball and Freitag, in Freitag, 1969; Greenslade, 1968). Of 28 comparisons, only one scored
100, that is, a pair of centers shared no species in common. Five scored between 95 and 99,
or between 90 and 94, respectively. By adding the sums in Table 14 (the indices of differ-
ence) for each center, an overall “index of dissimilarity” was obtained (Table 15). Centers
1, 5, 8 are the most distinct, probably because of their peripheral positions. Centers 3 and 4
have the lowest indices of difference (59) and indices of dissimilarity. This is probably due
to their central position.
Center 8 is actually an artifact of these comparative methods because it includes two
species, one of which also occurs in northern South America. The other species is represen-
ted by one very old specimen labelled “Cuba.” This species is common throughout Florida
and the southern United States and may have been collected in Cuba, aboard ship, or may
be mislabelled. This “Center” will probably become important when the distribution of the
South American fauna is studied.
Centers 3 and 6 share many species (Index 61), but between these centers the species of
Center 6 display a pattern of subtraction westward through Center 3, and those of Center 3
display a pattern of subtraction eastward through Center 6. This pattern probably is the
result of the separation of these centers by Pleistocene glaciation (Ross, 1965). Center 3
corresponds roughly to “Kansan” and “Illinoian” mammal provinces of Hagmeier and Stults
(1964), while Center 6 corresponds to their “Canadian” mammal province.
Bombardier Beetles
203
Table 1 4. Dissimilarity values among centers of concentration of the genus Brachinus.
* = total number of species in each pair of centers.
** = number of species in common between each pair of centers.
204
Erwin
Table 15. Index of dissimilarity among centers of concentration of the genus Brachinus in
North and Middle America determined from Table 14.
1. * Center 8 673
2. Center 5 625
3. Center 1 620
4. Center 2 586
5. Center 7 582
6. Center 6 552
7. Center 4 546
8. Center 3 545
* = arranged in order from most dissimilar to least dissimilar center.
Centers 4 and 7 also share many species (Index 70), but not as many as would be ex-
pected in view of the fact these Centers occur within the same climatic zone. Between these
Centers is the Mississippi River, but it is highly doubtful that this relatively narrow body of
water is a barrier to these highly vagile beetles. However, the long-standing Mississippi Em-
bayment probably was a barrier, and only recently has an exchange of species apparently
occurred between the centers. As in Centers 3 and 6, a pattern of mutual subtraction
exists for the species of Centers 4 and 7. Center 7 corresponds to the “Austroriparian”
mammal province of Hagmeier and Stults (1964) while Center 4 corresponds to their “Tex-
an” province.
A striking correlation exists between the centers and broad climatic zones within North
and Middle America. Center 1 (roughly the “Californian” and “Oregonian” of Hagmeier
and Stultz) has a dry summer subtropical or Mediterranean climate, broadly referred to as a
humid mesothermal climate. The northern portions of Center 1 are Marine West Coast clim-
ates with cool summers. Center 2 (a complex of many mammal provinces) has dry climates
referred to as steppes ana deserts. The southern portions are subtropical steppes and deserts.
Center 3 has a humid continental climate with warm summers and with rainfall throughout
the year. This is broadly referred to as a humid microthermal climate. Center 4 has a humid
subtropical climate with warm summers and with rainfall throughout the year. This is part
of the humid mesothermal climate. Center 5 (the “gulf arc component” of Martin, 1958)
has a tropical rainy climate and is composed of both tropical rain forest and tropical savan-
nahs. Center 6 has a humid continental climate with cool summers and with rainfall through-
out the year. This is part of the humid microthermal climate. Center 7 has the same type of
climate as Center 4. Center 8 has the same type as Center 5. The limits of these centers
correspond very well with the limits of the broad climatic zones as defined by Espenshade
(1964).
In summary, bombardier beetle movements are hardly influenced by physical barriers.
Their high vagility allows them to pass over or around most barriers present now, and in the
past, in North and Middle America. One notable exception may have been the Mississippi
Embayment, in the past. The eight centers of concentration illustrated in figure 460 have
apparent boundaries that are climatic in nature. It is interesting to note that in the same
area (North and Middle America) mammals have at least 48 provinces defined by various
authors, while bombardier beetles have eight. Also, Evarthrus has eight, but just in eastern
North America. Evarthrus “Centers” 1, 5, 7, and 8, and part of 3 and 4 correspond to
Brachinus Centers 7, 4, 3, and part of 6, respectively.
Bombardier Beetles
205
Historical Zoogeography
The lack of fossil evidence of members of Brachinus in North and Middle America dic-
tates that the history of this group must be interpreted by indirect means. Using the data
given above, and that in Phylogeny, a hypothetical reconstruction of the history of the
group can be made. The time of entrance into the New World was discussed above. The sub-
sequent history of the New World species may be deduced from their present distribution,
seeming dependence upon broad climatic zones, and vicariant sister groups.
The ancestral lineage probably entered North America in the early Tertiary when condi-
tions of climate and relief were much different than they are now. Subtropical conditions
extended to 60° N and the great inland Cretaceous Sea extended almost to the present
Canadian border (Axelrod, 1958). North of that sea, as well as further east, Arcto-Tertiary
Geofloral elements predominated, while in the west the Neotropical-Tertiary Geoflora pre-
dominated. The Cretaceous Sea was rapidly retreating from its epicontinental position. In
the area now called the American Southwest, the Madro-Tertiary Geoflora was arising.
Rapid spreading of the ancestral Brachinus lineage must have taken place in a southerly
direction in order for at least one species to have invaded the South American Continent
before it became separated from Middle America in the Eocene by a water gap. As a result
of this water gap there was only a very little amount of faunal exchange (if any) between
Middle and South America for a long period of time. This has resulted in the distinctive
South American fauna of today, and in the pattern of subtraction displayed by some of
these South American forms ( texanus group, lateralis group, sallei group, brunneus group
and grandis group), as they have recently spread northward into Mexico and rarely into the
southern United States.
During the Eocene and early Oligocene, supplemental angiosperm flora was added to the
flora already existing in the southeastern United States (Graham, 1964). The nature of this
flora was tropical, and with it probably came elements of the tropical fauna existing in the
southwestern United States, including the ancestral stock of the altemans group. It is pro-
bably from these areas in the southwestern and southeastern United States that subsequent
radiation spread species into the Arcto-Tertiary habitats of the north and east ( cordicollis
group, fumans group in part), into the newly forming Madro-Tertiary habitats of the west
( costipennis group, hirsutus group, fumans group in part, explosus group, and aabaaba
group), and the subsequently formed grasslands and savannahs ( kansanus group, fumans
group in part). From those centers, the geographical history of the North and Middle Amer-
ican bombardier beetles is untraceable because of the lack of fossil clues, the predominantly
sympatric distribution of a majority of extant species, and the lack of habitat data which
might be used to trace histories of stenoecious species. However, the distribution of extant
sister species may provide evidence of locations of former or present barriers, if the sister
species are parapatric or allopatric. Only 1 2 pairs of Neobrachinus species have these types
of distribution, but they provide information which might suggest how diversity has been
generated in the North and Middle American Brachinus.
Among the extant sister species of North and Middle American Brachinus, two types of
vicariant relationships exist. These are east - west and north - south relationships and are
listed in Table 16. These taxa are discussed below in phylogenetic sequence. The widespread
distributions of the other species of Brachinus in North and Middle America does not even
allow speculation concerning their geographic origins. The acquisition of additional habitat
data may alter this situation in the future. For example, if species are restricted to marshes
or to river drainage systems, then the histories of these habitats may provide clues to the
history of the beetles.
206
Erwin
Table 16. Distribution patterns of allopatric sister species of the genus Brachinus in North
and Middle America.
East - West Relationships
The species B. texanus and B. rhytiderus of the texanus species group are derivatives of a
South American complex which began spreading northward, probably in the Pliocene.
B. rhytiderus (fig. 110) is essentially a species of the humid tropics, but in the north it has
spread into thorn scrub. B. texanus (fig. 108) is essentially a species of woodlands, grass-
lands, and temperate humid forests, but in the south it enters thorn scrub. This area of thorn
scrub was probably vast grassland during late Pliocene times (Cohn, 1965). It is possible that
the ancestral stock was separated by grassland conditions into a northern and southern com-
ponent and subsequent development of thorn scrub on both sides of the Rio Grande River
may have allowed these groups to become parapatric in southern Texas. The limited move-
ment into thorn scrub areas by both groups was probably secondary. Further study may
show that the present occurrence in the thorn scrub is along river courses with more luxur-
iant vegetation rather than the surrounding thorn scrub.
Speciation of the brunneus group probably occurred in South America but there is no
evidence of exactly where this took place. One sister species, B. brunneus (fig. 134) has
spread northward along the Lesser Antilles to at least Haiti in the Greater Antilles, while
the other sister species, B. melanarthrus (fig. 132) spread northward into Mexico and pres-
ently occupies the “Gulf Arc.”
The species of the hirsutus group {B. pallidus and B. hirsutus ) have been only recently
separated and have diverged little in their morphological characteristics. The members of
B. pallidus (fig. 218) are distributed in the Mediterranean climatic zone of California, north
Bombardier Beetles
207
of the Tehachapi Mountain range, while the members of B. hirsutus (fig. 220) are distributed
on the High Plateau of Mexico and in the American Southwest. The development of intense
desert conditions in the Pleistocene in the area of southeastern California and western Ari-
zona probably separated this lineage, and speciation occurred. The northern group became
adapted to humid coastal conditions and the southern group became adapted to subdesert
conditions in the Mojave and Chihuahua Deserts.
The species of the cinctipennis subgroup are presently distributed on the Mexican High
Plateau, in southern Arizona, and in New Mexico. The two sister species are closely related,
and any factor that separated them must have developed rather recently. Martin (1958) sug-
gested that a continuous woodland corridor connected the Sierra Madre Oriental and Oc-
cidental. Cohn (1965) supported Martin’s findings. This corridor probably existed across
northern Durango and Southern Coahuila in the Pliocene and early Pleistocene. Such a
condition may have separated populations of the ancestral cinctipennis-cibolensis stock
long enough for speciation to occur. B. cinctipennis (fig. 221) may have become a centrant
(see below) species during that time, for it has not spread northward. But B. cibolensis
(fig. 219) did spread southward, extending as far as Durango City. (The actual ranges of the
two species do not overlap, however).
Two species of the quadripennis subgroup exhibit sister relationships and are parapatric,
however, the extent of overlap is such that definite statements cannot be made. It appears
that the Rocky Mountains and southern deserts may be partial barriers to the eastern or
western movements of B. mexicanus (fig. 252), and full barriers to the westward movements
of B. kavanaughi (fig. 253).
Two other species of the quadripennis subgroup exhibit east - west vicariance and are
presently separated by the Mississippi Embayment region. Inundation of the Mississippi
River Valley in the Pleistocene (Ross, 1965) may have separated a once widespread south-
ern species long enough so that speciation occurred. This also may explain why Centers 4
and 7 are relatively distinct (Index 70), but still occur within the same broad climatic zone.
The species confined to Florida became “centrants” (Ball and Freitag, in Freitag, 1969) by
loss of variability, due in turn to reduction in population size in a small confined area. On
the other hand, the species west of the Embayment had a large area over which to spread,
and became “radiants.” The species B. neglectus (fig. 255) of the southeast, and B. javalin-
opsis (fig. 254) of the southwest display this type of distribution.
Two sister species of the phaeocerus subgroup exhibit east - west vicariance. They are
presently separated by the Chiricahua Mountains, Peloncillo Mountains, and San Francisco
Mountains of eastern Arizona and western New Mexico. B. imporcitis (fig. 278) occurs in
the west and B. phaeocerus (fig. 279) in the east, and the two species meet and apparently
hybridize in the narrow Gila River system between the Peloncillo and Chiricahua Mountain
ranges. Separation of these two species must have occurred long ago, because the western
group ( imporcitis ) has reduced wings, and is also quite different in several morphological
and color characteristics. Further north in Colorado, B. phaeocerus does not cross the
Rocky Mountains. The orogeny of the Arizona mountain systems mentioned above in the
Late Pliocene-Pleistocene (Cohn, 1965) may have separated the ancestral stock, and more
recently B. phaeocerus has extended its range into the Gila system. The more northern
Rockies have probably always been a barrier to B. phaeocerus.
The species of the gebhardis subgroup (figs. 332, 333) display the pattern described for
hirsutus group, presumably for the same reasons given in that discussion. The same is true
for B. velutinus (fig. 367) and B. imperialensis (fig. 364) of the fumans subgroup.
Two species pairs of the cordicollis group (figs. 391, 392, 414, 416) display north - south
vicariance in the eastern half of the United States. It is difficult to discuss any prehistoric
physical barriers that might have brought about separation in these cases, but ’there are
208
Erwin
presently possible climatic barriers. It also is possible that speciation was brought about
during glacial stages when species now widespread were restricted to more southern pockets.
The present distributions of the species of Brachinus in North and Middle America are
influenced by broad climatic zones. Development of the present distribution patterns has
been mainly under the influence of climatic changes, and to a lesser extent physical bar-
riers.
The climatic changes that have had much influence are those which developed in the
American Southwest and on the Mexican High Plateau. Physical factors that have had much
influence are the orogeny of the various western mountain ranges, the inundation of the
Mississippi River Valley, and the separation of the Great Plains from eastern North America
by glacier lobes.
The major center (fig. 460) of North and Middle American Neobrachinus dispersal has
been the American Southwest and northern parts of the Mexican High Plateau. Minor cen-
ters (fig. 460) include the southeastern United States, probably in peninsular Florida, and in
the northeastern United States. From these centers dispersal has occurred as follows. Centers
1, 3, 4, and 6, and possibly 7, have received species from Center 2. Center 1 has received
species mainly from Center 2, but also from Centers 3 and 6. Center 6 has received species
from Centers 2, 3, and 7. Centers 5, and 8 have received species from South America.
Thus each center has received species from other centers (addition); each center has lost
species to other centers (subtraction); and species of each center have differentiated within
that center (multiplication). Within these centers, differentiation has taken place resulting
from climatic shifts which, in turn, shift the centers of concentration, and hence, at least
part of the fauna. These shifts result in isolation of older “pocket” groups (centrants) in the
former range and new terrain in the acquired range. During these climatic fluctuations, isol-
ation results in speciation. To a lesser extent in bombardier beetles, geological changes have
resulted in isolation which in turn has led to speciation.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Special thanks are due the following people who have contributed their time to the com-
pletion of this manuscript. G. E. Ball has displayed continued interest, encouragement, aid,
and guidance throughout this study. Free access to his library has been most helpful. He
also spent several days comparing Dejean and Chaudoir types of Brachinus in Paris for me,
and I thank him for reading and editing this manuscript. W. G. Evans, J. S. Nelson, and J. G.
Packer read and criticized the manuscript and offered many helpful suggestions. I also thank
R. T. Bell for reading and criticizing the manuscript, and J. G. Edwards for reading and
criticizing great portions of it.
My wife, La Verne J. Erwin, has been more than helpful with her time and patience.
She typed the manuscript, read it, and criticized it, and I am especially grateful for her con-
tinued assistance in field work and curation of specimens.
I owe much gratitude to the numerous people listed under Materials for the loan of the
specimens which were the foundation for this study. I want to thank also R. B. Madge
(British Museum of Natural History, London) and E. Taylor (Hope Museum, Oxford) for
examining type material for me. P. J. Darlington, Jr., and J. N. L. Stibeck showed my wife
and me many courtesies when I examined type specimens in their charge and I thank them
heartily.
Thanks are also due to D. R. Whitehead for criticizing the key to Neobrachinus, sugges-
tions he made on the illustrations, and for many discussions we have had on ground beetles
in general. I thank C. H. Lindroth for continued encouragement and aid. I also wish to
Bombardier Beetles
209
thank Miss Joan Shore, Administrative Assistant, Department of Entomology, University of
Alberta, for many courtesies she has extended to me throughout this study. I thank E. C.
May, Department of Classics, for his comments on my new trivial names. I am indebted to
B. S. Heming and A. P. Nimmo for aid given me in regard to illustrations, and to D. A. Craig
for discussions on external morphology.
REFERENCES
Ahrens, A. 1812. Fauna Insectorum Europae, 1. Kummel.
Alluaud, C. 1899. Contributions a la faune entomologique de la region Malgache. Bull. Soc.
ent. France. 1899, p. 341-344.
Alluaud, C. 1935. Carabidae recueillis a Madagascar par MM. A. Seyrig et G. Olsoufieff de
1933 a 1935. Afra. 10 : 1-27, 29-31.
Andrewes, H. E. 1919. Note on Bonelli’s “Tableau Synoptique.” Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
67 : 89-92.
Andrewes, H. E. 1924. Mission dans les Provinces Centrales de l’lnde et dans la Region
Occidentale de l’Himalaya 1914, par Guy Babault. Paris. 60, p. 57-112.
Andrewes, H. E. 1929. The Fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma. Coleoptera:
Carabidae, I. Carabinae. Taylor and Francis, London. 431 p.
Andrewes, H. E. 1930. Fauna Buruana. Coleoptera, Fam. Carabidae. (Suppl. 7). Treubia.
337 p.
Andrewes, H. E. 1939. Papers on Oriental Carabidae. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 3: 128-139.
Antoine, M. 1962. Coleopteres Carabiques du Maroc, Part. Mem. soc. Sci. nat. phys. Maroc,
Zoologie 9 : 539-674.
Axelrod, D. I. 1948. Climate and Evolution in western North America during middle Plio-
cene time. Evolution 2 : 127-144.
Axelrod, D. I. 1950. Evolution of desert vegetation in western North America. Publ. Carneg.
Instn. 590 : 215-306.
Axelrod, D. I. 1958. Evolution of the Madro-Tertiary Geoflora. Botanical Review 24(7) :
433-509.
Axelrod, D. I. 1959. Geological history, p. 5-9. In P. A. Munz and D. D. Keck, A California
Flora. University of California Press, Los Angeles.
Ball, G. E. 1956. A revision of the North American species of the genus Helluomorphoid.es
Ball, 1951 (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Helluonini). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 58(2) : 67-91.
Ball, G. E. 1959. A taxonomic study of the North American Licinini with notes on the Old
World species of the genus Diplocheila Brulle (Coleoptera). Mem. Amer. ent. Soc. 16, 258
P-
Ball, G. E. 1960. Carabidae (Latreille, 1810). p. 55-181. In R. H. Arnett Jr., The Beetles of
the United States. The Catholic University of America Press, Washington.
Ball, G. E. 1966. A revision of the North American species of the subgenus Cryobius Chau-
doir ( Pterostichus , Carabidae, Coleoptera). Opusc. ent. (Suppl. 28) : 1-166.
Ball, G. E. and T. L. Erwin. 1969. A taxonomic Synopsis of the Tribe Loricerini (Coleop-
tera: Carabidae). Can. J. Zool. 47 : 877-907.
Basilewsky, P. 1957. Description d’un genre nouveau de Brachinine du Sud-Ouest africain
(Col. Carabidae-Brachininae). Ann. Transv. Mus. Pretoria 23 : 117-119.
Basilewsky, P. 1958. Coleoptera Carabidae. Bull. Soc. ent. France 63 : 96-98.
Basilewsky, P. 1959a. Coleopteres Carabidae africains nouveaux. Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr. 59 :
233-242.
Basilewsky, P. 1959b. Revision des Crepidogastrini (Coleoptera Carabidae Brachininae). Rev.
210
Erwin
ent. Mocamb. 2(1) : 229-352.
Basilewsky, P. 1962a. LX. Coleoptera Carabidae. Ann. Mus. Roy. Afr. Centr. 107 : 48-337.
Basilewsky, P. 1962b. Exploration du Parc National de La Garamba. Bruxelles. (Fasc. 29) :
1-152.
Bates, H. W. 1883. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera Carabidae, Cicindelidae.
l(Suppl. 1) : 153-256.
Bates, H. W. 1884. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera Cicindelidae, suppl.
Carabidae. 1 (Suppl. 1) : 257, 299.
Bates, H. W. 1891. Additions to the carabideous fauna of Mexico, with remarks on some of
the species previously recorded. Trans, ent. Soc. London. 1891, p. 223-278.
Bates, H. W. 1892. Viaggio de Leonardo Fea in Birmania e regioni vicine, 44. List of the
Carabidae. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova. 2 : 267-428.
Bell, R. T. 1960. A revision of the Genus Chlaenius Bonelli (Coleoptera, Carabidae) in North
America. Misc. Pub. ent. Soc. Amer. 1(3) : 98-166.
Bell, R. T. 1967. Coxal cavities and the classification of the Adephaga (Coleoptera). Ann.
ent. Soc. Amer. 60(1) : 101-107.
Blackwelder, R. E. 1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America,
the West Indies, and South America. Bull. U. S. nat. Mus. No. 185 (part I). xii + 188 p.
Blatchley, W. S. 1910. The Coleoptera of Indiana. Bull. Indiana Dep. Geol. nat. Res. 1:1-
1386.
Blatchley, W. S. 1930. Blatchleyana. The Nature Publ. Co., Indianapolis. 77 p.
Boheman, C. H. 1848. Beitrage zur Kenntniss Nossibes und dessen Fauna nach Sendungen
und Mittheilungen des Herrn P. Frey. Jahresh. naturw. Ver. Trencsen. Com. 15-16 : 209-
218.
Bonelli, F. A. 1809. Observations entomologiques I. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino. 18 : 21-78.
Bonelli, F. A. 1810. Observations entomologiques Synoptic tableau. Privately distributed.
See Andrewes, 1919.
Brulle, G. A. 1838. Insectes de l’Amerique meridionale recueillis par Alcide d’Orbigny. In
Voyage dans l’Amerique meridionale ... par Alcide d’Orbigny. Paris. 2, 56 p.
Brundin, L. 1966. Transantarctic relationships and their significance, as evidenced by chir-
onomid midges, with a monograph of the subfamilies Podonominae and Aphroteniinae
and the austral Heptagyinae. K. svenska Vetensk Akad Handl., (4) 1 1 : 1-472.
Brundin, L. 1968. Application of phylogenetic principles in systematics and evolutionary
theory, p. 473-495. In T. Orvig, (ed.), Current problems of Lower Vertebrate Phylogeny.
Interscience publishers, New York.
Carpenter, G. D. H. and E. B. Ford. 1933. Mimicry. Methuen and Co. Ltd., London. 134 p.
Castelnau (de Laporte), F. L. N. C. 1834. Etudes entomologiques, ou description d’insects
nouveaux, et observations sur la synonymie. Paris. 94 p.
Castelnau (de Laporte), F. L. N. C. 1835. Etudes entomologiques, ou description d’insects
nouveaux, et observations sur la synonymie. Paris. 1 : 95-159.
Chaudoir, M. de. 1837. Description de quelques genres nouveaux et de quelques especes
nouvelles ou inedities de carabiques. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou. 10(3) : 3-20.
Chaudoir, M. de. 1843. Carabiques nouveaux. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou. 16 : 671-795.
Chaudoir, M. de. 1868. Observations synonymiques sur les carabiques de l’Amerique sept-
entrionale et descriptions d’especes nouvelles de cepays. Rev. Mag. Zool. 20(2) : 283-301.
Chaudoir, M. de. 1876. Monographic de brachynides. Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 19 : 11-104.
Chevrolat, L. A. A. 1834. Coleopteres du Mexique, fasc. 2. Strasbourg. 44 p.
Chevrolat, L. A. A. 1835. Coleopteres du Mexique, fasc. 5, Strasbourg. 50 p.
Cohn, T. J. 1965. The arid-land katydids of the North American genus Neobarrettia (Orth-
optera: Tettigoniidae) : Their systematics and a reconstruction of their history. Misc.
Bombardier Beetles
211
Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 126, 179 p.
Csiki, E. 1933. Coleopterorum catalogus, pars 126, Carabidae: Harpalinae VIII. p. 1593 -
1634.
Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1936. Variation and atrophy of flying wings of some carabid beetles.
Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 2 : 136-179.
Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1943. Carabidae of mountains and islands: Data on the evolution of
isolated faunas, and on atrophy of wings. Ecol. Mon. 13 : 37-61.
Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1957. Zoogeography: The geographical distribution of animals. John
Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York. 675 p.
Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1965. Biogeography of the southern end of the world. Harvard Univers-
ity Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 236 p.
Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae (cont.):
Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 137(1) : 1-253.
Dejean, P. F. M. A. 1825. Species general des coleopteres de la collection de M. le comte
Dejean. Paris. 1, 463 p.
Dejean, P. F. M. A. 1826. Species general des coleopteres de la collection de M. le comte
Dejean. Paris. 2, 501 p.
Dejean, P. F. M. A. 1831. Species general des coleopteres de la collection de M. le comte
Dejean. Paris. 5, 883 p.
Dejean, P. F. M. A. 1836. Catalogue des coleopteres de la collection de M. le comte Dejean.
Troisieme edition, revue, corrigee et augmentee. Paris. 1-4, 468 p.
Dufour, L. 1811. Memoire anatomique sur une nouvelle espece d’lnsecte du genre Brachinus.
Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. 18 : 70-81.
Eisner, T. 1958. The protective role of the spray mechanism of the bombardier beetle,
Brachynus ballistarius LeC. J. Insect Physiol. 2 : 215-220.
Erichson, W. F. 1837. Die Kafer der Mark Brandenburg. Berlin. 1(1) : 1-384.
Erwin, T. L. 1965. A revision of Brachinus of North America: Part I. The California species
(Coleoptera: Carabidae). Coleop. Bull. 19(1) : 1-19.
Erwin, T. L. 1967. Bombardier beetles (Coleoptera, Carabidae) of North America: Part II.
Biology and behavior of Brachinus pallidus Erwin in California. Coleop. Bull. 1(2) : 41-
55.
Erwin, T. L. 1969a. A new bombardier beetle in Canada (Col. Carabidae). Opusc. Ent
(Lund) 34(3) : 283-286.
Erwin, T. L. 1969b. Preliminary diagnoses of five North American Brachinus (Col. Cara-
bidae). Opusc. Ent. (Lund) 34(3) : 287-288.
Espenshade, E. B. Jr. (ed.). 1964. Goode’s World Atlas. Twelfth edition. Rand McNally and
Co., Chicago. 288 p.
Fabricius, J. C. 1781. Species insectorum. Kilonii. 1, 552 p.
Fabricius, J. C. 1792. Entomologia systematica. Hafniae. 1, 868 p.
Fairmaire, L. 1892. Descriptions de quelques Coleopteres de Madagascar. Bull. Soc. ent.
France 61 : 168.
Fairmaire, L. 1897. Materiaux pour la faune Coleopterique de la region Malgache. Ann Soc
ent. Belg. 61 : 92-1 19, 164-203, 363-406.
Fairmaire, L. 1901. Materiaux pour la faune Coleopterique de la region Malgache. Revue
d’Entomologie 20 : 101-248.
Fisher von Waldheim, G. 1825-1828. Entomographia imperii russici; Genera Insectorum
systematica expositu et analysi iconographica instructa. Mosquae. Bd. 3, 314 p.
Forbes, W. T. M. 1926. The wing folding patterns of the Coleoptera. J. N. Y ent Soc 34 •
42-68, 91-139.
Freitag, R. 1969. A revision of the species of the Genus Evarthrus LeConte (Coleoptera:
Carabidae). Quaest. ent. 5 : 89-212.
Graham, A. 1964. Origin and evolution of the biota of southeastern North America: Evi-
212
Erwin
dence from the fossil plant record. Evolution 18 : 571-585.
Greenslade, P. J. M. 1968. Island patterns in the Solomon Islands bird fauna. Evolution
22(4) : 751-761.
Habu, A. 1967. Fauna Japonica, Carabidae, Truncatipennes Group (Insecta: Coleoptera).
Tokyo Electrical Engineering College Press, Japan. 338 p.
Habu, A. and K. Sadanaga. 1965. Illustrations for identification of larvae of the Carabidae
found in cultivated fields and paddy fields. Bulletin of the National Institute of Agricul-
tural Sciences (Japan), (Series C). 3(19) : 169-177.
Hacker, H. A. 1968. The species of the Subgenus Leptoferonia Casey (Coleoptera: Cara-
bidae: Pterostichus). Proc. U. S. nat. Mus. 124(3649) : 1-61.
Hagmeier, E. M. and C. D. Stults. 1964. A numerical analysis of the distributional patterns
of North American mammals. Syst. Zool. 13(3) : 125-155.
Halffter, G. 1964. La entomofauna americana, ideas acerca de su origen y distribution.
Folia entomologica Mexicana 6 : 1-108.
Harris, T. W. 1828. Contributions to entomology. New England Farmer, No. 2, p. 1 17 - 118
Heer, O. 1838. Fauna coleopterorum Helvetica, pars 1. 144 p.
Hennig, W. 1956. Systematik und Phylogenese. Ber. Hundertj. dtsch. ent. Ges. 1957, p.
50-71. (From Brundin, 1966).
Hennig, W. 1966. Phylogenetic systematics. University of Illinois Press, Urbana. 263 p.
Hershkovitz, P. 1966. Mice, land bridges and Latin America faunal interchange, p. 725-
751. In R. L. Wenzel and V. J. Tipton, (ed.) Ectoparasites of Panama. Field Museum of
Natural History, Chicago.
Hope, F. W. 1833. On the characters of several new genera and species of coleopterous
insects. Proc. zool. Soc. London 1 : 61.
Howden, H. F. 1969. Effects of the Pleistocene on North American insects. A. Rev. Ent.
14 : 39-56.
Hubenthal, W. 1911. Bemerkungen zu der Carabidengruppe Brachynini und Beschreibungen
des Pheropsophus ecuadoriensis und langenhami n. sp. (Col.). Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.
1911, p. 547-552.
Hubenthal. W. 1914. Vier neue Arten der Carabiden-Gattung Pheropsophus Solier, nebst
Bemerkungen zu bekannten Arten. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1914, p. 437-448.
Hubenthal, W. 1919. Beitrage zur kenntniss der Carabidengruppe Brachynini und Beschr-
reibungen zwerier neuer Gattungen. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1919, p. 331-336.
Illiger, J. C. W. 1800. In Olivier, Entomologie oder Naturgeschichte der Insecten mit ihren
Gattungs und Art-Merkmalen, iher Beschreibung und Synonymie, iibersetzt mit Anmer-
kungen. Braunschweig. 1, 309 p.
Jacquelin du Val, P. N. C. 1857. Genera de Coleopteres. Paris 2, 285 p.
Jeannel, R. G. 1926. Monographic des Trechinae. L’Abeille 32 : 224-550.
Jeannel, R. G. 1941. Faune de France 39. Coleopteres Carabiques. Paris 1, 571 p.
Jeannel, R. G. 1942. Faune de France 40. Coleopteres Carabiques. Paris 2, p. 573-1173.
Jeannel, R. G. 1949. Coleopteres Carabiques de la Region Malgache, Part 3, Faune de l’Em-
pire Francais. Paris 1 1 : 767-1 146.
Jeannel, R. G. 1955. Coleopteres Carabiques de la le reserve naturelle de Madagascar. Mem.
Inst. Scient. Madag. 1955, p. 43-63.
Jedlicka, A. 1963. Monographic des Truncatipennen aus Ostasian. Entomologische Abhand-
lungen und Berichte. 28(7) : 269-579.
King, D. B. 1958. Evolution of j modern surface features of western North America, p. 3-60.
In C. L. Hubbs (ed.), Zoogeography. Amer. Assoc. Adv. sci. Publ. 51. Washington.
King, D. B. 1959. The evolution of North America. Princeton University Press, Princeton.
189 p.
Bombardier Beetles
213
Kolbe, H. J. 1898 (1897). Die Kafer Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas. Berlin. 367 p.
Lacordaire, J. T. 1854. Genera des Coleopteres. Paris 2, 548 p.
Laferte-Senectere, F. T. 1841. Description de dix Carabiques nouveaux du Texas et d’une
espece nouvelle de Buprestide de France. Rev. Zool. 1841, p. 37-51.
Larson, D. J. 1969. A revision of the genera Philophuga Motschulsky and Tecnophilus
Chaudoir with notes on the North American Callidina (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Quaest.
ent. 5 : 15-84.
Latreille, P. A. 1810. Considerations generates sur l’ordre naturel del animaux composant
les classes des crustaces, des arachnides., et des insectes; avec un tableau methodique de
leurs genres, disposes en families. Paris. 444 p.
LeConte, J. L. 1844. Descriptions of new species of North American Coleoptera. Proc.
Acad. nat. Sci. Phil. 2 : 48-53.
LeConte, J. L. 1848. A descriptive catalogue of the geodephagous Coleoptera inhabiting the
United States east of the Rocky Mountains. Annals of the lyceum of Natural History of
New York 4: 173-474.
LeConte, J. L. 1858. Catalogue of Coleoptera of the regions adjacent to the boundary line
between the United States and Mexico. Acad. nat. Sci. Phil. 4 : 9-42.
LeConte, J. L. 1862. Note on the species of Brachinus inhabiting the United States. Proc.
Acad. nat. Sci. Phil. 14 : 523-525.
Liebke, M. 1934. Die Brachyninae des Afrikanischen Festlandes. Mem. Soc. ent. Belg. 24 :
1-94.
Lindroth, C. H. 1945. Inheritance of wing dimorphism in Pterostichus anthracinus 111.
Hereditas. 32(1946) : 37-40.
Lindroth, C. H. 1963. The fauna history of Newfoundland. Opuscula entomologica. (Suppl.
23), 112 p.
Linne, C. von. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae secundum classes, ordines,
genera, species, cum characteribus, differentis, synonymis, locis ed. 10. Holmiae. 1, 823
P-
Linne, C. von. 1763. Centuria Insectorum rariorum. Resp. Boas Johansson. Upsaliae. 4,
p. 384-415.
Lutshnik, V. 1926. Notes on Brachinini. Acta Societatis Entomologicae Stauropolitanae 2 :
43.
MacGinitie, H. D. 1958. Climate since the late Cretaceous, p. 61-79. In C. L. Hubbs (ed.),
Zoogeography. Amer. Assoc. Adv. sci. Publ. 5 1 . Washington.
Maindron, M. 1906. Description d’une nouvelle espece de Pheropsophus et remarques sur
ce genre (Col.). Bull. Soc. ent. France 1906, p. 15.
Mannerheim, C. G. von. 1837. Memoire sur quelques genres et especes de Carabiques. Bull.
Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou. 10(2) : 3-49.
Mannerheim, C. G. von. 1843. Beitrag zur Kaferfauna der Aleutischen Inseln, der Insel
Sitka und Neu-Californiens. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou. 16(2) : 175-324.
Martin, P. S. 1958. A biogeography of reptiles and amphibians in the Gomez Farias region,
Tamaulipas, Mexico. Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 101 : iv + p. 5-102.
Martin, P. S. and P. J. Mehringer. 1965. Pleistocene pollen analysis and biogeography of the
southwest, p. 433-451. In H. E. Wright, and D. G. Frey (ed.), The Quaternary of the
United States. Princeton University Press, New Jersey.
Mayr, E., E. G. Linsley, and R. L. Usinger. 1953. Methods and principles of systematic
zoology. McGraw-Hill, New York. 336 p.
Moreau, R. E. 1952. Africa since the Mesozoic: With particular reference to certain bio-
logical problems. Proc. zool. Soc. London 121 : 869-913.
214
Erwin
Moreau, R. E. 1966. The bird faunas of Africa and its islands. Academic Press, New York.
424 p.
Motschulsky, V. von. 1859. Coleopteres nouveaux de la Californie. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat.
Moscou. 32(2) : 122-185.
Motschulsky, V. von. 1862. Entomologie speciale. Remarques sur la collection d’insects de
V. de Motschulsky. Coleoptera. Etud. Ent. 1 1 : 15-55.
Paulian, R. 1961. “Faune de Madagascar.” 13. La Zoogeographie de Madagascar et des iles
voisines. Institut Recherche Scientifique. Tananarive. 484 p.
Peringuey, L. A. 1885. First contribution to the South African coleopterous fauna. Trans.
S. Afr. philos. Soc. 3 : 74-154.
Peringuey, L. A. 1888. Second contribution to the South African coleopterous fauna. Trans.
S. Afr. philos. Soc. 4 : 67-194.
Peringuey, L. A. 1896. Descriptive catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa. (Cicindel-
idae-Carabidae). Trans. S. Afr. philos. Soc. 7 : 99-623.
Peringuey, L. A. 1898. Descriptive catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa, Family
Carabidae, (First Suppl.). Trans. S. Afr. philos. Soc. 10 : 315-373.
Porta, A. 1909. Revisione dei Brachynini italiani. Riv. Coleotter. ital. 7 : 89-98, 105-120.
Povolny, D. 1966. The fauna of Central Europe: Its origin and evolution. Syst. Zool. 15(1):
46-53.
Putzeys, M. 1875. Rapport sur memoire de M. le Baron de Chaudoir. Ann. Soc. ent. Belg.
18 : iii-iv.
Reitter, E. 1904. Ein neuer blinder Brachynus aus Deutsch-Ost-Afrika. Wien. ent. Zeit. 23 :
178-179.
Reitter, E. 1919. Bestimmungstabelle der Brachyninae (Col. Carabidae) aus Europa und den
angrenzenden Landem. Ent. Blatt. 15 : 129-146.
Robbins, C. S., B. Brunn, and H. S. Zim. 1966. Birds of North America. From R. H. Mac-
Arthur and E. O. Wilson. 1967. The theory of island biogeography. Princeton University
Press, New Jersey. 203 p.
Romer, A. S. 1966. Vertebrate Paleontology. The University of Chicago Press. 468 p.
Ross, H. H. 1965. Pleistocene events and insects, p. 583-596. In H. E. Wright, and D. G.
Frey (ed.), The Quaternary of the United States. Princeton University Press, New Jersey.
Rossi, P. 1792. Fauna etrusca sistens insecta quae in provinciis Florentina et Pisana pra-
esertim collegit. Libumi. 1, 272 p.
Savage, R. J. G. 1967. Early Miocene mammal faunas of the Tethyan Region, p. 247-282.
In C. G. Adams, and D. V. Ager (ed.), Aspects of Tethyan Biogeography. The System-
atics Association, London, 336 p.
Say, T. 1823. Descriptions of coleopterous insects collected in the late expedition to the
Rocky Mountain, performed by order of Mr. Calhoun, Secretary of War, under the com-
mand of Major Long. Journ. Acad. nat. Sci. Phila. 3(1) : 139-216.
Say, T. 1834. Descriptions of new North American insects and observations on some already
described. Trans. American philos. Soc. 4 : 409-470.
Schmidt-Goebel, H. M. 1846. Faunula Coleopterorum Birmaniae, adjectis nonullis Bengaliae
indigenis. Prag. 94 p.
Scudder, S. H. 1900. Adephagous and clavicorn Coleoptera from the Tertiary deposits at
Florissant, Colorado with descriptions of a few other forms and a systematic list of the
non-rhynchophorous Tertiary Coleoptera of North America. Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur. No.
40, 148 p.
Simpson, G. G. 1947. Holarctic mammalian faunas and continental relationships during
the Cenozoic. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 58 : 613-687.
Simpson, G. G. 1964. Species density of North American Recent mammals. Syst. Zool.
Bombardier Beetles
215
13(2) : 57-73.
Snodgrass, R. E. 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology. McGraw-Hill, New York. 667 p.
Solier, A. J. J. 1833. Observations sur les deux genres Brachinus et Aptinus, du species de
M. le comte Dejean, et description d’une nouvelle espece de Gyrinus. Ann. Soc. ent.
France 2 : 459-463.
Stehr, W. C. 1950. Brachinus atbarae n. sp. Ohio Journal of Sciences 50(3) : 102.
Stephens, J. F. 1827. Illustrations of British entomology. Mandibulata 1 : 1-76.
Stevens, C. von. 1806. Decas Coleopterorum Rossiae meridionalis nondum descriptorum.
Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1, p. 155-167.
Tanner, V. M. 1927. A preliminary study of the genitalia of female Coleoptera. Trans. Am.
ent. Soc. 53 : 5-50.
Thomson, C. G. 1859. Skandinaviens Coleoptera. Lund. 1, 290 p.
Trimen, R. 1 869. On some remarkable mimetic analogies among African Butterflies. Trans.
Linn. Soc. London. 26(3) : 497-521.
Tuomikoski, R. 1967. Notes on some principles of phylogenetic systematics. Annls ent.
fenn. 33 : 137-147.
Weber, F. 1801. Observationes entomologicae, continentes novorum quae condidit generum
characteres, et nuper detectarum specierum descriptiones. Kiliae. 1 16 p.
Whitehead, D. R. 1965. Palynology and Pleistocene phytogeography of unglaciated eastern
North America, p. 417-432. In H. E. Wright, and D. G. Frey (ed.), The Quaternary of
the United States. Princeton University Press, New Jersey.
Wickham, H. F. 1893. Descriptions of the early stages of several North American Coleop-
tera. Bull. Lab. Iowa 2(4) : 330-332.
Wickham, H. F. 1894. On some aquatic larvae with notice of their parasites. Can. Ent. 26 :
39.
Woodford, A. O. 1965. Historical Geology. W. H. Freeman, San Francisco. 512 p.
217
Book Review
KARLSTROM, THOR N. V. & BALL, GEORGE B. (editors). 1969. The Kodiak Refugium:
Its Geology, Flora, Fauna, and History. Ryerson Press, Toronto, for The Boreal Institute,
University of Alberta, xvi + 262 p., 1 plate, 28 figs. $10.00.
One of the authors contributing to this small book notes that it is not often that refugia
are first proposed on geological grounds alone; yet this is the case with the small area of
southwest Kodiak Island which was ice free during the last two glaciations of the island. The
book shows that the ice free area served as a biotic refugium.
Carl Lindroth, discusses in one of the early chapters the different types of Pleistocene
refugia and the history of the concept of refugia. Later he contributes chapters on the cara-
bid beetles of the Kodiak refugium and a summary of the conclusions of all of the contri-
buting authors. Another paper by George Ball discusses in detail the probability of survival
und evolution of a subgenus Cryobius of carabid beetles in the Kodiak refugium. EricHulten
deals with the implications of the distributions of higher vascular plants, but his chapter
also includes much information on the flora of all of Kodiak Island. Other papers contribute
less information concerning the Pleistocene biota of the refugium, but like Hulten’s paper
are of value because they document the present biota. H. Persson’s chapter on the Kodiak
bryophytes and D. K. Hilliard’s chapter on the Chrysophyceae are of this sort. In another
chapter, Ball and Lindroth using the taxonomic determinations of numerous specialists,
provide a list of the invertebrates collected in the refugium and detailed information on
collecting localities. Vertebrates of Kodiak Island are discussed by J. D. McPhail, dealing
with fishes, and R. L. Rausch, dealing with mammals. A lengthy chapter by Thor Karlstrom
outlines the geological basis for the Kodiak refugium.
Because their distribution and ecology are relatively well known, carabid beetles and the
higher plants provide the best evidence for the survival of a terrestrial biota in the Pleistocene
Kodiak refugium. Ball and Lindroth show that the fauna of the refugium includes flightless
carabid beetles adapted to alpine (arctic) environments. Presently these insects are restricted
to the alpine areas of the refugium, but during the glaciation of Kodiak Island, they pro-
bably occupied lowland sites. Hulten’s data for plants is of a similar nature.
Karlstrom suggests that faunal exchange between Kodiak and the mainland could have
occurred either in the Sangamon interglacial or during a mid-Wisconsin “interglacial.” The
alpine (arctic) adapted beetles which survived glaciation of the island in the refugium are
thought by Ball to have immigrated during the Sangamon interglacial. But world-wide evi-
dence shows that interglacial climates were as mild or milder than the present. Lowland
habitats of Kodiak Island and the adjacent mainland would have been similar to those of
today or perhaps even forested. I find it difficult to believe that flightless alpine (arctic)
carabid beetles could have moved through such habitats to Kodiak Island. The waters separ-
ating Kodiak Island from the mainland would have posed another formidable barrier for
certain elements of the present fauna. Ball assumes that there must have been an interglacial
land connection, but higher sea levels concomitant with an interglacial would enlarge rather
than diminish the sea barrier.
None of the authors have dealt explicitly with this dilemma, even though the explanation
is rather obvious. The alpine beetles now found in the Kodiak refugium could have invaded
218
the island during a glacial advance from an ice marginal refugium on the now submerged
continental shelf. Lowered sea levels during major glaciations and submerged linear features
on the continental shelf near Kodiak (interpreted as moraines by Karlstrom) make this sug-
gestion highly probable. An ice marginal area would by definition possess a periglacial
climate suitable for occupation by arctic and alpine adapted species of beetles. At some
time during the advance of glaciers on Kodiak Island and the nearby Alaska Peninsula or
perhaps during an interstadial, the continental shelf refugium could have extended from the
inner Aleutian Islands to southwest Kodiak Island. This seems to be the logical explanation
for the strong Aleutian affinities of the Kodiak refugium fauna as noted by Lindroth. Fur-
ther glacial advances isolated the Kodiak refugium and probably obliterated large areas of
the shelf refugium.
In as much as sea levels were 60 feet lower than at present as late as 8000 years ago, the
continental shelf areas may have also been important for the postglacial colonization of the
island.
It is unfortunate that Karlstrom did not explore some of these possibilities. Bathymetric
maps of the areas near Kodiak, and the Alaska and Kenai Peninsulas, or diagrams indicating
the probable extent of unglaciated, emerged continental shelf under various hypothetical
combinations of glaciation and sea level would have been much more pertinent to the theme
of this book than world wide correlation charts (p. 37) or the table listing data for a Potas-
sium Argon analysis of the granitic intrusives of the island (p. 28).
The ages of the last two glaciations of the island are critical since it was during these
events that the refugium was large enough to support a terrestrial biota. It is unfortunate
that Karlstrom has no dates to substantiate his claim that both are of Wisconsin age.
His correlation of a marine unit separating the drifts of the last two glaciations on the island
with the mid-Wisconsin Woronzofian sediments in the Cook Inlet may be incorrect since
the Woronzofian sediments have reached their present position as a result of tectonism, a
process that Karlstrom feels was not important near the refugium. Correlation of the interval
between the Ikpik and Olga Bay advances of the last (Akalura) glaciation on Kodiak Island
with the Two Creeks oscillation of Northern Europe (p. 34) is unjustified. I feel that such
correlations must be based on C^ dated sedimentary sequences. As noted above, the Kodiak
sequence is totally lacking in C^ dates.
Finally I object to Karlstrom’s use of the term interglacial for the climatic oscillation
represented by the Woronzofian transgression. Most geologists consider this world wide
event to be an interstadial. Moreover, foraminifera from the Woronzofian sediments in the
Cook Inlet area show that water temperatures were colder than at present, a conclusion
consistent with interstadial rather than interglacial conditions.
My only technical complaint about this book is that the map showing the distributions
of moraines surrounding the refugium is practically illegible. Otherwise I think it very fortu-
nate that all of these papers could be printed in one volume. But I hope that the book is not
considered to be the final statement on the Kodiak refugium. Hulten rightly suggests the
need for pollen analytical studies. In addition a comparison of soil development and weather-
ing in the refugium and other glaciated areas of the island would be interesting. I have al-
ready stated the need for more detailed geological investigations.
John Matthews
CORRIGENDA:
Quaest. ent. 4 : 231, 1968. 3rd stadium engorged for: 0.087 read 1.087.
Quaest. ent. 4 : 243, 1968. Fig. 8. for: 24 seconds read 240 seconds.
Quaestiones
entomologicae
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
VOLUME VI
NUMBER 2 APRIL 1970
QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE
A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
Volume 6 Number 2 10 April 1970
CONTENTS
Book Review 221
Steiner — Solitary wasps from subarctic North America —
I. Pompilidae from the Northwest Territories and Yukon, Canada 223
Chance — The functional morphology of the mouthparts
of blackfly larvae (Diptera: Simuliidae) 245
Book Review
CHAPMAN, R. F. 1969. The Insects — Structure and Function. American Elsevier Publish-
ing Company, Inc., New York. Library of Congress Catalog No. 71-75216. xii + 819 pp.,
509 text fig., c. 1000 refs., $15.00.
This book is a welcome addition to the literature on insect structure and function.
Chapman has considered these two topics under six major sections: the head, ingestion
and utilization of food; the thorax and movement; the abdomen, reproduction and develop-
ment; the cuticle, respiration and excretion; the nervous and sensory systems; and the
blood, hormones and pheromones. Each section is further subdivided. For example Section
E, “The Nervous and Sensory Systems” has the following chapters; the nervous system,
the eyes and vision, sound production, mechanoreception, chemoreception, and tempera-
ture and humidity. Further subdivision occurs within each chapter, each beginning with a
general discussion in which significant literature and review articles are cited.
A book of this type, with such a wide scope, will no doubt be disappointing to some
specialists but it is aimed at the post-graduate not the specialist. The layout and arrangement
of the material in this book makes it an excellent reference text. However, the documenta-
tion in parts of the text is not adequate and this leaves the origin of some statements in
doubt.
There are also some surprising deficiencies in places. For instance in the generally ade-
quate chapter on the head and its appendages, the sucking mouthparts are dispensed with
in two paragraphs and one figure, with only scant mention being made of the Hemiptera
and Diptera. Again, the chapter on reproduction is generally very good but is weak on
spermatogenesis and oogenesis.
Chapman’s style of writing is telegraphic and he inserts specialized terms in the text with
little or no explanation. This results, at times, in the text being difficult to follow. However,
in a reference book of this type such a style is acceptable. The line diagrams, taken from
many different sources, are clear and very well labelled. However, the scraperboard tech-
nique used in some instances, particularly for cellular detail, does not do justice to the
original figures.
Despite these criticisms this book is, in overlapping areas, as good as Wigglesworth’s “The
Principles of Insect Physiology”. Many of the comparable chapters by Chapman are more
extensive and up-to-date than those by Wigglesworth, for instance those on the integument
and mechanoreception. For these reasons Chapman’s text will, for some uses, supplant that
of Wigglesworth.
This well-produced book should be on the shelf of everyone who teaches entomology or
who considers himself a serious entomologist. Chapman’s book is not only a particularly
good, up-to-date reference book but is relatively good value.
D. A. Craig
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta.
SOLITARY WASPS FROM SUBARCTIC NORTH AMERICA
I. POMPILIDAE FROM THE NORTHWEST TERRITORIES AND YUKON, CANADA
ANDRE L. STEINER
Department of Zoology
Un i versity of A Iberta
Edmonton, Canada
Quaestiones en to mo log i cae
6 : 223-244 1970
Spider wasps (Rompilidae) of 19 species were collected in the Northwest Territories
during part of the summer in 1907 and 1968 and in Yukon, during part of the summer in
1968. Previous locality records of 6 species in the literature have been added to the list.
A list of sample localities is given and discussed in relation to general and local geographical,
physiographic, geological, and ecological features of the study areas and adjacent regions.
Distribution and composition of this fauna are analyzed in the light of known zoogeography
of spider wasps. Holarctic elements and elements with circumpolar distribution are well
represented. The range of distribution of some transcontinental elements is surprisingly
broad, including regions as far south as California, Arizona, New Mexico, Texas and Mexico.
Some northern extensions reach the Arctic Coast area (on the Mackenzie Delta), at least
within its subarctic portirjn in Northwest America, and along the favorable axis of dispersion
of the Mackenzie River System.
Fossorial wasps thrive particularly in tropical, subtropical, and warm temperate climates,
wherever soil, moisture, and vegetation are adequate. Northern and even Subarctic regions,
however, are by no means devoid of hunting wasps; moreover, some species or groups are
seen predominantly or exclusively in these areas. Some bees range to the Arctic and High
Arctic, in North America to Ellesmere Island for instance (Hocking and Sharplin, 1964,
1965).
Therefore it seemed interesting to obtain some information — limited as it may be on
the northern distribution and composition of wasp faunas, Pompilidae in particular, and on
some associated physiographic, geological and ecological features. All sampling localities
visited by me are situated south of the Arctic Circle (see Fig. 1 ).
GENERAL PHYSIOGRAPHIC, GEOLOGICAL, AND ECOLOGICAL PROFILES
The boundaries of the Subarctic Region (see Fig. 1) are not always clear cut, especially
the southern one. To the north, the tree-line is generally considered the approximate bound-
ary with the Arctic Region. The interpenetration of trees and tundra, however, complicates
the pattern.
Fossorial wasps were collected in two areas: the Great Slave Lake area (Northwest Terri-
tories) (Figs. 1:2 and 2) and the Southern Yukon Territory area (Figs. 1:3 and 3). The
former only is generally included in the Subarctic Region, the latter being considered part
of the Cordilleran Region and Intermontane Belt. At first view, the characteristic features
of the regions considered and in particular the Subarctic Region do not look very favorable
for solitary wasps.
Most of the area lies on the forest-tundra transition or is covered with the boreal forest
and the taiga, characterized by the dominance of coniferous trees (mainly spruce and
jack pine) in its climax communities. Often the conifers grow so close together that there is
very little understory and the soil, covered with mossy vegetation, is not directly accessible
to fossorial wasps. The muskeg and the general post glacial topography, characterized by
many lakes, bogs, and poorly drained surfaces, does not seem to provide a very good habitat
for fossorial wasps either. The situation seems more favorable for fossorial wasps in clear-
Fig. 1 Northwest America: Great Slave Lake (Fig. 2) and Yukon (Fig. 3) study areas hatched, a. mean annual num-
ber of days with snow cover one inch or more (adapted from Laycock, in Warkentin, 1968); b. average day on
which mean daily temperature rises to 32°F (adapted from Laycock, in Warkentin, 1 968); c. approximate southern
limit of discontinuous permafrost (after Brown, in Wonders, 1968); d. approximate delimitation of “Subarctic
Region” (adapted from Wonders, in Warkentin, 1968); e. approximate delimitation of western margin of the
Canadian Shield (adapted from Wonders, in Warkentin, 1968);/. sample localities in previous literature (Evans,
1950-1951) and situated outside study areas 2 and 3; Northwest Territories: XVI = Fort Norman; XVII = Cameron
Bay of Great Bear Lake (not represented); XVIII = Norman Wells; XIX = Reindeer Depot. Yukon Territory: A1 =
Watson Lake.
Subarctic Pompilidae
225
mgs, sand, gravel pits, along ridges, hillocks, roadsides, river banks, lake shores, fixed sand
dunes, some old dugouts, and forest edges. The forest cover is locally interrupted or elimi-
nated altogether in disturbed areas where early successional stages are found. Most of the
wasps collected were found in such natural or man-made disturbed areas.
The climate, at first view, does not seem to provide a better picture than physiography:
the long and severe winter in Subarctic Regions (at least in the northwest) is generally as
cold as in the Arctic with even lower extreme temperatures. Discontinuous permafrost
underlies much of the Subarctic (Warkentin et al., 1968); the first study area (Great Slave
Lake) lies entirely north of the southern limit of discontinuous permafrost. The growing
season is short, varying from approximately 60 to 150 days, through the continental taiga.
The summer, however, is often very hot, with long daylight hours, favorable to rapid
development of plant and animal life. Insects, in general, are abundant. Favorable micro-
climates for solitary wasps are provided by river banks, lake shores, and sandy areas.
The mean daily temperature for the various months or mean daily minimum or maximum
temperatures are often used to express the amount of energy in the environment available
for the conversion of minerals and moisture into plant tissue. The length of the growing
season is especially important for plant and animal life. A detailed study of climate and
meteorological conditions is beyond the scope of this paper (see current literature). Some
limited meteorological information is condensed in Figs. 1,2 and 3. Exploitation of favorable
microclimates (Hocking and Sharplin, 1965), the short favorable summer, and an efficient
resting stage for overwintering, probably allow the wasps to cope with these severe condi-
tions (see also Fuller, 1969).
Geological and soil conditions seem far from optimal. In the Subarctic Regions, much of
the surface was totally stripped of regolith and soil by glaciation, leaving pockets of morain-
ic debris, ponds, muskegs, and poorly drained soil. The last is typically a grey thin podzol
usually cold (at least on the shield portion of the area). However one also finds in this
region lighter, sandier soils of kame of lacustrine origin (Warkentin et al . , 1968) which
probably are a more favorable habitat for fossorial wasps, particularly in the form of sand
ridges, cleared areas, lake shores and river banks. The Great Slave Lake area lies partly on
the podzol zone, in the east on the Canadian Shield, and partly on the grey wooded soil
zone, which also is from a podzol type, west of the Shield. The soil conditions in the Yukon
study area are more complex with considerable variety of slope, altitude, and cover.
THE GREAT SLAVE LAKE STUDY AREA (FIGS. 1:2 AND 2)
This area is subdivided geologically and physiographically into two distinct parts: the
Canadian Shield and the circum-Shield plains and plateaus. Most of the sample localities are
in the latter part, but localities XII, XIII, XV, (Fig. 2) are on the Shield.
The Canadian Shield, a vast expanse of Precambrian gneisses and granites has undergone
a complex geomorphic evolution. In the shield region of the study area, north and northeast
of Great Slave Lake, the Shield is included in the Kenoran orogenic region, whereas the
eastern part (east of the Slave River) and a limited part of the north belong to the Hudson-
ian orogenic region. In this part of the study area, predominantly rocky, the soil cover is
particularly restricted, both in depth and expanse. However, some “islands” of favorable
soil, particularly around lake shores (localities XII and XIII, Fig. 2) have been found.
Reduction of forest cover in many areas may also influence favorably colonisation by
fossorial wasps. The vegetation in the Shield region of this study area is classified as “forest
and barren”, forest section 27 (Northwestern Transition Section, a subdivision of the Boreal
Forest Region) (Rowe, 1959). “It is a zone of open subarctic woodland where unfavorable
226
Steiner
Fig. 2. Great Slave Lake study area. a. towns; b. sample localities visited; c. mean daily temperature for July; d. mean daily
temperature for January (c and d adapted from “Yukon today”, 1968; source: Meteorological Branch, Department of
Transport). 1 = Fort Smith; II = Sass River; III = Wood Buffalo Park northern boundary; IV = Enterprise; V = Buffalo
River; VI = Banks of the Hay River; VII = Heart Lake Biological Station; VIII = Kakisa River banks; IX = Fort Providence,
South; X = Fort Providence, North; XI = Birch Lake; XII = Yellowknife; XIII = Yellowknife-Prelude Lake; XIV = Frank
Channel; XV = Rae.
climatic conditions, thin soil, and frequent fires have combined to reduce distribution,
abundance, and size of tree species; . . . open stands of dwarfed trees, with local patches of
sheltered, deep, frost-free soil where density and high growth of forest patches can be
surprisingly good;” . . . most abundant tree: black spruce ( Picea mariana (Mill.) B. S. P.),
sometimes white spruce ( P . glauca (Moench) Voss) tamarack ( Larix laricina (DuRoi) K.
Koch) jack pine ( Pinus Banksiana Lamb.); . . . southern parts: stunted aspen ( Populus
tremuloides Michr.) balsam poplar ( Populus balsamifera L.). All in all (except for some
species and locally), the Shield part seemed the less favorable.
Subarctic Pompilidae
227
The circum-Shield plains (western interior basin) part of the study area belongs to a
sedimentary basin which fringes the Shield, on the west. The sedimentary cover varies in
thickness, age, and landforms; Devonian reef structures can be found for instance on the
southwest part of the Great Slave Lake area. More detailed information is provided in the
list of sample localities. The banks of the Mackenzie River, near Fort Providence, seemed
to offer particularly good soil, climate, (microclimate?), and vegetation cover. Therefore,
these banks were searched intensively and successfully for fossorial wasps (sample localities
IX and X). In the sedimentary part of the study area, the vegetation is classified as “Upper
Mackenzie Section of the Boreal Forest” (Rowe, 1959, 23a): white spruce and balsam
poplar form the main cover types on alluvial flats bordering rivers; large areas of sandy
soils are occupied by pines ( Pinus Banksiana, P. contorta Dougl. var. latifolia Engelm.),
aspen, and in moist to wet positions, black spruce and tamarack. Alluvial flats are bordered
by low benchlands and terraces giving way to undulating or rolling uplands with isolated
ridges and low hills; there are large c *eas of swamp and peat.
In the following list, the localities sampled are arranged in a series of increasing latitude,
to facilitate detection of possible impoverishment in number of species with latitude. Each
locality is preceded by its identification numeral on the maps. The plus sign indicates
localities not prospected by me, but found in previous literature. Species collected are
represented by their identification number in list of species (the same applies to the list of
localities from the Yukon study area, given later). Sources of geological information used
are Brown, 1958, Geological Survey of Canada, 1955 and Jolliffe, 1942.
Characteristics of sample localities and conditions of sampling
I. Fort Smith (Mountain Portage-Slave River banks, 59° 58’ N, 111° 45’ W, 700-750’
elevation).
Description. — Sandy banks, terraces, cutbanks, pits; many natural and man-made dis-
turbed areas, with early successional stages.
Geology. — On sand, silt or drift covered area, probably contact between: west, Palaeozo-
ic-Silurian (mainly sedimentary rocks: dolomite, limestone, etc.) and east, Archaean (Cam-
brian?): granodiorite, granite, etc.; mainly acid rocks.
Conditions of sampling. — 15 August 1967; clouded over, some sun, some rain. Sampling
probably not very significant (weather, short duration).
Species collected. — 1 (numbers refer to species list below).
II. Sass River (Wood Buffalo Park) (road to Fort Smith, 60° 10’ N, 113° 30’ W, approx.
900-950’ elevation).
Description. — Sandy roadside, early successional stages (man-made disturbed area); repre-
sents clearing in forest cover.
Geology. — On Palaeozoic - Middle Devonian (limestone, bituminous limestone, dolo-
mite).
Conditions of sampling. — 14 August 1967; warm, sunny weather, wind moderate. Sam-
pling probably not very significant (short duration).
Species collected. — 3.
III. Wood Buffalo Park northern boundary (road to Fort Smith, 60° 28’ N, 114° 35’ W,
approx. 900-950’ elevation).
Description. — Same as II.
Geology. — Situated approximately on limit between geological areas described in II and
IV.
228
Steiner
Conditions of sampling. — 14 August 1967; warm, sunny, wind moderate.
Species collected. - None.
IV. Enterprise (about 20 miles north of Enterprise, on highway to Hay River, 60° 40’ N,
1 16° W, approx. 850-900’ elevation).
Description. — Clearing (man-made?) in wooded banks of the Hay River (aspen pre-
dominant); early successional stage, soil apparently favorable, soft, sandy, gravelly.
Geology. — On Palaeozoic — Upper Devonian (Simpson Formation, shale).
Conditions of sampling. — 28 July 1967; stormy weather threatened, but sunny at
times — 1 1 August 1967; warm, cloudy, sunny at times, very strong wind. Sampling prob-
ably not very significant (weather, short duration, time of day).
Species collected. — 1 .
V. Buffalo River (road to Pine Point, from Hay River, 60° 45’ N, 115° 05’ W, approx.
800-850’ elevation).
Description. — Sandy clearing (man-made?) in wooded road sides; early successional
stage.
Geology. — Same as IV.
Conditions of sampling. — 14 August 1967; warm, sunny, wind moderate. Sampling
probably not very significant (short duration).
Species collected. — 15, 17.
VI. Banks of the Hay River (near Hay River, Pine Point road junction, 60° 45’ N, 115°
50’ W, approx. 500-550’ elevation).
Description. — Sandy spots, banks; loose flat earth and compact cutbanks; variety of
vegetation covers, ranging from densely forested (spruce, aspen, etc.) to sparsely covered
with vegetation in early successional stages.
Geology. — Same as IV.
Conditions of sampling. — 29 July 1967; weather average — 12 August 1967; clouding
over rapidly and becoming completely overcast; wind increasingly strong. Probably not
very good sampling conditions.
Species collected. - 1, 12.
VII. Heart Lake Biological Station area (Hart Creek, road to Fort Providence, 60° 50’ N,
116° 35’ W, approx. 800-850’ elevation).
Description. - Apparently favorable soft sandy earth, in open wooded banks of the
creek; trees with important understory, shrub, herbaceous.
Geology. - Same as IV.
Conditions of sampling. — 10 August 1967; very hot, sunny, windy.
Species collected. - 5, 15, 22.
VIII. Kakisa River Banks (Mackenzie Highway, 61° N, 117° 15’ W, approx. 650-700’
elevation).
Description. — River banks, apparently not very favorable compact earth, although sparse
vegetation (early successional stage) seems adequate.
Geology. — Same as IV.
Conditions of sampling (probably very unfavorable). — 10 August 1967; very hot, sunny,
windy.
Species collected. - None.
Subarctic Pompilidae
229
IX. Fort Providence (South bank of Mackenzie River, 61° 17’ N, 117° 36’ W, approx.
500’ elevation).
Description. — Rather compact earth, variety of vegetation cover conditions ranging
from open forested areas (aspen mainly) to shrub and sparse herbaceous vegetation.
Geology. — Same as IV (but alluvial deposits).
Conditions of sampling (probably not very significant). — 1 August 1967; very good
weather, hot, sunny, slight wind.
Species collected. - 7, 21, 24.
X. Fort Providence (North bank of Mackenzie River, 61° 17’ N, 117° 30’ W, approx.
500’ elevation).
Description. — Apparently very favorable area, with a great variety of vegetation condi-
tions; soil of various types and conformations: sandy spots, hillocks, small ridges, flats, etc.
Geology. - See IV and IX.
Conditions of sampling. — Probably the most complete sample of the study, with sam-
plings taken frequently, on various days (“season”) and at various times, weather conditions,
etc. 21 July 1967 — 22 July 1967; overcast day, wind from W. - 25 July 1967 - 26 July
1967 — 31 July 1967; amelioration of weather, previously rather bad for one to two days —
9 August 1967; sunny, hot day — 1 1 July 1968; sunny, windy, very hot, a few clouds, hazy,
intense activity of Hymenoptera recorded - 17 July 1968; excellent weather, sunny, warm,
no wind.
Species collected. - 1, 4, 5, 7, 9, 12, 15, 17, 20, 25.
XI. Birch Lake area (roadside, Mackenzie Highway, about half way between Fort Providence
and Rae, 62° N, 1 16° 17’ W, 650-700’ elevation).
Description. — Rather small gravel, sand pit (with some slated rocks), along the highway,
in forested area (jack pine mainly?): sparse vegetation, herbaceous, shrubs.
Geology. — On Palaeozoic — Middle Devonian (limestone or dolomite).
Conditions of sampling (probably not very good). - 2 August 1967; very hot, sunny,
moderate wind, some light clouds at high altitude, rain storm on nearby Great Slave Lake
in the evening - 8 August 1967; clouding over rapidly but increasingly warm.
Species collected. — 5.
XII. Yellowknife (mostly shores of Long Lake, 62° 27’ N, 114° 23’ W, approx. 650.
elevation).
Description. — Apparently one of the restricted favorable localities found on the Shield
section of the study area, with spots of sandy soil covered with low, sparse vegetation
(herbaceous and shrub, dwarfed trees); however flowers very scarce (in contrast to Macken-
zie River localities: IX and X).
Geology. — Archaean (granodiorite, granite, etc.; also sand and silt, or drift covered
areas).
Conditions of sampling. — Average to good, but perhaps affected by generally cold
weather and strong wind. 4 August 1967; cool, windy, but sunny (cold, cloudy and windy
the day before with short sunny periods) — 5 August 1967 — 7 August 1967; cold, strong
wind, sunny — 29 July 1968; sunny, very hot, hazy, wind rather strong.
Species collected. - 7, 12, 16, 18, 23, 25.
XIII. Yellowknife area (shores of Prelude Lake, 62° 32’ N, 113° 48’ W, approx. 600-650’
elevation).
230
Steiner
Description. — One of the best spots found on the Shield section: local conditions
apparently very favorable, as far as soil conditions (soft earth, sandy spots) and vegetation
cover are concerned; the latter ranges from open woodland (jack pine predominant?) to
sparse shrub and herbaceous vegetation; flats, hillocks, and sand pits provide a good variety
of topographical microclimates.
Geology. — Archaean (Yellowknife group, mainly sedimentary and derived metamorphic
rocks).
Conditions of sampling (apparently average to good). — 6 August 1967; sunny, cloudy
periods, strong rather cold wind — 7 August 1967; weather better than previous day,
mostly sunny, moderate wind.
Species collected. - 1, 6, 8, 12, 15, 16, 21, 22.
XIV. Frank Channel (shores of Great Slave Lake: northwestern arm, near Rae, 62° 43’ N,
1 16° 03’ W, approx. 600’ elevation).
Description. — Sandy spots on shores of lake; apparently favorable area, flowers and
vegetation varied; clearings, pits, etc.
Geology. — Palaeozoic — Ordovician (dolomite, red arenaceous limestone, sandstone,
etc.).
Conditions of sampling (average to good). — 8 August 1967; weather good but increasing
cloudiness — 26 July 1968; sunny, warm, clouding over.
Species collected. - 1, 3, 12, 15, 25.
XV. Rae (about 10 miles East, on the road to Yellowknife, 62° 46’ N, 115° 50’ W, approx.
500-550’ elevation).
Description. — The northernmost sampling locality in the Great Slave Lake study area;
transition between Shield and sedimentary sections; rather restricted pit, with flat sections,
cutbanks, in rather compact and not sandy soil; man-made disturbed area, early successional
stages; apparently not very favorable.
Geology. - Archaean.
Conditions of sampling. — 8 August 1967; sunny, windy.
Species collected. — 5, 22, 23.
The following localities have been found in previous literature: (Evans, 1950-1951);
being not included in the study area (Fig. 2), they have been represented on the general
map, Fig. 1. Species identification numbers preceded by + represent species which have
not been found by me.
XVI. + Fort Norman (Mackenzie River, approx. 65° N, 125° 30’ W).
Geology. — Cenozoic — Tertiary (shale, conglomerate, sandstone, limestone, coal).
Dates. — 6, 9, 15 August.
Species collected. - +10, +13, +14, 23, +26.
XVII. + Cameron Bay (Great Bear Lake? not represented on map).
Dates. — 1 July.
Species collected. - +10.
XVIII. + Norman Wells (Mackenzie River, approx. 65° 30’ N?, 127° W).
Geology. — Palaeozoic — Upper Devonian (Imperial-Bosworth-formation; sandstone and
shale).
Subarctic Pompilidae
231
Dates. - 12 July - 3 August; 20-28 July; 20-29 July 1949; 12-23 August.
Species collected. - 6, 9, +11, 15, +19.
XIX. + Reindeer Depot (Mackenzie Delta, approx. 67° 20’ N?, 134° 20’ W).
Geology. — Cenozoic — Pleistocene and recent (alluvium, glacial drift).
Dates. — 8 July 1948; 11 July; 12 July — 13 August.
Species collected. - 1, 12, 15, 17.
THE YUKON STUDY AREA (FIGS. 1:3 AND 3)
The climatic, geological, and ecological features of the Yukon study area are much more
complex and varied than the preceding one. On the other hand, the sampling in this area
has been limited and is probably less significant.
Most of the sampling localities are situated in one “geological province”, characterized
by intrusives, plateaus, rocks ranging in age from Precambrian to Recent (Anon., 1968).
This area, of low to moderate altitude is part of the physiographic “Intermontane Belt”
region of the Cordilleran Continental Fa9ade. This belt is underlain largely by folded Juras-
sic strata and Tertiary volcanics and composed of low mountains, rolling hills, tablelands
dissected by rivers, and flat glacial lake plains. No samples have been taken from the
mountain regions, south, north and east in the Yukon Territory. The sampling area is
situated mostly on the basin-like area known as the Yukon Plateau in the interior of the
Territory. The average elevation is 2,000 to 3,000 feet. There is a certain lack of precipi-
tation in this interior basin.
The climate is characterized by wide variations in temperature from year to year. One
reason is the proximity of both the relatively warm Pacific and the cold Arctic Ocean. The
climate thus depends on the frequency and duration of air mass invasions. The same applies
to summer temperatures. These characteristics may affect the populations of fossorial wasps
and may produce important year to year population fluctuations. On the average the last
spring frost occurs in mid-June and the first autumn frost in mid-August. Annual precipi-
tation is low in the Yukon, which is in the “rain shadow” of the mountains bordering the
Pacific.
Forest types found in the study area are classified (Rowe, 1959) as Dawson, Central
Yukon, Eastern Yukon, and Kluane sections of the Boreal Forest Region. Sample localities
A, C, D (Fig. 3) are situated in the Central Yukon section (26b), where white spruce grows
on the lower slopes of protected lowlands. On the uplands, it associates with alpine fir
(Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt.). On the mountain slopes are islands of park-like white
spruce, willow and aspen interspersed with patches of grassland. In the valleys, on water
modified tills and coarse terrace materials lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta var. latifolia )
and white spruce are the dominant species, frequently associated with aspen. Black spruce
occupies areas of high water table. Sample localities E, G, (Fig. 3) are included in the
Eastern Yukon Forest section (26c) where forestless barrens are more common, and north
and east slopes frequently non-forested. Flood plains are generally narrow in the sharply
cut valleys with low representation of balsam poplar. Peaty soils are extensively developed.
Sampling stations I, J (Fig. 3) belong to the Dawson Forest section (26a) comparable to
the Central Yukon section but lodgepole pine has only a scattered distribution. Surface
deposits are mainly residual, derived from breakdown of the underlying Precambrian and
Tertiary rock. Sample localities A3, B, B2 (Fig. 3) are in the Kluane Forest section (26d)
characterized by a dry cold climate, with park-like appearance vegetation. White spruce
and poplar are abundant. There is no lodgepole pine and relatively little black spruce.
232
Steiner
Fig. 3. Yukon study area. a. towns; b. sample localities visited; c. mean daily temperature for July; d. mean daily tempera-
ture for January (c and d adapted from “Yukon today”, 1968; source: Meteorological Branch, Department of Transport);
e. sample localities found in previous literature (Evans, 1950-1951). A = Marsh Lake; A2 = Whitehorse; A3 = Kluane; B =
Pickhandle Lake; C = Tatchun Lake; B2 = Snag; D = Minto; E = Stewart River valley; F = Taylor Creek; G = Mayo; H -
Gravel Lake; I = Keno Hill; J = Dawson City.
As in the Great Slave Lake study area, the spots which were the most favorable for
fossorial wasps were clearings, roadsides, old sandpits, river banks, lake shores, ridges, cut-
banks, and in general disturbed areas and early successional stages.
Characteristics of sample localities and conditions of sampling
Localities preceded by + in the following list, are those which have been found in previ-
ous literature (Evans, 1950-1951) and species numbers preceded by + correspond to species
not found by me.
Subarctic Pompilidae
233
Al. + Watson Lake (see Fig. 1, 60° 04’ N, 128° 49’ W, 2,500-3,000’ elevation).
Dates. — 17-24 June; 20-25 June; 25 June.
Species collected (not by me). - 6, 12, 15, +19, 23.
A. Marsh Lake (Mile 880, Alaska Highway, east of Whitehorse, 60° 30’ N, 134° 18’ W,
approx. 2,300’ elevation).
Description. — Old sand-gravel pit, rather compact soil, sparse low vegetation, apparently
not very favorable.
Conditions of sampling (not very good). - 5 August 1968; cloudy, sunny at times, windy.
Species collected. — +10, 23.
A2. + Whitehorse (60° 43’ N, 135° 03’ W, approx. 2,500-3,000’ elevation).
Dates. - June-July; 1 July; 3-4 July; 3 July - 1 August; 4-5 July; 9-1 1 July; 25 July
1948; July-August.
Species collected (not by me). — 1, 2, 3, 9, 15, 18, 21, 23, 24.
A3. + Kluane (South tip of Kluane Lake, 61° 02’ N, 138° 23’ W, approx. 2,500-3,000’
elevation).
Dates. - 28 July.
Species collected (not by me). — 8.
B. Pickhandle Lake (near Koidern: Alaska Highway, near U. S. border, 61° 57’ N, 140°
20’ W, 2,500’ elevation).
Description. - Narrow strip of earth in rock pit, with sparse low vegetation; apparently
not very favorable (but some Sphecidae found, no Pompilidae).
Conditions of sampling (not very significant). - 15 August 1968; weather excellent,
very hot.
Species collected. - None.
C. Tatchun Lake area (near Carmacks, Mile 122, Highway from Whitehorse to Dawson,
62° 20 N, 136° 17’ W, approx. 1,700’ elevation).
Description. — Series of pits and flats, with small hillocks and ridges; shrub and herba-
ceous vegetation, numerous flowers, some trees (aspen); soil rather compact.
Conditions of sampling (average to good). — 9 August 1968; sunny, windy — 10 August
1968; weather excellent, sunny, warm, slight wind.
Species collected. - 2, 12 23.
B2. + Snag (north of locality B, 62° 25’ N, 140° 23’ W, approx. 2,500-3,000’ elevation).
Dates. - 24 July.
Species collected (not by me). - 1, 8, 9, +19.
D. Minto (Mile 147, Highway from Whitehorse to Dawson, 62° 37’ N, 136° 52’ W, approx.
1,700’ elevation).
Description. - Fairly restricted sandy area, probably a very old small sand pit; small
sand ridges.
Sampling conditions (not very significant). — 10 August 1968; good weather but windy.
Species collected. — None.
E. Stewart River Valley (Mile 223, Whitehorse to Mayo highway, 63° 26’ N, 136° 27’ W,
234
Steiner
approx. 1,700’ elevation).
Description. — Flats, terraces in the river valley and sand gravel pits, various soil and
vegetation conditions, probably good variety of microclimates.
Conditions of sampling (too restricted although area probably favorable). - 10 August
1968; very hot.
Species collected. - 3, 15.
F. Taylor Creek area (Alaska, Mile 52, North of Tetlin Jctn., approx. 63° 30’ N, 142° 25’
W, 4,000?’ elevation).
Description. - Pit and ridge of rather compact soil, bordering boggy area (black spruce);
vegetation sparse, herbaceous, flowers numerous.
Conditions of sampling (fairly restricted). — 14 August 1968; hot, hazy.
Species collected. - 3.
G. Mayo (some Miles North of town, Mile 248, direction Keno Hill, 63° 38’ N, 135°
53’ W, approx. 1,700’ elevation).
Description. — The area is described in tourist guides as “the hottest and coldest spot in
the Yukon”; potential good areas (pits, clearings, etc.) appeared rather limited; several man-
made disturbed areas (sand pits) were visited; soil rather compact, flowers scarce, (already
outgrown).
Conditions of sampling. — 12 August 1968; very good weather, very hot, some clouds.
Species collected. — 3.
H. Gravel Lake (near McQuesten, Mile 52, Highway 3 to Dawson City, 63° 47’ N, 137°
45’ W, approx. 2,200’ elevation).
Description. — Rather small sand/gravel pit, with many flowers.
Conditions of sampling (not very conclusive). — 12 August 1968; very good weather,
very hot.
Species collected. — 1.
I. Keno Hill (63° 54’ N, 135° 18’ W, approx. 3,200’ elevation).
Description. - Small areas of potentially good soil, in a generally rocky area; apparently
not very favorable in general.
Conditions of sampling. - 1 1 August 1968; very hot, sunny, no wind.
Species collected. — None.
J. Dawson City (Mile 15, west of Dawson, 64° 10’ N, 139° 40’ W, approx. 3,500?’ eleva-
tion).
Description. - The northernmost sample locality of this study; potentially good areas
for fossorial wasps apparently fairly limited, at least as seen from the highway; some narrow
strips of soil on the roadside and pits were visited; flowers relatively abundant (many
bumblebees).
Conditions of sampling (probably not very significant). — 13 August 1968.
Species collected. — None.
DISTRIBUTION OF SAMPLES IN TIME (SEASONAL AND DAILY)
The total sampling time was about 54 hours for the Great Slave Lake study area and
only 10 for the Yukon study area. Although these figures are very low, the sampling was
Subarctic Pompilidae
235
1967 1968 ________ Roman numerals and letters indicate sampling areas.
Fig. 4. Seasonal and daily distribution of samples of subarctic Pompilidae
236
Steiner
distributed as efficiently as possible both in space — only the potentially “good spots’’ have
been visited — and in time — only the best season (July, August) and best part of the day
(between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.) were used. Figure 4 represents diagrammatically the
distribution of the samples in time (season and time of day) and shows that the samples
cover a reasonable cross section. In the light of this limited sampling, conclusions must be
drawn with prudence, particularly as to negative evidence concerning certain species and
localities and the problem of possible impoverishment with increasing latitude. This is
confirmed by the previous literature, which mentions many species not found in this study.
LIST OF SPECIES COLLECTED AND PREVIOUS INFORMATION
Species and sample localities found in the literature are preceded by the sign +. Species
and localities have been given identification numbers, used on the maps. N.W.T. = Northwest
Territories; Y.T. = Yukon Territory; C.N.C. = Canadian National Collections, Ottawa, On-
tario; C.A.S. = California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Genus Evagetes Lepeletier
Biology. - All social parasites of other Pompilini, destroying the host egg and laying
their own (Evans, 1950-1951).
Known distribution. — Palaearctic, Nearctic, and Neotropical Regions (Evans, 1950-
1951).
1. Evagetes crassicornis crassicornis Shuckard.
Biology. — In Europe, social parasite of several Pompilini. Inhabits sandy or gravelly areas,
often in the vicinity of woods (Evans, 1950-1951).
Known distribution. - Widely distributed holarctic species. In Europe, throughout the
northern part of the continent; in North America across the continent in Hudsonian and
Canadian Zones, and to a limited extent the Transition Zone (Evans, 1950-1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - I, 9 15 August 1967. IV, 9 28 July 1967.
VI, 9 29 July 1967. X, 9 1 1 July 1968, 9 17 July 1968, 9 22 July 1967, 3 99 26 July
1967, 9, d 31 July 1967, 9 9 August 1967. XIII, 9 6 August 1967. XIV, 2 99 26 July 1968.
+XIX, d, 9 99 13 August (Evans, 1950: CNC). YUKON TERRITORY. - A2, d, 3 99 3-4
July (Evans, 1950: CNC). B2, 2 99 24 July (Evans, 1950: CNC). H, 9 12 August 1968.
2. Evagetes crassicornis consimilis Banks.
Biology. - Collected on sand and on flowers (Evans, 1950).
Known distribution. — Canadian and Transition faunas of western U. S. and Canada. In
general occurs south of the range of typical crassicornis , but considerable overlap in range
(found also in New Mexico, California, etc.) (Evans, 1950).
Records. - YUKON TERRITORY. - +A2, 2 99 4-5 July (Evans, 1950: CNC). C, 9
9 August 1968.
3. Evagetes subangulatus Banks.
Biology. - Either in open country or in clearings in woodlands, is partial to sandy soil
(Evans, 1950).
Known distribution. — Occurs transcontinental^ from the Hudsonian to the Transition
Zones, from Labrador and Yukon to Georgia in the Appalachians and to New Mexico,
Arizona, etc. Not mentioned from N.W.T. (Evans, 1950).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - II, 9 14 August 1967. XIV, 9 26 July
Subarctic Pompilidae
237
1968, 9 8 August 1967. YUKON TERRITORY. - +A2, 2 99 June, July (Evans, 1950:
CNC, CAS). E, 9 10 August 1968. F, 9 14 August 1968. G, 9 12 August 1968.
4. Evagetes bradleyi Banks.
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - X, 9 1 1 July 1968.
5. Evagetes hyacinthinus Cresson (all individuals collected by me are of the very hairy form
called “ scudderi ” by Banks: Evans, personal communication).
Known distribution. — Transcontinental, primarily in the Transition Zone. Not men-
tioned from N.W.T. in list of localities (Evans, 1950).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - VII, 2 99 1 1 August 1967. X, 9 25 July
1967, 4 99 26 July 1967, 5 99 31 July 1967. XI, 9 8 August 1967. XV, 9 8 August 1967.
6. Evagetes parvus Cresson.
Biology. - Frequents sand pits, waste places, gardens, occasionally clearings in wood-
lands. Occurs throughout the summer months, and may have several generations during
this time (Evans, 1950).
Known distribution. - Transcontinental in Canadian, Transition, and Upper Austral
Zones, but less common southward and westward. One of the commonest Pompilini in the
northeastern and north central U. S. and eastern Canada; there are but few records from
west of the Rocky Mountains (Evans, 1950). This species is also reported from Arizona,
New Mexico, etc.
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - XIII, 9 6 August 1967. +XVIII, 6 66, 5 99
20-28 July 1949 (Mason, in Evans, 1951). YUKON TERRITORY. - +A1, <*, 9 25 June
(Evans, 1950: CNC).
Genus Priocnemis
7. Priocnemis notha alaskensis Townes.
Reported from Alaska, Northwest Territories (Krombein et al. , 1958).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - IX, 9 1 August 1967. X, 9 25 July 1967.
XII, 9 5 August 1967.
Genus Anoplius Dufour
Known distribution. — Some species rather restricted ecologically and others very wide-
ranging throughout the World (except Australia?). Well represented in the Nearctic and
Neotropical regions (Evans, 1951).
Subgenus Anoplius Dufour
Biology. — Various in habits, none seems to be a strict psammophile. Some in restricted
ecological niches, others: more wide-ranging (Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — Species seen from Nearctic, Neotropical, Palaearctic, and Oriental
regions (Evans, 1951).
8. Anoplius (Anoplius) ithaca Banks.
Biology. — Confined to stony stream sides. Appears to have several (perhaps 3) genera-
tions a year throughout its range (Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — Transcontinental in Transitional and Upper Austral Zones (Muese-
beck et al., 1951). Exceedingly wide distribution, although rather local: Texas . . , etc.
north to Yukon, Manitoba . . , etc. Not mentioned from N.W.T. (Evans, 1951).
238
Steiner
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - XIII, 9 7 August 1967. YUKON TERRI-
TORY. - +A3, 2 99 28 July (Evans, 1951: CNC). +B2, 2 99 24 July (Evans, 1951: CNC).
9. Anoplius (Anoplius) imbellis Banks.
Biology. — Taken along streams (cf ithaca ); does not appear to be restricted to this
habitat (Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. - Transcontinental, from the Hudsonian to the Upper Austral
Zones, but appears to be most common in the Transition Zone (more common in the
Pacific States?) (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - X, 9 26 July 1967. XVIII, 22 66, 11 99
12 July - 3 August (Evans, 1951: CNC). YUKON TERRITORY. - +A2, 3 66 9-11 July
(Evans, 1951: CNC). +B2, 2 66, 9 24 July (Evans, 1951: CNC).
Species not found by me but reported from previous literature in N.W.T. or Y.T. or both:
+ 10. Anoplius (Anoplius, nigerrimus (Scopoli) (in Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — Holarctic species known from almost the whole of Europe; in
North America it occurs transcontinental^ in the Hudsonian and Canadian Zones, entering
the Transition Zone sparingly (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - +XVI, 9 9 August (Evans, 1951: CNC).
+XVIII, 9 1 July (Evans, 1951: CNC). YUKON TERRITORY. - A, 6 10 July (Evans,
1951: CNC).
+ 1 1. Anoplius (Anoplius) tenuicornis Tournier (basalis Dreisbach, in Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — Holarctic. Apparently uncommon species, transcontinental distri-
bution in the Canadian Zone, south to New Brunswick, Vermont, Manitoba, and at high
altitudes to New Mexico and California (Evans, 1951, 1956, 1966).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - +XVIII, 6, 9 20-29 July 1949 (Mason, in
Evans, 1951 CNC).
Subgenus Pompilinus Ashmead
Predominantly inhabitants of sandy areas; remarkable unselectivity in prey selection
(Evans, 1951).
12. Anoplius (Pompilinus) tenebrosus Cresson.
Biology. — Sandy places, especially vicinity of woods (Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — Common across the continent from upper extremities of Upper
Austral Zone far into the Hudsonian Zone; Canadian and Transition Zones (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - VI, 2 66 29 July 1967. X, 9 1 1 July 1968.
XII, 6 5 August 1967. XIII, 6 66, 9 6 August 1967, 2 66 1 August 1967. XIV, 9 26 July
1968, 6 8 August 1967. +XIX, 9 11 July (Evans, 1951: CNC). YUKON TERRITORY. -
+A1, 12 99 20-25 June (Evans, 1951: CNC). C, 6 9 August 1968.
Species not found by me but reported from previous literature in N.W.T. or Y.T. or both:
+ 13. Anoplius (Pompilinus) cylindricus (Cresson).
Known distribution. — Widely distributed species, Florida . . , Texas, etc., Ontario,
N.W.T.
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - +XVI, 6 6 August (Evans, 1951: CNC).
Subarctic Pompilidae
239
+ 14. Anoplius (Pompilinus) marginatus (Say).
Known distribution. — Temperate North America, east of the Rockies, from Florida,
Texas . . , etc. to Quebec, N.W.T. . , etc.
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - +XVI, 9 15 August (Evans, 1951: CNC).
Genus Pompilus Fabricius
Known distribution. — Cosmopolitan (Evans, 1951).
Subgenus A mmosphex Wilcke
Biology. — Variety of habitats, but seems particularly characteristic of wooded places
(close to the ground, sunny spots) (Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — Holarctic Region; eight species known in the Nearctic Region;
(also in Europe), (Evans, 1951).
15. Pompilus (Ammosphex) luctuosus Cresson.
Known distribution. — Transcontinental in Hudsonian and Canadian Zones, sparingly
entering the Transition Zone in western states; . . . Quebec . . . New Mexico, California . . .
N.W.T., Y.T., etc. True luctuosus is apparently a common species only in the far north
(Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - V, 6 14 August 1967. VII, 9 11 August
1967. X, 2 99 25, 31 July 1967. XIII, 9 6 August 1967 (dragging paralyzed spider prey:
Tarentula sp., immature; Fam. Lycosidae), 9 7 August 1967. XIV, 9 8 August 1967. +XVIII,
6, 9 12-23 August (Evans, 1950-1951: CNC). +XIX, 6, 8 99 12 July - 13 August (Evans,
1951: CNC). YUKON TERRITORY. - +A1, d, 9 17-24 June (Evans, 1951: CNC). +A2,
<5, 4 99 3 July - 1 August (Evans, 1951: CNC). E, 9 1 0 August 1 968.
16. Pompilus (Ammosphex) occidentalis Dreisbach.
Known distribution. — Mountain forests of the west, apparently chiefly in the Transition
Zone, ranging from Alberta and British Columbia south at high altitude to New Mexico,
Arizona and California; not uncommon, western U. S., Canada. Not mentioned from N.W.T.
and Y.T. (Evans, 1951). Mexico (Puebla, Mexico) (Krombein et al., 1958).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - XII, 9 29 July 1968. XIII, 9 6 August
1967.
17. Pompilus (Ammosphex) imbecillus ojibwae Evans.
Known distribution. — Across the continent, chiefly in Canadian Zone (north of the
range of the nominate subspecies); also Hudsonian Zone, . . . north to N.W.T. (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - V, 9 14 August 1967. X, 2 99 21, 25
July 1967, d 31 July 1967. +XIX, 9 8 July 1948 (Evans, 1951: CNC).
18. Pompilus (Ammosphex) angularis Banks.
Biology. — In sheltered sandy areas and open woodlands, where the soil is light (Evans,
1951).
Known distribution. — Transcontinental in Transition and Upper Austral Zones; occa-
sional record from Canadian and Lower Austral Zones; . . Yukon . . California (San Diego,
etc.) (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - XII, 2 99 4 August 1967, 9 5 August 1967.
YUKON TERRITORY. - +A2, d 3 July (Evans, 1951: CNC).
240
Steiner
Species not found by me but reported from previous literature in N.W.T. or Y.T. or both:
+ 19. Pompilus (Ammosphex) michiganensis michiganensis Dreisbach.
Known distribution. — Hudsonian, Canadian, and Transition Zones, N.W.T. . New York
. . . and at high elevations to Colorado and Georgia (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - +XVIII, d 20 July (Evans, 1951: CNC).
YUKON TERRITORY. - +A1, 3 dd, 2 99 20-25 June (Evans, 1951: CNC). +B2 : 2 dd
24 July (Evans, 1951: CNC).
Subgenus Anoplochares Banks
Known distribution. — Holarctic (Europe) (Evans, 1951).
20. Pompilus (Anoplochares) apicatus Provancher.
Biology. — Not uncommon; chiefly in sheltered places, particularly sunny spots in wood-
lands; also open prairie country (Great Plains) (Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — Very wide; most abundant in Transition Zone, where transcon-
tinental in distribution; from the Great Plains eastward occurs also in Canadian, Upper and
Lower Austral Zones, as far north as Labrador and far south as Alabama, Texas; not men-
tioned from N.W.T. and Y.T. (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - X, d, 9 25 July 1967.
Subgenus Arachnospila Kincaid
Biology. — The three species found in the Nearctic Region are fairly common (Evans,
1951).
Known distribution. — Holarctic (Evans, 1951).
21 . Pompilus (Arachnospila) fumipennis fumipennis Zetterstedt.
Known distribution. — Holarctic; the most boreal of our Pompilidae; circumpolar in
distribution: northern Eurasia ( . . Finland . . ); in North America ranges transcontinental^
in the Hudsonian and Canadian Zones, except British Columbia and Alberta southward in
the Rockies and Coastal Ranges, where replaced by the subspecies eureka Banks; . . Labra-
dor . . N.W.T., Y.T. . . Alaska . . (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - IX, d, 9 1 August 1967. XIII, d 7 August
1967, 9 10 August (Evans, 1951: CNC). YUKON TERRITORY. - +A2, d 1 July (Evans,
1951: CNC).
22. Pompilus (Arachnospila) scelestus Cresson.
Biology. — The best known and possibly the most common species of Pompilus in our
fauna; variety of habitats, including sand dunes, fields, gardens, open woodlands (Evans,
1951).
Known distribution. — Transcontinental in Upper Austral and Transition Zones, entering
the Canadian Zone to a limited extent, especially in the West; peripheral localities: . . Que-
bec, Manitoba, Alberta, British Columbia .... California, Arizona, New Mexico . . Not
mentioned from N.W.T. and Y.T. (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - VII, 9 11 August 1967. XIII, 9 7 August
1967. XV, 9 8 August 1967 (dragging paralyzed spider prey: Phidippus sp., immature;
Fam. Salticidae).
23. Pompilus (Arachnospila) arctus Cresson.
Subarctic Pompilidae
241
Biology. — One of the more common species of Pompilus within its range; most often
encountered on or near the ground in open wooded areas or in parks; nests in soft earth;
(Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — Transcontinental in the Hudsonian, Canadian and Transition
Zones; some peripheral localities: . . Labrador . . California, New Mexico . . (Evans, 1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - XII, 9 5 August 1967. XV, 9 8 August
1967. +XVI, 9 6 August (Evans, 1951: CNC). YUKON TERRITORY. - A, 9 5 August
1968. +A1 , 2 66 24 June (Evans, 1951: CNC). +A2, 3 66 July, August (Evans, 195 1 : CNC).
C, 9 9 August 1968.
Genus Episyron Schi0dte
Biology. — Usually in sandy or gravelly areas, where the nest is in the earth (Evans, 1951).
Known distribution. — All the zoogeographic regions of the world, except apparently
Australian; twelve species recorded in the Nearctic Region (Evans, 1951).
24. Episyron Oregon Evans.
Known distribution. - Western U. S. and Canada, from Yukon and Alberta to Wyoming
and California; principally a Transition Zone species; not mentioned from N.W.T. (Evans,
1951).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - IX, 9 1 August 1967. YUKON TERRI-
TORY. - +A2, 9 2 July 1948 (Mason, in Evans, 1950: CNC).
25. Episyron quinquenotatus quinquenotatus Say.
Known distribution. - Throughout the Canadian Alleghanian and Carolinian faunas of
eastern U. S. and Canada; more common northward; ranges westward sparingly to Texas,
Colorado, Montana, British Columbia. Not mentioned from N.W.T. or Y.T. (Evans, 1950).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - X, 3 66,2 99 \ \ July 1968 (one 9 digging
in sandy soil), 3 66, 4 99 25 July 1967 (one 9 digging burrow in sandy hillock; another 9
dragging paralyzed spider prey: Araneus cornutus Clerck; Fam. Araneidae), 6, 3 99 31 July
1967 (one 9 dragging paralyzed spider prey: Araneus, immature; Fam. Araneidae), 9 9
August 1967 (dragging paralyzed spider prey: Araneus patagiatus Clerck; Fam. Araneidae).
XII, 2 99 29 July 1968. XIV, 2 99 26 July 1968 (one on flowers, the other digging burrow
in sandy, flat, soil).
Species not found by me but reported from previous literature in N.W.T. or Y.T. or both:
+26. Episyron biguttatus biguttatus (Fabricius).
Known distribution. — Occurs throughout North America east of the Rockies, from Texas
and Florida to N.W.T. and Labrador; west of the eastern slopes of the Rockies, and also in
the Black Hills of South Dakota . . , etc. (Evans, 1950).
Records. - NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. - +XVI, 9 6 August (Evans, 1950: CNC).
GENERAL ZOOGEOGRAPHY AND DISTRIBUTION OF POMPILINI (Evans, 1951)
Species, subgenera, and genera collected in N.W.T. or Y.T. or both are marked * in the
following text.
Many species have remarkably broad ranges. The range of approximately 46 per cent
of the species found in the Nearctic Region is “transcontinental”.
Three major distribution patterns have been proposed: — a predominantly northern group
242
Steiner
extending further south in mountains, with strong affinities with the Eurasian fauna — a
possible indication of Holarctic distribution. The affinities of the following genera or sub-
genera are considered predominantly holarctic: * Evagetes, Agenioideus (s. str.), * Episyron,
Lophopompilus, * Pompilinus, * Anoplius (s. str.), * Ammosphex, * Arachnospila and
* Anoplo chares . As can be seen, this group is heavily represented in the sample taken from
the Northwest Territories and Yukon. According to Evans, this northern group represents
approximately 59 per cent of the total number of species found in the Nearctic Region and
is also well represented in Eurasia; a few of them are also found in the Neotropical Region.
This strongly suggests a migration pattern - probably intermittent - through the Siberia-
Alaska regions and the Bering land bridge. Present day patterns of distribution and the
importance of morphological differences between Eurasian and North American relatives
have been interpreted in terms of possible successive migration waves at different ages.
* Evagetes crassicornis crassicornis , * Anoplius (Anoplius) tenuicornis and * Anoplius
(Anoplius) nigerrimus, for instance, are found both in Eurasia and northern North America,
which suggests a possible recent (postglacial?) migration. According to Evans the following,
somewhat less boreal forms, differ only slightly — in color, size, pilosity, for instance —
from their nearest Eurasian relatives: * Evagetes crassicornis consimilis, Pompilus (Arach-
nospila) fumipennis eureka , and * Pompilus (Ammosphex) luctuosus ; this is perhaps in-
dicative of a more ancient (last interglacial?) migration wave. More important differences
are recorded in: * Evagetes parvus, Anoplius (Anoplius) virginiensis and * Pompilus (Arach-
nospila) arctus, which occur in general slightly farther south. * Evagetes hyacinthinus,
Anoplius (Anoplius) ventralis, Pompilus (Ammosphex) solonus are considered predomi-
nantly Austral in distribution. Anoplius (Anoplius) fulgidus, although of Holarctic origin
is now predominantly tropical in distribution.
A second group is predominantly a southern one, with some northern extension along
coastal areas, and big river systems. Tropical affinities predominate in this group which
represents 25 per cent of the species found in the Nearctic Region; some are found in the
tropics of the whole World, others only in the Neotropics with some northern extension in
the southern parts of North America; some reach even to Canada: Anoplius (Arachnophroc-
tonus) relativus and Aporinellus taeniatus, for instance.
Affinities of a third “Sonoran group” are still debated; the group (an “endemic” group?)
is characteristic of arid regions of the southwest of the U. S.
CONCLUSION
Considering the limited sample involved, no sweeping generalization is attempted. In
order to assess the possible effect of latitude, altitude, geology, general and local climates,
microclimates, soil and vegetation cover and man, a more complete and systematic sample,
both in space and time seems required.
It is clear, however, that Pompilidae are able to cope with the severe conditions of sub-
arctic regions; some of them even extend as far north as the Arctic Coast, on the Mackenzie
River Delta (Reindeer Depot), which, however, is still included in the Subarctic Region. To
what extent such a northern extension is possible only along a big river system such as the
Mackenzie, is not known; undoubtedly this huge river system provides, at least locally if not
all along its course, favorable habitats for fossorial wasps, probably in terms of soils, micro-
climates as well as vegetation cover. It would be interesting to see how far north this fauna
extends on the Shield section of the Subarctic Region — where distribution of potentially
favorable areas appears to be much more patchy — and whether or not it reaches the Arctic
Region, as some bees do (and even the High Arctic: Hocking and Sharplin, 1964-1965).
Subarctic Pompilidae
243
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I should like to express my gratitude to H. E. Evans, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts, who kindly offered his great competence in
this difficult group of Hymenoptera, determined the Pompilidae collected and made inter-
esting suggestions. G. E. Ball and B. Hocking, Department of Entomology, University of
Alberta, Edmonton, provided valuable help in the preparation and publication of the manu-
script. R. E. Leech, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, determined the
spider prey collected with some Pompilidae. I am very much indebted to W. A. Fuller,
Department of Zoology, University of Alberta, Edmonton and Director of the Heart Lake
Biological Station (Northwest Territories) who provided facilities at the Station and very
valuable experience of the Northland.
This study was supported by the University of Alberta, Department of Zoology, the
Heart Lake Biological Station and by grants from the National Research Council of Canada
and the Boreal Institute.
REFERENCES
Anon. Yukon today. 1968. Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, 76 pp.
Brown, I. C. 1958. Geological Map of the District of Mackenzie — Northwest Territories
(Map 1055 A, 2 parts). Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
Colinvaux, P. A. 1964. The environment of the Bering Land Bridge. Ecol. Monogr. 34: 297-
329.
Coope, G. R. 1961. On the study of the glacial and interglacial insect faunas. Proc. Linn.
Soc. Lond. 172: 62-65.
Evans, H. E. 1951. “Subfamily Pompilinae” in Muesebeck, C. F. W., K. V. Krombein et al.
(see below).
Evans, H. E. 1950-1951. A taxonomic study of the Nearctic spider wasps belonging to the
tribe Pompilini (Hymenoptera Pompilidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 75: 133-270 (Part I),
75: 207-361 (Part II), 77: 203-335 (Part III).
Evans, H. E. 1956. Synonymic Notes on Nearctic Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae).
Ent. News 67: 9.
Evans, H. E. 1966. A revision of the Mexican and Central American spider wasps of the sub-
family Pompilini (Hymenoptera; Pompilidae). Mem. Amer. ent. Soc. 20: 442 pp. (p. 332).
Fuller, W. A., L. L. Stebbins and G. R. Dyke. 1969. Overwintering of small mammals near
Great Slave Lake Northern Canada. Arctic 22 (1) : 34-55.
Geological Survey of Canada. 1955. Geological Map of Canada (Map 1045 A), Ottawa.
[Remark: no author on map].
Hocking, B. and C. D. Sharplin. 1964. Bees at 82° N. Bee World 45 (4) : 144-146.
Hocking, B. and C. D. Sharplin. 1965. Flower basking by Arctic Insects. Nature 206 (4980) :
215.
Jolliffe, A. W. 1942. Geological Map, Yellowknife Bay (Map 709A; District of Mackenzie -
Northwest Territories). Bureau of Geology and Topography, Ottawa.
Krombein, K. V. et al. 1958. First Supplement to “Hymenoptera of America” .... (see
Muesebeck, C. F. W., below).
Krombein, K. V., B. D. Burks et al. 1967. Second Supplement to “Hymenoptera of America”
.... (see Muesebeck, C. F. W., below).
Laycock, A. H. 1968. Chapter “Water” (pp. 112-136) in Warkentin, J. (Ed.) 1968. (see
below).
244
Steiner
Mason, W. R. M. 1956. Distributional problems in Alaska. Proc. 10th int. Congr. Ent. 1:
703-710.
Mason, W. R. M. 1965. Ecological peculiarities of the Canadian North. Arctic Circular 16:
15-17.
Muesebeck, C. F. W., K. V. Krombein, H. K. Townes et al. 1951. Hymenoptera of America
North of Mexico-Synoptic Catalog. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Agriculture Monograph No. 2),
Washington, 1420 pp.
Pewe, T. L. 1966. Permafrost and its effect on life in the north. Oregon State University
Press, Corvallis, 40 pp.
Rowe, J. S. 1959. Forest regions of Canada. Canada Department of Northern Affairs and
National Resources, Forestry Branch, Ottawa, 71 pp. Map.
Smith, L. S. 1966. Ecology and field biology. Harper and Row, New York, 689 pp.
Warkentin, J. (Ed.) 1968. Canada a geographical interpretation. Methuen, Toronto, 608 pp.
Wonders, W. C. 1968. Chapter “The forest frontier and subarctic” (pp. 473-507) in Warken-
tin J. (Ed.) (see above).
THE FUNCTIONAL MORPHOLOGY OF THE MOUTHPARTS
OF BLACKFLY LARVAE (DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE)
MARY M. CHANCE
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton, Alberta
Canada
Quaes tiones entomologicae
6 : 245-284 1970
Blackfly larvae select their food on the basis of size. Diameters of particles ingested by
four filter- feeding species; Cnephia dacotensis Dyar and Shannon, Simulium decorum Walk-
er, Simulium venustum Say, and Simulium vittatum Zetterstedt, range from less than 1
micron to about 350 microns. Most commonly ingested particles ranged from 10-100 mi-
crons in diameter. The size distribution of ingested particles varied between species. Larvae
of Twinnia biclavata Shewell, a non-filter feeding species, ingests particles of a similar size
by grazing. Differences in feeding among filtering species are not attributed to morphologi-
cal differences. The mouthparts of filtering and grazing species are well adapted for their
respective modes of feeding.
Chemical control programs have been aimed at blackfly larvae for over 20 years. Among
the most effective formulations is DDT adsorbed on particles which blackfly larvae ingest
along with their particulate food (Fredeen, Arnason and Berck, 1953; Fredeen, Arnason,
Berck and Rempel, 1953; Noel-Buxton, 1956; Kershaw et al., 1965).
The primary aim of this study was to determine the size of particles which blackfly larvae
ingest. This information would be helpful in developing a particulate larvicide which is spe-
cific for blackfly larvae and less harmful to other aquatic fauna. The size range of the parti-
cles ingested was determined by feeding the larvae variously sized beads. Species variability
in feeding was examined in a detailed morphological study of the mouthparts of the species
involved.
The most comprehensive morphological studies on head capsules of blackfly larvae are
those of Puri (1925), Fortner (1937) and Grenier (1949). More recently Davies (1960),
Dumbleton (1962a, b) and Rubtsov (1964) produced detailed works on the larval head
capsule and its appendages. Other morphological studies on larval blackflies include those of
Debot (1932), Sommerman (1953), and Wood (1963).
Naumann (1924) and Fortner (1937) also studied filter-feeding by blackfly larvae. The
most recent review of filter-feeding is that of Jorgensen (1966), who was concerned mainly
with marine invertebrates but also included most of the work done on insects. Pucat (1965)
studied filtering by mosquito larvae. Burtt (1940) and Walshe (1947, 1951) studied filtering
by midge larvae.
Among the most important studies on the biology of larval blackflies are those of Wu
(1931), Grenier (1949), Peterson (1956), Zahar (1957), Davies and Syme (1958), Anderson
and Dicke (1960), Carlsson (1962, 1967), Phelps and DeFoliart (1964), Rubtsov (1964) and
Maitland and Penny (1967). Feeding habits are also discussed by Smart (1944), Badcock
(1949), Jones (1949a, b, 1950, 1951, 1958), Fredeen (1960, 1964), Williams et al. (1961)
and Abdelnur (1968). I have reviewed ( Quaest . ent. , in press) control programs aimed at
blackfly larvae.
246
Chance
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Larvae of Cnephia dacotensis Dyar and Shannon, Simulium decorum Walker, Simulium
venustum Say or Simulium verecundum Stone and Jamnback, and Simulium vittatum Zett.,
were reared in the laboratory. It was not practical to separate larvae of S. venustum and S.
verecundum and these are treated here as S. venustum. Larvae of Prosimulium species,
mainly P. travisi Stone, and larvae of Twinnia biclavata Shewed were also collected.
Three methods were used to rear larvae in the laboratory; all of them were closed
systems. Two were stream methods and were not as successful as the third, a jar method
similar to that used by Puri (1925) and Davies and Smith (1958). Several battery jars were
filled with 4 to 8 litres of a mixture of tapwater and deionized water. Air breaker stones in
each jar produced the necessary water movement and aeration. The air was taken from a
laboratory air supply of gauge pressure of 1 .7 to 2.0 atm. and passed through an oil trap and
charcoal filter. At the bottom of each jar there was a layer of charcoal 4 to 6 cm deep. The
temperature of the water varied with the room temperature from 22 to 27 C. Larvae were
fed on bakers’ yeast. Organic material which was gathered during collections and which
accumulated in the jars was also available to the larvae. Blackflies were reared from egg to
adult by this method.
Live larvae were observed through a stereomicroscope through the wall of a containing
vessel. Larvae were also observed while attached to a thin plastic or glass plate inverted over
a container of water.
Specimens were preserved in 90% ethanol or 1:3 glacial acetic acid and 90% ethanol.
Whole mounts of head capsules in Canada Balsam were also examined. Most of the head
structures could be studied without any special preparation, especially in recently moulted
specimens. For detailed study, specimens were treated with a solution of 4% potassium
hydroxide at room temperature for 24 hours. Borax carmine was used to stain muscles.
Mallory’s triple stain (Pantin, 1960; modification by Sharplin, personal communication)
was used for studying cuticular structures. Serial sections of heads stained in Ehrlich’s
haematoxylin and eosin were also studied.
To determine the size range of particles ingested, blackfly larvae were exposed to four
types of ‘Sephadex’ beads (Pharmacia Fine Chemicals Inc.): ‘G-25 superfine’, ‘G-25 fine’,
‘G-100’ and ‘G-200’. Diameters of beads after swelling ranged from 10 to 445 microns. The
beads were swollen according to their individual requirements (‘Sephadex’ booklet No. 2,
Theory and Experimental Technique).
The samples of ‘Sephadex’ to which the larvae were exposed were made up of equal
volumes (17.5 ml) of the four types of ‘Sephadex’. After varying lengths of time (10 min to
2 hr), larvae were removed from the jars and their guts examined. To determine the frequen-
cy distribution of sizes of beads available to the larvae, 500 randomly selected beads from
each of five exposure samples (also made up of equal parts of the four ‘Sephadex’ types)
were measured.
Larvae were classified into three age groups: small, medium and large, using a technique
similar to that of Phelps and DeFoliart (1964). The categories are defined on the basis of the
length of the cephalic apotome, the width of the head capsule at its widest part, and the
degree of development of the pupal histoblast. Consideration of the histoblast was subjec-
tive. Small larvae have no readily visible histoblasts. Large larvae have coloured or large
white histoblasts in which the respiratory filaments are well differentiated. Medium larvae
have histoblasts of intermediate development. The lengths and widths of the head capsules
of the four filtering species of blackfly larvae are tabulated below (Table 1).
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
247
Table 1 . Size in microns of head capsules of small, medium and large larvae of four species
of blackflies.
No small larvae of S. decorum or S. venus turn were available for measurement.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE MOUTHPARTS AND RELATED STRUCTURES
Filter-feeding species
The head capsule of blackfly larvae is subcylindrical, and tapers towards the cervical
region (Fig. 1). It is prognathous. The cephalic cleavage lines (c. c. 1.) are roughly parallel in
well-developed larvae but converge at the midline of the posterodorsal margin of the head in
first instars.
The ventral wall of the head capsule has recently been considered part of the head capsule
and is referred to as the hypostomium (hypo., Fig. 2, 3) (Grenier, 1949; Crosskey, 1960;
Wood, 1963; Dumbleton, 1964; Davies, 1965). Since the terminology used in this study
follows closely that of Crosskey (1960), this term is adopted here. However, Matsuda (1965)
describes the tendency for the submentum of insects to become sclerotized and to fuse with
the gular region of the prognathous head. The posterior margin of the submentum is then
recognized by the origins of the submento-mental muscles which lie on the line connecting
the posterior tentorial pits. This being so, the ventral wall of the blackfly larval head is sub-
mental. Craig’s (1969) embryological study supports this relationship.
The head spots (hd. spot, Fig. 1) mark the origins of the cephalic muscles. The antennae
(ant., Fig. 1, 3) are at the anterolateral corners of the cephalic apotome. In late instar larvae
they have four articles and bear two sensory papillae on the apex of the second article. In
early instar larvae the antennae have two or three articles.
The origin of the pair of food collecting organs, the cephalic fans (c. fan, Fig. 1 to 3), is
still controversial. On the basis of conflicting theories they have been considered messorial
(Cook, 1949), from the Latin term messor, meaning reaper, first applied to structures of the
head capsule of mosquito larvae (Cook, 1944). This concept has been rejected by most as
being erroneous (Snodgrass, 1959; Chaudonneret, 1962, 1963). Puri (1925) and others
(Fortner, 1937; Grenier, 1949; Craig, 1969) considered the cephalic fans premandibular,
and Crosskey (1960) and others (Wood, 1963; Davies, 1965) considered them labral. They
have been termed mouth-brushes (Smart, 1944; Dumbleton, 1962b) and cephalic fans (Puri,
1925; Crosskey, 1960; Dumbleton, 1962a). Since ‘fan’ is a more accurate description and
since they are not members of the typical insect mouthparts, I prefer to call them cephalic
fans.
Cephalic fans. - The cephalic fans (Fig. 1 to 3) are paired structures arising from the
anterolateral corners of the cephalic apotome adjacent to a pair of unpigmented knobs
(Fig. 1, 3). This is the first time these knobs have been reported. The dorsal surface of the
cephalic fan stem is sclerotized and consists of two large sclerites which Puri (1925) con-
sidered segments. The larger sclerite, called PI (= large plaque , after Grenier 1949, Fig. 4,
54) forms most of the dorsal surface and articulates with the head capsule. The upper third
248
Chance
of the sclerite bears three to six sensory hairs; one large hair is present close to the tip of the
stem. The second sclerite, Pb (= plaque basal , after Grenier 1949) is spindle-shaped and
horizontally arranged. It lies basal to PI, lateral of the stem.
The ventral wall of the stem is concave and membranous. It supports three well-developed
fans (Fig. 4). The primary fan (p. f.) arises from the apex of the stem; the secondary fan
(s. f.), elsewhere called the accessory fan (Grenier, 1949), and the basal fan (Rubtsov,
1964), lies laterobasal to the primary fan; the medial fan (m. f.), elsewhere called the
marginal fan (Fortner, 1937; Grenier, 1949) and the small fan (Rubtsov, 1964), lies on the
medial side of the stem.
The distal half of the ventral wall is reinforced by a strongly sclerotized rod, Scj (after
Grenier, 1949) (Fig. 5). Some workers consider this rod to represent part of the torma
(Wood, 1963; Wood et al., 1963). It consists of two parts: a ventral, rectangular piece and
a dorsal bar. When viewed from the side (Fig. 54) it resembles a ‘T’, the medial, rectangular
part forming the stem. When viewed from the ventral surface, it appears to be highly ridged
as described by Grenier. The dorsal bar lies inside the stem and articulates basally with
another rod, Scb (after Grenier, 1949). The apex of Scj extends beyond the base of the
secondary fan and spreads out laterally to form a fulcrum (ext. Scj , Fig. 5) for the rota-
tion of the primary fan rays. Wood (1963) called this extension the connective sclerite in
larvae of Cnephia strenua MacKerras and MacKerras, and Simulium pictipes Hagen. In the
species studied here it neither connects directly with the rays and has neither a well-defined
border nor division from Scj . I consider it an extension of . The second rod Scb (Fig. 5)
is at right angles to , passing from articulation with Sct to the ventrolateral wall between
the two dorsal sclerites. It forms the ventrobasal wall of the stem. A third, thinner rod Scm
(Fig. 5) (after Grenier, 1949) supports the medial lobe.
The retractor muscle of the cephalic fan inserts on the base of Sc2 and is composed of
three bundles. Two originate on the posterior region of the cephalic apotome, the precise
spot being marked externally by the posterolateral head spots. These two bundles inter-
digitate with those from the other side before passing anteriorly. The third and smallest
bundle originates on the midline of the cephalic apotome at the posteriomedial head spot,
close to the posterior margin of the head capsule.
The rays of the primary fan are arranged in semicircle around the apex of the stem. When
fully expanded, the rays cover an angle of between 200 and 250 degrees. The individual
rays are sickle-shaped and hollow. Their bases are expanded into vanes of flexible, mem-
branous cuticle. The shape of the basal expansion varies with the position of the ray in the
fan (Fig. 8 to 10). The rays of the lateral side of the fan have slender, narrow expansions;
the medial rays have acute, wide, basal expansions.
The numbers of rays of each fan vary with instar and with species. The numbers of rays
in each of the three fans of the four filtering species studied are listed in Table 2.
The primary rays have microtrichia on their inner curved surface. The pattern of trichia-
tion varies within the fan and with species. The more lateral rays have fewer microtrichia
than the medial ones and the microtrichia are more numerous midway along rays. The larvae
of both C. dacotensis and S. vittatum have no pattern of trichiation (Fig. 11, 15); however,
among C. dacotensis larvae the microtrichia occur irregularly in two rows along the concave
surface of the ray. The primary rays of S. decorum larvae have no pattern of trichiation but
the arrangement of one long, two short, one long is sporadically repeated (Fig. 16). The
trichiation of S. venustum larvae is arranged in a pattern similar to that of Prosimulium
species studied (Fig. 17).
The bases of the secondary fan rays lie in a curved line (Fig. 7). This base line connects
with that of the primary rays along a row of approximately 10 blades (Fig. 4, 5, not all
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
249
Fig. 1-7. Fig. 1-3: Head capsule of S. vittatum larva. 1, dorsal view; 2, ventral view; 3, lateral view. Fig. 4-7:
Cephalic fan of S. vittatum larva. 4, ventral view; 5, ventral view of stem; 6, primary fan base; 7, secondary fan
base. ant. = antenna, apo. = apodeme, bl. = blades, b. m. f. = base of medial fan, b. p. f. = base of primary fan, b. s.
f. = base of secondary fan, c. apt. = cephalic apotome, c. c. 1. = cephalic cleavage lines, cer. scl. = cervical sclerite,
c. fan = cephalic fan, ext. Scx = extension of Scx , hd. spot = head spot, hypo. = hypostomium, int. r. = intermedi-
ate ray, 1. = lateral, labr. = labrum, 1-h. = labio-hypopharyngeal complex, 1. lobe = lateral lobe, m = medial, man. =
mandible, max. = maxilla, m. f. = medial fan, m. lobe = medial lobe, oc. = ocelli, pa. b. = postantennal buttress, Pb
= dorsal sclerite of fan stem, p. f. = primary fan, pg. = postgena, pg. br. = postgenal bridge, pg. cl. = postgenal cleft,
PI = dorsal sclerite of cephalic fan stem, postoc. = postocciput, p. r. = primary ray, p. t. p. = posterior tentorial pits,
Scj = sclerite of fan stem, s. f. = secondary fan, s. r. = secondary ray.
250
Chance
Fis 8-22 Fig 8-10: Bases of primary rays of S. vittalum larva. 8, lateral ray; 9, mid-fan ray; 10, medral ray. 11
unary ray of S. vimturn, 12 secondary ray of S. vi.mum ; 13, intermediate ray of S. vUtatum. 14 medral ray of
daZensis. Fig. 15-22: primary rays. 15, C. daccensts-, 16, S. decorum ; 17 S. vemrsrum; 18
19 F. frohnei 20 F /irscum; 21, F multidentatum, 22, F rravisr. b. exp. = basal expanston, d. rib - dorsal rib.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
251
blades are represented in Fig. 7). These decrease in size towards the secondary fan. These
blades probably represent degenerate rays. The curve of the base line of the secondary rays
contributes to the whirling of the rays during opening and closing of the secondary fan.
When the fan is fully expanded, the rays cover an angle of about 270 degrees. They overlie
the basal quarter of the medial primary rays. Lacking a dorsal rib, the secondary rays are
weaker than the primary rays. The bases of the individual rays are triangular, similar to
those of the primary rays, but there is less variation in the basal expansions. Unlike the
bases of the primary rays, the bases of the secondary rays are flexible. The secondary ray
itself is rigid.
Table 2. Numbers of rays in the three fans of larvae of four species of blackflies at three
stages of development.
The trichiation of the secondary fan is similar in all species, however, the secondary rays
of S. decorum larvae are crescent-shaped. Secondary rays bear micro trichia on their ventral
and lateral surfaces (Fig. 12). The microtrichia are longer and denser than those of the
primary rays and they form an acute angle with the ray, giving it a plumose appearance.
The medial rays differ from the rays of the other fans in that they lie in a straight line,
are not curved, and have bulbous bases. The rays lie parallel to each other and do not spread
out when the fan is opened. The rays are flexible and the bases are membranous.
The medial rays of C. dacotensis (Fig. 14) and S. vittatum bear microtrichia. These are
sparse and arise from small notches on one side of the ray. Larvae of S. decorum and
S. venustum do not have microtrichia on the medial rays. This situation is found among
other species (Fortner, 1937; Rubtsov, 1964).
The single intermediate ray is present in all age groups of larvae of all species studied. It
is located between the primary and medial fans, adjacent to the most lateral primary ray.
It resembles the medial rays of C. dacotensis and S. vittatum in trichiation and is straight
and colourless (Fig. 13).
In the first instars of C. dacotensis and S. vittatum the cephalic fan is functional but
only the primary fan is present. The primary rays have the same basal expansion found in
later instars but have no microtrichia. Neither the medial nor the lateral lobe is present. The
252
Chance
rod Sc! is present and has the expanded distal tip. It bears the apodeme of the cephalic fan
muscle. The structure of the cephalic fan of S. pictipes first instar, described by Wood
(1963), is very similar to that of these two species.
The cephalic fan of the second instar of both C. dacotensis and S. vittatum is fully
formed.
The dimensions of the primary fans vary between species and between larvae of different
ages. The midfan widths of the open fan are tabulated below for the four species studied
(Table 3). The frontal area (F. A.) of the fan was calculated from the modified equation for
the area of an ellipse: F. A. = where, a = width of the fan, b = depth of the fan.
Table 3. Dimension in microns of the expanded primary fan of four species of blackfly
larvae at three stages of development.
The cephalic fans of the Prosimulium species examined differ from those already de-
scribed in several probably functionally insignificant ways. Because of its diagnostic value,
the arrangement of the rays of the secondary fan is important. When the fan expands, the
apices of the ray lie in a straight line. This feature differentiates Prosimulium species, as well
as some Gigantodax and Cnephia species (Wood, 1963), from other genera of blackflies
(Sommermann, 1953). The arrangement of the bases of the secondary rays, in addition to
the length of the rays, contributes to this distinction. Wood (1963) stated that the number
of rays and the length of the base line of the secondary fan is a fundamental difference be-
tween the secondary fan of Prosimulium species and that of other species of blackflies.
The secondary fan of Prosimulium larvae is separated from the primary one by about six
blades. These are of equal size. The separation between medial and primary fans is obscured
by four to six large rays all of which resemble the intermediate ray. Wood (1963) repre-
sented only one such ray for Prosimulium fontanatum Syme and Davies larvae. The medial
rays lack microtrichia.
In general, the trichiation of P. fontanatum, Prosimulium frohnei Sommermann, Prosi-
mulium fuscum Syme and Davies, Prosimulium multidentatum Twinn and Prosimulium
travisi Stone resembles that of S. venustum , but the pattern of trichiation of the primary
rays is more pronounced (Fig. 18 to 22). Differences of pattern of trichiation are specific.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
253
Labrum. — The labrum in all species studied was very similar. It is a beak-shaped structure
overhanging the cibarium (cib., Fig. 56), and is joined to the cephalic apotome by a mem-
branous area. This area (mem. ar., Fig. 23, 24) lacks bristles but is provided with numerous
sensory hairs. In S. vittatum larvae the margin of the cephalic apotome immediately dorsal
to the membrane has three patterns of pigmentation (Fig. 25): a straight border, a border
with a small indentation in the midline, or a border with a protruding central lobe.
The posterior margin of the labrum is marked by a single line of well-developed simple
bristles with bulbous bases (Fig. 23). Behind this line there is a medial pair of sensory hairs.
The posterior margin of the main bristled area of the labrum is marked by another straight
line of bristles; these have triangular bases. The main bristled area of the labrum is covered
by shorter bristles which occur in groups of two to four. In the midline towards the apex of
the labrum there is a spindle-shaped patch of stout, blunt, conical spines (c. sp. br., Fig. 23)
which are located on an elevated base. In P. fontanatum and P. multident atum , they are
poorly developed; in P. frohnei, they are dorsally located. In other simuliids these spines
have been described as labral hooks similar to those of the thoracic proleg and the posterior
disc (Hora, 1930), and as pectinate hairs (Grenier, 1949).
The labrum is strengthened by a spade-shaped sclerite (labr. scl., Fig. 24, 26). Some
authors have considered this sclerite to consist of three sclerites (Puri, 1925; Wood, 1963;
Rubtsov, 1964 and others). Rubtsov stated that each sclerite bears a brush; this was not
found among the species studied. Other workers consider the sclerite as a unit (Davies,
1964). The latter interpretation is accepted here as no sutures are evident. However, in the
following description the sclerite is considered in three sections; the apex (ax.), the con-
necting rod (conn, r.) and the basal piece (b. p., Fig. 26). The basal piece is at right angles
to the connecting rod on the same plane. The apex of the sclerite forms the tip of the
ventral wall. The anterior margin of the apex is dentate (Fig. 26). The teeth are peg-shaped,
usually of equal length and of varying widths. However, the lateral teeth of the labral
sclerite of P. travisi larvae are curved and longer than their fellows. In the larva of an
unidentified species of blackfly, four of these teeth, two medial and two lateral, have neural
connections (D. A. Craig, personal communication), showing that the teeth are sensory.
The lateral borders of the sclerite are composed of three to five sclerotized blades (1. bl.)
each of which bears several bristles arranged in a row (Fig. 26). The basal piece of the
sclerite passes inwards and supports the epipharynx (epi., Fig. 56). Ventrally the connecting
rod supports a lobe (v. lobe) bearing a dense brush of long, thick, compound bristles
(Fig. 24). Grenier (1949) considered this lobe to be the epipharynx.
The cuticle of the labrum is flexible. The bristles are stiff although the shorter, central
ones of the main bristled area are more flexible than the others. The apex of the labral
sclerite is of more rigid cuticle.
The labrum has only one pair of muscles, the labral retractors (labr. r., Fig. 24). All
but one pair of labral retractors have been lost in other nematocerous larvae as well (Hinton,
1958a; Chaudonneret, 1963). In simuliids the retractors insert on the ventral surface of the
labral sclerite where the apex joins the connecting rod. They originate at the anteromedian
head spot in the midline of the cephalic apotome. Contraction of the labral retractors
moves the labrum ventrally and orally. Chaudonneret (1963) stated that the elasticity of
the cuticle and the pressure of the internal environment play an antagonistic role to that of
the labral muscles. The cavity of the labrum is filled by a pair of dorsal glands (d. gl., Fig.
56) which open directly into the cibarium.
Midway between the labrum and the stem of the cephalic fan there is a patch of com-
pound bristles (Fig. 24). The number, from 15 to 50, and colour vary with species.
Mandibles. - The mandibles are broadly rectangular and flattened laterally (Fig. 27, 28).
They are curved medially and bear brushes on their concave surface. The mandibular articu-
lations have changed position from those of the primitive insect, a trend found among other
254
Chance
Fig. 23-27 . Fig. 23-26, Labrum of S. vittatum. 23, dorsal view; 24, lateral view; 25, pigmentation of the anterior of
cephalic apotome, not to scale; 26, labral sclerite. 27, mandible of S. vittatum, inner view. a. br. = apical brush, a. t.
= apical teeth, ax. = apex of labral sclerite, b. p. = basal piece, c. apt. = cephalic apotome, conn. r. = connecting rod,
cov. br. = covering brush, c. sp. br. = conical spine-like bristles, 1 ext. br. = first external brush, 2 ext. br. = second
external brush, ext. lobe = external lobe, i. br. = inner brush, labr. = labrum, labr. r. = labral retractor muscle, labr.
scl. = labral sclerite, 1. b. br. = large basal brush, 1. bl. = lateral blade, m. br. = middle brush, mem. ar. = membranous
area, m. lobe = middle lobe, s. b. br. = small basal brush, s. h. pr. = pair of sensory hairs, v. lobe = ventral lobe.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
255
Nematocera (Cook, 1949). The mandibles of blackfly larvae articulate in sockets formed by
strong, heavily sclerotized X-shaped structures, the postantennal buttresses (pa. b., Fig. 3).
Two ventrally-directed arms of each buttress provide a pivot for the base of the lateral sides
of the mandible. The anterior dorsal arm of the buttress supports the base of the wall of the
cephalic fan; the fourth arm passes ventral to the antenna. With its points of articulation
midway along the ventral arm of the buttress, the mandible moves in a plane forming an
angle of 30 to 40 degrees with the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the body.
This angle is subsequently called the angle of articulation.
The base of the mandible is strengthened by a thick, strongly sclerotized ridge which
follows a longitudinal cleft in the medioventral surface of the mandible. The apodeme of
the retractor muscle inserts at the apex of this cleft. The extensor muscle inserts directly
opposite at the base of the adoral surface. Both muscles originate at the posterior margin of
the postgenae. The extensor consists of five bundles; the retractor consists of three bundles.
The mandible bears three sets of teeth (Fig. 29, 30). There are usually four large, black,
heavily sclerotized apical teeth (a. t.), of which three are orientated in different directions
with the fourth immediately above these three. P. frohnei and P. travisi larvae have a fifth
tooth which lies adjacent to the fourth. The small, pale inner teeth (i. t.) vary in number
between instar and species (Fig. 29, 30). The number and orientation of the marginal teeth
(m. t.) vary with species. In S. vittatum larvae there are two apically directed teeth; the basal
one is the smaller one. S. venustum larvae have two to three marginal teeth at right angles to
the edge of the mandible. The two marginal teeth of C. dacotensis larvae may point either
apically or basally. Prosimulium larvae have 8 to 14 marginal teeth (Fig. 30). Some of the
marginal teeth of P. frohnei and P. travisi have compound apices.
The mandible bears eight brushes (Fig. 27, 28). The apical brush (a. br.) is made up of
rows of short, fine bristles of equal length. They are arranged on small lobes and curve
towards the apical teeth. The first external brush (1 ext. br.) stretches from the apex of the
mandible to the middle lobe (m. lobe), midway along the concave surface. It consists of
numerous, fine bristles with relatively rigid bases. The second external brush (2 ext. br.)
arises from the base of the middle lobe. Its few long bristles are directed apically. The
middle brush (m. br.) is fan-shaped and its bristles bear microtrichia. Basal to the middle
brush there is a small basal brush (s. b. br.) consisting of fine bristles. The inner brush
(i. br.), consisting of three to five thick bristles, arises from the apex of the mandibular cleft
and is apically directed.
The covering brush (cov. br.) arises distal and medial to the external lobe (ext. lobe) (Fig.
27) located at the apex of the mandible (Fig. 29). The bristles are compound and arise from
individual lobes. In contrast to other compound bristles, these branch close to their bases.
Both covering brush and the first external brush deflect away from the mandible and so
describe a ‘V’ with the apical teeth (Fig. 27, 52). This deflection and the curve of the
bristles permit the two apical brushes to curve over the retracted primary cephalic fan.
The large basal brush (1. b. br.) is the second brush composed of compound bristles.
Rubtsov (1964) divided this brush into two parts: large basal bristles and small basal bristles.
However, here the 10 to 15 bristles are all long and straight.
The mandible bears small, sensory hairs scattered over both oral and adoral surfaces.
There is a pair of large sensory hairs on the apical surface immediately behind the first
external brush (Fig. 28). Small spines are present on the dorsobasal corner and on the apical
lobe. The basal spines of S. decorum larvae are arranged in rows. A large apical spine is
present on the ventral surface just behind the inner teeth. In C. dacotensis and S. venustum
larvae this spine is oddly twisted. Prosimulium species lack the spine.
To compare the size of the mandible of the three age groups of the four species, three
256
Chance
Fie. 28-32. 28, Mandible of S. vimmm , lateral view; 29, apex of mandible of S. vittatum ; 30, apex of mandible of
p travisi larva; 31, right maxilla of S. vittatum , dorsal view; 32, left maxilla of S. vittatum, ventral view, a^ r
apical brush a sp = apical spine, ass. s. h. = associated sensory hair, a. t. = apical teeth, cov. br. arveringbrus ,
d br - diffuse brush ^ ext. br. = first external brush, 2 ext. br. = second external brush, gal. - galea, i. t. - inner
teft lac =Tctaia, lob. ar. - lobula.e area, I. b. br. - large basal brush, m. br. = middle bnrsh.m. lobe^m^dle
lobe. m. 1. = marginal teeth, s. b. br. = small basal brush, s. h. pr. = pair of sensory hairs, s. or. br. - small oral brush,
Sp. = spine, s. pap. = sensory papillae.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
257
parameters were measured: (1) the distance between the apex of the covering brush and the
base of the second external brush, (2) the distance between the apex of the covering brush
and the base of the middle brush, (3) the distance between the apex of the covering brush
and the base of the large basal brush (Table 4). Measurements were made on five larvae in
each category of each species.
Table 4. Distance in microns between the covering brush ‘c’, and the base of the second
external brush ‘e’, the middle brush ‘m’, and the large basal brush ‘lb’ of the mandibles of
four species of blackfly larvae at three stages of development.
The mandibles of the first instar of S. vittatum have an almost complete set of teeth and
brushes. However, there are no marginal teeth and the large basal brush is represented by
only one bristle. The only other anatomical difference is the position of the pair of sensory
hairs on the apex. In first instars it arises in front of the first external brush rather than
behind as in later instars. The mandible of the second instar has a similar smaller number of
component parts but the pair of sensory hairs is behind the first external brush.
On some S. vittatum larvae the bristles of the large basal brush have a globular structure
which has not been described elsewhere (Fig. 55). These bulbs are always found on the
bristles at the region where they branch. Usually two or three bristles in one brush each have
a bulb. On later instars the bulbs are darkly coloured; on younger larvae they are pale. The
bulbs turn pink and subsequently become colourless when treated with a 4% solution of
potassium hydroxide but they do not dissolve. The colour returns when the larvae are
returned to alcohol. I have observed the bulbs preserved in 90% ethanol, 70% ethanol after
Bouin’s fixative, and in a mixture of glacial acetic acid and 70% ethanol. I have also observed
them on specimens mounted in Canada balsam after exposure to alcohols and xylene. Larvae
bearing these bulbs have been found in one population from Ontario (railway yards, Belle-
ville) and two populations in Alberta (Johnson Lake inlet, Banff National Park; Whitemud
Creek, Edmonton). The proportion of larvae of the Ontario population is tabulated below
(Table 5). A few larvae, about 5%, of the Johnson Lake collections had bulbs. One specimen
of P. travisi collected in Alberta had a bulbous structure resembling those on the mandible
of S. vittatum larvae. It was on a large basal bristle. Two specimens of S. vittatum had
similar bulbs on simple labral bristles.
258
Chance
Table 5. Proportion of S. vittatum larvae from an Ontario population bearing bulbs on
large basal bristles of the mandibles.
These bulbs are not a fungus (H. T. Brodie, Department of Botany, University of Alberta,
personal communication ) neither are they a particle impaled by the bristles. They may be
a swelling of the apices of the bristles or some type of sensory organ.
Maxillae. - The maxilla of blackfly larvae is mitten-shaped, the maxillary palp repre-
senting the thumb (Fig. 31, 32). The structure of the maxillae is consistent among all
the species studied. The maxillae lie ventral to the mandibles and dorsolateral to the labio-
hypopharyngeal complex. The palp is aboral.
The maxilla is sclerotized in three areas which Rubtsov (1964) considered as the cardo, la-
cinia and galea. According to Cook (1949), the maxilla is reduced and consists of the stipes
which is partly sclerotized and partly membranous. The sclerotized areas are of relatively in-
flexible cuticle; the other areas, except the pigmented area of the palp, are of flexible cuticle.
The maxillary lobe bears five brushes. The ventral adoral surface bears a diffuse brush (d.
br.) composed of fine, randomly-arranged bristles. Medial to this brush, on the apical half of
the lobe, the middle brush (m. br.) is similarly composed of fine, simple bristles. A large oral
brush (1. or. br.) lies adjacent to the middle brush. This brush is composed of 10 to 15 rows
each containing 1 2 to 15 long, thick and darkly-pigmented bristles. Laterobasal to the large
oral brush lies a small oral brush (s. or. br.) similarly composed of bristles arranged, in rows.
The apical brush (a. br.) consists of six to ten simple bristles which are long and thick and
have expanded bases.
On its distal border, the lacinia bears a row of teeth which increase in size towards the
apex of the lacinia. The most distal tooth is spine-like, long and curved at its apex. The
lacinia has one small patch of bristles on the comer adjacent to the small oral brush. The
galea bears a large, central sensory hair and five to eight small apical hairs.
Basal to the middle brush there is a bare area with a lobulate surface (lob. ar.). These
lobes are present on all specimens and have been described elsewhere (Rubtsov, 1964).
The maxillary lobe bears two large sensory spines (sp.) (D. A. Craig, personal communi-
cation). The largest is curved, stout, and often blunt, and shares a raised base with another
large sensory hair (ass. s. h.). The second spine is more basal and lies adjacent to a patch of
several very short, densely-arranged bristles.
The palp of the maxilla is one-segmented (Fig. 31, 32). The length of the palp in relation
to the maxillary lobes varies among species. The palp bears six to ten sensory hairs over its
pigmented surface and four to six sensory papillae (s. pap.) on its apex. There is a patch of
five to ten sensory hairs at the base of the palp. These numbers of sensory hairs and papillae
vary with species. On the ventral surface of the cardo there is a patch of 20 to 25 fine, un-
pigmented bristles. S. venustum larvae have an additional patch of fine bristles basal to the
maxillary lobe.
The maxilla has two muscles. The retractor, consisting of three bundles, inserts on the
0.1
lab i. lob
b. se n
35 v. br.
labi. br.
a.hy.m.
b.sen.
c. sp.br. ^sen.lobi
Fig. 33-37. Fig. 33-34: Labio-hypopharyngeal complex of S. vittatum. 33, dorsal view; 34, lateral view. Fig. 35-37:
apex of labial lobe. 35. S. vittatum ; 36, C. dacotensis', 37, P. travisi. a = bar ‘a’, a. hy. m. = anterior margin of the
hypopharyngeal lobe, a. 1. m. = anterior margin of the labial lobe, b = bar ‘b’, b. hy. = base of hypopharynx, b. sen.
= basiconic sensilla, cib. = cibarium, conn. pa. b. = connection to postantennal buttress, c. sp. br. = conical spine-
like bristles, hypo. = hypopharynx, hy. lobe = hypopharyngeal lobe, hy. scl. = hypopharyngeal sclerite, hy. sus. =
hypopharyngeal suspensorium, labi. br. = labial brush, labi. lobe = labial lobe, labi. scl. = labial sclerite, lig. lobe =
lobes of the ligula, M2 = labial retractor muscle, ph. = pharynx, scl. disc = sclerotized disc, sen. lobe = sensory lobe,
tub. = tubercles, v. br. = ventral brush, x = bar ‘x’, y = bar ‘y\
260
Chance
middle of the oral surface level with the base of the palp. It originates near the posterior
border of the postgena, and moves the maxilla dorsomedially towards the cibarium. The
extensor inserts basal to the retractor at the medioventral corner of the postgena, ventral to
the retractor. It moves the maxilla ventromedially. The palp has no muscles (Craig, 1968).
The maxilla of the first instar of S. vittatum is fully developed. The bristles are smaller
and fewer; the palp has two or three sensory hairs.
Labio-hypopharyngeal complex. — The labium and the hypopharynx are considered to-
gether because they form a complex unit and because the homologies of the labium are
under dispute (Crosskey, 1960; Craig, 1969). The labio-hypopharyngeal complex (1-h., Fig.
33, 34) fills the ventromedial part of the mouth area. The complex is broadly semicircular
and is in two main parts. The dorsal part, called here the hypopharyngeal lobe (hy. lobe),
lies directly over the ventral labial lobe (labi. lobe). Both lobes are weakly sclerotized but
are strengthened by a complicated set of relatively strong sclerites. They are covered ven-
trally by the hypostomium.
The dorsal surface of the base of the hypopharynx is strongly sclerotized (b. hy.) and
marks the anterior of the cibarium. It is contoured to fit the labrum. At the lateral margin
of this ridge the suspensorium is connected to the ventroposterior arm of the postantennal
buttress by membranous cuticle (conn. pa. b.).
The anterior margin of the hypopharyngeal lobe has two rows of bristles (Fig. 35). The
medial bristles of the posterior row are compound. The labial margin bears one row of short
bristles and one row of blunt, paired teeth. In C. dacotensis and S. venustum larvae, the
medial bristles are compound; in other species studied, they are simple. Grenier (1949)
numbered the rows of hypopharyngeal and labial bristles; rows one to three are hypo-
pharyngeal and row four is labial. His third row of the hypopharynx is probably the medial
bristles of the anterior row which are longer than their fellows and point dorsally rather
than anteriorly.
The labial lobe lies ventral to the labial margin and bears a brush on its ventroapical
surface (labi. br.). The dorsoapical surface bears two prominent spherical sensory lobes (sen.
lobe, Fig. 35 to 37). These bear a number of basiconic sensilla (b. sen.). C. dacotensis larvae
have six on each lobe. Simulium species have six to eight and Prosimulium species have five.
Some species have a trio of small tubercles (tub., Fig. 36) on the medial part of the sensory
lobes. Rubtsov (1964) referred to them as Hocker (= tubercle). In C. dacotensis and S.
decorum larvae they are crescent-shaped; in S. venustum, circular. Prosimulium and S.
vittatum larvae lack them.
The lobes of the ligula (lig. lobes) are present medial to the sensory lobes (Fig. 35, 36).
These are paired, slender, L-shaped, and strongly sclerotized. Ventral to the lobes of the
ligula there is a small brush of short bristles (v. br., Fig. 36, 37). The Prosimulium species
studied have a group of stout, spine-like bristles similar to those of the dorsum of the
labrum (Fig. 37) in place of paired ligular lobes. These are immediately dorsal to the ventral
brush and medial to the sensory lobes.
The silk (salivary) canal (sk. can.) is formed dorsally by the hypopharyngeal lobe and
ventrally by the labial lobe. The paired salivary ducts pass anteriorly from -the salivary
glands along the midline of the head capsule and fuse to form the silk canal in the medio-
ventral part of the head. The silk canal continues forward and expands laterally at the level
of the first hypopharyngeal bar to join the corners of the labio-hypopharyngeal complex.
The wall of the silk canal is reinforced by annular thickenings in its cuticular intima. The
fusion of the salivary ducts begins ventrally, and the dorsal surface of the canal has a dorso-
medial projection formed from the dorsal walls of the ducts for some distance anteriorly
(Fig. 57). The silk thread emitted from the silk canal is dorsoventrally flattened and grooved
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
261
0.5mm
man.
0.1 m m
Fig. 38-42. 38, Hypostomium of S. vittatum. 39, hypostomium of P. travisi. 40, head capsule of T. biclavata. 41,
labrum of T. biclavata, lateral view. 42, sketch of labral musculature of T. biclavata, not to scale, a. hy. m. = an-
terior margin of hypopharyngeal lobe, a. 1. labr. r. = anterior lateral labral retractor muscle, a. 1. m. = anterior mar-
gin of the labial lobe, ant. = antenna, ax. = apex of labral sclerite, b. p. = basal piece, b. pi. = basal plate, b. sen. =
basiconic sensilla, c. apt. = cephalic apotome. c. c. 1. = cephalic cleavage lines, conn. r. = connecting rod, c. sp. br. =
conical spine-like bristles, d. gl. = dorsal gland, dl. br. = dorsal brush, hd. spot = head spot, hypo, fold = hypo-
stomial fold, labr. = labrum, labi. br. = labial brush, lig. lobe = lobes of the ligula, sen. lobe = sensory lobe, man. =
mandible, max. = maxilla, m. labr. r. = medial labral retractor muscle, oc. = ocellus, pa. b. = postantennal buttress,
p. 1. labr. r. = posterior labral retractor muscle, postoc. = postocciput, s. h. pr. = pair of sensory hairs, tub. = tuber-
cles, v. br. = ventral brush.
262
Chance
along the mid-dorsal line, either because of the dorsomedial projection of the canal or the
paired salivary ducts.
The labio-hypopharyngeal complex has two pairs of muscles. The paired muscle of the
‘press’ of the silk canal, M3 (after Grenier, 1949) stretches from the dorsolateral surface of
the hypopharynx to the roof of the silk canal (Fig. 57). The second muscle, M2 (after
Grenier, 1949), inserts on the posterior tip of the labial sclerite (Fig. 33) and originates at
the posterior margin of the postgenae adjacent to the postgenal cleft. It pulls the labial lobe
posteriorly.
There is a pair of ventral glands (v. gl., Fig. 57), histologically resembling the dorsal
glands, at the corners of the labio-hypopharyngeal complex adjacent to the labial sclerite.
The glands have no apparent opening.
Hypostomium. — The hypostomium is a double-walled triangular plate of strong cuticle.
The margin of the inner wall is distinguished by the hypostomial fold (hypo, fold, Fig. 38,
39) (Wood, 1963). The hypostomium is concave, forming a sheath for the labio-hypo-
pharyngeal complex. The midline is invaginated dorsally near the apex and forms a ridge
between the two sensory lobes of the labium.
The anterior margin of the hypostomium is strongly sclerotized and bears numerous
teeth which have patterns of specific diagnostic value (Fig. 38, 39). The taxonomically
important characters are the number of teeth, their relative sizes, and their simple or com-
pound nature.
The hypostomium bears two rows of sensory hairs, one parallel to each of the lateral,
dentate margins. The apical hairs are longer than the basal ones. The numbers of hairs vary
with larval instar and with species: C. dacotensis larvae have one to five; S', decorum larvae,
two to five; S. venustum larvae, two to six; S. vittatum larvae, two to nine; Prosimulium
larvae, three to four. The number increases with instar. Ventral to the hypostomial fold
there is a number of randomly-arranged sensory hairs.
Cibarium. - The anterior margin of the cibarium (cib., Fig. 34) is marked by the sclero-
tized base of the hypopharynx. Anterior to this lies the epipharynx dorsally and the hypo-
pharynx ventrally (Fig. 56). The walls of the cibarium are reinforced by the hypopharyngeal
suspensorium (hy. sus., Fig. 33, 34). Midway along its length, the cibarial wall thickens
and becomes corrugated. There is a depression in the ventral surface. This region of the
cibarium is provided with fine bristles which are continuous with groups of small bristles
present on the epipharynx. The bristles on the wall of the ventral depression are longer
than those of the dorsal surface. In the midline the bristles are stout, blunt, and conical,
resembling those of the spindle-shaped patch on the labrum. Both epipharyngeal and cibarial
bristles are directed posteriorly.
The cibarium has two pairs of muscles. Both are dilators. The anterior pair inserts me-
dially on a sclerotized disc on the dorsal wall of the cibarium in between the two rings of
the hypopharyngeal suspensorium (disc, Fig. 33, 34). It originates on the dorsal part of the
cephalic apotome lateral to the labral retractor, at the anterolateral head spots. The second
smaller pair of muscles inserts on a smaller sclerotized disc in the midline of the dorsal wall
of the cibarium, posterior to that of the anterior muscles. This originates on the cephalic
apotome just posterior and adjacent to the anterior pair of muscles.
Comparison with a non-filtering species
The head capsule of the larva of Twinnia biclavata Shewed is more tapered anteriorly
(Fig. 40) than that of the other species of blackflies studied. The cephalic cleavage lines
converge both anteriorly and posteriorly and the ends of the postocciput meet dorsally in
the midline. The ventral wall of the head capsule is almost complete. The postgenal cleft
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
263
is very shallow and the postgenal bridge is complete. The antennae have four articles. There
are two sensory papillae distally on the second article.
Labrum. — The labrum of larvae of Twinnia biclavata is joined to the cephalic apotome
by a membraneous area (mem. ar.). The anterior margin of the cephalic apotome is straight
rather than curved as in filtering species. The arrangement of the labral bristles differs
greatly from that of filtering species studied. There is a well-developed dorsal brush (dl. br.)
of simple bristles which are dark, blunt, and curved at their apices (Fig. 41, 43). They
differ from those of the larvae of Twinnia tibblesi Stone and Jamnback which are pectinate
(Davies, 1965). The base of the brush is reinforced by a sclerotized plate, termed the basal
plate (b. pi.) by Davies (1965). Immediately ventral to this brush there is a group of thinner,
simple bristles. These are shorter than those of the dorsal brush but longer than the rest of
labral bristles. They curve ventrally. The lateral and apical areas of the labrum are covered
with smaller simple bristles in groups of two to five. All of them are directed medially. The
ventral lobe (v. lobe) of the labrum is supported by the connecting rod (conn, r.) of the
labral sclerite (labr. scl.). It bears simple bristles which are not so well developed as the
compound bristles of the filtering species studied.
The labral sclerite is similar to those of the larvae of the other species studied. The apex
(ax.) has 10 to 12 teeth along the anterior margin (Fig. 43). These are longer than the labral
teeth of the filtering species studied. The basal piece of the labral sclerite is orientated at
right angles to the connecting rod (Fig. 41). It supports the ventral surface of the labrum and
epipharynx. The medial pair of sensory hairs on the dorsum of the labrum is well developed.
These are immediately posterior to the dorsal brush and not on the cephalic apotome as in
other species. There is a scattering of small sensory hairs on the cephalic apotome. The
dorsal gland fills the cavity of the labrum. Histologically it is the same as that found in other
species but it is composed of fewer cells.
The labrum of T. biclavata has two pairs of labral retractor muscles (Fig. 42). The medial
pair is homologous with the medial retractor muscle of filtering species. It originates on the
midline of the posterior half of the cephalic apotome and inserts on the ventral surface of
the labrum immediately posterior to the connecting rod of the labral sclerite. The lateral
pair is smaller and each muscle consists of two bundles. These originate respectively anterior
and posterior to the medial retractor muscles. The origins of the lateral retractors are
marked externally by the median head spots. These lateral muscles pass between the two
lobes of the dorsal gland and insert dorsal to the medial retractors at the lateroposterior
margins of the labrum. The lateral retractors differ from those described by Davies (1965)
in Twinnia tibblesi larvae in that they do not insert on the curved rod (c. r.) which articu-
lates with the basal plate of the dorsal brush (see below). Furthermore, the lateral retractors
of T. tibblesi larvae consist only of one bundle each and this originates posterior to the
medial retractors. The insertion of the lateral muscle on the curved rods in T. tibblesi
indicates that this muscle is homologous to the cephalic fan retractors (Davies, 1965). This
suggests here that the two bundles of the lateral muscles and their individual origins in T.
biclavata possibly foreshadow the complex origin of the three-bundled cephalic fan re-
tractors.
The pair of curved rods present in T. tibblesi larvae and Gymnopais sp. larvae (Davies,
1965) is present in T. biclavata larvae. The rods lie lateral to the basal plate and appear to
articulate with it. They do not form an X-shaped complex as illustrated by Davies for T.
tibblesi (his Fig. 47, 1965). The curved rods (c. r., Fig. 43, 44) are immediately anterior to
the bare knobs found in filtering species adjacent to the cephalic fan stem (Fig. 1, 3).
They are in the same relative position as the cephalic fan stem sclerites in filtering species.
Davies points out that the orientation of the rods is nearly at right angles to the cephalic fan
264
Chance
stem sclerites. He rejects the theory that the rods or the cephalic fans are tormal, and sug-
gests that the rods are homologous with the cephalic fan sclerites. Wood (1963) considered
the curved rods, the sclerites of Gymnopais larvae, and the cephalic fan sclerites all tormal.
Mandible. — The mandible of T. biclavata is shorter and stouter than that of filtering
species (Fig. 45). The angle of articulation is more parallel to the plane of the longitudinal
axis of the body than it is in other species. Therefore, according to Cook’s theory (Cook,
1949), T. biclavata larvae are more advanced in this respect than filtering forms. The man-
dible articulates with the postantennal buttress. This is less well developed than it is in the
other species studied, having only three arms, one passing on each side of the antennal base
and one forming the dorsal mandibular articulation. The fourth arm is represented only by
a pocket of rigid cuticle formed by the invagination and thickening of the margin of the
head capsule. A projection of the medial side of the mandible articulates with this pocket.
The retractor muscle of the mandible is very well developed. It is composed of four
large bundles inserting on a large, sclerotized apodeme located on the oral surface of the
mandible. The bundles originate laterally on the posterolateral parts of the postgenae,
ventral to the extensor muscle. The ventral bundles originate adjacent to the postgenal
cleft; the dorsal, immediately lateral to the labral muscles. The extensor muscle consists of
four smaller bundles which insert on a shorter, non-sclerotized apodeme on the adoral side.
They originate lateral and dorsal to the retractor muscle. Both these muscles are larger than
those of filtering species.
The arrangement of teeth on the mandible differs from that of the other species studied
(Fig. 46). There are 10 to 12 teeth arranged in a curved line along the apex. The dorsalmost
teeth are largest with the size decreasing towards the base of the mandible. There is an extra
basal tooth between the fourth and fifth, or fifth and sixth teeth from the apex. The apices
of the teeth are occasionally broken off, presumably during feeding. There are two minute,
apically-directed marginal teeth. Three apical spines are present behind some small spines
near the base of the marginal teeth.
The brushes of the mandibles are less well developed than those of filtering species (Fig.
45). There are no covering, apical or second external brushes and the first external brush is
shorter and composed of small bristles. In filtering species, these four brushes comb the
fans. The external lobe which separates the two apical brushes from the mandibular teeth
is lacking, as is the inner brush. The bristles of the middle, small basal, and large basal
brushes are fewer and finer than those of the filtering species. Only some of the bristles of
the large basal brush are compound. The middle lobe is present.
The mandibles have fewer sensory hairs. There is one large sensory hair at the base of the
mid-dorsal line and a second about half way up the mid-dorsal line. Some more sensory
hairs are present on the oral and adoral surfaces. The pair of sensory hairs with a common
base is immediately behind the base of the first external brush and both are smaller than
those found in other species.
Maxilla . - The maxilla of T. biclavata larvae is similar in shape to that of other species
but the maxillary lobe is more tapered at the apex (Fig. 47, 48). The arrangement of
brushes is different. There is only one oral brush (or. br.) which has bristles arranged in
rows. This is adjacent to the lacinia. The lacinia has numerous patches of very small bristles
arranged in groups of two to five, however, it does not have the bristles on its distal border.
Apical to the oral brush, the middle brush (m. br.) has long, orally-directed bristles. The
apical brush (a. br.), found on both oral and adoral surfaces, has large bristles directed
apically. Another large brush, the second apical brush (2 a. br.), lies ventral to the apical
brush on the adoral side; this brush is not found in the filtering species. The bristles of the
two apical brushes are thick and curved at their apices. The rest of the dorsal surface is bare.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
265
Fig. 43-48. T. biclavata. 43, labrum, dorsal view; 44, curved rods; 45, mandible, lateral view; 46, detail of apex of
mandible; 47, right maxilla, ventral view; 48, left maxilla, dorsal view. a. br. = apical brush, 2 a. br. = second apical
brush, apo. = apodeme, ass. s. h. = associated sensory hair, a. t. = apical teeth, ax. = apex of labral sclerite, b. pi. =
basal plate, c. r. = curved rod, conn. r. = connecting rod, dl. br. = dorsal brush, 1 ext. br. = first external brush, gal.
= galea, 1. b. br. = large basal brush, lac. = lacinia, m. br. = middle brush, m. lobe = middle lobe, m. t. = marginal
teeth, or. br. = oral brush, s. b. br. = small basal brush, s. h. pr. = pair of sensory hairs, sp = spine, s. pap. = sensory
papillae.
266
Chance
There is no lobulate area.
The maxillary lobe has two spines (sp.). These are much shorter than those of the other
species studied. Neither spine has a raised base; the apical spine, however, does have an
associated sensory hair (ass. s. h.). On the bare adoral surface there are two sensory hairs,
one apical and one basal.
Both muscles of the maxilla originate anterolateral to the mandibular muscles and have
two bundles. The smaller bundle of the retractor originates just below the ocelli and dorsal
to the larger bundle. The extensor muscle originates on the posterior region of the postgena.
The maxillary palp is the same length as the maxillary lobe. It has three to four small
sensory hairs scattered over the pigmented surface and three to four sensory papillae in
the centre of the apex. There are two sensory hairs on the adoral side of the palp base. As
in other species, a patch of the large bristles is present at the base of the palp.
Labio-hypopharyngeal complex. — The labio-hypopharyngeal complex of T. biclavata
is similar to that of the other species studied, but the sclerotized framework is less well
developed. The connection between the hypopharyngeal sclerite and the hypopharyngeal
suspensorium is membranous. Only one ring of the hypopharyngeal suspensorium surrounds
the gut.
The hypopharyngeal lobe has two anterior rows of bristles and spines. The dorsal one
consists of short spines rather than bristles. The labial margin is not so well developed as
that of the other species studied. The ventral brush has uniform bristles of equal length.
They are distinct from those of the labial brush but not separated from them (Fig. 49).
The two sensory lobes each bear three sensory papillae but no trio of tubercles. The
lobes of the ligulae are paired but they curve laterally at the apex.
The musculature of the labio-hypopharyngeal complex, the ventral glands and the salivary
ducts are all similar to those found in the filtering species.
Hypostomium and cibarium. — The hypostomium of T. biclavata larvae (Fig. 50) has
compound teeth. There are three sensory hairs per row and there is one mediobasal pair.
The cibarium of T. biclavata larvae does not differ from that of the other species. Two
pairs of dorsal cibarial muscles are present but these are smaller than those of filtering
species and do not insert on sclerotized discs.
FEEDING
Feeding behaviour
Blackfly larvae attach themselves to a silken pad on the substratum, usually within 8 to
10 centimeters of the surface of the water, with their posterior circlet of hooks. They attach
dorsal side down and rotate their body some 90 to 180 degrees to the left or right between
the fourth and fifth segments. They are orientated with respect to the current so that the
head is downstream from the abdomen and is held so that the fans face the current. The
angle between the substratum and the body is not actively maintained but varies with the
current. Hocking and Pickering (1954) described the pattern of larval attachments in
streams. Fortner (1937) described the feeding stance in detail.
Both primary and secondary fans catch particles. The particles held in the centre of the
primary fans may be retained there through three or four flicks (retractions and extensions)
of the fans, or they may be swept out of the fan before it closes. Loss of particles either
from the fans or the mouthparts is frequent. Larvae may not flick their fans immediately on
catching a particle. They may flick them without having caught any particles.
The frequency of flicking is irregular. A larva extends its fans for several seconds and then
flicks them continually for several seconds. The fans are generally flicked alternately, one of
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
267
the pair retracting and extending, and then the other. The duration of periods of flicking
and non-flicking varies greatly. The frequency of flicking does not vary either between late
instars and young larvae or between larvae with full guts and larvae with empty guts.
Larvae retain food in the cibarium until a bolus is formed and swallowed. Some selection
of the particles with respect to size occurs during the transfer of particles from fans to man-
dibles. Larvae will retract fans which have trapped particles of 800 microns in diameter,
larger than the mouth orifice. These are passed to the mandibles and maxillae but are not
ingested. Occasionally, however, large sephadex particles with diameters slightly larger than
that of the intima were found in the gut, compressed into a cylindrical shape by the walls of
the gut. These particles progressed through the gut and did not appear to harm the larvae.
The first instar larvae of S. vittatum filter with their cephalic fans. They are able to feed
while suspended from the surface film of still water. They are very active. Some had only
yolk in their guts; others had small pieces of charcoal, sephadex, and organic matter.
No cannibalism was observed among laboratory populations. However, three fights were
observed. In all fights a larger larva attacked a smaller one. Larvae were never injured. One
fight ended when the smaller larva moved out of reach of the larger one whereupon both
larvae resumed feeding.
Movements of mouthparts of filtering larvae
Food collection. — A blackfly larva gathers food both by filtering particulate matter
from the water with its cephalic fans, and by scraping organic material off the substratum.
The first mechanism is the commoner. Particles caught in the cephalic fans are transferred
to the cibarium when the fans are retracted and cleaned. The fans are believed to open by
an increase in pressure of the body fluids in the fan stem (Grenier, 1949; Wood, 1963).
This is probably the same mechanism as that described by Chaudonneret (1963) for the
labrum. The opening of the fans of living or preserved larvae can be achieved by squeezing
the thorax or cervical region of the larvae (Wood, 1963).
The primary fans open with the ventral movement of the apex of Sc! and the lateral
movement of the ventral lobes of the cephalic fan stem (Fig. 53, 54). Infrequently, when
the fan expands the primary rays are hooked over each other. When this occurs the larva
immediately flicks the fan and the rays become unhooked. Fortner (1937) stated incorrectly
that the closing mechanism of the cephalic fans prevented the rays from becoming entangled
with each other. The secondary fan unfolds in a spiral movement. The medial fan moves
laterally (with respect to the fan stem) with the movement of the medial lobe.
The fans are closed by the contraction of the cephalic fan retractor muscle. The fan stem
sclerite Scj moves posterobasally and its apex moves dorsally. This movement is combined
with the dorsal and medial (with respect to the fan stem) movement of Scm (Fig. 53, 54).
The apices of the ventral lobes of the stem move together (Fig. 53). The primary fan closes
in response to the downward movement of as well as to the increased curvature of the
primary fan base due to the movement of the ventral lobes. The rays move together one
after another like the struts of a Venetian blind being raised. The inner rays move first. As
the expanded bases of the rays act as buffers (Fig. 6), the closing of the fan is smooth and
regular. The secondary fan closes in a similar way.
The rays of the medial fan do not diverge from one another at any time. This fan closes
when the medial lobe moves medially prior to the closing of the primary fan. Both second-
ary and medial fans lie underneath the primary fan when the latter is retracted (Fig. 54).
The stem of the cephalic fan moves medially and orally when the fan is retracted. The
sclerites Scb and Pb act as fulcrums. The cephalic fans have two positions of retraction. The
more frequently occurring is the retraction for cleaning. If the larvae are disturbed, the fans
268
Chance
Fig. 49-54. Fig. 49-50: T. biclavata. 49, apex of labial lobe; 50, hypostomium. Fig. 51-54: S. vittatum. 51, position
of retracted fans; 52, sketch of retracted fans when rays are combed, not to scale; 53-54, movements of elements
of fan stem; 53, ventral view; 54, lateral view. a. 1. m. = anterior margin of the labial lobe, ant. = antenna, a. t. =
apical teeth, b. m. f. = base of medial fan, b. p. f. = base of primary fan, b. sen. = basiconic sensilla, b. s. f. = base of
secondary fan, 1 ext. br. = first external brush, 2 ext. br. = second external brush, ext. lobe = external lobe, hypo.
= hypostomium, hypo, fold = hypostomial fold, labr. = labrum, labi. br. = labial brush, lig. lobe = lobe of the ligula,
1-h. = labio-hypopharyngeal complex, 1. lobe = lateral lobe, man. = mandible, max. = maxilla, m. f. = medial fan, m.
lobe = middle lobe, p. f. = primary fan, sen. lobe = sensory lobe, s. f. = secondary fan, v. br. = ventral brush.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
269
are retracted further into the mouth orifice. In the latter case the mandibles and maxillae
are also retracted.
The labrum, mandible, and maxilla have a simple movement of retraction and extension.
All three appendages may twitch rapidly, a motion best described as ‘shivering’. The man-
dibles usually move simultaneously. Although they can move independently they do so
rarely. They are extended when the cephalic fans are retracted and they then retract to
clean the closed fan. During periods of intensive feeding, the mandibles move in conjunction
with the labrum and maxillae, being extended and retracted at the same time. Infrequently
the labrum and maxillae are retracted while the mandibles are extended.
On several occasions larvae in the laboratory caught asymmetrical particles. These were
transferred to the cibarium by the mandibles and maxillae and ingested. Although no special
manipulatory movements were seen, the particles entered the cibarium with their longitu-
dinal axes parallel to that of the body. The shape of the cibarium coupled with the move-
ments of the mouthparts and the folding of the fans appear to orientate particles.
The second form of feeding is that of scraping material off the substratum. The head is
held more or less at right angles to the substratum. The whole body is used, at times twisting
in a complete circle to wrench material free. The labrum, mandibles and maxillae sometimes
‘shiver’ while the larvae feed off the substratum.
The mandibular teeth scrape the surface. The orientation of the apical teeth is suited for
this function. The external lobe of the mandible prevents the apical brushes from scraping
although these brushes may collect superficial material scraped free by the mandibular
teeth. The bristles of the labrum, especially those of the ventral lobe, also collect material.
The labral teeth are too well covered by bristles to be useful in substratum feeding. The
position of the hypostomial teeth, slightly more dorsal than the rest of the hypostomium,
and their covering of sensory hairs suggests that the hypostomium is not used in scraping.
Combing. — The transfer of particles from the fans to the cibarium occurs when the fans
retract. The fans are combed by the mandibles and labrum (Fig. 51). The inner surface of
the mandible is contoured to fit the curve of the folded fan and the labrum similarly fits the
curve of the labral surface of the fan (Fig. 52). The folded fan passes underneath the cover-
ing and first external brushes of the mandible and above the middle lobe of the mandible.
These brushes comb the convex surface of the folded fan. The second external brush passes
beneath the fan. The mandibles do not clean the labral surface of the fans as described by
Fortner (1937). The mandibles are very active during feeding and comb the fans several
times during one retraction of the fans. Both mandibles and labrum retract while the fans
are extended, combing each other free of particles. When the fans are held extended for
long periods, the mandibles are also extended.
The fans are well adapted for filtering; the mandibles are well adapted for combing the
fans. The development of the labral bristles and mandibular brushes, the shape of the
labrum and mandibles as well as the development of the complex fan are major adaptations
for filtering. Furthermore both labrum and mandible are also capable of scraping the sub-
stratum. However, these are not as efficient scraping appendages as those of the non-filtering
species. The bristles of the labrum and the plane of movement, teeth, and musculature of
the mandibles of T. biclavata larvae are better adapted for scraping. The mandibles of T.
biclavata larvae are not adapted for combing fans.
The maxillae are continually active during feeding. Their role is less well defined than that
of the other mouthparts. The arrangement of brushes differs between filtering species and
non-filtering species yet both types of larvae have maxillae well provided with brushes. This
suggests that the maxillae do not assist in filtering or combing but have a similar function in
all species.
270
Chance
The frequent retractions of the labrum, mandibles and maxillae may contribute to the
ingestion of food by pushing particles into the mouth. The ventral compound bristles of the
labrum and the basal brushes of the mandible enter the pharynx. When the primary rays of
the cephalic fan enter the pharynx, these bristles may comb the apices of the rays; they are
not in a position to comb the rays outside of the cibarium. However, the large basal and
middle brushes may act as guides for the rays or food particles; they may keep the epi-
pharynx and the bases of the fan stem, mandibles, and maxillae free of particulate matter.
The inner brush of the mandibles protects the mandibular cleft; it has no role in combing.
During feeding the proleg is held close to the body with its apex just below the hypo-
stomial teeth. This position contributes to the streamlining of the body. The proleg is often
brought close to the mouthparts and cleaned of debris or silk.
Silk secretion. — Blackfly larvae secrete silk very rapidly. Within a few seconds a larva can
select a new site of attachment, produce a silk strand, apply it to the substratum and hook
into it with its posterior circlet of hooks. Throughout the process the fans are extended, and
held out of the way of the sticky secretion. The mandibles, maxillae and labio-hypopharyn-
geal complex are in constant and rapid motion. The labio-hypopharyngeal complex moves
anteroposteriorly. The mechanism by which the silk is brought anteriorly and out of the
canal is not clear. The M3 muscle of the labio-hypopharyngeal complex dilates the silk canal
and silk may be sucked forward by the increase in diameter of the canal. The simultaneous
action of the retractors of the labio-hypopharyngeal complex may help this movement. The
labio-hypopharyngeal complex acts as a press, and the activity of the M2 and M3 muscles
may contribute to the dorsoventral flattening of the silk strand. The constant motion of
the mouthparts and the body may also aid in the anterior movement of silk. The head is
repeatedly extended and retracted; it arches upwards and stretches forwards. The proleg
hooks onto the silk strand and draws it down from the silk canal. The mouthparts are then
applied to the substratum and the silk, which is very sticky, adheres readily. Either the pro-
leg or the posterior circlet of hooks then hooks into the pad. The hypostomial teeth severe
the strand (Wood, 1963). Since the teeth do not move, the strand must be drawn across
them by the movement of the labio-hypopharyngeal complex. The larva may maintain its
position by using the unsevered strand until it hooks on with its proleg or posterior circlet
of hooks.
The silk thread is very strong. Large larvae can be lifted out of water on the end of a six
inch strand. The strand is used as a safety line by which floating larvae catch onto projec-
tions of the substratum. Larvae climb up their strands using their prolegs and mouthparts.
Hora (1930) suggested that larvae use the stout bristles of the labrum to climb along the silk
strand, however, the labral bristles of the species studied are not structurally suited for this
task. It is probable that the mandibles and maxillae are used. Feeding larvae have no anchor
line and rely on the posterior circlets of hooks for attaching onto the substratum.
The pupal case is made of silk. Peterson (1956), Hinton (1958b), Burton (1966) and
others have described the spinning of the cocoon. The fans are retracted and the mandibles
rarely move during cocoon formation. A pharate pupa spins the cocoon which is con-
structed of a leathery, coloured silk probably of a different composition from that of larval
silk.
Mouthpart movements of a non-filtering larva
Larvae of Twinnia biclavata were observed feeding in still and flowing water. The larvae
graze the substratum. Attached by their prolegs, the larvae feed off the substratum in front
and to the side. The mouthparts are very active; the labrum and maxillae retract while the
mandibles extend. The labrum moves so that its dorsal brush scrapes the substratum. The
I . b . b r.
Fig. 55-57. 55, Photomicrograph of bulbs found on the large basal bristles of the mandibles of S. vittaturrv, 56,
photomicrograph of a sagittal section of the head capsule of a blackfly larva; 57, photomicrograph of a transverse
section of the ventral half of the head capsule of a blackfly larva. Scale for Fig. 55-57 is 5 microns, cib. = cibarium,
d. gl. = dorsal gland, d. pr. = dorsal projection, epi. = epipharynx, hypo. = hypopharynx, labr. = labrum, labr. r. =
labral retractor muscle, 1. b. br. = large basal bristle, 1-h. = labio-hypopharyngeal complex, M2 = labial retractor
muscle, M3 = muscle of the press, ph. = pharynx, sk can. = silk canal, v. gl. = ventral gland.
272
Chance
mandibles move nearly parallel to the labrum, their teeth scraping the substratum. The
brushes of the maxillae are retracted and move dorsomedially with respect to the larval
body. The mouthparts ‘shiver’ as do those of the filtering species. Periodically the larvae
cease feeding and clean their mouthparts. Cleaning is achieved in the same manner as by
filtering larvae, i.e., brushing the mouthparts against each other so that the mandibles clean
the labrum and the maxillae and are in turn cleaned themselves.
Larvae were observed eating filaments of algae by progressively ingesting from one end
along the filament. Larvae were also observed grazing the surface of strands of algae. They
pick at the algae by grasping filaments between their mandibles and slowly moving their
mouthparts along them.
Silk is secreted in the same manner as in filtering species. Having cleaned the substratum
around themselves of food, larvae progress forwards or sideways to a new site. Larvae appear
to search for a new site by raising their heads up from the substratum and waving them
around.
Ingestion
Blackfly larvae are unselective with respect to the composition of their food. Gut con-
tents of larvae collected from the field consist of leaf litter, spores, pollen, algae, pieces
of plant stems and unrecognizable organic debris. Fragments of insect cuticle are the only
recognizable animal matter present. These include pieces of blackfly larvae, pupal respira-
tory filaments, head capsule parts, and mandibles. The gut contents of larvae reared in
the laboratory also had a large proportion of charcoal and, after the addition of yeast
to the rearing jars, clumps of yeast. Silt and sand form the bulk of the inorganic com-
ponents.
The organic contents of the gut are not always digested. There is no visible difference
between contents in the foregut and rectum. Naumann (1924) stated that utilization of the
ingested algae was slight. Maciolek and Tunzi (1968) stated that blackfly larvae digested
diatoms but hardly affected organic detritus.
Measurements were made of 200 particles ingested by blackfly larvae collected in the
field. These particles were among the largest the larvae ingested. The two largest dimensions
of the particles were measured. Sizes ranged from 0.5 to 300 microns in length and 0.5 to
120 microns in width. Most particles were 20 to 100 microns long and 10 to 60 microns
wide. Fragments of insect cuticle, which were flexible and may have been folded during
feeding, were the largest particles ingested. The biggest of these were 500 x 160 x 120
microns, 440 x 120 x 40 microns, and 320 x 120 x 60 microns.
The smallest gut particles measured were 0.5 microns in diameter but smaller particles
were abundant. Due to the nature of the organic debris which adheres to the microtrichia of
the primary rays and which is transferred to the gut when the fan is cleaned, it was not
possible to get accurate measurements of the smaller particles.
Diameters of particles ingested by first instars ranged from 0.5 to 4 microns. Second
instars ingested particles with a maximum diameter of 8.5 microns.
The frequency distributions, expressed as percentages of sephadex beads ingested by
larvae in the laboratory are tabulated below (Table 6a and b). The difference between the
size distribution of beads available to the larvae and those ingested by the larvae was tested
for significance using the Chi-square test. The level of significance was set at P = 0.05 with P
being the probability. Frequencies of categories less than five within a species size were
lumped and Yates’ correction was applied. The mass median diameter (MMD) for the
frequency distributions of ingested beads was determined both by calculation (MMDC) and
graphically (MMDg).
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
273
Table 6a. Percentage frequency distributions of sephadex beads ingested by larvae of three
species of blackflies, Summer 1966.
Range of mean no. of beads per millilitre = 17 to 32.
* mass median diameter, calculated
** mass median diameter, determined graphically
Most of the C. dacotensis larvae and the medium larvae of S. venustum and S. vittatum
were exposed only to sephadex G-200 (Table 6a) as that was the only type then available.
No small larvae of S. decorum and S. venustum were collected live from the field or reared.
Without exception the frequency distribution of sizes of ingested beads differed signifi-
cantly from that available to the larvae in each species in each age group. Large C. dacotensis
larvae ingested a frequency distribution size different from that of medium C. dacotensis
larvae. All interspecific comparisons show statistically significant differences in the size
distribution of particles ingested. No other comparisons show differences significant at the
5% level.
274
Chance
Table 6b. Percentage frequency distributions of sephadex beads ingested by larvae of four
species of blackflies, Summer 1967.
Range of mean no. of beads per millilitre = 1 7 to 32.
* mass median diameter, calculated
** mass median diameter, determined graphically
The individual Chi-square values indicate that the large larvae, especially S. decorum and
S. vittatum larvae, tended to select particles of a diameter of 25 microns.
The maximum size of sephadex particle ingested by each group of larvae is tabulated
below (Table 7).
The minimum size which could be ingested was not determined because the smallest
sephadex bead was still large enough to be trapped by the fans. Measurements of gut con-
tents of larvae collected in the field included sizes of about 0.5 microns, 50 times smaller
than the smallest size of sephadex bead.
The gut contents of field collected Twinnia biclavata larvae consisted mostly of diatoms
with filamentous algae, spores, plant fragments and unidentifiable debris comprising the
remainder of the organic material. A mixture of silt and sand, the second most common
material, was the only inorganic material present.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
275
Table 7. Maximum diameters (in microns) ingested by four species of blackfly larvae at
three stages of development.
Largest particles found in the guts of preserved (in 90% ethanol) T. biclavata larvae were
plant fragments which ranged in size from 150 to 210 microns in length and 4 to 20 microns
in width. Largest diatoms ranged from 124 to 170 microns long and 28 to 110 microns
wide. Most particles ranged from 20 to 40 microns long and two to four microns wide.
Based on the concentration of beads available, 17 to 32 beads/ml, and the number of
beads ingested per minute, the rate of filtration of six medium and six large larvae of S.
vittatum were calculated to be 0.4 to 1.7 ml/min and 0.2 to 1.3 ml/min respectively.
Because so little is known about the feeding behaviour of blackfly larvae, and because con-
ditions in the rearing jars varied, these values should only be considered approximations of
filtration rates.
DISCUSSION
Morphology
Head capsule. — The larval head capsules of the four filtering species studied are struc-
turally very similar. There are no anatomical differences to which variations in particle size
selection can be attributed. The only major morphological differences were seen between
filtering larvae and Twinnia biclavata larvae, which do not filter feed.
Measurement of the head capsules, cephalic fans and mandibles of C. dacotensis and the
Simulium species show that the head capsules of all four species are approximately the same
size. The size of the head capsule and appendages increases with the growth of the larvae.
Slight differences are shown by C. dacotensis and S. vittatum larvae. The head capsules of
the larvae of these two species are larger than those of S. decorum and S. venustum (Table
1 ). The fans of both large C. dacotensis and S. vittatum larvae are bigger than those of the
larger larvae of the other species, however, medium and small larvae of S. vittatum have
larger fans than larvae of the same groups of the other species. The mandibles of large larvae
of all filtering species are the same size; medium and small larvae of S. vittatum have larger
mandibles than larvae of the same age of other species.
The three patterns of pigmentation of the anterior margin of the cephalic apotome of S.
vittatum larvae are a variation within the species. This is one of several intraspecific anatomi-
cal variations found among S. vittatum larvae.
Cephalic fans. - Because Prosimulium is considered to be a primitive genus of blackflies,
the occurrence of four to six intermediate rays in the cephalic fan and the presence of fewer
blades suggests that the cephalic fans once consisted of a single big fan which has evolved
into three differentiated fans. The central, largest fan is the principal filtering organ. How-
ever, the role of the secondary fan has given rise to speculation. Some authors consider the
secondary fan to increase the filtering area of the primary fan since the secondary rays ex-
tend lateroventrally to the primary fan. Others maintain that it prevents particles from
276
Chance
falling among the bases of the primary rays or into the ventral wall thereby hindering the
closing of the fan. It does both. Particles are caught by the secondary fan and those observed
were not caught to the side of the primary fan. Further, the secondary rays extend distal
to the bases of the primary rays; the dense trichiation prevents particles from falling among
the primary fan bases.
Fortner (1937) suggested that the medial fan probably stabilizes the cephalic fan stem.
Others have suggested that it guides particles into the primary fan. However, as it is located
ventral and basal to the primary fan, I think that this is unlikely.
Fortner’s description of the opening of the cephalic fan, which proceeds as a result of
an increase in pressure exerted by the body fluids being forced into the head capsule, is
correct. However, I found no evidence of either a basal membrane interconnecting the
ventral surfaces of the primary rays or the rotation of Sc2 , as she described. Fortner illus-
trated the two lobes of the ventral stem wall but did not describe their movement.
Fortner maintained that the initial extension of the fan is maximal and is subsequently
adjusted by an equilibrium between the elastic cuticle of the stem and the force of the
current. This equilibrium is controlled by the muscles of the cephalic fan and the muscles of
the body. According to her, these muscles are very sensitive to the force of the current and
it is through this sensitivity that the larvae detect current variations.
Grenier (1949) and Carlson (1962) found evidence that anatomical differences in the
cephalic fans are correlated with feeding differences. However, the difference in the num-
bers of rays of the three fans in the species studied here is not reflected in feeding habits.
Larvae of S. decorum have the most rays in each of the three cephalic fans; C. dacotensis
larvae have the least. The primary fan of S. decorum larvae has a small area; the rays are
shorter and closer together. The fan thus has a finer ‘grid’ than that of the other species.
In comparison, C. dacotensis larvae have fewer rays, a larger fan and a larger ‘grid’. Further,
the medium larvae of S. venustum have more rays than do the large larvae. This apparent
discrepency may be a result either of the measurement of large medium larvae or possibly
because medium larvae are adapted to feed more than large larvae. Phelps and DeFoliart
(1964) identified two periods of intensive feeding of S. vittatum larvae; the first by medium
larvae and the second by final instars.
Grenier (1949) described some ecologically important differences in the shape and
strength of primary rays of 20 species of blackflies found in France. He concluded that
species living in strongly flowing water have shorter, more curved rays composed of stronger
cuticle than do species living in moderate currents. He lists S. venustum as an intermediate
species. As he considered the strength of the cuticle without any special techniques, his
conclusions are subjective. Lewis (1953) observed that larvae of species breeding in large
breeding sites (larger streams and rivers) tend to have stronger, more flexible primary rays
with smaller and thicker basal expansions than larvae of species breeding in small breeding
sites. The rays of the various species studied here are structurally similar. However, since
preservatives influence the cuticle, interspecific comparisons of cuticle strength were not
possible.
The microtrichia of the primary fan rays have attracted much interest. Strickland (1911)
claimed that the microtrichia of each primary ray extended to the adjacent ray so that a
complete sieve was formed when the primary rays were extended. Fortner (1937) suggested
that the microtrichia of the secondary rays have a similar function. Both workers were
mistaken. The microtrichia are rarely longer than 1 micron and the rays are about 50
microns apart at their apices. Further, the microtrichia are on the inner curved surface of
the ray and not on the side. The microtrichia of any one ray may extend to the adjacent ray
but only along the basal quarter of the ray.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
277
Specific differences in the trichiation of the primary rays apparently have no effect on
feeding in the species studied here. Rubtsov (1964) claimed that the microtrichia on the
primary rays of bloodsucking species are sparse, being 10 to 20 microns apart, and that the
microtrichia on the primary rays of non-bloodsucking species are dense, being about 1
micron apart. Yet the three Simulium species and P. fuscum, P. fontanatum and probably P.
multidentatum are bloodsucking species and these have microtrichia spaced about 1 micron
apart or less. C. dacotensis is autogenous; the microtrichia are less than 1 micron apart.
Thus these species do not support Rubtsov’s claim.
Carlsson (1962) reported another ecologically important feature of the structure of the
cephalic fans. Larvae of P. ursinum Edwards have 24 to 26 large rays and “relatively long
‘finer’ rays”. They are unable to catch bacteria whereas the larvae of Wilhemia equina L.
have about 46 large rays and “relatively smaller ‘finer’ rays”, which are probably fine enough
to catch bacteria. W. equina is found in bacteria-rich streams; P. ursinum is found in
bacteria-poor streams. It is not clear whether Carlsson referred to primary microtrichia or
secondary rays as ‘finer’ rays. The lack of such interspecific differences in the structure of
the cephalic fans of the species studied here is probably due to the similarity of their eco-
logical requirements; the three Simulium species are all found in the same microhabitat.
The microtrichia of the medial rays of C. dacotensis larvae are unique among the species
studied. It is doubtful that the medial fan acts as a filter; certainly the sparse microtrichia
would be of little help if it did. Although the microtrichia on the primary and secondary
rays collect fine particulate debris, the trichiation of the medial ray is probably of little
functional importance.
Labrum. — The labrum of Twinnia biclavata larvae differs from that of filtering species
in that the differentiated labral bristles and their arrangement are adapted for a grazing
habit. The dorsal brush of T. biclavata larvae may be represented in filtering species by the
spindle-shaped patch of spines; in P. frohnei larvae this is located posteriorly on the surface
of the labrum. The presence of the well-developed, ventral lobe of the labrum in both
grazing and filtering species is evidence that the ventral lobe bristles are used for scraping in
both types of larvae.
The labral sclerite of T. biclavata larvae differs from that of filtering species in orientation
of the basal section. The apex of the labral sclerite lacks the lateral blades found in filtering
species; this may be a result of the grazing habit. The labral teeth in T. biclavata larvae are
used in scraping; unlike the labral sclerite of filter-feeding species, the apex of the sclerite
projects out from the surface of the labrum (Fig. 41). The sensory labral teeth of filtering
species may be lost in T. biclavata larvae, or they may be represented by the four medial
teeth.
Mandibles. — The mandibles of filtering larvae and of T. biclavata larvae represent two
forms which are adapted to two modes of feeding. Blackfly larvae which are not typical
filterers or grazers, as Simulium oviceps Edwards and Crozetia crozetensis (Wormersley)
larvae, have mandibles intermediate between the two forms. In T. biclavata the arrangement
of the apical teeth and the stronger development of the flexor muscle are both requirements
for scraping. The postantennal buttress of T. biclavata larvae, however, is weaker than that
of filtering species.
The variation of the arrangement of the mandibular teeth of filtering species has little
functional significance. The larger number of teeth of Prosimulium larvae may be a primitive
feature. The 10 to 12 teeth of T. biclavata larvae probably represent undifferentiated apical
and inner teeth although their position on the apex of the mandible differs slightly from
that of filtering species.
In T. biclavata , the brushes which comb the retracted fans of filtering larvae are either
lacking or are very poorly developed. Other species without fully developed cephalic fans
278
Chance
have similar reduced complements of brushes. Dumbleton’s (1962a) illustrations of the
mandible of the larvae of S. oviceps and C. crozetensis show that they also lack apical
brushes and have only poorly developed middle brushes. Davies’ (1960) illustrations of the
mandible of the first instar of a Prosimulium species show a lack of apical brushes. The
teeth of the first instar of Prosimulium sp. are arranged like those of T. biclavata larvae.
The basal brushes in all species are the best developed of the mandibular brushes, supporting
the suggestion that they aid in the passage of food into the cibarium.
Maxillae. — The shape and arrangement of the brushes of the maxillary lobe of T.
biclavata larvae are suited for scraping. The apical bristles of the maxillary lobe of T.
biclavata larvae closely resemble those of the dorsal brush of the labrum which also scrapes
the substratum. The palp of T. biclavata larvae is similar to that of filtering larvae; the
maxillary lobe and the palp of filtering species are all similar.
The role of the curved maxillary spines is unknown. Fortner (1937) suggested that they
guide the silk thread. However, this role would be as important in T. biclavata larvae as in
larvae of filtering species and T. biclavata larvae have only very short spines. Further, they
are not in suitable position to act as guides for the retracted fans. Work in progress indicates
that the apical spine in Simulium sp. larvae is sensory (D. A. Craig, personal communica-
tion).
Labio-hypopharyngeal complex. — The labio-hypharyngeal complex shows no particular
modifications for filtering or grazing. The labial brush probably keeps the silk thread clean
and protects the sensory lobes. The role of the lobes of the ligulae is unknown. It is doubt-
ful that they help in the secretion of silk because the Prosimulium species examined do
not have paired ligular lobes but a group of conical, spine-like bristles and the Prosimulium
secrete silk as do other species.
Cibarium. — The thickening of the cibarial wall midway along its length probably aids
the formation of a bolus prior to swallowing. Fortner (1937) described the movement of
food through the pharynx resulting from the contraction of the pharynx. Contraction of
circular muscles of the pharynx may contribute to the passage of food in conjunction with
the action of the anterior pharyngeal dilators, the cibarial dilators and the labral and man-
dibular bristles.
Glands. - The function of the dorsal and ventral glands is unknown. Neither Puri (1925)
nor Grenier (1949) were able to identify any secretion in the lumen of the glands. Strick-
land (1911) claimed that the dorsal gland secreted a sticky substance which adhered to the
epipharyngeal microtrichia and aided in cleaning the cephalic fan rays. Grenier (1949) sug-
gested that the dorsal gland aided in digestion. He further suggested that the ventral gland
is the site of formation of a specialized elastic cuticle required for the movement of the
labial lobe within the sheath of the hypostomium. He supported his argument mentioning
the occurrence of two similar glandular formations, one at the posterior discs of simuliids
and the other at the posterior suckers of blepharocerids. More work is required before the
function of the glands is clarified.
Food. — Filter-feeding blackfly larvae ingest any particulate matter of suitable size. The
quality and quantity of the gut contents, both nutritive and non-nutritive material found
here, are similar to reports in the literature (Chance, 1969). Any differences in food ingested
are related to differences in collection localities (Puri, 1925; Grenier, 1949; Jones, 1949a, b,
1950, 1951, 1958; Peterson, 1956). The quantity and quality of food, the quantity of
inorganic matter present as well as other environmental factors all influence colonization of
water courses by various species of blackflies. However, as long as there is plenty of food
available, several species of blackflies may be present in the same stream community (Carls-
son, 1962). The maximum dimension of measured particulate matter ingested by simuliid
larvae ranges from 0.3 to 10,000 microns. The largest particle size is far greater than the
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
279
dimension of the cibarium, therefore, the larvae must be capable of ingesting long filaments
of food by drawing food through the mouth continuously. The maximum size of globular
natural food ingested is approximately 300 microns in diameter. The largest sephadex bead
ingested in this study was 345 microns in diameter; the largest size available was 445
microns in diameter. The majority of particles measured, both natural and sephadex, were
from 10 to 100 microns in diameter. This size and type of food corresponds closely to those
already recorded.
T. biclavata larvae ingest smaller particles; this is probably due to the food available rather
than to the limitations of their mouthparts.
The sephadex ingestion experiment shows that the filtering larvae select sephadex only
with respect to size. Chemical and physical features other than size have no bearing on the
potential of particulate matter for ingestion. This character of simuliid feeding is due to
the passive nature of blackfly filtering. Although certain age groups of some species, large
S. decorum and large and medium S. vittatum larvae, ingested a large number of small beads,
no trend towards ingestion of any particular size is apparent. Differences in ingestion
between age groups within each species is due to the increase in size of the larvae with age.
Differences in frequency distribution or mass median diameter of beads ingested by the
filtering species studied here cannot be explained by the structural features considered here.
More work is required before the effect of the morphology and behaviour on filter feeding
of blackfly larvae can be fully described.
The largest diameter of sephadex bead ingested by large S. venustum larvae is 185
microns; by medium S. venustum larvae, 285 microns. This discrepancy between the size of
ingested bead and the size of the larvae may be a result of feeding habits varying with age
(Phelps and DeFoliart, 1964). Medium S. venustum larvae have more primary rays than do
large larvae. However, S. vittatum larvae have no structural evidence for differences in feed-
ing with age.
Filter-feeding mosquito larvae ingest particulate matter varying from 7.5 to 165.0 mi-
crons. Sizes of particles ingested most commonly by Aedes fitchii (F and Y.) and Culiseta
inomata (Will.) ranged from 15 to 22 microns (Pucat, 1965). Anopheles messae Falleroni
larvae ingest particles ranging from 22.8 to 34.2 microns in the first instar to 68 to 165
microns in the fourth instar. The diameter of ingested particles is 20% of the width of the
head of the first instar and this percentage increases to 31.2% for the fourth instar (Shipit-
zina, 1935, in Bates, 1949). Culex sp. ingest particles varying from less than 1 micron to
50 microns in length (Naumann, 1924).
Work done on chironomid larvae indicates that they also ingest smaller particles. Chirono-
mus plumosus L. traps all particles above 17 microns and most above 12 microns in its net
(Walshe, 1947). The mesh of the net of Glytotendipes glaucus Mg. ranges from 5 to 40
microns (Burtt, 1940). Other measurements available for filtering insect larvae are those for
trichopterans. Meshes of nets range from 3 by 19 microns in Macronema (Stattler and
Kracht, 1963) to 50 to 100 microns in diameter tor Hydropsyche (Kaiser, 1962).
J0rgensen suggests that Simulium larvae ingest smaller particles; his assumption is based
on the fact that blackfly larvae can be reared on diets consisting only of bacteria (Fredeen,
1960). This diet is not typical for most blackfly larvae.
Mode of feeding
In the earliest reports of larval blackfly feeding, the cephalic fans were described as a
current creating apparatus which functioned in a manner similar to that of the mouth
brushes of mosquito larvae (Riley, 1870; Osborn, 1896). Strickland (1911) was the first to
describe the filtering activity of the fans although there are earlier reports of the mandible
cleaning the fans (Osten Sacken, 1870; Miall, 1895). Naumann (1924) and Puri (1925)
280
Chance
gave a more detailed description of feeding and Fortner (1937) gave a comprehensive
account of the activity of the fans as well as the transfer of food from the rays to the
labrum and mandibles. The filtering mechanism has also been described by Smart (1944),
Grenier (1949), Peterson (1956), Anderson and Dicke (1960) and Maitland and Penny
(1967) among others.
Filtering is the principal way of feeding for simuliid species having cephalic fans. Al-
though filter-feeding larvae were observed scraping the substratum, they did so only in
areas surrounding their posterior discs. When there is sufficient particulate food present in
the water, scraping apparently only serves to keep the substratum adjacent to the larvae and
the silk pad on which they attach free of debris. Filter feeders do not scrape as rapidly or
methodically as T. biclavata larvae.
Rubtsov (1964) stated that Twinnia larvae filter with their mandibular brushes as well as
graze. However, T. biclavata larvae were only observed to graze off mats of algae and large
clumps of debris as well as the substratum. Yet filter-feeding larvae with the rays of the
cephalic fan removed continue normal feeding movements of the mouthparts and particles
caught on the labral bristles are transferred to the mouth (Fortner, 1937). S. oviceps and
C. crozetensis larvae filter with abnormal fans as well as graze (Dumbleton, 1962a). These
two species probably ingest a size distribution of particles different from typical filtering
species.
Reports of cannibalism in the literature are conflicting. Smart (1944) stated that large
blackfly larvae eat smaller ones. Badcock (1949) and Maitland and Penny (1967) stated
that blackfly larvae occasionally eat members of their own species. Jones (1949b) reported
seeing no attacks of cannibalism. However, Peterson and Davies (1960) give a detailed
description of a large larva in the laboratory eating first instars, grasping them with its man-
dibles and forcing them into its oral cavity. Wu (1931) stated that larvae in stagnant water
eat dead larvae.
The simuliid cuticle frequently found in the gut is most likely the remains of dead insects
or exuvia filtered from the water and cannot be considered evidence of cannibalism. It is
possible that late instar larvae may catch and ingest floating first instars, however, there have
been no observations or reports to confirm this. Fighting between larvae is not predatory
but competition for sites of attachment. A blackfly larva is capable of escaping from a
fellow larva before it suffers any lethal wounds.
Filter feeding
Jorgensen (1966) lists three factors on which filter feeding depends: (1) concentration of
food available, (2) water flow through the filters whether this is passive as for stream fauna
or created by the animal itself, and (3) the efficiency of the filter. Size of particles is a
fourth critical factor. Blackfly larvae are typical filterers. This is shown by the influence of
current on their feeding, the efficiency (incomplete) of their cephalic fans as filters and
their selection of particles by size. Concentration of suspended food may determine whether
or not the larvae scrape the substratum to supplement their filtering. There is a minimum
concentration of food below which the larvae cannot survive. This level is lower than that
required for growth (Carlsson, 1962).
Blackfly larvae at times ingest more than they require. Gut contents apparently may
undergo little change as they progress through the alimentary canal. In many cases this is
probably due to a high inorganic content of ingested material. Larvae living in streams with
large amounts of inorganic material, for example glacial silt in mountain streams, may starve
with their guts full of silt. This superfluous feeding reflects the automaticity of filter
feeding. In addition, the fact that blackfly larvae catch particles far larger than their mouth
orifice is a consequence of automatic feeding.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
281
CONCLUSION
Species of filter-feeding blackfly larvae ingest different distributions of particle sizes.
These distributions overlap. None of the structural variation discussed here can explain the
differences in ingestion habits. All species ingest particles within a suitable size range wheth-
er they may be food or not. Interspecific differences in feeding may be due to differences in
behaviour. More work is required before the feeding habits of blackflies can be fully under-
stood.
Feeding differences between filterers and grazers are paralleled by structural variations.
The labrum, mandibles, and maxillae of Twinnia biclavata larvae are anatomically adapted
for grazing; however, the movements of these mouthparts are almost the same as those of
the mouthparts of filtering species. The cephalic fans, labrum and mandibles of filtering
species are suited for catching and ingesting particles carried by the current.
Blackfly larvae ingest larger particles than other filtering insect larvae. Since filters of
insect larvae tend to have a large pore size, especially when compared to those of marine
invertebrates (Jorgensen, 1966), blackfly larvae can ingest larger particles than most filter-
feeding invertebrates.
The automatic nature of filter feeding by blackfly larvae is a useful tool to increase the
selectivity of control against blackflies. Particulate larvicides such as an insecticide adsorbed
onto solids which form a suspension when added to streams are the most specific insecti-
cides against blackflies. Grazing species are not pests, and would probably not be affected
by such an insecticide since they do not filter feed, but ingest smaller particles than do
filter-feeding species.
An insecticide with a particulate formulation in the larger half of the ingested size distri-
bution, 100 to 250 microns for example, would be more readily ingested by blackfly
larvae than by other species in the stream fauna. This size range is probably suitable for
most species of blackflies, although only later instars would be affected. Because there
is not enough information on the feeding habits of other members of the stream fauna,
repeated applications may be preferable to a larvicide composed of smaller particles.
Due to the nature of the larval habitat, the exposure time of the larvae to the insecticide
can only be a matter of hours. Because of this and because feeding by blackfly larvae is
influenced by the concentration of food and current and because larvae tend to prefer
particles smaller than 100 microns, enough particulate matter would be required to ‘force’
the larvae to ingest it by its abundance. The physical character of such an insecticide and
its behaviour in streams will have to be carefully investigated before it can be used.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This work represents part of the requirements of a Master’s degree in Entomology. I
would like to thank D. A. Craig (University of Alberta) for his supervision and criticism of
this manuscript. I am indebted to D. A. Craig and B. Hocking (Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta) for their valuable suggestions and encouragement. I am grateful to
S. Zalik of the University of Alberta, to M. A. Chance, and my fellow graduate students of
the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, for their advice and assistance.
The following people kindly provided me with larvae: D. A. Craig, D. M. Davies (Mc-
Master University, Hamilton), K. M. Sommerman (Arctic Health Research Center, Anchor-
age, Alaska), H. E. Welch (University of Manitoba, Winnipeg), and D. M. Wood (Entomology
Research Institute, Ottawa). B. V. Peterson (Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa) kindly
identified some larvae for me.
282
Chance
I am grateful to the World Health Organization for financing this project, and to the Na-
tional Research Council and the Ministry of Education, Quebec for further financial support.
REFERENCES
Abdelnur, O. M. 1968. The biology of some blackflies (Diptera: Simuliidae) of Alberta.
Quaest. ent. 4(3): 1 1 3-174.
Anderson, J. R. and R. J. Dicke. 1960. Ecology of the immature stages of some Wisconsin
blackflies (Simuliidae: Diptera). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 53:386-404.
Badcock, R. M. 1949. Studies in stream life in tributaries of the Welsh Dee. J. Anim. Ecol.
18:193-208.
Bates, M. 1949. The natural history of mosquitoes. Harper and Row, New York. 378 pp.
Burton, G. J. 1966. Observation on cocoon formation, the pupal stage, and emergence of
the adult of Simulium damnosum Theobald in Ghana. Ann. trop. Med. Parasit. 60:48-56.
Burtt, E. T. 1940. A filter feeding mechanism in a larva of the Chironomidae (Diptera:
Nematocera). Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (A) 15:113-121.
Carlsson, G. 1962. Studies on Scandinavian black flies. Opusc. ent. suppl. 21. 279 pp.
Carlsson, G. 1967. Environmental factors influencing blackfly populations. Bull. Wld Hlth
Org. 37:139-150.
Chance, M. M. 1969. Functional morphology of the mouthparts of blackfly larvae (Diptera:
Simuliidae). M. Sc. thesis. University of Alberta. 132 pp.
Chance, M. M. A review of chemical control methods for blackfly larvae (in press Quaest.
ent.).
Chaudonneret, J. 1962. Quelques dispositifs remarquables dans les organes de l’ingestion
chez la larvae de moustique (Diptera: Nematocera). Annls Sci. nat. Zool. 4:473-487.
Chaudonneret, J. 1963. Le probleme des ‘messores’ des larves de dipteres nematoceres et la
musculature labrale des insectes. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 88(4): 369-378.
Cook, E. F. 1944. The morphology of the larval heads of certain Culicidae (Diptera). Micro-
entomology 9(2):38-68.
Cook, E. F. 1949. The evolution of the head in the larvae of the Diptera. Microentomology
14:1-57.
Craig, D. A. 1968. The clarification of a discrepancy in the descriptions of maxillary muscu-
lature in larval Simuliidae. Quaest. ent. 44:31-32.
Craig, D. A. 1969. The embryogenesis of the larval head of Simulium venustum Say (Dip-
tera: Nematocera). Can. J. Zool. 47(4):495-503.
Crosskey, R. W. 1960. A taxonomic study of the larvae of West African Simuliidae (Diptera:
Nematocera) with comments on the morphology of the larval blackfly head. Bull. Br.
Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.). 10: 1-76.
Davies, D. M. and P. D. Syme. 1958. Three new Ontario black flies of the genus Prosimulium
(Diptera: Simuliidae). Part 2. Ecological observations and experiments. Can. Ent. 90:
744-759.
Davies, L. 1960. The first instar larva of a species of Prosimulium (Diptera: Simuliidae).
Can. Ent. 92:81-84.
Davies, L. 1965. The structure of certain atypical Simuliidae (Diptera) in relation to evolu-
tion within the family, and the erection of a new genus for the Crozet Island black-fly.
Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1 76(2): 1 59-180.
Davies, L. and C. D. Smith. 1958. The distribution and growth of Prosimulium larvae
(Diptera: Simuliidae) in hill streams in northern England. J. Anim. Ecol. 27:335-348.
Debot, L. 1932. L’appareil sericigene et les glandes salivaires de la larve de Simulium. Cellule
41:205-216.
Mouthparts of Blackfly Larvae
283
Dumbleton, L. J. 1962a. Aberrant head-structure in larval Simuliidae (Diptera). Pacif. In-
sects 4( 1 ):77-86.
Dumbleton, L. J. 1962b. Taxonomic characters in the preadult stages of Simuliidae (Dip-
tera). N. Z. Jl. Sci. 5:496-506.
Dumbleton, L. J. 1964. The first instar larvae in the genus Austrosimulium (Diptera: Simu-
liidae). N. Z. Jl. Sci. 32-37.
Fortner, G. 1937. Zur Ernahrungsfrage der Simulium larve. Zeitschr. Morph, u. Okol.
Tiere. 32:360-383.
Fredeen, F. J. H. 1960. Bacteria as a source of food for black-fly larvae. Nature, London
187:963.
Fredeen, F. J. H. 1964. Bacteria as a source of food for black-fly larvae (Diptera: Simulii-
dae) in laboratory cultures and in natural streams. Can. J. Zool. 42:527-548.
Fredeen, F. J. H., A. P. Arnason and B. Berck. 1953. Adsorption of DDT on suspended
solids in river water and its role on black-fly control. Nature, London 171:700-701.
Fredeen, F. J. H., A. P. Arnason, B. Berck and J. G. Rempel. 1953. Further experiments
with DDT in the control of Simulium arcticum Mall, in the North and South Saskatche-
wan Rivers. Can. J. agri. Sci. 33:379-393.
Grenier, P. 1949. Contribution a l’etude biologiques des simuliides de France. Physiologia
comp. Oecol. 1 : 3 1 4 pp.
Hinton, H. E. 1958a. The phylogeny of the panorpoid orders. A. Rev. Ent. 3:489-508.
Hinton, H. E. 1958b. The pupa of the fly, Simulium , feeds and spins its own cocoon.
Entomologists mon. Mag. 94: 14-16.
Hocking, B. and L. R. Pickering. 1954. Observations on the bionomics of some northern
species of Simuliidae (Diptera). Can. J. Zool. 32:99-1 19.
Hora, S. L. 1930. Ecology, bionomics and evolution of the torrential fauna, with special
reference to the organs of attachment. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. 218:171-282.
Jones, T. R. E. 1949a. An ecological study of the River Rheidol, North Cardingshire, Wales.
J. Anim. Ecol. 18:67-88.
Jones, T. R. E. 1949b. A further ecological study of calcareous streams in the ‘Black
Mountain’ district of South Wales. J. Anim. Ecol. 18: 142-159.
Jones, T. R. E. 1950. A further ecological study of the River Rheidol: the food of the
common insects of the main-stream. J. Anim. Ecol. 19: 159-174.
Jones, T. R. E. 1951. An ecological study of the River Towy. J. Anim. Ecol. 20:68-86.
Jones, T. R. E. 1958. A further study of zinc polluted River Ystwyth. J. Anim. Ecol. 27:
1-14.
Jorgensen, C. B. 1966. Biology of suspension feeding. Pergamon Press, London. 358 pp.
Kaiser, P. 1962. “Misst” die Kocherfliegenlarve Hydropsyche angustipennis Curt, beim Bau
des Netzes die Maschenwiete? Naturwissenschaften 49: 1 16.
Kershaw, W. E., T. R. Williams, S. Frost and H. B. N. Hynes. 1965. Selective effect of
particulate insecticides on Simulium among stream fauna. Nature, London 208:199.
Lewis, D. J. 1953. Simuliidae in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Revue. Zool. Bot. afr. 48:
269-286.
Maciolek, J. A. and M. G. Tunzi. 1968. Microseston dynamics in a simple Sierra Nevada
lake-stream system. Ecology 49(l):60-75.
Maitland, P. S. and M. M. Penny. 1967. The ecology of the Simuliidae in a Scottish river.
J. Anim. Ecol. 36: 1 79-206.
Matsuda, R. 1965. Morphology and evolution of the insect head. Am. ent. Inst. Mem. no. 4.
Ann Arbor. 334 pp.
Miall, L. C. 1895. The natural hist9ry of aquatic insects. MacMillan and Co., London. 395 pp.
284
Chance
Naumann, G. 1924. Notizen zur Ernahrungsbiologie der limnischen Fauna. Arkiv. fur Zool.
16(12): 1-14.
Noel-Buxton, M. B. 1956. Field experiments with DDT in association with finely divided
inorganic material for the destruction of the immature stages of the genus Simulium in
the Gold Coast. Jl. W. Afr. Sci. Ass. 2(1): 36-40.
Osborn, H. 1896. Family Simuliidae, p. 31-58. In Insects affecting domestic animals. Bull.
Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agric. 5 (n.s.).
Osten Sacken, R. 1870. On the transformations of Simulium. American Entomologist and
Botanist. 2:229-23 1 .
Pantin, C. F. A. 1960. Notes on microscopical techniques for zoologists. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press, Cambridge. 76 pp.
Peterson, B. V. 1956. Observations on the biology of Utah black flies (Diptera: Simuliidae).
Can. Ent. 88:496-501.
Peterson, B. V. and D. M. Davies. 1960. Observations on some insect predators of black flies
(Diptera: Simuliidae) of Algonquin Park, Ontario. Can. J. Zool. 38:9-18.
Phelps, R. J. and G. R. DeFoliart. 1964. Nematode parasitism of Simuliidae. Bull Univ.
Wis. (Sci. Ser..). no. 245. 78 pp.
Pucat, A. M. 1965. The morphology and function of the mouthparts of mosquito larvae.
Quaest. ent. 1 : 4 1 -86.
Puri, I. M. 1925. On the life-history and structure of the early stages of Simuliidae (Diptera:
Nematocera). Part 1. Parasitology 17(1 ): 295-337.
Riley, C. V. 1870. The death-web of young trout. American Entomologist and Botanist
2:227-228.
Rubtsov, I. A. 1964. Simuliidae. Part 14. p. 1-48. In E. Lindner, Die Fliegen der palaeark-
tischen Region 14:1-48.
Smart, J. 1944. The British Simuliidae with keys to the species in the adult, pupal, and larval
stages. Freshwater Biological Association of the British Empire. Sci. Publ. no. 9. 57 pp.
Snodgrass, R. E. 1959. The anatomical life of the mosquito. Smithson, misc. Colins 139.
87 pp.
Sommerman, K. M. 1953. Identification of Alaskan blackfly larvae (Diptera: Simuliidae).
Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 55:258-273.
Stattler, W. and A. Kracht. 1963. Drift-Fang einer Trichopteran larve unter Ausnutzung
der Differenz von Gesamtdruck und statischen Druck des fliessenden Wassers. Natur-
wissenschaften 50:362.
Strickland, E. H. 191 1 . Some parasites of Simulium larvae and their effects on the develop-
ment of the host. Biol. Bull. 21 :302-335.
Walshe, B. M. 1947. Feeding mechanism of Chironomus larvae. Nature, London. 160:474.
Walshe, B. M. 1951. The feeding habits of certain chironomid larvae (sub-family Tendipedi-
nae). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 121:63-79.
Williams, T. R., R. Connolly, H. B. N. Hynes and W. E. Kershaw. 1961. Size of particles
ingested by Simulium larvae. Nature, London 189:78.
Wood, D. M. 1963. An interpretation of the phylogeny of the Eusimulium-group (Diptera:
Simuliidae) with descriptions of six new species. Ph. D. thesis. McMaster University.
Wood, D. M., B. V. Peterson, D. M. Davies and H. Gyorkos. 1963. The black flies (Diptera:
Simuliidae) of Ontario. Part 1 1. Larval identification, with descriptions and illustrations.
Proc. ent. Soc. Ont. 93:99-129.
Wu, Y. F. 1931. A contribution to the biology of Simulium (Diptera). Michigan Academy of
Science, Arts and Letters 13:543-599.
Zahar, A. R. 1957. The ecology and distribution of black-flies (Simuliidae) in Southeast
Scotland. J. Anim. Ecol. 20:33-61.
Quaestiones
entomologicae
MUS. COMP. ZOOI4
LIBRARY
FEB B71
harvard
university.
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
VOLUME VI
NUMBER 3
JULY 1970
QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE
A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
Volume 6 Number 3 1 July 1970
CONTENTS
Editorial 285
Chance — A review of chemical control methods for blackfly
larvae (Diptera: Simuliidae) 287
Thomas - Seasonal occurrence and relative abundance of
Tabanidae (Diptera) in three localities in Alberta 293
Book review 303
Acknowledgements 304
Corrigenda 304
Editorial — The Patience of Job
Employment opportunities for entomologists are ... no; let me start again. Jobs for
bugmen are harder to find today than they have been for sometime. In some other fields
it is worse. Thereby hangs a tale.
Vanessa Cole was born with an interest in insects. At school, in the dirty thirties, she
embarrassed her teachers — otherwise good teachers and good biologists — with specimens
she picked up on her way there, for she was a country girl. She learned all she could from
these same teachers, and they learned something from her. Thence to university, where she
learned some of it again and how to avoid doing this, and much else besides. Eventually, to
another university where they taught her how to find out things for herself — which she had
been doing most of her life — in a manner acceptable to the current crop of scientists, and
how to say that she had done so, verbally and in writing. She worked at a field station - as
a post-hole digger — to earn her keep. She passed courses, learned another language, read
some of the literature, gave a seminar, wrote a thesis and defended it, and she took the first
job that offered — digging post-holes on a farm, with a vial in each pocket. Her job did not,
of itself, require much thought so she thought about the insects she unearthed from her
post-holes and accumulated in her vials. She wrote a paper entitled: “Insects of the top
50 cm of grey-wooded soils”.
In another part of the country Tom Tegula was at school in the dirty thirties too; he took
aptitude tests, received counsel from counsellors, and learned that he was best fitted for
making money. He became handsome and, after on the job training, did pretty well in the
forties and fifties selling insecticides to farmers for wireworm control. One day in spring,
after completing an important sale to a farmer, he felt so good that he decided to walk
across the fields back to his car. His roving eye lighted on a down-to-earth girl across the
pasture wielding a post-hole auger so he walked across to her and said: “Que faites-vous?”
Having passed her language requirement she replied: “Je cherche de Tor”. He said that
augured well for her future as he had gold enough for two and, since her education was as
— er — broad as her nature was flexible, she took him at his word and married him.
The most profitable product of the company Tom worked for turned out to have long
term side-effects on the chromosomes of wheat, resulting in monstrosities which rendered
the product unsaleable. The salesmen were sacked; Tom, with all the stubbornness of the
Tegulae could adapt to nothing new. Meanwhile, three tiny Tegulae had been growing and
would soon need to be sent to University, so Vanessa went back to work, studying wire-
worms for Tom’s company which had suddenly become interested in these animals. Tom
puttered around the home, trying to make himself useful, but becoming more desperate as
week succeeded week. One day he came across Vanessa’s old post-hole auger in the base-
ment which started him on a train of thought leading to a new job with his old company;
taking soil samples for Vanessa’s work on wireworms.
By the time the tiny Tegulae got to university it was the empty seventies. After talking
things over with mother they all decided to study what they wanted to study.
If this tale has a moral it is that times change; that it is best to seek an education in a
subject that interests you rather than in one which the market, when you start out, seems
to suggest; to be guided by auger rather than augur. Whichever way you choose, and what-
ever the current state of the market, there can hardly have been a time in human history
when the world had a greater need than now for education in biology and especially in
population biology. And there is no more suitable group of animals as a basis for such
education than the insects. Training may be wasted, education never.
Brian Hocking
A REVIEW OF CHEMICAL CONTROL METHODS FOR BLACKFLY LARVAE
(DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE)
MARY M. CHANCE
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton, Alberta
Quaestiones entomologicae
6 : 287-292 1970
Chemical methods of controlling blackflies are reviewed. DDT has been the most satis-
factory material in terms of selectivity and economy. Methods of application of DDT, its
effect on blackflies and other aquatic invertebrates, and research on safer alternative com-
pounds to DDT including methoxychlor and Abate ® are discussed.
Methods of control of blackfly larvae have been mainly chemical. Many chemicals have
been tested for effectiveness as simuliid larvicides (Cope et al., 1949;Kindler and Regan,
1949; Gjullin, Cope, Quisenberry and DuChanois, 1949; Hocking et al., 1949; Wanson et al.,
1949;Wanson et al., 1950; Hocking, 1950, 1953; Travis et al., 1951; Lea and Dalmat, 1954,
1955a, 1955b; Taufflieb, 1955; Noel-Buxton, 1956; Muirhead-Thompson, 1957; Davies et
al., 1962; Fredeen, 1962; Jamnback and Eabry, 1962; Travis and Wilton, 1965;Guttman et
al., 1966; Frempong-Boadu, 1966; Jamnback and Frempong-Boadu, 1966; Travis and Gutt-
man, 1966; Kuzoe and Hagan, 1967; Raybould, 1967; Swabey et al., 1967; Burdick et al.,
1968; Jamnback and Means, 1968; Travis and Schuchman, 1968).
Until recently DDT (2,2-bis[p-chlorophenyl] -1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane) was considered the
most satisfactory because of its specificity, cost and ease of application and it has been used
almost exclusively since the earliest control programs. The first control program with DDT
was by Fairchild and Barreda (1945) in South America. Garnham and McMahon (1947)
eradicated Simulium neavei Roubaud in Kenya where it was the vector for onchocerciasis.
Wanson et al. (1949) applied it aerially to combat Simulium damnosum Theobald at Leo-
poldville in the Congo. These and other control programs in Africa have been reviewed by
McMahon et al. (1958), Brown (1962), and J. B. Davies et al. (1962) who reviewed control
programs in Africa as well as South America. Jamnback and Collins (1955) comprehensively
reviewed control programs, in particular those carried out in New York State, U. S. A.
Research on control has been concerned mainly with formulation of DDT, and its mode
and time of application. DDT has been applied in oil solutions (Hoffmann and Merkel,
1948; Hocking et al., 1949; Barnley, 1958; Crosskey, 1959; Davies et al., 1962; Fredeen,
1962), as emulsions, emulsifiable concentrates (= solutions in xylene or toluene and Triton
X-100), and wettable powders (Tiller and Cory, 1947; Hocking et al., 1949; Fredeen,
Arnason and Berck, 1953; Fredeen, Arnason, Berck and Rempel, 1953; Lea and Dalmat,
1955b; Noel-Buxton, 1956; Brown, 1962; Travis and Wilton, 1965; Kershaw et al., 1968),
in suspension (Travis and Wilton, 1965), as miscible liquids (McMahon et al., 1958; Davies
et al., 1962), as solutions in acetone (Cope et al., 1949; Gjullin, Cope, Quisenberry and
DuChanois, 1949; Prevost, 1949), in cakes of plaster-impregnated sawdust bags, impregnated
plaster blocks, and impregnated muslin sand bags (Fairchild and Barreda, 1945; Prevost,
1949; Jamnback, 1952; Hocking and Richards, 1952; Hocking, 1953; Jamnback and Collins,
1955). The emulsified form is preferred over other formulations, being one of the most
effective formulations in the field, and one of the easiest to apply by hand (Brown, 1962;
Jamnback and Frempong-Boadu, 1966). Spectacular results have been achieved using DDT
adsorbed onto solids which form a suspension when put into streams (Fredeen, Arnason and
CONTROL WITH DDT
288
Chance
Berck, 1953; Fredeen, Arnason, Berck and Rempel, 1953; Noel-Buxton, 1956).
Fredeen (1962) has shown that formulations including oil are more effective when added
to turbid waters than when added to clear waters. The DDT probably adsorbs onto the
suspended solids and is ingested by the blackfly larvae.
In large scale programs where the terrain is rugged, aerial application has been very suc-
cessful, not only against larvae but also, at higher dosages, against the adults. Aerially
applied formulations are more concentrated but the exposure time is shorter (Hocking,
1953; Jamnback and Collins, 1955). Oil solutions are best (Hocking, 1950; Hocking and
Richards, 1952) and are generally applied at a rate of 0.1 lb.— 0.3 lb. DDT/swath-acre
(Gjullin, Sleeper and Husman, 1949; Travis et al., 1951; Brown, 1952), although as much as
1 lb. /swath-acre has been applied (Goulding and Deonier, 1950). Application of larvicides
should be made immediately after hatching and before the beginning of pupation. Water
level and rate of flow influence the dosage required (Jamnback, 1952; Jamnback and
Collins, 1955; Noel-Buxton, 1956; McMahon et al., 1958; Crosskey, 1959; Davies et al.,
1962; Kuzoe and Hagan, 1967).
The popularity of DDT as a blackfly larvicide is due to its greater toxicity to blackflies
than to some other members of the stream fauna, and to its greater safety for mammals.
Larvae are killed at very low concentrations, 0.025-0.05 ppm. Under Canadian conditions
a dosage of 0.1 ppm for 15 minutes is sufficient applied direct to the water; dosages as high
as 0.5 ppm for 60 minutes are applied in other parts of the world.
Effects on other aquatic animals
Despite the selectivity of DDT for blackfly larvae, other members of the stream fauna are
affected. Many of these animals are also susceptible to other candidate larvicides. The varia-
tion in amount of DDT applied in the studies referred to here is partially responsible for the
differences in results. After application of DDT, up to 80% reductions have been recorded
in populations of mayflies, stoneflies, and caddisflies (Arnason et. al., 1949; Corbet, 1958;
Hynes, 1960; Hynes and Williams, 1962). Garnham and McMahon (1947) reported that
many invertebrates and fish were destroyed. Hoffmann and Merkel (1948) reported reduc-
tions of 61% and 90% of the stream fauna for five miles downstream from application.
Hoffmann and Drooz (1953) found 70% and 90% reductions in fish foods. Hoffmann and
Surber (1948) reported reductions of 74% in insects, including caddisflies, mayflies, beetles,
and flies. Some species of stoneflies, beetles, dobsonflies, alderflies, water mites, dragonflies,
crustaceans, molluscs and worms were not affected. Gjullin, Cope, Quisenberry and Du-
Chanois (1949) found 90% to 100% mortality of caddisflies. Hocking et al. (1949) recorded
deaths in 37 families of stream-inhabiting organisms. McMahon et al. (1958) reported losses
of large numbers of insects. However, certain species of mayflies, midges, and leeches
appeared to be resistant. Hynes and Williams (1962) reported the elimination of species of
ostracods, mayflies, beetles, and three families of flies. Jamnback and Eabry (1962) reported
a reduction of mayflies and flies.
Populations of blackflies and mayflies reappeared in treated streams within a year (Garn-
ham and McMahon, 1947; Hoffmann and Merkel, 1948; Hoffmann and Drooz, 1953; Brown,
1962; Davies et al., 1962) and were the most numerous members of the stream fauna after
repopulation (Hoffmann and Merkel, 1948; Hynes and Williams, 1962). This increase in
their numbers is attributed to the absence of predators and shows that applications of DDT
can lead to outbreaks of blackflies (Davies, 1950).
In comparison, in a 10-year program carried out in New York State, DDT had little
effect on some arthropods (Collins and Jamnback, 1958; Jamnback and Eabry, 1962). After
years of use of DDT in the streams, the populations of mayflies and flies differed signifi-
Chemical Control for Blackfly Larvae
289
cantly between treated and untreated streams; but populations of beetles, dragonflies, stone-
flies, dobsonflies, caddisflies, and crustaceans were the same. Overall productivity was also
the same.
Although Garnham and McMahon (1947) reported deaths among fish, other workers
found fish unharmed immediately after applications of DDT in the recommended dosages
(Cope et al., 1949; Gjullin, Cope, Quisenberry and DuChanois, 1949; Hocking et al., 1949;
Travis et al., 195 1 ; Collins et al., 1952; Hoffmann and Drooz, 1953; Jamnback, 1955; Noel-
Buxton, 1956; Corbet, 1958; Hoffmann, 1959; Brown, 1962). Fish kill occurs but only in
atypical conditions (Browne, 1960; Brown, 1962; Kershaw et al., 1968) or when the flow
of insecticide is impeded (Crosskey, 1959; Kuzoe and Hagan, 1967). Post and Garms (1966)
report that small and young fish are more susceptible than large and full-grown fish. They
suggest that fish mortality is due to the differential distribution of insecticide in the water.
The species of fish they studied are more susceptible to long exposure of low concentration
of DDT than to short exposure of high concentration of DDT. Hocking (1950), and Hock-
ing and Hocking (1962) suggested that the long term effects on fish may be profound.
Mortality of aquatic invertebrates other than blackflies is greatly reduced when DDT
adsorbed onto solids is used (Fredeen, Arnason, Berck and Rempel, 1953; Noel-Buxton,
1956; Kershaw et al., 1965; Kershaw et al., 1968). Cope et al. (1949) suggested that a solu-
tion of DDT in acetone provided a safety margin between blackflies and fish, mayflies, and
caddisflies.
ALTERNATIVE COMPOUNDS TO DDT
With the discovery of its long term stability in nature and its accumulation through a
food chain, DDT has become less popular in control programs. Furthermore there is evi-
dence that the larvae of a species of blackfly are resistant to DDT (Suzuki et al., 1963). In
the last few years investigations have centered on discovering a biodegradable substitute for
DDT. However, few of the more promising candidate compounds are either as safe to handle
or as economical as DDT.
Both Lindane (5-1 ,2,3,4,5,6-hexachlorocyclohexane) and crude benzene hexachloride
(BHC) had also been used in Africa (Wanson et al., 1949; Wanson et al., 1950; Taufflieb,
1955) but were far from successful, killing other fauna including fish and giving poor control
of blackflies. BHC and chlorten (chlorinated a-pinene) have also been used to control
blackflies with limited success in Russia (Petrishcheva and Safyanova, 1959).
Screening tests of many compounds have been carried out under the sponsorship of the
World Health Organization (Jamnback and Frempong-Boadu, 1966) and other organizations.
The most promising compounds so far discovered include. Abate® (O^.O’.O’-tetramethyl
0,0’-thio-p-phenylene phosphorothioate) (Travis and Guttman, 1966; Swabey et al., 1967;
Jamnback and Means, 1968), carbary 1 (Af-methyl-l-napthyl carbamate) (Frempong-Boadu,
1966), diazinon (0,0-diethyl 0-[2-isopropyl-4-methyl-6-pyrimidinyl] phosphorothioate)
(Jamnback, 1962; Travis and Guttman, 1966; Swabey et al., 1967), Dursban® (0,0-diethyl
0-[3,5,6-trichloro-2-pyridal] phosphorothioate) (Travis and Schuchman, 1968), fenthion
(0,0-dimethyl 0-4-[methylmercapto] -3-methylphenyl phosphorothioate) (Jamnback, 1962;
Frempong-Boadu, 1966; Raybould, 1967; Swabey et al., 1967), heptachlor (1 ,4, 5,6, 7,8, 8-
heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-4,7-endomethanoindene) (Fredeen, 1962), Korlan® (24%
ronnel) and ronnel (0,0-dimethyl 0-2,4,5-trichlorophenyl phosphorothioate) (Travis and
Schuchman, 1968) and methoxychlor (2,2-bis[p-methoxyphenyl] -1 ,1 ,1-trichloroethane)
(Frempong-Boadu, 1966; Travis and Guttman, 1966; Burdick et al., 1968; Jamnback and
Means, 1968). Methoxychlor is safer than DDT and is an acceptable substitute as a blackfly
290
Chance
larvicide (Burdick et al., 1968; Travis and Schuchman, 1968). More work is required before
the efficiency and safety of the other compounds as larvicides are fully known.
REFERENCES
Arnason, A. P., A. W. A. Brown, F. J. H. Fredeen, W. W. Hopewell and J. C. Rempel. 1949.
Experiments in the control of Simulium arcticum Malloch by means of DDT in the Sas-
katchewan River. Can. J. agric. Sci. 29: 527-537.
Barnley, G. R. 1958. Control of Simulium vectors of onchocerciasis in Uganda. Proc. 10th.
Int. Congr. Ent. 3: 535-537.
Brown, A. W. A. 1952. Rotary brush units for aerial spraying against mosquitoes and black-
flies. J. econ. Ent. 45(4): 620-625.
Brown, A. W. A. 1962. A survey of Simulium control in Africa. Bull. Wld Hlth Org. 27:
51 1-527.
Browne, S. G. 1960. Observations of Simulium neavei Roubaud, with special reference to a
focus of onchocerciasis in the Belgian Congo. Bull. ent. Res. 51: 9-15.
Burdick, G. E., H. J. Dean, E. J. Harris, J. Skea, C. Frisa and C. Sweeney. 1968. Methoxy-
chlor as a blackfly larvicide, persistence of its residues in fish and its effect on stream
arthropods. N. Y. Fish and Game J. 15(2): 121-142.
Collins, D. L. and H. Jamnback. 1958. Ten years of blackfly control in New York State.
Proc. 10th. Int. Congr. Ent. 3: 813-818.
Collins, J. C., B. V. Travis, and H. Jamnback. 1952. The application of larvicide by airplane
for control of blackflies (Simuliidae). Mosquito News 12(2): 75-77.
Cope, O. B., C. M. Gjullin and A. Storm. 1949. Effect of some insecticides on trout and
salmon in Alaska with reference to blackfly control. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 77: 160-177.
Corbet, P. S. 1958. Effects of Simulium control on some insectivorous fishes. Nature, Lond.
181: 570-571.
Crosskey, R. W. 1959. First results in the control of Simulium damnosum Theobald (Dip-
tera, Simuliidae) in northern Nigeria. Bull. ent. Res. 49: 715-735.
Davies, D. M. 1950. A study of blackfly populations of a stream in Algonquin Park, Ontario.
Trans. R. Can. Inst. 28: 121-263.
Davies, J. B., R. W. Crosskey, M. R. L. Johnston and M. E. Crosskey. 1962. The control of
Simulium damnosum in Abuja, northern Nigeria, 1955-1960. Bull. Wld Hlth Org. 27:
491-510.
Fairchild, G. B. and E. A. Barreda. 1945. DDT as a larvicide against Simulium. J. econ. Ent.
38: 694-699.
Fredeen, F. J. H. 1962. DDT and heptachlor as black-fly larvicides in clear and turbid water.
Can. Ent. 94(8): 875-880.
Fredeen, F. J. H., A. P. Arnason and B. Berck. 1953. Adsorption of DDT on suspended
solids in river water and its role in black-fly control. Nature, Lond. 171 : 700.
Fredeen, F. J. H., A. P. Arnason, B. Berck and J. G. Rempel. 1953. Further experiments
with DDT in the control of Simulium arcticum Mall, in the North and South Saskatch-
ewan Rivers. Can. J. agric. Sci. 33: 379-393.
Frempong-Boadu, J. 1966. A laboratory study of the effectiveness of methoxychlor, fen-
thion and carbaryl against blackfly larvae (Diptera: Simuliidae). Mosquito News 26(4):
562-564.
Garnham, P. C. C. and J. P. McMahon. 1947. The eradication of Simulium neavei, Roubaud,
from an onchocerciasis area in Kenya Colony. Bull. ent. Res. 37: 619-627.
Chemical Control for Blackfly Larvae
291
Gjullin, C. M., O. B. Cope, B. F. Quisenberry, F. R. DuChanois. 1949. The effect of some
insecticides on black fly larvae in Alaskan streams. J. econ. Ent. 42(1): 100-105.
Gjullin, C. M., D. A. Sleeper, and G. N. Husman. 1949. Control of black fly larvae in
Alaskan streams by aerial applications of DDT. J. econ. Ent. 42: 392.
Goulding, R. L. and C. C. Deonier. 1950. Observations on the control and ecology of black
flies in Pennsylvania. J. econ. Ent. 43: 702-704.
Guttman, D., B. V. Travis, and R. R. Crafts. 1966. A technique for testing suspensions in
simulated stream tests for blackfly larvicides. Mosquito News 26(2): 155-157.
Hocking, B. 1950. Further tests of insecticides against black flies, (Diptera:Simuliidae), and
a control procedure. Can. J. agric. Sci. 30(12): 489-508.
Hocking, B. 1953. Developments in the chemical control of blackflies (Diptera:Simuliidae).
Can. J. agric. Sci. 33: 572-578.
Hocking, B., C. R. Twinn and W. C. McDuffie. 1949. A preliminary evaluation of some
insecticides against immature stages of blackflies (Diptera:Simuliidae). Can. J. agric. Sci.
29: 69-80.
Hocking, B. and W. R. Richards. 1952. Biology and control of Labrador black flies. Bull,
ent. Res. 43(2): 237-257.
Hocking, B. and J. M. Hocking. 1962. Entomological aspects of African onchocerciasis and
observations on Simulium in the Sudan. Bull. Wld Hlth Org. 27: 465-472.
Hoffmann, C. H. 1959. Are insecticides required for insect control hazardous to aquatic
life? Agric. Chem. 14: 34-36, 111-113 (June), 41-43, 89 (July), 41-43 (August).
Hoffmann, C. H. and E. W. Surber. 1948. Effects of wettable DDT on fish and fishfood
organisms in Black Creek, West Virginia. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 75: 48-58.
Hoffmann, C. H. and E. P. Merkel. 1948. Fluctuations in insect populations associated with
aerial applications of DDT to forests. J. econ. Ent. 41(3): 464-473.
Hoffmann, C. H. and A. T. Drooz. 1953. Effects of a C-47 airplane application of DDT on
fish-food organisms in two Pennsylvania watersheds. Am. Midi. Nat. 50: 172-188.
Hynes, H. B. N. 1960. A plea for caution in the use of DDT in the control of aquatic insects
in Africa. Ann. trop. Med. Parist. 54: 331-332.
Hynes, H. B. N. and T. R. Williams, 1962. The effect of DDT on the fauna of a central
African stream. Ann. trop. Med. Parasit. 56(1): 78-91.
Jamnback. H. 1952. The importance of correct timing of larval treatments to control
specific blackflies (Simuliidae). Mosquito News 12(2): 77-78.
Jamnback. H. 1962. An eclectic method of testing the effectiveness of chemicals in killing
blackfly larvae. (Simuliidae : Diptera). Mosquito News 22(4): 384-389.
Jamnback, H. and D. L. Collins. 1955. The control of blackflies (Diptera: Simuliidae) in
New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. no. 350.
Jamnback, H. and H. S. Eabry. 1962. Effects of DDT, as used in black fly control, on stream
arthropods. J. econ. Ent. 55(5): 636-639.
Jamnback. H. and J. Frempong-Boadu. 1966. Testing blackfly larvicides in the laboratory
and in streams. Bull. Wld Hlth Org. 34: 405-421 .
Jamnback, H. and R. G. Means. 1968. Formulations as a factor influencing the effectiveness
of Abate® in control of blackflies (Diptera: Simuliidae). Proc. 55th ann. Meeting N. J.
Mosq. Exter. Assoc. 89-94.
Kershaw, W. E., T. R. Williams, S. Frost and H. B. N. Hynes. 1965. Selective effect of
particulate insecticides on Simulium among stream fauna. Nature, Lond. 208: 199.
Kershaw, W. E., T. R. Williams, S. Frost, R. E. Matchett, M. L. Mills and R. D. Johnson.
1968. The selective control of Simulium larvae by particulate insecticides and its signifi-
cance in river management. Trans. R. Soc. trop. Med. Hyg. 62(1): 35-46.
292
Chance
Kindler, J. B. and F. R. Regan. 1949. Larvicide tests on black-flies in New Hampshire.
Mosquito News 9: 108-112.
Kuzoe, F. A. S. and K. B. Hagan. 1967. The control of Simulium damnosum Theobald
(Diptera:Simuliidae) in the region of the Volta Dam. Ann. trop. Med. Parasit. 61: 338-
348.
Lea, A. O. and H. T. Dalmat. 1954. Screening studies of chemicals for larval control of
blackflies in Guatemala. J. econ. Ent. 47: 135-141.
Lea, A. O. and H. T. Dalmat. 1955a. Field studies on larval control of blackflies in Guate-
mala. J. econ. Ent. 48: 274-278.
Lea, A. O. and H. T. Dalmat. 1955b. A pilot study of area larval control of blackflies in
Guatemala. J. econ. Ent. 48: 378-383.
McMahon, J. P., R. B. Highton, and H. Goiny. 1958. The eradication of Simulium neavei
from Kenya. Bull. Wld Hlth Org. 19: 75-107.
Muirhead-Thompson, R. C. 1957. Laboratory studies on the reactions of Simulium larvae
to insecticides. Am. J. trop. Med. Hyg. 6: 926-934.
Noel-Buxton, M. B. 1956. Field experiments with DDT in association with finely divided
inorganic material for the destruction of immature stages of the genus Simulium in the
Gold Coast. Jl. W. Afr. Sci. Assoc. 2(1): 36-40.
Petrishcheva, P. A. and V. M. Saf’yanova. 1956. On the problem of the control of the larvae
of black-flies (Simuliidae). [In Russian] Zool. Zh. 35(2): 1849-1852 (1956). Summary
from Rev. appl. Ent. B. 47(4): 63 (1959).
Post, A. and R. Garms. 1966. Die Empfindlichkeit einiger tropischer Susswasserfische
gegenuber DDT und Baytex (Fenthion). Z. angew. Zool. 53(4): 481-494.
Prevost, A. 1949. Eradication of black fly larvae {Simulium sp.) for a long term by the use
of DDT at a critical time. A paper read at the meeting of the Limnological Society of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science. December 29, 1949, in Chicago,
Illinois.
Raybould, J. N. 1967. A simple laboratory method for testing the susceptibility of larvae
of the Simulium neavei complex to insecticides. Bull. Wld Hlth Org. 35(6): 887-892.
Suzuki, T., Y. Ito and S. Harada. 1963. A record of a blackfly resistant to DDT in Japan.
Jap. J. exp. Med. 33(1): 41-46.
Swabey, Y. H., C. F. Schenk and G. L. Parker. 1967. Evaluation of two organophosphorous
compounds as blackfly larvicides. Mosquito News 27(2): 149-155.
Taufflieb, R. 1955. Une campagne de lutte contre Simulium damnosum au Mayo Kebbi.
Bull. Soc. Path. exot. 48(4): 565-576.
Tiller, R. E. and E. N. Cory. 1947. Effects of DDT on some tidewater aquatic animals.
J. econ. Ent. 40(3): 431-433.
Travis, B. V., D. L. Collins, G. DeFoliart and H. Jamnback. 1951. Strip spraying by heli-
copter to control blackfly larvae. Mosquito News 1 1(2): 95-98.
Travis, B. V. and D. P. Wilton. 1965. A progress report on simulated stream tests of blackfly
larvicides. Mosquito News 25(2): 1 12-1 18.
Travis, B. V. and D. Guttman. 1966. Additional tests with blackfly larvicides, Mosquito
News 26(2): 156-160.
Travis, B. V. and S. M. Schuchman. 1968. Tests (1967) with black fly larvicides. J. econ.
Ent. 61: 843-845.
Wanson, M., L. Courtois and B. Lebied. 1949. L’eradication An Simulium damnosum Theo-
bald a Leopoldville. Annls. Soc. belg. Med. trop. 29(3): 373-403.
Wanson, M., L. Courtois and W. Bervoerts. 1950. L’extinction des simulies de rivieres a
Leopoldville. Annls. Soc. belg. Med. trop. 30(3): 629-637.
SEASONAL OCCURRENCE AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCE OF
TABANIDAE (DIPTERA) IN THREE LOCALITIES IN ALBERTA
A. W. THOMAS
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton 7, Alberta
Quaes tiones entomologicae
6 : 293-301 1970
A total of 4,010 female and 48 male tabanids was collected from three localities, each in
a different ecological zone, in Alberta during the spring and summer of 1968 and 1969. Ten
species were collected in the Canadian zone, north of Edmonton; 23 species in the Northern
Central Rocky Mountain zone, at Nordegg; and 27 species in the Southern Foothills of the
Rocky Mountains, southwest of Calgary. Twenty-nine species in six genera were collected:
Atylotus 2 species, Chrysops 6 sp., Glaucops 1 sp., Haematopota 1 sp., Hybomitra 18 sp.,
Tabanus 1 sp. Flies were rarely active at temperatures below 65 F.
Little has been published on the tabanids of Alberta since Strickland (1938, 1946)
reported on the regional and seasonal distributions of 35 species or subspecies. McAlpine
(1961) reported on the distribution of three species and Shamsuddin (1966) listed four
localities where the larvae of three species were collected. Philip (1965) records 51 species
or subspecies for Alberta. However, Pechuman (in litt) suggests that only 46 species are
found in the province.
The regional and seasonal distributions of tabanids in Alberta are still imperfectly known
This paper describes the seasonal distribution of tabanids in two localities and lists the
species collected during an eleven-day period in another.
In 1968 two localities were sampled, one at George Lake (53° 57’ N, 114° 06’ W; 2,000
feet) 50 miles northwest of Edmonton and one at Nordegg (52° 28’ N, 116° 04’ W; 4,500
feet) 60 miles west of Rocky Mountain House.
In 1969, areas in the vicinity of the R. B. Miller Biological Station (50° 38’ N, 114° 39’
W; 5,000 feet) in the Bow River Forest Reserve 50 miles southwest of Calgary were sampled.
The George Lake locality has been described by Graham (1969). Four habitats in this
locality were sampled from early June until late July when tabanids became scarce. Two
Manitoba fly traps (Thorsteinson, Bracken and Hanec, 1965) were placed in a Carex meadow
bordered on the west by a forest of Populus tremuloides Michx. and Populus balsamifera L.
and on the east by a floating Typha mat adjacent to a lake. One Manitoba fly trap and a
Malaise trap (Townes, 1962) were in an open Carex and Typha habitat alongside a stream
flowing out of the lake. Another Manitoba fly trap was alongside this stream, but in the
forest. Two Manitoba fly traps were in a bog consisting of Sphagnum moss covered with a
dense growth of Ledum groenlandicum Oeder. This bog was surrounded by a forest of
Populus and Picea glauca (Maench).
The Nordegg locality was sampled from July 31 until August 10. One Manitoba fly trap
was erected in an open area alongside Shunda Creek. The ground cover was composed of
mosses and Carex and the surrounding forest was spruce (Picea sp.). Collections were also
made by netting females attracted to horses in a nearby meadow.
The Bow River Forest Reserve was sampled from June 9 until August 21. One Manitoba
fly trap was erected in an open area in a white spruce forest (Picea glauca (Moench)) along-
side Macabee Creek at 4,500 feet. Two Manitoba fly traps were in a partially flooded
meadow at the edge of a beaver pond at 5,000 feet. One Manitoba fly trap was in a
LOCALITIES AND METHODS
294
Thomas
Sphagnum bog at 5,200 feet, and two others were in a muskeg and Carex marsh at 5,200
feet. One Manitoba fly trap was in a meadow adjacent to a horse corral at 5,000 feet. Also,
all flies entering the buildings of the research station were collected.
Except for the period July 30 - August 3, 1969, when the traps were not working, all
traps in each locality were emptied daily.
RESULTS
A total of 4,010 females and 48 males representing six genera and 29 species was
collected.
The distribution of the 10 species collected at George Lake is shown in Table 1. Hybo-
mitra illota (Osten Sacken) was the dominant species, accounting for 83% of the females.
The total daily number of females collected is shown in Fig. 1 . Daily maximum tempera-
tures are plotted in the same figure to show the influence of temperature upon activity.
Except for June 14 when the maximum was 58 F and two flies were collected, no flies were
collected on any days when the daily maximum temperature was less than 64 F.
Table 1 . Number of female and male (in parentheses) tabanids collected at George Lake,
Alberta in 1968; with first and last dates of capture.
Hybomitra affinis (Kirby)
19.VI - 3.VII
Hybomitra epistates (Osten Sacken)
26. VI - 12.VII
Hybomitra frontalis (Walker)
25. VI - 26.VII
Hybomitra illota (Osten Sacken)
7. VI - 26. VII
Hybomitra lasiophthalma (Macquart)
14. VI - 11. VII
Hybomitra nuda (McDunnough)
7. VI - 3.VII
Chrysops frigidus Osten Sacken
23. VII - 26. VII
Chrysops fur cat us Walker
18. VI - 26.VII
Chrysops nubiapex Philip
5. VII
Haematopota americana (Osten Sacken)
22. VI - 25.VII
Man &
Vehicles
6
23
4
5(1)
4
1
1
Carex
Meadow
1
9
31
160
8
1
Carex & Typha
Marsh
A B
157 (3) 63 (10)
3 ( 2)
11(2)
2 (1) 22 ( 4)
Forest
87
Sphagnum
Bog
11
14
374(10)
12
1 ( 1)
2 ( 1)
A = Manitoba fly trap
B = Malaise trap.
Seasonal Occurrence of Tabanidae
295
Fig. 1. Total daily catches of tabanid females (bars) and daily maximum temperatures (line) at George Lake, Alberta, 1968.
296
Thomas
The distribution of the 23 species collected at Nordegg is shown in Table 2. Hybomitra
frontalis (Walker) and Hybomitra typhus (Whitney) were the dominant species, accounting
for 62% of the catch.
Table 2. Female tabanids collected at Nordegg, Alberta, July 31 - August 10, 1968.
The habitat distribution of the 27 species collected in the Bow River Forest is shown in
Table 3, and the seasonal distribution (of 26 species) in Fig. 2 and 3 \ Hybomitra astuta
(Osten Sacken) was collected on August 9, 10 and 11. The total daily catches and the
maximum temperatures are shown in Fig. 4. Except for July 5 when the maximum was 54 F
and one fly was collected, no flies were collected on any days when the daily maximum
temperature was less than 62 F.
Seasonal Occurrence of Tabanidae
297
Table 3. Habitat distribution of female and male (in parentheses) tabanids collected in the
Bow River Forest Reserve, Alberta, June — August, 1969.
DISCUSSION
The George Lake locality is included in Strickland’s (1938) ecological zone 10 from
which he listed 13 species of tabanids. The few species at George Lake is probably a
consequence of the limited larval habitats in the area. The Nordegg area is in zone 20 from
which Strickland (1938) listed nine species. Considering the limited period I spent there,
this locality seems especially rich in tabanids. The Bow River Forest is in Strickland’s (1938)
ecological zone 17; the 27 species collected form 59% of the Albertan fauna.
NUMBER OF FEMALES
298
Thomas
Fig. 2. Three day totals of catches by species of tabanid females in the Bow River Forest Reserve, Alberta, 1969.
NUMBER OF FEMALES
Seasonal Occurrence of Tabanidae
299
10
20
40
20
10
20
40
20
10
10
10
10
40
60
40
20
JUNE JULY AUG.
Fig. 3. Three day totals of catches by species of female Hybomitra species collected in the Bow River Forest Reserve,
Alberta, 1969.
300
Thomas
Fig. 4. Total daily catches of tabanid females (bars) and daily maximum temperatures (line) in the Bow River Forest
Reserve, Alberta, 1969.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I wish to thank W. G. Evans and B. Hocking for financial assistance, D. A. Boag for
allowing me the use of the facilities at the R. B. Miller Biological Station (Bow River Forest
Reserve), and L. L. Pechuman who assisted with the identification of specimens. The labels
on the figures were drawn by a model 770/663 CalComp Plotter with a program developed
by C. R. Ellis, to whom I am grateful.
Seasonal Occurrence of Tabanidae
301
REFERENCES
Graham, P. 1969. A comparison of sampling methods for adult mosquito populations in
central Alberta, Canada. Quaest. ent. 5: 217-261.
McAlpine, J. F. 1961. Variation, distribution and evolution of the Tabanus (Hybomitra)
frontalis complex of horse flies (Diptera: Tabanidae). Can. Ent. 93: 894-924.
Philip, C. B. 1965. Family Tabanidae. A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico.
(Stone, A. ed.). Pages 319-342. USDA Agriculture Handbook No. 276.
Shamsuddin, M. 1966. Behaviour of larval tabanids (Diptera: Tabanidae) in relation to light,
moisture, and temperature. Quaest. ent. 2: 271-302.
Strickland, E. H. 1938. An annotated list of the Diptera (flies) of Alberta. Can. J. Res., D,
16: 175-219.
Strickland, E. H. 1946. An annotated list of the Diptera (flies) of Alberta. Additions and
corrections. Can. J. Res., D, 24: 157-173.
Thorsteinson, A. J., G. K. Bracken and W. Hanec. 1965. The orientation behaviour of horse
flies and deer flies (Tabanidae, Diptera). III. The use of traps in the study of orientation
of tabanids in the field. Ent. exp. appl. 8: 189-192.
Townes, H. K. 1962. Design for a Malaise trap. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 64: 253-262.
303
Book Review
JOHNSON, C. G. 1969. Migration and dispersal of insects by flight. Methuen and Co. Ltd.,
London, xxii + 763 pp., 217 text fig., c. 1300 refs., £7/10/-.
In his massive tome (there are 62 pages of references; as well as six pages of Addenda
containing an additional 27 references, some of them dated 1969) Johnson has gathered
together an enormous amount of information dealing with practically all aspects of insect
flight. But, as he maintains several times throughout the book, his aim is to stress mechan-
isms rather than the outcome of migratory, dispersal, or other kinds of flights made by
insects, and this he has done admirably. The concise manner in which ideas are logically
presented, interpreted and discussed is characteristic of the book; and it is the interpretation
and conclusions, which are clearly Johnson’s, that make this book so valuable, as well as
enjoyable to read. Johnson, after all, is an expert on the flight of insects in relation to their
, ecology and he has expertly integrated a topic that previously consisted of an immense
scattered literature on insect flight (since the vast majority of insects fly, there is bound to
be reference to flight in most works dealing with the habits and life cycles of insects) as
well as a few landmark works on insect migration into a cohesive form that emphasizes the
importance of flight as a dominant aspect of insect ecology. For this reason the book is
highly recommended as a text for a course in insect ecology.
There are six main parts in the book, with the first three (General Aspects; Individual
Aspects; Collective Aspects) dealing essentially with the physiology and ecology of insect
flight, while the last three (Selected Examples of Short-range and Medium-range Displace-
ment, especially in Relation to the Life-histories of the Insects; Long-range Displacement in
Relation to Large-scale Weather Systems; Migration and Habitats) give. detailed discussions
of items such as swarm displacement of the desert locust and the ecological significance of
migration and of flightlessness.
There is very little to criticize in this book. The title includes the terms “migration” and
“dispersal” yet because migration is synonymous with “adaptive dispersal” one wonders
whether “dispersal” refers to “accidental or inadvertent dispersal between breeding habitats”
as Johnson states on page 8 or to “the scattering of insect populations over wider areas
than those occupied during development” which he terms, on page 3, “dispersal” or “dis-
semination”. Nevertheless, the emphasis throughout the book is on migration, the “transfer
of populations from place to place by mass flights” and “dispersal” does not rate a single
entry in the index. Also, if migration and adaptive dispersal are synonymous, why are both
terms given as though they were separate entities, such as on page 20? And I wonder about
the use of the term “hibernation” in reference to the overwintering of the Monarch butter-
fly which, in Pacific Grove, California, at least, I have seen flying and feeding throughout
the day on introduced ornamental flowers during the whole of the sunny winter. But this is
quibbling; Johnson has written a book that brings into focus what he states as “the quanti-
tative contribution of flight to the collective life of species”, and in doing so he has pro-
duced a work that will remain for many years the main reference on insect flight. It is
recommended to all who have an interest in this topic.
W. G. Evans
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
304
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The following acknowledgement was inadvertently omitted from the paper “A reclassifi-
cation of bombardier beetles and a taxonomic revision of the North and Middle American
species (Carabidae: Brachinida)” Quaest. ent., 1970, 6(1): 4-215. Field and museum work
was supported by grants to George E. Ball from the National Research Council of Canada
(NRC A- 1399) and National Science Foundation (GB-3312). Publication was financed by
the National Research Council grant.
T. L. Erwin
The receipt of reprints from the following is gratefully acknowledged:
Professor Jean LeClercq Hope Department of Entomology
Institut Agronomique de l’Etat Gembloux University Museum
Zoologie Generate
Gembloux, Belgium
Constantino Rossi
Bibliotec Substituto
Departmento de Zoologia
Secretaria de Agricultura
Sao Paulo, Brazil
CORRIGENDA:
Quaest. ent. 6(2) 1970:
P. 223, line 4 after the Abstract: “Some bees (i.e. bumblebees) range to the Arctic and
High Arctic, in North America to Ellesmere Island for instance (Hocking and Sharplin,
1964).”
P. 225, line 19 (from top): “Exploitation of favorable microclimates, the short favorable
summer, and an efficient resting stage for overwintering, probably allow the wasps to cope
with these severe conditions (see also Fuller, 1969; Hocking and Sharplin, 1965).”
P. 242, last line: “. . . as some bees (i.e. bumblebees) do (and even the High Arctic:
Hocking and Sharplin, 1964).”
Oxford, U. K.
Smithsonian Institution Libraries
Washington, D. C., U. S. A.
University Microfilms Inc.
Ann Arbor, Michigan, U. S. A.
E D.-Q'iKf
Quaestiones
entomologicae
MUS
. COMP- z00li
LIB BARY
HB ®'*'
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
VOLUME VI
NUMBER 4
OCTOBER 1970
QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE
A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
Volume 6 Number 4 19 October 1970
CONTENTS
Editorial — How Many is Too Much? 305
Tawfik and Gooding — Observations on mosquitoes during 1969
control operations at Edmonton, Alberta 307
Kevan and Kevan — Collembola as pollen feeders and flower visitors
with observations from the high Arctic 311
El Moursy — The taxonomy of the Nearctic species of the
genus Byrrhus Linnaeus (Coleoptera: Byrrhidae) 327
Reddy — The mode of action of insect repellents I: choice chamber
experiments with the German cockroach Blattella germanica (L.) 339
Reddy - The mode of action of insect repellents II:
electrophysiological studies 353
Announcements 364
Corrigenda 364
Editorial — How Many is Too Much?
Are we producing too many Ph.Ds? This has become a much asked question; for those of
us who believe in education there can be only one answer. Of course, we may be producing
too many Ph.Ds for the jobs we are prepared to pay them to do; rather, we may be pro-
ducing too few jobs or more correctly too few salaries. There can be no question that the
jobs are there and need doing — a great many of them, and the need is too often desperate.
We are also, of course, producing too many Ph.Ds in the same sense that we are producing
too many people; many of our Ph.Ds could be contributing to a solution to this urgent
problem, some indeed are; unpaid. But the need to reduce our population carries with it
not only the opportunity but the obligation to do so selectively; by keeping the cream and
discarding the skimmed milk and learning to tell the difference. And if this is not a task that
calls for the highest level of education then there is none such.
The reduction of human population will take time and time is running out, for some
small part of our excessive population, which regards itself as cream, is excessively pro-
ducing and excessively consuming and excessively polluting its environment and will too
soon (or too late, depending on your viewpoint) poison itself off and thus effect a patheti-
cally small reduction in our total population. The remainder of the human population
meanwhile is excessively reproducing, and may achieve the same end in a similarly short
time and effect a bigger reduction in our total population. If the haves and the have-nots
achieve these ends at the same time, global chaos must surely follow, and perhaps man’s
departure from this earthly scene will be more spectacular than his arrival was. It is inter-
esting to speculate on the course of events should either group eliminate itself well ahead of
the other. The economic problems of production and consumption, the biochemical and
ecological problems of pollution and environmental quality, the biological, sociological,
and psychological problems of population control, are all complex. They are basic and long
term problems and their solution will call for the cooperation of many men and women
with the highest level of education in many fields for many years to come.
306
When our current problems are solved and our reduced population can sustain itself on a
maximum of technology and a minimum of effort, there will be, we are told, the problem
of how to use our leisure. Education, it may be predicted, will lead us out of this one too.
It seems unarguable that nobody should be denied the opportunity to develop whatever
intellectual potential he was born with to the highest level possible. If this be so, the number
of Ph.Ds we produce is determined by our population and it’s genetical make-up. Of course
by changing the nature of the Ph.D. degree we could produce more or less people with it,
and standards are difficult of definition and far from absolute. We might — and perhaps
should — raise our standards and produce fewer Ph.Ds. We might lower them, by requiring
no imagination or original thought, insisting on nothing but technological production and
training for a specific occupation or activity, and produce many more “Ph.Ds”. To some
small extent, doubtless, supply and demand will occasion some fluctuation in standards:
to be resisted. So perhaps some who enquire whether we are producing too many Ph.Ds
should be asking instead whether we are lowering our standards.
This question is often asked in a rather local frame of reference, and relates to local
availability of positions for which a salary which Ph.Ds have learned to expect is offered.
But a Ph.D. is neither a local nor an economic degree; as an international document it is far
more versatile and valuable than most national currencies and passports, but as a money
maker it ranks below degrees in medicine and engineering — fields in which Ph.D. degrees
are relatively rare — not to mention, of course, fraudulent activities in many fields, which
depend on congenital cunning rather than education of any kind. Regardless of the mood
of the moment, those who embark on a Ph.D. program have always committed themselves
to thinking in international terms. Neither intellect nor education have ever been neces-
sarily the handmaidens of wealth.
We may admit that in these special circumstances our initial question could be answered
in the affirmative, and admit, too, that persons involved in the production of Ph.Ds may be
biased. But when a person with every appearance of intellectual potential which could be
developed to a level justifying the award of a Ph.D. degree of impeccable standard presents
himself, has anybody a right to deny him an opportunity to try? We can no more produce
too many Ph.Ds than we can have too much education, least of all, perhaps, in the life
sciences.
Brian Hocking
OBSERVATIONS ON MOSQUITOES DURING 1969
CONTROL OPERATIONS AT EDMONTON, ALBERTA
M. S. TAWFIKANDR. H. GOODING
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton, Alberta
Quaestiones entomologicae
6 : 307-310 1970
Numbers of mosquito larvae and pupae in various types of ponds at sites in and near the
City of Edmonton’s mosquito control area were recorded . The type of pond influenced both
the proportion of ponds with larvae and the numbers at the beginning of the season. Data
on temporal and spatial distribution of larvae and pupae of 12 species of Aedes are given.
During 1969 field trials of Abate and Dursban (Tawfik and Gooding, 1970) for control
of mosquito larvae, we made some observations on the ecology of mosquitoes which may
be of use to mosquito control programs and in further research on mosquito problems.
Figure 1 shows the area covered by the City’s mosquito control program during 1969,
the areas treated with Abate, Dursban, and DDT, and the location of the six areas from
which the information reported here was obtained. Two square miles were selected in the
Dursban-treated area, 2.5 sq miles in the Abate-treated area, and two 0.5 sq mile sites in
the untreated area. An effort was made to locate and mark all ponds at each site, which
for purposes of analyzing the data, were classified as: Roadside pond (R): any accumulation
of water near the edge of a road. Field pond (F): any pond situated away from a road and
not in wooded land. Wooded pond (W): any pond situated away from a road and sur-
rounded by or containing trees and/or shrubs. Ponds at the edge of a road but confluent
with a field pond were classed as R-F, those confluent with a wooded pond as R-W.
Ponds of types F and W were treated by aerial application with insecticides adsorbed to
granular clays, and R ponds were treated with emulsions applied by ground crews. Ponds
of types R-F and R-W may have been treated by both methods. All applications were made
for the City of Edmonton under the direction of Mr. J. D’Aoust.
Numbers of larvae and pupae taken in 10 dips were recorded for each pond at least once
a week using an 800 ml dipper. Some of the larvae collected were isolated as 4th instars and
reared to maturity so that identifications could be based on both the larval skin (using Car-
penter and LaCasse, 1955) and the corresponding adult (using Graham, 1969). The number
of females of each species reared from larvae collected during the period April 29 to June 5
are reported in table 1. Table 2 summarizes the information on each of the pond types in
the six study areas.
Since the primary concern of our field activities was insecticide testing, our observations
were co-ordinated with the City’s spray program. As a result, data are not available for
different areas on the same day. The data on the numbers of larvae plus pupae (table 2) are
for just prior to the spray operations: R and R-F data were collected on April 22 for sites 1
and 2 and on April 23 for sites 3 and 4; F and W data were collected on May 2 for sites 1 to
4; all data for sites 5 and 6 were collected on April 28.
Influence of pond type on presence or absence of larvae
Some ponds of each type, roadside most commonly, were without larvae or pupae (table
2). In sites 1 to 4 only 27% of roadside ponds had larvae or pupae at the beginning of the
season; all but one roadside pond dried up by June 12. Similarly we observed few, if any,
larvae in ponds in cultivated fields. This was probably because eggs laid during the previous
season would be buried during cultivation, the point needs to be confirmed since no data
were recorded.
308
Tawfik and Gooding
Figure 1. City of Edmonton (stipple) mosquito control area, 1969; Dursban treated area - horizontal lines, Abate treated
area - vertical lines, and DDT treated area - diagonal lines. Study areas are numbered.
Table 1 . The numbers of females of species of mosquitoes reared from larvae or pupae.
Edmonton, Alberta, 1969. The sites refer to the locations indicated in figure 1.
Observations on mosquitoes
309
Table 2. Relationship between pond type and mosquito incidence and population.
Edmonton, Alberta, 1969.
* by June 12
**two ponds negative the first day but positive later
t one pond negative the first day but positive later
310
Tawfik and Gooding
If sites 1 to 4 are representative of the remainder of the mosquito control area and if the
presence or absence of mosquito larvae is independent of the size of the pools studied, it
appears that treating all ponds in an area results in a waste of about 20% of the material,
time, and effort in the treatment of wooded ponds and as much as 75% in the treatment of
roadside ponds.
Influence of pond type upon numbers of larvae and pupae
All study areas had ponds classified as R, F, and R-F. In areas 1, 2, 4 and 5 these ponds
may be ranked R, R-F, and F in order of increasing numbers of larvae plus pupae. In area 3
the R-F ponds had slightly more larvae plus pupae than F ponds and in area 6 R ponds had
the greatest number. All areas except 1 have wooded ponds and the numbers of larvae plus
pupae in these ponds varies from the second least (area 2) to the most abundant (areas 3
and 5). Only two areas had ponds classed as R-W; in area 6 this was the pond type with the
greatest number of larvae plus pupae and in area 5 it had the second least. At sites within
the City’s mosquito control area (1-4) the numbers of larvae plus pupae in R ponds is so
low that they should not be treated with insecticides.
COMPARISON OF SITES INSIDE AND OUTSIDE
THE MOSQUITO CONTROL AREA
Of the 12 species of Aedes found during this study five occurred both inside and outside
the City’s mosquito control area; two were found only within the control area; five were
found only outside the control area. The numbers of larvae plus pupae found in each pond
type outside the control area were greater than those found inside the control area. The
ponds outside the control area were examined several days after those inside the control
area and this no doubt accounts for some of the differences observed.
CONCLUSION
The information summarized above indicates a need for research in mosquito ecology in
the Edmonton area. Information arising from such a study could reduce both the costs of
the City’s mosquito control program and the amount of environmental pollution.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Mr. J. D’Aoust, City of Edmonton Parks and Recreation Department for his
cooperation throughout this work and B. S. Heming and W. G. Evans for comments on the
manuscript. This work was supported by a grant (A.R. 67-49) from the Alberta Agricultural
Research Trust awarded to B. Hocking.
REFERENCES
Carpenter, S. L. and LaCasse, W. J. 1955. “Mosquitoes of North America.” University of
California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 360 pp.
Graham, P. 1969. Observation on the biology of the adult female mosquitoes (Diptera:
Culicidae) at George Lake, Alberta, Canada. Quaest. ent. 5: 309-339.
Tawfik, M. S. and Gooding, R. H. 1970. Dursban and Abate clay granules for larval mos-
quito control in Alberta. Mosquito News (in press).
COLLEMBOLA AS POLLEN FEEDERS AND FLOWER VISITORS
WITH OBSERVATIONS FROM THE HIGH ARCTIC1
PETER G. KEVAN
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton 7, Alberta
D. KEITH McE. KEVAN
Department of Entomology
McGill University
Macdonald Campus Quaestiones entomologicae
Ste. Anne-de-Bellevue, Quebec 6 : 311-326 1970
The literature is reviewed and observations are presented on the association between
Entomobrya comparata Folsom (Entomobryiidae) and Lesquerella arctica (Wormskjold)
S. Watson ( Cruciferae) in northern Ellesmere Island. Collembola can feed directly on pollen
from flower anthers. Collembola which visit flowers may be associated with those upon
which they are inconspicuous because of their colour. E. comparata Appears in the corollas
of L. arctica flowers during a short “ sensitive period” in its life history. It seems that the
ameliorated thermal regime of the flowers may hold E. comparata and, combined with a
rich source of nutrients, permit more rapid metabolism and greater activity than in hostile
ambient arctic (or alpine) conditions. L. arctica is not dependent on arthropods for cross-
pollination, so that E. comparata plays no significant role in the fertilization of the one
plant with whose flowers it is known to be associated.
Some Collembola species are certainly catholic in their choice of food, whereas others
are much less so, although satisfactory evidence regarding the food preferences of any
species is virtually lacking (Christiansen, 1964). Bodvarsson (1970) has recently given a
comparative account of the gut contents of a few soil-inhabiting species, but there is no
evidence of specific food preference. Pollen is one of the materials ingested by Collem-
bola, and there are numerous references to this in the literature, although most of them
are second-hand. Original observations are few and there is little published evidence that
Collembola obtain pollen directly from the anthers of flowers, although this has been
implied by Handschin (1919, 1924, 1926): “Von Pollen diirften sich ... die Anthophilen
emahren”; “Bliitenbewohner sind Pollenfresser”; and . . auf den Antheren der offenen
Bliiten [alpiner Ranunculaceen] . . There are a few published records of known pollin-
ivorous species found in flowers (Carl, 1901; Handschin, 1919, 1924, 1926; Folsom in
Brittain, 1924; Macnamara, 1924; Strebel, 1932, Folsom, 1933, 1934), but this does not
necessarily mean that the Collembola feed directly on pollen from the anthers, although,
in some instances, this appears to be so. Most records of pollen feeding, if they indicate the
source of pollen found in gut examinations, suggest or imply that the pollen is wind-borne.
Agrell (1941:56) makes a point of stating that, although Bourletiella (Deuterosminthurus)
repanda (Agren) [as D. bicinctus (Koch) f. repanda ] clearly feeds on the pollen of Trollius
europaeus Linnaeus (Ranunculaceae) in Swedish Lapland, he found the species only under
leaves. B. repanda was not common, but found its optimum conditions in Trollius meadows.
1 Paper No. 45 in conjunction with the programme “Studies on Arctic Insects”, Entomology
Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, in collaboration with the Defence
Research Board of Canada.
312
Kevan and Kevan
Agrell (1941: 127) also observes that, although Entomobrya nivalis (Linnaeus) and Lepi-
docyrtus lanuginosus (Gmelin) are both known to feed on pollen, when living in a macro-
phytic habitat they seldom had pollen in their intestines; these usually contained plant
epidermis and parenchyma cells. This confirms his statement (p. 1 26) that a given species
may feed mostly on one thing (e.g., fungus) in one locality, and chiefly on another (e.g.,
litter) in a different place. There seems to be no evidence that any species of Collembola
so far observed is solely dependent upon pollen for its nutrition (see also Gisin, 1948), nor
that any pollen-feeding species is dependent for its food supply upon the visiting of flowers,
although Handschin (1924) suggests that this may be so for Bourletiella lutea (Lubbock).
LITERATURE REVIEW
The early works on pollination by Muller (1873) and Knuth (1898-1905, 1906) - like
later works, such as those of Vogel (1954) and Faegri and Pijl (1966) - make no mention
of Collembola. Neither does the classic work of Lubbock (1873) on Collembola mention
pollen feeding by these animals. And although Linnaniemi (1907, 1912) in his monumental
study of the Finnish Collembola mentions a number of species associated with vascular
plants, he does not indicate that any of them visit flowers or consume pollen.
One of the earliest records of Collembola visiting flowers is that of Carl (1901), who
records Sminthurus luteus [= Bourletiella lutea], in numbers of 10 to 25 together, from
the involucres of woolly, high Alpine Compositae in Switzerland. He refers particularly to
Leontodon taraxaci (Allioni) Loiseleur-Deslongchamps [= L. montanus Lamarck] and be-
lieved that the Collembola sought refuge from the cold. He also suggested that the glandular
hairs might serve as food, but no mention is made of the inflorescence proper, or of pollen.
Doflein (1914: 92, 244), in discussing the food of snow and ice fauna, indicates that the
‘snow-flea’, Degeeria [= Entomobrya] nivalis, and the ‘glacier-flea’, Desoria glacialis Nicolet
[= Isotoma saltans (Nicolet)] , feed on debris, mainly pollen, especially, it seems, of conifers,
but gives no direct evidence for this. Schott (1917) provides one of the earliest positive
references when he mentions that, in South Australia, the intestines of many specimens of
the ‘Lucerne flea’, Sminthurus viridis (Linnaeus) var. medicaginis Schott, contained pollen
grains of dicotyledonous plants, although the principal gut contents were hyphal remains
and spores of ascomycetes.
Handschin (1919) mentions that Collembola are found, among other places, on the
flowering parts of plants, and states that ‘anthophiles’ must feed on pollen, instancing
Bourletiella lutea and B. pruinosa (Tullberg) [? = B. signata (Nicolet)]. Both species are
found in numbers up to 50 together in flowers of the European (Alpine) Ranunculus
glacialis. The association between these Collembola and the flowers was so constant that
he could predict the presence of the animals from that of the flowers. In a footnote,
Handschin notes that, in glasshouses, Entomobrya spectabilis Reuter lives in orchid blooms
and that it is found almost exclusively at flowering time. Handschin (1924) notes that
Bourletiella lutea is always found in the blossoms of Ranunculus glacialis, so constantly
in fact, that an interrelationship between plant and animal might be postulated. Apparently
this collembolan seems to Handschin to be specialized to alpine and snowfield macrophytes
and to seek out flowers of all suitable low plants, which differ according to locality. He
states that there is but one conclusion to be drawn: that this animal finds its source of
nourishment in the reproductive organs of higher plants and seeks out suitable localities
to this end. The question of whether the Collembola play a part in pollination is left open.
In addition to the two species previously recorded in Ranunculus glacialis flowers, Hand-
schin (1924) also lists Bourletiella ( Deuterosminthurus) repanda [asZ>. bicinctus repandus] ,
Collembola as pollen feeders
313
B. (D.) pallipes (Bourlet) [as D. bicinctus pallipes ] and Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus [as L. 1.
albicans Reuter] . From the flowers of Anthyllis vulneraria Linneaus (Leguminosae) he
records B. lutea and Entomobrya nivalis [ab.] immaculata Schaffer; and from Campanula
barbata Linnaeus (Campanulaceae), B. pruinosa [? = B. signata ]. With reference to the
Alpine ‘glacier-flea’, Isotoma saltans , he indicates that coniferous pollen filled the intestines
of this species, all of the pollen grains being intact.
Macnamara (1924) states that Sminthurus hortensis Fitch [? = Bourletiella signata ]
occurs in dandelion [ Taraxacum , Compositae] heads in Canada [Ontario] , but he does not
indicate that it feeds on the pollen from this plant. Folsom (in Brittain, 1924) makes the
same observation for the United States of America. Although Macnamara says that some
pollen-feeding species go directly to flowers (his examples being the ones already cited),
he also mentions that Isotomurus [as Isotoma ] palustris (Muller) and Sminthurides [as
Sminthuris (sic)] aquaticus (Bourlet) are species that occur on the surface of pools and
streams (where they often pick up diatoms and desmids) and which, in spring, feed largely
upon wind-borne pollen of conifers.
Handschin (1926) reviews what was known of the feeding habits of Collembola up to
that time. He makes several references to Collembola inhabiting flowers and mentions that
the species he reported to occur on the anthers of open blossoms of Alpine Ranunculaceae
are now and again found, fortuitously, in Campanula bells and in Compositae. The same
author (Handschin, 1929) mentions that Deuterosminthurus bicinctus [presumably referring
to Bourletiella (D.) repanda ] lives largely in flowers and on plants, and reiterates his earlier
statements.
Steinbock (1931) repeats earlier statements and quotes Keller (1911) as saying that the
‘Gletscherfloh’ [ Isotoma saltans] utilizes tiny fragments of animals and plants for food
when conditions are adverse, although no specific mention is made of pollen. Steinbock
agrees that I. saltans feeds on conifer pollen and wind-blown plant detritus particles, but
showed that it would not feed upon the dried remains of spiders or on other animal debris
deposited in the icy heights by storm winds; nor did he believe that pollen grains play an
essential, or even always an important role in the diet. I. saltans apparently has a distinct
liking for chocolate on such rare occasions as this may be proferred! Steinbock (1939)
emphasizes his earlier observations that I. saltans is not dependent upon conifer pollen for
food, although it will feed on this, but largely consumes other materials, particularly algae
in the form of “Kryokonit”, or “Gletscherschlamm”, and not small wind-blown insects and
other small creatures as indicated by earlier authors (he cites [Taschenberg in] A.E. Brehm’s
4th Edition of [Illustriertes] Tierleben, which we have not consulted).
Strebel (1932) also refers to pollen feeding by Collembola and mentions that Bourletiella
(including Deuterosminthurus) and Sminthurus species are pollen feeders. His material of
B. (D.) repanda, collected off grasses, contained large quantities of unbroken pollen grains,
but he observes that it still remains to be determined whether the species feeds exclusively
on pollen. His observations thus agree with those of Agrell (1941) already referred to.
Strebel (1932) also mentions pollen in field-collected Sminthurus viridis (quantities of
grains, mostly whole, some broken) and Lepidocyrtus cyaneus Tullberg (unbroken grains).
He notes that Folsomia fimetaria (Linnaeus) occurred in the flowers of the house plant
Aspidistra elatior Blume (Liliaceae) and that the intestines were filled with broken pollen
grains. Pollen also adhered to the bodies of the animals so that Collembola could con-
ceivably play a role in the pollination of Aspidistra. It may be noted that F. fimetaria is a
soil-dweller, but the flowers of the plant are unusual in that they occur on the surface of
the ground.
Folsom (1933, 1934) repeats his earlier statement (in Brittain, 1924) that, in North
314
Kevan and Kevan
America, Bourletiella hortensis [? = B. signata ] is common on the flowers of dandelion
[Taraxacum (Compositae)] . He adds (Folsom, 1934) that it devours pollen there. Ritchie
(1935) observed that, under conditions of scanty and irregular rainfall, an undescribed
species of Drepanocyrtus [probably nr. D. flavovirens (Bomer)] may damage the blos-
soms (and kill minute fruits) of coffee [ Coffea sp., ? C. arabica Linnaeus (Rubiaceae)]
in Tanganyika.
Agrell (1941) mentions that Lapland sminthurids which normally live in macrophytic
vegetation may have gut contents consisting almost exclusively of unbroken pollen grains.
He refers, it seems, mainly to Bourletiella (Deuterosminthurus) repanda (see above); Ento-
mobrya nivalis and Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus are the other pollen feeders mentioned. Kos
(1944) reported similar findings in respect of the Balkan ‘glacier-flea’ [“triglaver schwarzen
Isotomen”, referred to Isotoma nigra Kos and subsequently identified (Paclt, 1956) as
/. kosi Paclt = /. kosiana Bagnall] to those of Steinbock (1931) for/, saltans. Gut contents
included mechanically undamaged pollen grains, probably of Pinus mughus Scopoli, to-
gether with other plant and fungous material.
Gisin (1947) mentions that the gut contents of Collembola may include pollen grains,
and illustrates part of the intestine of a sminthurid - by implication, Sminthurides pumilis
(Krausbauer) — containing collapsed pollen grains, spores and mineral matter. The same
author (Gisin, 1948) remarks that the principal source of food for what he terms epigeic
Collembola, is pollen, and that lactic-acid microscope preparations reveal in the gut the
presence of various kinds of pollen grains, which are sometimes entire, sometimes frag-
mented or shrivelled, but that monophagy is unknown in Collembola.
Works by Denis (1949), Kiihnelt (1950, 1957, 1961), Maynard (1951), Sedlag (1953),
and Bellinger (1954), add nothing new. A brief general discussion of pollen feeding by
Collembola is given by Paclt (1956). He lists Bourletiella, Sminthurus, Katianna and Para-
katianna as plant dwellers and indicates that species belonging to most of these genera
are known also as pollen feeders, although, so far, we have been unable to find any
published reference to the habit in the last two genera. Species of Folsomia and Lepi-
docyrtus are also said to be known to consume pollen (cf. Strebel, 1932). Handschin’s
(1926) observations (above) are referred to, and it is considered unproven that any Col-
lembola, including Isotoma saltans , can obtain all their food requirements from pollen
grains (or the spores of higher fungi). Paclt observes, however, that if they cannot do
so, one must enquire how they obtain their nutriment if the gut is filled only with pol-
len (or spore masses). He concludes that the possibility has been suggested that ‘glacier-
fleas’ (. Isotoma saltans and I. kosi [= /. kosiana ]) may sometimes feed on animal matter,
but that Steinbock (1931) and Kos (1944), referred to above, have shown them to be
vegetarian, and that pollen does not necessarily always play a significant role in their
diet.
Bodvarsson (1957) only repeats that, in Europe, Bourletiella pruinosa [= B. signata ]
lives to a great extent on the pollen of various plants; Poole’s (1959) studies on the food of
Collembola in a British Douglas fir plantation make passing reference to the fact that
Sminthurides aquaticus, as reported by Macnamara (1924), will feed on conifer pollen,
and that Sminthurus viridis will also ingest pollen [of unstated origin — he wrongly attri-
butes the record for the latter species also to Macnamara instead of to Schott (1917) or
Strebel (1932)1. Strebel and Altner (1961) indicate that the gut contents of a specimen
of Sminthurinus [as Sminthurus ] aureus (Lubbock) consisted mainly of broken-down pol-
len grains, that the intestine of Heterosminthurus comutus Stach [= Bourletiella bilineata
(Bourlet)] contained pollen, and that that of Sminthurus viridis included isolated dark
brown pollen grains.
Collembola as pollen feeders
315
Schaller’s (1962) success in culturing the ‘glacier-flea’ Isotoma saltans may have been
partial because he was unable to provide the right food (? pollen). Mani (1962: 156) says
that, in the Himalaya, in nearly every snow community, some species of Collembola are at
the base of the pyramid of numbers and that this pyramid base includes mostly pollen and
spore feeding species etc. at the snow edge. Genera mentioned are Isotoma Bourlet, Pro-
isotoma Borner and Hypogastrura Bourlet (although the last is probably not a pollen
feeder). The same author (p. 110) also states that wind-blown pollen grains (and spores)
constitute the food of “numerous species of Collembola. . . . Vast numbers . . . come here
[to the snow at elevations of 4000 m ] for feeding on the wind-blown derelicts . . .
including truly immense quantities of pollen grains, spores. . . . Many species of Collembola
feed on the pollen grains of juniper [Juniperus (Coniferae, Cupressaceae)] and other plants
scattered on the snow surface”. Sharma and Kevan (1963) refer again very briefly to the
known pollen-feeding habits of the ‘glacier-fleas’, Isotoma saltans and /. kosiana.
Results of an investigation of the digestion of conifer pollen grains by a collembolan,
Onychiurus pseudo fimetarius Folsom, are reported from Florida by Scott and Stojanovitch
(1963). Pollen of Juniperus pachyphloea Torrey (Cupressaceae) was found in the gut of
this species, but it is not stated whether the animal fed directly on juniper flowers; we
assume not. It was concluded, either that the exines of the pollen grains were penetrated
by the digestive enzymes, or that the exine of each grain was burst by the intestine in
response to moisture. This occurred at or just before the cardiac valve. The intines were
attacked at the mid gut, the inner ones approximately at the position of abdominal seg-
ments II and III, and the outer ones about on a level with the middle of segment III.
Exines were broken up just before the pyloric valve. This investigation thus confirms
that one species of collembolan, at least, can digest as well as ingest pollen, although
there are indeed several previous reports of broken pollen grains in collembolan intestines
(see above).
In his review of the bionomics of Collembola, Christiansen (1964) states that spores and
pollen grains make up a large portion of the diet of surface-dwelling species ( cf Gisin, 1948).
He ranks the various items of diet in several groups in a tentative order of frequency of
occurrence. “ Pollen grains, unicellular algae and spores” (most pigmented Entomobryinae)
are listed second after “fungal hyphae, bacteria, dead and decaying plants and grass”;
“ pollen grains, spores and live plant material” (most sminthurids) are ranked third [our
italics]. Sharma (1964, 1967) notes that pollen grains probably do not constitute a large
part of the diet of Tomocerus vulgaris Tullberg, but coniferous pollen was frequently found
in field-collected specimens (Sharma, 1964).
Brauns (1968) notes briefly again that the ‘glacier-flea’, Isotoma saltans, feeds on detritus
particles and, above all, on conifer pollen deposited on ice and snow; the same is implied
for the ‘snow-flea’, Hypogastrura socialis Uzel, although this may merely be an assumption.
Mani (1968: 69, 70, 91) merely repeats his earlier remarks already quoted (Mani, 1962)
on pollen feeding by high altitude Collembola. Walters (1968) notes that Sminthurus viridis
will feed readily on the pollen of macrophytes. In the Canadian High Arctic, Hocking (1968)
recorded in 1963, a species of collembolan “hidden in” the flowers of Cerastium arcticum
Lange (Caryophyllaceae) at Hazen Camp, northern Ellesmere Island (see below), and Iso-
toma viridis (Bourlet) associated with those of Saxifraga hirculus Linnaeus (Saxifragaceae)
at Resolute Bay, Cornwallis Island.
De Bernardi and Parisi (1969) mention that Orchesella bifasciata Nicolet includes small
quantities of pollen in its diet and give a table showing quantitative estimates of the
rather small proportion of the gut contents that are made up of pollen grains in that
species and in O. quinquefasciata Bourlet, O. villosa (Geoffroy), Tomocerus minor Lub-
316
Kevan and Kevan
bock and T. flavescens Tullberg; 0. quinquefasciata contained most, and T. minor least.
They also discuss the topic briefly and suggest that O. quinquefasciata contained more
pollen grains (and blue-green algae) than other species of Orchesella because this species,
in the adult stage, is less restricted to soil; pollen grains are more important in the diet
of epigeic Collembola than in that of hemiedaphic species (c/. Gisin, 1948). Bodvarsson
(1970) has indicated that, of seven soil-inhabiting species studied, pollen grains were found
very infrequently in the guts — in 3.5 per cent of Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus (a surface
dweller), and in 1.3 per cent of Megalothorax [= Neelus] minimum Willem (a subter-
ranean species).
In concluding this review of pollen feeding by Collembola, some recent unpublished
observations may also be mentioned. One of us (D.K.K.) recently observed Sminthurus
viridis [? var. medicaginia] on the flowers of yellow medic ( Medicago sp., Leguminosae)
in a pasture in S.E. South Australia in late winter (August), 1968, but without direct
evidence of pollen feeding, although the species is reported to consume pollen. Stainer
(1969), from gut examinations, found that, in spring, Entomobryoides purpurascens (Pack-
ard), living in wood piles in south-western Quebec, fed extensively on drifted pollen of
various [deciduous] trees [mostly Betula spp. (Betulaceae)] . In summer they also ingested
pollen, probably of ragweed [Ambrosia trifida Linnaeus (Compositae)] or golden-rod [Soli-
dago spp. (Compositae)] . He indicated that the highest proportion of his field-collection
individuals that contained pollen was 14 per cent (7 out of 50 in one sample); many samples
contained none. Specimens of the same species collected by K. P. Butler under dead bark
in a Red pine plantation, Kirkwood Township, Algoma District, Ontario, 6.VI.1965, also
showed a few, mostly unbroken, unidentified pollen grains in the gut. Specimens of the
following species collected (in pitfall traps unless stated otherwise) near Ste. Anne de
Bellevue, Quebec, during May and June, 1966, by members of the McGill University Depart-
ment of Entomology, also contained varying quantities of mostly unbroken, unidentified
pollen: Lepidocyrtus sp. (immature, in Tsuga litter, abundant pollen), Entomobrya clitellaria
Guthrie (under bark), Sminthurus viridis Linnaeus (on vegetation), S. facialis Banks, Smin-
thurinus aureus (Lubbock) (few grains), S. elegans (Fitch) (few grains) and S. radiculus
Maynard.
Dr. J. T. Salmon (in lift., 1969) writes that, in New Zealand, Parakatianna albirubrafrons
Salmon and P. diversitata Salmon and their “varieties” are most common when tauhinu
[Pomaderris phylacaefolia Loddige (Rhamnaceae)] is in flower, and, as flowers are copiously
supplied with pollen, they could be pollen feeders, but he has no conclusive evidence of this;
also Polykatianna flammea Salmon and Pseudo katianna lutea Salmon are taken off native
New Zealand “broom” trees [ presumably Carmichaelia spp. (Leguminosae), although Noto-
spartium and Chordospartium spp. are also “brooms”], particularly when they are in flower,
so these might also be pollen feeders. Dr. H. G. Scott (in litt., 1969) has kindly supplied us
with a list of species swept off vegetation, particularly conifers and grasses, in New Mexico,
and it is quite likely that some of these may feed on pollen, although there is no direct
evidence for this. The following were involved: Isotoma notabilis Schaffer, Entomobrya
assuta Folsom, Sinella binoculata (Schott), Isotobryoides ochracius Maynard, Lepidocyr-
tinus domesticus (Nicolet), Orchesella hexafasciata Harvey, O. zebra Guthrie, Bourletiella
aquatica Maynard, B. arvalis (Fitch), B. batroches (Wray), B. fallonae Maynard, B. hortensis
(Fitch) [? = B. signata ] , B. russata Maynard, B. spinata Macgillivray and two new species of
the same genus, as well as Sminthurus obscurus Mills, S. fitchi Folsom and S. dorsalis
(Banks).
Table 1 lists alphabetically the species of Collembola recorded as visiting flowers or
as ingesting pollen or both, or suspected of so doing.
Collembola as pollen feeders
317
Table 1. Species of Collembola recorded ingesting pollenf , visiting flowers*, or bothf *, or
unmarked, suspected of so doing (see text). A question mark indicates a literature record as
feeding on pollen, evidence not given; (f *) indicates ingesting pollen while visiting flowers.
Bourletiella spp.f
B. aquatica Maynard
B. arvalis (Fitch)
B. batroches (Wray)
B. bilineata (Bourlet)f
B. fallonae Maynard
B. lutea (Lubbock)(t*)
B. pallipes (Bourlet)f *
B. repanda (Agren)t *
B. russata Maynard
B. signata (Nicolet)(f *) [inch B. pruinosa
(Tullbert) and B. hortensis (Fitch)]
B. spinata Macgillivray
B. n. spp. (2)
Drepanocyrtus sp. nr. flavovirens (Bomer)*
Entomobrya assuta Folsomf
E. clitellaria Guthrie
E. comparata Folsom(t*)
E. nivalis (Linnaeus)t* [inch var.
immaculata Schaffer]
E. spectabilis Reuter*
Entomobryoides purpurescens (Packard)t
Folsomia spp.f
Folsomia fimetaria (Linnaeus)(f*)
Hypogastrura spp. (?)f
Hypogastrura socialis Uzel (?)f
Isotobryoides ochracius Maynard
Isotoma spp.f
/. kosiana Bagnallf [inch I. nigra Kos
and I. kosi Paclt]
I. notabilis Schaffer
I. saltans (Nicolet)f
I. viridis (Bourlet)*
Isotomurus palustris (Miller )f
Katianna spp. (?)f
Lepidocirtinus domes ticus (Nicolet)
Lepidocyrtus spp.f
L. cyaneus Tullbergf
L. lanuginosus (Gmelin)f *
Megalothorax minimum Willemf
Onychiurus pseudo fimetarius Folsomf
Orchesella bifasciata Nicoletf
O. hexafasciata Harvey
O. quinquefasciata Bourletf
O. villosa (Geoffroy)f
O. zebra Guthrie
Parakatianna spp. (?)f
P. albirubrafrons Salmon
P. diversitata Salmon
Poly katianna flammea Salmon
Proisotoma spp. (?)f
Pseudo katianna lutea Salmon
Sinella binoculata (Schott)
Sminthurides aquaticus (Bourlet)f
S. pumilis (Krausbauer) [inference only]
Sminthurinus aureus (Lubbock )f
S. elegans (Fitch)f
S. radiculus Maynardf
Sminthurus spp.f
S. dorsalis (Banks)f
S. facialis Banksf
S. fitchi Maynard
S. obscurus Mills
S. viridis (Linnaeus)f * [inch var.
medicaginis Schott]
Tomocerus vulgaris Tullbergf
T. flavescens Tullbergf
T. minor Lubbockf
Undetermined (2 spp.)*
318
Kevan and Kevan
Pollen as food
Faegri and Pijl (1966: 50) state that there is good reason to consider pollen as the original
attractant for insects to flowers. Pollen is eaten by some beetles, bees, and flies as well as by
Collembola. The chemical composition of pollen has been studied particularly in reference
to the nutrition of honey-bees (Haydak, 1970). Lunden (1954) and Lubliner-Mianowska
(1956) have reviewed the literature on aspects of pollen chemistry, the former author
including works on allergens.
Protein content of pollens varies from 8.67 to 45.37 per cent (Lubliner-Mianowska,
1956) and averages over 25 per cent (Lunden, 1954). Conifer pollen, a well documented
collembolan food, is low in protein content at about 16 per cent. The essential amino-
acids in pollen show less variation (c/. Auclair and Jamieson, 1948; Weaver and Kuiken,
1951; Lunden, 1954). Todd and Bretherick (1942) found that carbohydrates (sugars and
starches) make up about 25 per cent of pollen extracts. Lipids and other ether-extractable
materials are in very variable amounts, ranging from 1 to 20 per cent (Hiigel, 1962),
with a mean of about 5 per cent. Interestingly, pollens of Cruciferae ( Brassica spp.) —
see below — and Compositae ( Taraxacum sp.) are rich in lipids (Todd and Bretherick,
1942). The vitamins in pollen are diverse and in different concentrations (Lunden, 1954).
Other pollen constituents reported by the above authors are pigments, enzymes, co-en-
zymes, and minerals, as well as undetermined materials or ash. Clearly pollen is a highly
valuable food, not only for its protein content, but for all the basic nutrients for any
animal able to use it.
OBSERVATIONS ON COLLEMBOLA AND FLOWERS
IN THE CANADIAN HIGH ARCTIC
Although there are several records of Collembola from the arctic regions of Canada,
only one (Hocking, 1968), already mentioned, has relevance in their association with flowers
or pollen.
During the summers of 1967 and 1968 Collembola were collected (by P. G. K.) from the
corollas of two species of flowers mostly near Hazen Camp (81° 49’ N., 71° 18’ W.),
Ellesmere Island, District of Franklin, North West Territories. The general ecology of this
area has been described by Savile (1964), who divided it by a grid used here to give precise
localities within the area.
On 16 June, 1969, a single specimen of an unidentified dark species was taken from
within the corolla of a flower of Saxifraga oppositifolia Linnaeus (Saxifragaceae). More in-
teresting are the 20 observations and collections of Entomobrya comparata Folsom, within
the yellow corollas of Lesquerella arctica (Wormskjold) S. Watson (Cruficerae). E. com-
parata is a widespread arctic and alpine species showing much geographic polymorphism.
The form here referred to is virtually restricted to arctic tundra zones (Dr. K. Christiansen,
in litt., 1970).
On 3 July, 1967, five specimens were collected. They were all deep in the corollas, at the
base of the gynoecium and near the nectaries at the bases of the petals. This collection was
made along the shore of Lake Hazen, in square LI 3 (Savile, 1964) (about 1 km from Hazen
Camp). On the same day one other specimen was collected in square Cl 4 (along the west
bank of Blister Creek some 3.5 km from camp) in exactly the same circumstances. No
further collection or observation was made, despite searching, until 16 July when two
specimens were collected, again from deep within the same species of flower growing along
the lake shore to the west of Gilman Camp ( ca . 81° 54’ N., 69° 30’ W.), some 40 km east of
Hazen Camp. On both occasions in 1967 the weather was heavily overcast.
Collembola as pollen feeders
319
On 3 July, 1968, at 10:30 hours Eastern Standard Time, at Hazen Camp itself (Nil),
two specimens of this collembolan were observed and photographed on a single plant of the
same species, but within different flowers. They were watched through a 20X hand-lens as
they appeared to feed directly from the dehisced anthers of the flowers. Each was observed
within the same flower for more than 15 minutes, during which time they moved about on
the anthers. One moved from one anther to another, crawling down the filament of one,
and up on to the anther of the adjacent stamen. Whilst on the anthers, the postures of the
animals did not change. Fig. 1 shows, left, how they held on with all six feet, their
abdomens loosely curled over the surface of the anther but not appressed to it; and right,
a specimen using the style for support; this posture was seen only once. The collembolans
continually waved their antennae, again curved over the surface of the anther which they
frequently touched. Their mouthparts were seen to be applied to the surface of the anther,
but it was impossible to determine for certain that they were ingesting pollen grains. The
assumption that they were doing so has been verified by subsequent examinations of the
gut contents of the specimens observed. On this same sunny day, one further specimen was
collected from another Lesquerella flower in the same area. On the next day, 4 July, one
specimen was observed in a flower 2.5 km northeast of camp (T3). On 5 July, six specimens
were collected, two more closely observed on anthers as in Fig. 1, and others seen in various
parts of the Hazen Camp area. Of the six taken, three were collected from the same flower-
ing stalk, two from within the same flower.
Fifteen specimens were sent to the Lyman Entomological Museum, Macdonald Campus,
McGill University, for identification. Microscopic examination of all gut contents revealed
spherical pollen grains, agreeing exactly with photomicrographs of Lesquerella arctica pollen.
The pollen grains had been swallowed whole (a feat akin to our swallowing tennis balls!), as
is reported by several authors for other pollen-feeding Collembola. Presumably these Collem-
bola digest the nutrient-rich protoplast by diffusion through the thin micropylar membranes,
as do bee larvae (Whitcomb and Wilson, 1929;Faegri, 1962), Syrphidae (Muller, 1873: 35-36;
Kevan, 1970) and Pogonomyioides segnis (Hucket nec Holmgren) (Muscidae) (Kevan, 1970).
5 mm
Figure 1. Entomobrya comparata feeding on pollen from the anthers of Lesquerella arctica. Left, usual position curled
around an anther. Right, using style for support. Redrawn from photographs: contrast enhanced.
320
Kevan and Kevan
Entomobrya comparata has not been found, so far, in any other species than Lesquerella
arctica, and there only around Lake Hazen; neither was it observed at any time on the
ground in the vicinity of the plants, nor on their green parts. The activity occurred over a
very limited period of time: for one day only in 1967, and over a three-day period in 1968.
At Gilman Camp, the single record is for July 16, 1967. This short spell, the small size, and
the colour match reduce the chances of observing this activity. Such an activity can be
regarded as occurring within a “sensitive period” of their life cycles (Shelford, 1963: 8-9).
In Shelford’s words, “Sensitive periods sometimes last only a few days and may be difficult
to detect. However, the identification of these sensitive periods in the life cycles of both
plants and animals and the factors that affect them is very important for understanding
their distribution, seasonal occurrence, and abundance”. He also writes: “The activity or
vital process which takes place within the narrowest environmental limits is usually the
most important ecological feature of a life cycle”.
Thus, the activity of these collembolans within the flowers of L. arctica may be ex-
tremely important to their life history. Pollen feeding may be important for nutrition,
particularly for the maturation of eggs. Possibly some of the specimens were also feeding
on nectar, the sugars of which could provide fuel for prolonged activity. Although Collem-
bola have never been reported to feed on nectar, such a possibility is not precluded for,
in the present case, they were found near the nectaries.
DISCUSSION
Attraction of Collembola to Flowers
Carl’s (1901) suggestion, that Bourletiella lutea seeks refuge from the cold by inhabiting
the woolly involucres of high alpine Compositae, particularly Leodonton taraxaci, may have
some validity, for Tikhomirov et al. (1960) have demonstrated that elevated temperatures
occur within the involucres of Novosieversia glacialis (Adams) F. Bolle (Rosaceae) in the
Yakutsk A.S.R. in the Soviet Arctic. Similarly, the densely pubescent catkins of Salix spp.
(Salicaceae) become considerably warmed in sunshine (Krog, 1955; Biidel, 1957; Kevan,
1970). Biidel (1956, 1959a, b) considers the microclimate within a variety of flowers with
particular reference to nectar secretion (review in Hodgson, 1961), and Hocking and Sharp-
lin (1961) consider elevated temperatures in Arctic flowers as important to insects basking
within the corollas.
With regard to flowers known to be visited by Collembola, Knuth (1906, 1: 101-103)
considered that some flowers offer shelter to insects during rain and at night, and among
these flowers he mentions both Campanula and Taraxacum. Biidel (1959a, b) and Shamurin
(1966) investigated Taraxacum spp. and found them to be considerably warmer under sunny
conditions than under overcast conditions, and colder than the ambient air at night — by
3 C (Biidel, 1959b) — when the inflorescence had closed; yet it was this very closing which
Knuth postulated would trap heat. Kevan (1970) measured temperatures within the corollas
of Lesquerella arctica in sunshine and found that the mean temperature elevations above
ambient air at the same level were 1.7 C and 1.5 C for 20 and 25 flowers at ambient air
temperatures of 7.9 and 18.4 C respectively. Cerastium alpinum L. also has elevated temper-
atures within the corollas during sunshine, but this is lost under heavily overcast skies
(Hocking, 1968; Kevan, 1970). The same is true of Lesquerella arctica , which shows a slight
epinastic closing response in dim light. Kevan also made measurements and found elevated
temperatures within the bowl-shaped corollas of several other species of arctic flowers. No
doubt an investigation of the European Ranunculus glacialis , which is known to harbour
Collembola would produce similar results. Among zygomorphic flowers, the legume, An thy l-
lis vulneraria, another European species in which Collembola have been found, probably also
Collembola as pollen feeders
321
develops a considerably warmer environment with its corollas in sunshine as a result of a
“greenhouse” effect such as occurs in Pedicularis spp. (Scrophulariaceae) (Kevan, 1970).
Of interest, also, in the association between Collembola and flowers, is the possible cryp-
tic nature of the coloration of most flower-visiting Collembola. Table 2 shows the colours of
Collembola and of flowers known to be visited by them. Information on ultra-violet reflec-
tion within the insect visual spectrum is inferred from, or given by, Kevan (1970). Data on
ultra-violet reflections from a few Lepidoptera and spiders (Thomisidae) ( cf . Lutz, 1924,
1933; Eisner et al., 1969) are available, but there is nothing, unfortunately, on Collembola.
Of the 14 species of Collembola reported to occur in association with flowers, 10 are
known to be light (white to yellow-green) and only three, including those from high alti-
tudes and high latitudes, to be dark in colour. Rapoport (1969), however, indicates that
Collembola from such localities are, in general, darker than those from warmer habitats.
Of the 10 light-coloured species, only one, the soil-inhabiting Folsomia fimetaria, was
reported in dark flowers, and then only in the ground-level flowers of Aspidistra elatior,
where no colour correlation should be inferred. Eight of the remaining nine light species
were recorded from white or yellow (with or without ultra-violet) flowers growing in the
open; the ninth was recorded from greenhouses, probably on light-coloured flowers.
There is thus a strong suggestion that light-coloured Collembola visiting exposed flowers
prefer those in which they are least conspicuous. Objections to this suggestion could,
however, be raised because the relative abundance of dark and light Collembola and flowers
within the range of cohabitation of each is not known (see also Rapoport, 1969).
The three dark species visiting flowers show little or no comparable association with
dark flowers; only one (unidentified) species was collected from the dark (purple) flowers
of Saxifraga oppositifolia , which had a colour saturation of only about 50 per cent within
the insect visual spectrum (Kevan, 1970). The others are recorded from white and/or yellow
(± ultra-violet) flowers, although, interestingly enough, one of them, Bourletiella signata ,
occurred also in the light blue (probably without ultra-violet) flowers of Campanula barbata.
Brief resumes on sensory perception in Collembola are given by Denis (1949) and Paclt
(1956), but the greater part of what is known is due to Strebel (1932), who made experi-
mental observations on the reactions of various species of Collembola to light, temperature,
smell, taste, and touch. If the suggestion that Collembola select flowers in which they are
inconspicuous is valid, colour vision might be expected, but there is no direct evidence for
this in the literature.
Most of the flowers listed as being visited by Collembola are relatively conspicuous, but
they also produce scent and nectar as well as pollen. Those of Lesquerella arctica are no
exception. Although not large ( ca . 1 cm in diameter), they, too, are brightly coloured
(yellow without ultra-violet), and produce scent, nectar, and pollen. A sense of smell was
indicated for Collembola by Handschin (1926) and Ripper (1930), on account of then-
retreat from repellent volatile substances. Strebel (1932) observed, in several species, reac-
tions towards or away from odours, the main sensory region (in Tomocerus minor ) being
on the antennae. He concluded, however, that the sense of smell does not play a significant
role in the location of food. There is no evidence that scent attracts Collembola to flowers.
Taste is apparently well developed in Collembola according to Strebel but, from his observa-
tions, sweet substances neither attract nor repel them. Thus there is again no evidence that
nectar attracts Collembola to flowers.
Strebel’s (1932) experiments on temperature reactions were confined to Hypogastrura
purpurascens Lubbock, in which he indicated sensitivity to both warmth and cold. The
sensory regions were found to be located mainly on the antennae and the posterior part
of the abdomen. Strebel also indicates that warmth overcame negative phototaxis. The
322
Kevan and Kevan
>>
X
s s §
g, o e
o 13 ^
•2 C —
a *5
2 * |
^ -2 R
§ 5 §
3-§ S
^ Ok]
^
•5 R II
~ O ' — 1
R cu
^ <1
>> a
C C
° -2
S *>
G »5
o a
.3 "a
o
> r
c a
w R
a
5
!a
£3
2
tao
6
z
o
05
o
l-H
T3
C
co
T3
C
03
e
05
o
£
O
13
>>
X
£
SM
>5
3 CO
K
o o
l-H .
T3 ^>>
§
X .2
s ^
05>
£D
g*
o x
> CO
> X
o O
* > 3
05 f. X
•s^ »
3 » co
^ >h Cu
•2 -2 a
CJ CJ -Q
a a .
*> &o &.§
05 05
■s -a s|
g § I
i CO r-1
X « ^
cj X ^
CO - >
£
#3
’o
<u
o
l-H
x
e
CO
£
O
13
>*
o"
SI O O
§ * §■
S 2 2
<3 53
£ a
C3
I
o 05
X -*“»
>
co C ^
C 05 X
«» « &
> m a
c
05
05
l-
SD
I
£
o
13
><
•X
£
£
13
>5
JL5
la
0-
X
05
CO
CJQ
05
05 _
^ 05 X
>. c .22
X .5 3
co -*-> X
3 « X
05 C ,
3 3
~ o o
X 5/5 X
_C/5 ' 05
'$ 05 X
Isi
•" i c
O a>
aj X 05
X d I-h
X >, oo
Cb K.
0 5 £
1 - <" i
£
o
1 3
> 73
00
£
13
>
U)
o
e
£
.3
'o
05
o
l-l
X
3
cO
£
C>
13
>>
in
13
Oh
>
D
o
c
05
6
3
X
|
*o5
o
ft.
Q.
0
1
Co
05
fc
o
o
l-l
3
O
o
o
o
3
X
60
.05
'o
05
X
CO
•R a
“3
r
C3
&
b 05
Z1 s;
5S
lie
k-s: ci
.bo . .
o? Qq oq
05
c
.
X .b
” s
05 o
a pk
IJ
I Q
1 =
> — 1
oq oq
a-s
^5
C3
<15
<15
Ci.
ttq kj
v.
&
•§
&
R
•2 ’So
1|
05
es
a ^
-*■«» r*
R <-•
1“
X X X
05 05 Si
S 5 m
Collembola as pollen feeders
323
ameliorated microclimate within the flowers of Lesquerella arctica may or may not serve
to hold Entomobrya comparata (which is not a negatively phototactic species), for it
was found in the corollas on both overcast and sunny days. However, Collembola in an
ameliorated thermal regime, such as that provided by flower corollas, would metabolize
more rapidly and be more active, and this would surely be advantageous in arctic and alpine
regions of low heat budget.
Lesquerella arctica grows in dry sandy places around Lake Hazen. The plant is decum-
bent, its flowers held upright about 1 cm above the ground. Thus a combination of attrac-
tants, cryptic protection, accessibility, and perhaps cohabitation, make for the relationship
in the High Arctic between this plant and Entomobrya comparata. This collembolan was
not found in flowers of any other species growing in the vicinity of L. arctica , nor, for that
matter, anywhere else.
Collembola as Pollinators
Handschin (1924) believed there was a relationship between Bourletiella lutea and Ranun-
culus glacialis. He concluded that the Collembola seek out the flowers in order to obtain
nourishment from their reproductive organs. From the observations on Entomobrya com-
parata in the flowers of Lesquerella arctica, a similar relationship is postulated in respect
of the “sensitive period” in the life of this collembolan. Handschin left open the question
of pollination by Bourletiella lutea, but Strebel (1932) suggested that Folsomia fimetaria
might be a pollinator of Aspidistra elatior. Kevan (1970), however, found that L. arctica is
independent of arthropods for pollination, although some cross-pollination by arthropods
may occur.
The behaviour and probably the size of E. comparata precludes these collembolans from
being effective pollinators, even within a single flower, although pollen grains do adhere to
their hairy bodies. Arthropods as small as Collembola would have no cause to visit more
than one flower within the period of viability of any pollen they might carry on their bod-
ies, so that, even if they did occasionally effect cross-pollination, this would be fortuitous.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We wish to express our thanks to K. P. Butler, formerly Department of Entomology,
Macdonald Campus, McGill University and now at Kentville, Nova Scotia; K. Christiansen,
Grinnel College, Iowa; J. T. Salmon, Department of Zoology, Victoria University, Welling-
ton, New Zealand; H. G. Scott, United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare,
Washington, D. C., and T. Mosquin, Plant Research Institute, Ottawa, for their information
and assistance. We appreciate the opportunity given by G. Hattersley-Smith, Defence Re-
search Board of Canada, and L. Law, Dominion Observatory, to use the facilities of Hazen
and Gilman Camps respectively. It is also a pleasure to thank other members of the Hazen
expeditions of 1966, 1967, and 1968 and particularly summer assistants J. D. Shorthouse
and G. Bromley, University of Alberta. Technical assistance from D. Zwart, and the prepa-
ration of the typescript by E. A. Emery, Department of Entomology, McGill University is
also acknowledged. The field research for this paper was supported in part by the National
Research Council of Canada.
REFERENCES
Agrell, I. 1941. Zur Okologie der Collembolen Untersuchungen in schwedischen Lappland.
Opusc. ent. 3 (Suppl.): VIII + 236 pp.
324
Kevan and Kevan
Auclair, J. C. and C. A. Jamieson. 1948. A qualitative analysis of amino acids in pollen
collected by bees. Science, 108: 357-358.
Bellinger, P. E. 1954. Studies of soil fauna with special reference to the Collembola. Bull.
Conn, agric. Exper. Sta. 583: 67 pp.
Bodvarsson, H. 1957. Apterygota. The zoology of Iceland, Copenhagen, 3(37): 1-86.
Bodvarsson, H. 1970. Alimentary studies of seven common soil-inhabiting Collembola of
Southwestern Sweden. Ent. scand. 1: 74-80.
Brauns, A. 1968. Praktische Bodenbiologie, Stuttgart (Fischer): XVIII — 470 pp.
Brittain, W. H. 1924. The garden springtail {Sminthurus hortensis Fitch) as a crop pest.
Proc. Acadian ent. Soc. 1923: 37-47, pi. V.
Biidel, A. 1956. Das Mikroklima in einer Bliite. Z. Bienenforsch. 3: 185-190.
Biidel, A. 1957. Das Mikroklima der Bliiten der mannlichen Weidenbliite. Ibid. 4: 21-22.
Biidel, A. 1959a. Das Mikroklima der Bliiten in Bodennahe. Ibid. 4: 131-140.
Budel, A. 1959b. In den Bluten herrscht ein Sonderklima. Siidwestdtsch. Imker. 11: 102-108.
Carl, J. 1901. Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Collembolenfauna der Schweiz. Rev. suisse
Zool. 9: 243-278, pi. 15.
Christiansen, K. 1964. Bionomics of Collembola. Ann. Rev. Ent. 9: 145-178.
De Bemardi, F. and V. Parisi. 1969. Osservazioni sul regime alimentare di alcune specie di
Orchesella e Tomocerus (Collembola) in una valle alpina (Val Malenco). Rend. Cl. Sci.
Accad. naz. Lincei (8) 45 (1968): 582-590.
Dennis, R. 1949. Sous-classe des Apterygotes (Apterygogenea, Brauer, 1885, Apterygota,
Lang, 1889). Anatomie — Biologie — Systematique. In Grasse, P. P. (Ed.), Traite de
Zoologie, Paris (Masson), 9: 1 11-275.
Doflein, F. 1914. Das Tier als Glied der Naturganzen. In Hesse, R. and F. Doflein, Tierbau
und Tierleben in ihrem Zusammenhang. Leipzig, Berlin (Teubner), 2: XVI + 960 pp.
Eisner, T., R. E. Silberglied, D. Aneshansley, J. E. Carrel and H. C. Howland. 1969. Ultra-
violet video viewing: The television camera as an insect eye. Science, 166: 1172-1174.
Faegri, K. 1962. Palynology of a bumble-bee nest. Veroff. geobot. Inst. eidg. tech. Hochsch.,
Riibel, Zurich, 37: 60-67.
Faegri, K. and L. van der Pijl. 1966. The principles of pollination ecology, Oxford (Per-
gamon): ix + 248 pp.
Folsom, J. W. 1933. The economic importance of Collembola. J. econ. Ent. 26: 934-939.
Folsom, J. W. 1934. Redescriptions of North American Sminthuridae, Iowa State Coll. J.
Sci. 8: 461-511.
Gisin, H. 1947. Es wimmelt im Boden mit Unbekanntem, Prisma, 2(5-6): 1-8.
Gisin, H. 1948. Etudes ecologiques sur les Collemboles epiges. Mitt, schweiz. ent. Ges. 21:
485-515.
Handschin, E. 1919. Uber die Collembolenfauna der Nivalstufe. Rev. suisse Zool. 27: 65-98.
Handschin, E. 1924. Okologische und biologische Beobachtungen an der Collembolenfauna
der schweizerischen Nationalparkes. Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 35: 71-101.
Handschin, E. 1926. Collembola. Springschwanze. In Schulze (Ed.). Biol. Tiere Deutsch-
lands, Berlin, 25(20): 7-56.
Handschin, E. 1929. Urinsekten oder Apterygota (Protura, Collembola, Diplura und Thy-
sanura). Tierwelt Deutschlands, 16: VI + 150 pp.
Haydak, M. H. 1970. Honey bee nutrition. Ann. Rev. Ent. 15: 143-156.
Hocking, B. 1968. Insect-flower associations in the high arctic, with special reference to
nectar. Oikos, 19: 359-387.
Hocking, B. and C. D. Sharplin. 1961. Flower basking by arctic insects. Nature, Lond.
206: 215.
Collembola as pollen feeders
325
Hodgson, B. N. 1961. Bee physics: an account of some of the experiments and conclusions
of Dr. A. Biidel. Bee Wld 42: 87-96.
Hugel, M. F. 1962. Etude de quelques constituants du pollen. Ann. Abeille, 5: 97-133.
Keller, C. 1911. Im Hochgebirge, Leipzig (Naturwiss, Bibliothek f. Jugend und Volk; Quelle
and Meyer): 9 (original not consulted).
Kevan, P. G. 1970. High arctic insect-flower relations: The inter-relationships of arthropods
and flowers at Lake Hazen, Ellesmere Island, Northwest Territories, Canada. Unpublished
Ph. D. Thesis, University of Alberta, Edmonton.
Knuth, P. 1898-1905. Handbuch der Bliitenbiologie, Leipzig (Engelmann), vols 1-3, (original
not consulted).
Knuth, P. 1906. Handbook of pollination (trans. J. R. Ainsworth-Davies), Oxford (Claren-
don), 1: xix + 382 pp.; 2: vii + 703 pp.; 3: iv + 644 pp.
Kos, F. 1944. Iz biologije in ekologije triglavskih Isotomid. Prirodsl. Izvest. Ljubljana, 1:
5-22.
Krog, D. 1955. Notes on temperature measurements indicative of special organization in
Arctic and Subarctic plants for utilization of radiated heat from the sun. Physiol. Plant.
8: 836-839.
Kuhnelt, W. 1950. Bodenbiologie, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Tierwelt. Wien
(Herold); 368 pp + 3 pi.
Kuhnelt, W. 1957. Biologia del Suelo (trans. E. Humbert). Madrid (Consejo Superior Invest.
Cient.) XVI + 267 pp.
Kuhnelt, W. 1961. Soil biology with special reference to the animal kingdom (trans. N.
Walker). London (Rodale): 397 pp.
Linnaniemi (Axelson), W. M. 1907. Die Apterygoten Finlands. I. Allgemeiner Teil. Acta
Soc. Sci. fenn. 34(7): 1-134 + I-XII + 1 fold. map.
Linnaniemi (Axelson), W. M. 1912. Idem. II. Spezieller Teil. Ibid. 40(5): 1-361, pi. I-XVI.
Lubbock, Sir J. 1873. Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura. Monogr. Ray Soc.,
London, 1871: x + 276 pp + 78 pi.
Lubliner-Mianowska, K. 1956. Badania skladu chemicznego pylku 1. Badania pyfku jako
pokarmu pszczot (Investigations on the chemical composition of the pollen 1 . The study
of the pollen as bee food). Act. Soc. bot. polon. 25: 409-419.
Lunden, R. 1954. A short introduction to the literature on pollen chemistry, Svensk.
Kern. Tidskr. 66: 201-213.
Lutz, F. E. 1924. Apparently non-selective characters and combinations of characters,
including a study of ultraviolet in relation to the flower visiting habits of insects. Ann.
N. Y. Acd. Sci. 29: 181-283.
Lutz, F. E. 1933. “Invisible” colors of flowers and butterflies, Nat. Hist. 33: 565-576.
Macnamara, C. 1924. The food of Collembola. Can. Ent. 56: 99-105.
Mani, M. S. 1962. Introduction to high altitude entomology: Insect life above the timber-
line in the north-west Himalaya, London (Methuen): xx + 302 pp + 10 pi.
Mani, M. S. 1968. Ecology and biogeography of high altitude insects. Series Entomologica,
The Hague (Junk), 4: XIV + 527 pp.
Maynard, E. A. 1951. A monograph of the Collembola or springtail insects of New York
State. Ithaca, N. Y. (Comstock): xxiv + 339 pp + 1 pi.
Muller, H. 1873. Die Befriichtung der Blumen durch Insekten und die gegenseitigen An-
passung beider. Leipzig (Engelmann): 478 pp.
Paclt, J. 1956. Biologie der prirnar flugellosen Insekten. Jena (Fischer): VIII + 258 pp.
Poole, T. B. 1959. Studies on the food of Collembola in a Douglas fir plantation. Proc. zool.
Soc. Lond. 132: 71-82.
326
Kevan and Kevan
Rapoport, E. H. 1969. Gloger’s rule and pigmentation of Collembola. Evolution, 23: 622-
626.
Ripper, W. 1930. Champignon-Springschwanze. Biologie und Bekampfung von Hypogastrura
manubrialis Tullb. Z. Angew. Ent. 16: 546-584.
Ritchie, A. H. 1935. Report of the entomologist, 1934. Rep. Dep. Agric. Tanganyika, 1934:
68-83 (original not consulted).
Savile, D. B. O. 1964. General ecology and vascular plants of the Hazen Camp area. Arctic,
17: 237-258.
Schaller, F. 1962. Beobachtungen am Gletscherfloh Isotoma saltans (Nicolet, 1841). Verh.
dtsch. zool. Ges. Wien, 1962: 697-682.
Schott, H. 1917. Results of Dr. E. Mjoberg’s Swedish scientific expedition to Australia
1910-1913. 15. Collembola. Ark. Zool. 11(8): 1-60, pi. 1-4.
Scott, H. G. and C. J. Stojanovitch. 1963. Digestion of juniper pollen by Collembola.
Florida Entomologist, 46: 189-191.
Sedlag, U. 1953. Ur-Insekten. Neue Brehm-Biich. 17: 1-44.
Shamurin, V. F. 1966. Seasonal rhythm and ecology of flowering plants of the tundra
associations in northern Yakutia. In: Adaptations of arctic plants to conditions of the
environment. In: Vegetation of the far northern USSR and its survival. No. 8: 5-125.
“Nauka” Moscow and Leningrad, (in Russuan).
Sharma, G. D. 1964. Feeding mechanisms and biological observations on certain soil inhab-
iting Collembola. Unpublished Ph. D. Thesis, McGill University, Montreal.
Sharma, G. D. 1967. Bionomics of Tomocerus vulgaris Tullberg (Collembola: Entomobry-
idae) Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (2) 42: 30-34.
Sharma, G. D. and D. K. McE. Kevan. 1963. Observations on Isotoma notabilis (Collembola:
Isotomidae) in Eastern Canada. Pedobiologia, 3: 34-47.
Shelford, V. E. 1963. The Ecology of North America. Urbana, 111. (University of Illinois
Press): xxii + 610 pp.
Stainer, J. R. 1969. The biology of Entomobryoides purpurascens (Packard, 1873) (Collem-
bola: Entomobryidae). Unpublished M. Sc. Thesis, McGill University, Montreal.
Steinbock, O. 1931. Zur Lebensweise einiger Tiere des Ewigschneegebietes. Z. Morph. Okol.
Tiere, 20: 707-718.
Steinbock, O. 1939. Der Gletscherfloh. Z. dtsch. Alpenver. 70: 138-147.
Strebel, O. 1932. Beitrage zur Okologie, und Physiologie einheimischer Collembolen. Z.
Morph. Okol. Tiere, 25: 31-153.
Strebel, O. and H. Altner. 1961. Weitere Beitrage zur Apterygotenfauna des Siebengebirges
und der Rudderberges. Decheniana, 9: 79-106.
Tikhomirov, B. A., V. F. Shamurin and V. S. Shtepa. 1960. Temperature of arctic plants,
Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR (Biol.) 25: 429-442. (in Russian)
Todd, F. E. and O. Bretherick. 1942. The composition of pollens. J. econ. Ent. 35: 312-316.
Vogel, S. 1954. Bliitenbiologische Typen als Elemente der Sippengliederung dargestellt
anhand der Flora Siidafrika. Jena (Fischer): x + 338 pp., 5 pi.
Walters, M. C. 1968. A study of Sminthurus viridis (L.) (Collembola) in the western Cape
Province Ent. Mem. Repub. S. Afr. Dep. Agric. Tech. Serv. 16: 1-99 [= M. Sc. Thesis,
University of Stellenbosch, 1964].
Weaver, N. and K. A. Kuiken. 1951. Quantitative analysis of the essential amino acids of
royal jelly and some pollens. J. econ. Ent. 44: 635-638.
Whitcomb, W. and H. F. Wilson. 1929. Mechanics of digestion of pollen by the adult honey
bee and the relation of undigested parts to dysentery of bees. Res. Bull, agric. Exp. Sta.
Univ. Wisconsin, 92: 1-27.
THE TAXONOMY OF THE NEARCTIC SPECIES OF THE GENUS
BYRRHUS LINNAEUS (COLEOPTERA: BYRRHIDAE)
ALY ALY EL MOURSY
Cultural Attache
United Arab Republic Embassy
Moscow, U. S. S. R.
Quaes tiones entomologicae
6 : 327-338 1970
On the basis of a study of external characteristics and male genitalia, the taxonomy of
the Nearctic species o/ Byrrhus is reviewed. Seven species, named as follows, are recognized:
americanus LeConte; cyclophorus Kirby ; geminatus LeConte; fasciatus Forster; eximius
LeConte; kirbyi LeConte; and concolor Kirby. Twenty three species-group names are placed
in synonymy. Relationships of the species are briefly considered.
The present study is the first of a series dealing with a taxonomic revision of the genera
and species of Nearctic Byrrhidae. This study started many years ago at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, and was suggested by George E. Ball. The type speci-
mens available in North America were studied in the summer of 1959, on a trip financed by
a National Research Council of Canada grant (A- 1399) held by Ball. A tentative classifica-
tion and a key to the genera of this family was published by me in 1961.
The material examined consisted of 1100 specimens borrowed from the major entomo-
logical collections in the United States and Canada. Type specimens examined are in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts (MCZ), in
the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. (USNM), and in the British Museum, Natural
History (BMNH).
My interpretation of the Kirby, Horn, and Forster names is based on study of the original
descriptions and on specimens identified by LeConte. Ball examined the Kirby types. He
informed me (in litt. ) that they were badly rubbed females, and thus could not be positively
identified.
All of the specimens available were examined for details of vestiture, body markings, and
structure of various sclerites, especially the male genitalia. To relax specimens for dissection,
they were placed for several hours in an atmosphere of ammonium hydroxide. The male
genitalia were removed and cleared in a 10 per cent solution of potassium hydroxide.
To make drawings, the dissected parts were photographed through a Russian stereo
binocular microscope, model MBS-2. The outlines were traced with ink on the photo-
graphic prints, and the latter were reproduced as one-tone pictures. Magnifications of the
drawings were obtained by means of stage and ocular micrometers.
Type species. - Byrrhus pilula Linnaeus, 1758
Description. — Body form oval, convex. Length 6.0 - 12.0 mm, width 3.5 - 6.0 mm.
Color black or dark brown; elytra with dark or dirty gray stripes or pale grayish spots, more
or less characteristic of each species. Integument covered with simple hairs. Antennae (Fig.
1) clavate, from dorsal view exposed in resting position; each antenna of 1 1 articles, article
3 narrow, elongate, following articles widened. Eyes partly hidden with head in resting
position. Mouthparts, except labrum, hidden. Labrum (Fig. 2) heavily sclerotized. semi-
circular or triangular in shape. Mandibles (Fig. 3) multidentate at extremities each with
internal notch toward middle, and with ciliated leathery lamella. Maxillae (Fig. 4) each with
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Genus Byrrhus Linnaeus, 1767
328
El Moursy
galea densely setose at extremity, lacinia narrower, shorter, densely setose at extremity
and on inner margin. Maxillary palpus with first article narrow, small; second and third
articles subequal; terminal article noticeably long, gradually dilated toward apex. Mentum
(Fig. 5) short, transverse, notched-sinuate anteriorly. Ligula large, divided by incision in
middle, each lobe subcircular apically and densely setose. Labial palpus with first article
narrow, second setose, terminal article large and dilated apically.
Legs (Fig. 6, 7 and 8) each with tibia enlarged toward apex; middle tibia strongly arched
and dentate on dorsal side. Tarsi in resting position, each received in depression on internal
face of tibia; each article with setae ventrally; first article much longer than articles 2-4;
article 5 very long. Male with claws of anterior tarsus large and strongly curved.
Elytra with intervals flat, striae shallowly impressed. Vestiture dense, patterned, with
paler scales in form of central transverse mark, extended each side from suture to beyond
mid line of each elytron; and four rows of longitudinally arranged tufts (vittae) of more
prominent scales in intervals 2, 4, 6 and 8, extended from base to apical three fourths of
each elytron.
Wings normally fully developed, venation as in Fig. 9, brachyptery rare.
Abdomen (Fig. 10) with crural depressions (grooves in first sternum for reception of hind
femora) large, occupying more than half sternum 1.
Remarks . — The Leng catalogue (1920) lists the names of 30 species-group taxa under
the generic name Byrrhus. However, because of synonymies proposed below, only seven
species should now be recorded from North America.
Key to the Nearctic species of the genus Byrrhus Linnaeus
1. Margins of elytra, hind coxae and abdominal sterna with stout, blunt bristles; me-
dian lobe and parameres almost twice length of basal piece (Fig. 11), median lobe
broad, tapered toward apex, parameres markedly narrowed at distal one fourth of
length americanus LeConte, p. 329.
— Margins of elytra, hind coxae and abdominal sterna without blunt bristles; male
genitalia various 2.
2. (1). Central transverse mark of elytra with cinereous spot near center; antennae and legs
stout; median lobe of male genitalia narrowed at middle, enlarged near apex and
pointed; parameres broad at base, strongly narrowed toward apices (Fig. 15)
eximius LeConte, p. 331.
— Central transverse mark without cinereous spot at center 3.
3. (2). Elytron in apical one fourth with large black spot extended from near lateral margin
to near mid line; median lobe tapered toward apex; parameres each with apex
slightly curved laterally (Fig. 16) kirbyi LeConte, p. 331.
— Markings of dorsal surface otherwise 4.
4. (3). Central transverse mark of elytra represented by two lines, posterior one strongly
concave anteriorly; median lobe narrow, parameres narrowed gradually from bases,
each acuminate apically (Fig. 13) geminatus LeConte, p. 330.
— Markings of dorsal surface otherwise 5.
5. (4). Parameres of male genitalia with apices rounded, median lobe with apex bluntly
pointed (Fig. 12) cyclophorus Kirby, p. 329;
— Parameres with apices acuminate, apex of median lobe various 6.
6. (5). Median lobe with apex broadly rounded; parameres tapered more gradually (Fig. 14)
fasciatus Forster, p. 330.
— Median lobe with apex bluntly pointed; parameres abruptly narrowed close to apices
(Fig. 17) concolor Kirby, p. 332.
Nearctic species of Byrrhus
329
1. Byrrhus americanus LeConte
(Fig. 1 1 and 1 8)
Byrrhus americanus LeConte, 1850: 224. LECTOTYPE a female (here selected), collected
at Lake Superior; first specimen of eight; paralectotypes three males and four females
[MCZ] .
Byrrhus brunnescens Casey, 1912: 21. HOLOTYPE female, collected at White Point; Casey
bequest 1925; Type USNM 48332 [USNM] . NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus imperitus Casey, 1912: 22. HOLOTYPE female, collected at West St. Modest,
Labrador; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48335 [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus angustulus Casey, 1912: 22. HOLOTYPE female, collected at Aweme, Manitoba
by Norman Criddle; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48336 [USNM]. NEW SYN-
ONYMY.
Byrrhus angustulus neglectus Casey, 1912: 22. LECTOTYPE (here selected) first of two
specimens, collected in New Hampshire; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48333
[USNM] ; one paratype, sex not determined. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus angustulus manitobae Casey, 1912: 22. HOLOTYPE male, collected at Aweme,
Manitoba by N. Criddle; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48334 [USNM]. NEW
SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus criddlei Casey, 1912: 24. LECTOTYPE (here selected), male, collected at Aweme,
Manitoba, May 26, 1910; Casey bequest 1925; labelled as Type USNM 48339 [USNM] ;
one paratype, sex not determined [USNM] NEW SYNONYMY.
Description. — Total length 8.0 - 12.0 mm, width 5.0 - 6.0 mm. Labrum triangular.
Vittae of elytral intervals 4, 6, and 8 in apical one fourth with patch of cinereous scales.
Median lobe and parameres almost twice length of basal piece (Fig. 1 1). Median lobe broad,
tapered toward apex; parameres markedly narrowed in distal one fourth of their length.
Relationships. — The marked similarity in form of the male genitalia shared by members
of this species and B. cyclophorus suggests that these two species are closely related.
Geographical distribution. — This species is northern and transcontinental in distribution.
It ranges from Labrador (West St. Modest) to interior Alaska (Eagle Summit) and the
Pacific coast (Cannon Beach, Oregon). To the south, representatives of americanus have
been collected in Pennsylvania, Colorado (Cumbres Pass), and in Oregon. See Fig. 18.
Material examined. — 494 specimens.
2. Byrrhus cyclophorus Kirby
(Fig. 12 and 19)
Byrrhus cyclophorus Kirby, 1837: 117. HOLOTYPE female, labelled as follows: Type [circu-
lar label, bordered in red] ; N. Amer. [top] , 5828 a [bottom, circular label, handwritten] ;
Byrrhus cyclophorus Kirby, N. Amer., 5828, Rev. Wm. Kirby [handwritten], [BMNH].
Byrrhus canterius Casey, 1912: 27. LECTOTYPE (here selected) male, collected at Lead-
ville, Colorado, 11,000’, July 14, 1896, by Wickham; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM
48348 [USNM] . One paratype. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus fulvovestitus Casey, 1912: 27. LECTOTYPE (here selected) female, collected in
Oregon; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48344 [USNM]. One paratype. NEW SYN-
ONYMY.
Description. - Total length 6.5 - 8.0 mm, width 3.5 - 4.0 mm. Labrum triangular. Mark-
ings on elytra as in B. americanus specimens, but less transverse and outer black vitta
represented by two or three obscure small spots. Male genitalia with median lobe and para-
330
El Moursy
meres twice as long as basal piece (Fig. 12). Median lobe constricted near middle, enlarged
gradually toward apex, narrowed at extreme tip. Parameres each tapered gradually from
base to apex and slightly curved toward median lobe.
Relationships. — Probably the specimens of this species are closely related to those of
B. americanus, on the basis of overall similarity, including form of the male genitalia.
Geographical distribution. — This species is confined to the west, ranging from Oregon
to eastern Alberta (Medicine Hat), north to northern Alberta (Beaverlodge) and south in
the Rocky Mountains to central Colorado. See Fig. 1 9.
Material examined. — 22 specimens.
3. Byrrhus geminatus LeConte
(Fig. 13 and 20)
Byrrhus geminatus LeConte, 1854: 114. LECTOTYPE (here selected) female, collected at
Lake Superior; Casey bequest 1925; Type 2297 [MCZ] and four paratypes [MCZ].
Byrrhus pettiti Horn, 1870: 76 (type material not seen). NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus concolor pacificus Casey, 1912: 23. HOLOTYPE male, collected in “Washington
Territory”; Casey bequest, 1925; Type USNM 48337 [USNM].
Description. — Total length 8.0 - 10.0 mm, width 5.0 - 6.0 mm. Central transverse mark
of elytra represented by two lines of cinereous scales: posterior line strongly concave
anteriorly. Male genitalia with median lobe and parameres about 1.5 times length of basal
piece (Fig. 13). Median lobe very narrow. Parameres each narrowed gradually from base
toward acuminate apex.
Relationships. - The form of the median lobe suggests that this species does not have
any close relatives, at least in North America.
Geographical distribution. — This species is represented in eastern and western North
America, but not in the northern mid-continental areas. In the east, specimens of this
species are found from Minnesota eastward to New York (Mt. Marcy), and from western
Quebec (Duparquet) southward to North Carolina (Mt. Mitchell). The western part of the
range extends from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Coast (Cannon Beach, Oregon),
northward to central Alaska (Mt. McKinley) and southward to southern Wyoming (Laramie).
See Fig. 20.
Material examined. — 80 specimens.
4. Byrrhus fas ciatus Forster
(Fig. 1 - 10, 14 and 21)
Byrrhus fasciatus Forster, 1771 : 12. Type not seen.
Byrrhus torpidus Casey, 1912: 25. HOLOTYPE male, collected at Nain, Labrador; Casey
bequest 1925; Type USNM 48340 [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus stolidus Casey, 1912: 28. HOLOTYPE male, collected at Palouse, Washington;
Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48345 [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus difficilis Casey, 1912: 29. LECTOTYPE (here selected) male, collected on Mt.
Washington, New Hampshire, 5000 - 6000’; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48347
[USNM]. Two paratypes [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
Description. - Total length 7.0 - 9.0 mm, width 4.0 - 5.0 mm. Body noticeably broadened
posteriorly. Color black, brown or golden brown, with grayish-yellow or silvery-white hairs.
Labrum triangular (Fig. 2). Male genitalia with median lobe and parameres about 1.5 times
length of basal piece (Fig. 14). Median lobe lancet-shaped, evenly curved ventrally, apical
Nearctic species of Byrrhus
331
portion broad, apex broadly rounded. Parameres each gradually narrowed toward apex.
Relationships. — Similarities in the form of the median lobe and parameres shared by
specimens of this species and those of B. eximius suggest a close relationship.
Geographical distribution. — The pattern of this Holarctic species in North America
seems to be bi-centric, with specimens known from eastern and western North America,
but not from mid-continental areas. The eastern segment of the range extends from Wis-
consin (Bayfield) eastward to Labrador (Nain) and southward to the White Mountains of
New Hampshire. The western segment of the range extends from the Rocky Mountains to
the Pacific coast (Olympia, Washington), and from Nome, Alaska in the north to Loveland
Pass in southern Colorado. See Fig. 2 1 .
Material examined. — 70 specimens.
5. Byrrhus eximius LeConte
(Fig. 15 and 22)
Byrrhus eximius LeConte, 1850: 224. HOLOTYPE female, collected at “Lake Superior”;
LeConte Collection, Type 2298 [MCZ].
Byrrhus callidus Casey, 1912: 25. HOLOTYPE male, collected in Oregon; Casey bequest
1925; Type USNM 48341. [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus centralis Casey, 1912: 27. HOLOTYPE female, collected in Idaho; Casey bequest
1925; Type USNM 48349 [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus explicatus Casey, 1912: 27. HOLOTYPE female, collected in Leavenworth Valley,
Colorado, 10,000 - 11,000’; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48350 [USNM]. NEW
SYNONYMY.
Description. — Total length 6.0 - 7.0 mm, width 3.5 - 4.0 mm. Central transverse mark of
elytra with striking cinereous spot near center. Sterna covered with fine, decumbent hairs.
Antennae and legs noticeably stout. Male genitalia with median lobe and parameres about
1.5 times length of basal piece (Fig. 15). Median lobe narrowed at middle, enlarged at
apex. Parameres each broad at base, strongly narrowed toward apex.
Relationships. — The closest relative seems to be B. fasciatus Forster.
Geographical distribution. — Except for the type locality (“Lake Superior”), this species
is known only from the west: eastern Alberta (Medicine Hat) to the Pacific coast (Prince
Rupert, British Columbia and Port Angeles, Washington), and from Dawson City, Yukon
Territory in the north to Mt. Lyell, California, and Loveland Pass, Colorado in the south.
See Fig. 22.
Material examined. — 93 specimens.
6. Byrrhus kirbyi LeConte
(Fig. 16 and 23)
Byrrhus picipes Kirby, 1837: 1 16 (not Duftschmid, 1825). HOLOTYPE female, labelled as
follows: Type [circular label, bordered in red] ; N. Amer. [top] , 5826 a [bottom, circular
label, handwritten]; Byrrhus picipes Kirby, N. Amer., 5826, Rev. W. Kirby (handwritten).
[BMNH] . According to original description, collected at “Lat. 54”.
Byrrhus kirbyi LeConte, 1854: 111.
Byrrhus perditus Casey, 1912: 24. LECTOTYPE female (here selected), collected in Oregon;
Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48338 and four paratypes [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus egenus Casey, 1912: 29. HOLOTYPE female, collected at Donald, British Columbia,
by A. G. Smith; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48346 [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
332
El Moursy
Byrrhus vafer Casey, 1912: 30. HOLOTYPE male, collected at Leadville, Colorado 10,000 -
11,000’, July 7 - 14, 1890, by H. F. Wickham; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48351
[USNM] . NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus wickhami Casey, 1912: 31. LECTOTYPE (here selected), male, collected in Idaho;
Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48352 and three paratypes [USNM]. NEW SYN-
ONYMY.
Byrrhus consuetus Casey, 1912: 31. HOLOTYPE female, collected at Aldermere, British
Columbia; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48353 [USNM].
Description. — Total length 7.0 - 8.5 mm, width 4.0 - 5.0 mm. Each elytron laterad of
its mid line in apical one fourth with black spot formed by scales of vittae and additional
ones on intervals between vittae. Labrum semicircular. Elytra broad, obtuse posteriorly.
Male genitalia with median lobe and parameres about 1 .5 times length of basal piece (Fig.
16). Median lobe broad, tapered toward bluntly pointed apex. Parameres each broad at
base, tapered to apex, latter slightly curved laterad.
Relationships. — The similarities in form and proportions of the median lobe and para-
meres shared by members of this species and B. concolor suggest a close relationship.
Geographical distribution. — This species is transcontinental in the north, ranging from
Labrador (West St. Modest) to the Commander and Pribilof Islands, north to northern
Alaska (New Rampart House), south to central California, Colorado at high elevations, and
southern New York (Rockaway Beach). See Fig. 23.
Material examined. — 280 specimens.
7. Byrrhus concolor Kirby
(Fig. 17 and 24)
Byrrhus concolor Kirby, 1837. LECTOTYPE female (here selected), labelled as follows:
Type [circular piece of paper, bordered in red]; N. Amer [top], 5827 a [bottom of
circular label, handwritten] ; Byrrhus concolor Kirby, N. Amer 5827, Rev. W. Kirby
[handwritten]. [BMNH]. According to original description, collected at “lat. 54”.
Byrrhus laramiensis Casey, 1912: 26. LECTOTYPE (here selected), female, collected at
Laramie, Wyoming by C. J. Wigwander; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48342, and
one male paratype [USNM]. NEW SYNONYMY.
Byrrhus rigens Casey, 1912: 26. LECTOTYPE (here selected), male, collected at Bayfield,
Wisconsin, by H. F. Wickham; Casey bequest 1925; Type USNM 48343 and one paratype
[USNM] . NEW SYNONYMY.
Description. — Total length 6.0 - 7.0 mm, width 3.5 - 4.0 mm. Markings of dorsal surface
as in B. americanus. Labrum triangular. Male genitalia with median lobe and parameres
about 1.5 times length of basal piece (Fig. 17). Median lobe constricted before apex, latter
bluntly pointed. Parameres each broad basally, tapered gradually toward apex, latter ob-
liquely subtruncate.
Relationships. - The members of this species are probably most closely related to those
of B. kirbyi.
Geographical distribution. - This species is transcontinental in the north ranging from
Nova Scotia (Kentville) and Ungava Bay, Quebec to southern Alaska (Matanuska). South-
ward, the range of this species extends to the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, and Pennsyl-
vania (Pocono Lake). See Fig. 24.
Material examined. — 59 specimens.
Nearctic species of Byrrhus
333
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
For the loan of material I thank Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences; Theo-
dore J. Spilman, United States Department of Agriculture and United States National
Museum; Henry Dietrich, Cornell University; Edwin F. Cook, University of Minnesota;
and Edward C. Becker, Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa, Ontario. During my visits
to their institutions, I was greatly assisted by Philip J. Darlington, Jr., Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, and Theodore J. Spilman, who permitted me to study the type material in
their care.
Sincere thanks are due to George E. Ball who offered valuable suggestions and followed
with great interest and enthusiasm the work undertaken. I am very grateful to Brian Hocking
for the facilities he put at my disposal while I studied in the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta.
My work at the University of Alberta was financed by a scholarship from the World
University Service, and by National Research Council of Canada funds, received in part
through the office of the President, University of Alberta, and in part through a grant
held by George E. Ball.
Finally, I should like to acknowledge technical assistance received from Margaret Wilkie,
John S. Scott, and Joan C. Shore, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta.
REFERENCES
Casey, T. L. 1912. Descriptive catalogue of the American Byrrhidae. Memoirs on the Cole-
optera3: 1-69.
El-Moursy, A. A. 1961. A tentative classification of and a key to the North American
genera of the family Byrrhidae (New Sense) and family Syncalyptidae (New Status).
Coleopts Bull. 15(1): 9-15.
Forster, J. R. 1771. A catalogue of the animals of North America. White, London, 43 pp.,
1 plate.
Horn, G. H. 1870. Contributions to the coleopterology of the United States. Trans. Am.
ent. Soc. 3: 69-97.
Kirby, W. 1837. Insects. Coleoptera. In Richardson, J. Fauna boreali-americana; or the
zoology of the northern parts of British America Volume 4. Norwich, 325 pp.
LeConte, J. L. 1850. General remarks upon the Coleoptera. In Agassiz, J. L. R. Lake
Superior, its physical characters, vegetation and animals. Volume 4. Boston, pp. 201-242.
LeConte, J. L. 1854. Synopsis of the Byrrhidae of the United States. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phil.
7: 113-117.
Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of North America north of Mexico. Mount
Vernon, 470 pp.
Linnaeus, C. 1767. Systema Naturae, vol. 1, par. 2, edito duodecima reformata. Stockholm,
pp. 533-1327.
334
El Moursy
Fig. 1-10. Byrrhus fasciatus. 1. Antenna. 2. Labrum. 3. Mandible. 4. Maxilla. 5. Labium. 6. Fore-leg. 7. Mid-leg.
8. Hind-leg. 9. Wing venation. 10. Abdominal sterna.
Nearctic species of Byrrhus
335
Fig. 11-17. Ma>e genitalia. 11. Byrrhus americanus. 12. B. cyclophorus. 13. B. geminatus. 14. B. fasciatus.
15./?. eximius. 16. B. kirbyi. 17./?. concolor.
336
El Moursy
Fig. 18-2Q. Maps of northern and western North America, illustrating the geographical distribution of Byrrhus
americanus (18), Byrrhus cyclophorus (19), and Byrrhus geminatus (20). Filled-in circles — localities; triangles —
state records.
Nearctic species of Byrrhus
337
Fig. 21-22. Maps of northern North America, illustrating the geographical distribution of Byrrhus fasciatus (21)
and Byrrhus eximius (22). Filled-in circles - localities; triangle - area record.
338
El Moursy
Fig. 23-24. Maps of northern North America, illustrating the geographical distribution of Byrrhus kirbyi (23) and
Byrrhus concolor (24).
THE MODE OF ACTION OF INSECT REPELLENTS I: CHOICE CHAMBER
EXPERIMENTS WITH THE GERMAN COCKROACH BLATTELLA GERMANICA (L.)
M. J. REDDY
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton, Alberta
Quaes tiones entomologicae
6 : 339-352 1970
Apparatus was designed to separate the effects of liquid and vapour phases of insect
repellents. It was used to study the sites of action of these two phases on the German
cockroach Blattella germanica (L.). The antennae contain the main sites of repellent recep-
tors with the legs of secondary and the palps of little or no importance. Both the legs and
antennae carry receptors for both liquid and vapour repellent phases. The vapour phase
appears more effective than the liquid phase, but the combined effect of the two phases
is greater than the sum of their individual effects.
The purpose of this study was to determine the sites of action on insects of insect
repellents and to clarify the nature of the senses involved, with particular reference to the
common chemical sense. The common chemical sense has been defined by Roys (1954) as
a fundamental sensitivity of all nerve tissue to irritant chemical stimuli. This paper is
concerned with true repellency or the production of an avoiding response, not with the
interference with normal behaviour by repellent chemicals.
There are many empirical methods of evaluating insect repellents (Shepard, 1960). Most
of these are designed to test the repellents under the conditions in which they will be used.
For example, mosquito repellents are often tested for protection time and degree of pro-
tection whilst applied to the human skin under field conditions. In many such tests the
repellent is being tested in the presence of attractive factors, and as a preventive against both
normal and specialized behaviour, such as blood feeding. Such methods cannot be com-
parably applied to all insects, nor can they differentiate between compounds which interfere
with some behavioural pattern and those compounds which induce active repellency. Since
I wished to consider simple repellency, to determine the sites of action on insects and the
part played by the liquid and vapour phases of repellents, I chose a method of repellent
evaluation that would allow the repellent effect to be tested in the absence of all other
known attractive or repellent stimuli.
The simple binary choice test chamber is a commonly used method of testing insect
behaviour. Originally, the chamber was used to determine the humidity preferences of
insects (Gunn and Cosway, 1938) and has been repeatedly used for that purpose since
(Willis and Roth, 1950; Bar-Zeev, 1960). The use of this type of chamber to screen repel-
lents was suggested by Bar-Zeev (1962). The long neglect of the simple choice chamber for
testing repellents is not an oversight on the part of repellent workers, but merely because
for practical purposes more severe and demanding tests are usually desired for repellent
evaluation. The binary-choice chamber is divided into two parts, identical in all ways except
for the experimentally introduced variable. Other factors such as temperature and illumina-
tion must be the same on both sides of the chamber, so that any deviation from an expected
distribution of the insects placed in the chamber can be attributed to the introduced factor.
I designed a variation of this type of chamber to test repellents separately in their two
phases, liquid and vapour. By this method, I hoped to separate the repellent effect into
contact and olfactory repellency. By using, in this test chamber, insects with some of then-
appendages painted with nail varnish to block the sense organs, it was hoped to discover
which groups of sense organs mediated the response to each of the two phases of the
repellent, and to what extent.
340
Reddy
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
Associated with a layer of liquid is a layer of vapour above it, emanating from the liquid.
If a liquid repellent is applied to a porous material, sufficient flow of air down through the
material will effectively remove this vapour layer. A circular binary-choice test chamber
12 cm in diameter was constructed in the inlet port of a 1.5 kw centrifugal blower (Fig. 1).
The outlet port of the blower was vented to the outside of the building. The wire mesh floor
of the test chamber was covered with glass fibre cloth, two unconnected halves joined with
cellophane tape. One half was treated with repellent by soaking in acetone with a known
concentration of repellent in solution, the other half was untreated, soaked merely in pure
acetone. Glass fibre cloth has a loose porous construction as well as being insoluble in most
organic solvents (most repellents are plasticizers and soften rayon and acetate fibres). The
vapour layer associated with the treated cloth could be sucked down by turning the blower
on, which maintained a flow through the cloth’s surface of about 60 cm/sec. Test insects
were prevented from leaving the floor of the chamber by treating the smooth glass walls
with polytetrafluorethylene which had a surface too smooth for the insects to climb.
Four arrangements of the test cage were possible: (1) a single layer of cloth in the cage,
half treated half untreated, suction off; test conditions for total repellency. (2) a single
cloth layer as (1), but the suction fan on; test conditions for contact repellency with a
liquid phase only. (3) two layers of cloth; the lower half treated and half untreated, the
upper layer entirely untreated, and separated from the lower layer by a 1 mm thick non-
absorbent monofilament mesh, of the type used in insect window screens, made of glass
fibre 12x12 mesh; test conditions for vapour repellency only, since the test insects were
kept from contact with the liquid but still exposed to the vapour layer. (4) two cloth
layers as (3) but with suction on; test conditions for the total efficiency of the setup.
If the apparatus works properly, the insects are not in contact with either liquid or vapour
and there should be no repellency.
Readings were taken by camera (Fig. 1) to avoid any bias from visual observations. The
camera was triggered to take a single frame at the end of 3 minutes by means of a switch
on a slow moving kymograph.
Preliminary experiments indicated that the repellent would remain effective at the same
level for up to 70 hours with no air flow through the test chamber, and up to 50 hours with
air flow. Subsequent experiments were run over shorter periods of time than this (Fig. 2).
Tests were designed to use German cockroaches ( Blattella germanica (L.)) and the cock-
roach repellent MGK R-874 (2-hydroxyethyl-n-octyl sulphide), since this is an extremely
efficient repellent to cockroaches (Goodhue, 1960). The logic behind the preference for a
repellent known to be almost entirely effective is that such a material may be supposed to
possess all the characteristics of a ‘total’ repellent; any less efficient material may be defi-
cient in some aspect of repellency. Only adult male German cockroaches were used, avoid-
ing the possibility of introducing sex attractants into the chamber from female insects; the
insects were reared at 23 C in a culture room and the tests conducted in a drakened room at
23 C and relative humidity of 30%-40%; all insects used were first anaesthetized with carbon
dioxide, transferred to individual vials and allowed to recover in the test room for 2 hours,
whether they had been treated with nail varnish to block their sense receptors or not; the in-
sects were adults between 3 and 10 days old, and were not used more than once. Since cock-
roaches have a tendency to congregate or clump, readings were taken with only one cock-
roach in the chamber at a time. For each reading, a roach was dropped on the centre line of
the test chamber, allowed to settle for exactly 3 minutes, and a photograph taken of its posi-
tion. The cockroach was removed and dropped again for a second reading, and so on through
Action of repellents
341
the 10 readings. The cockroach was then discarded. Thus after each reading the insect
was thoroughly disturbed, and to this extent the readings may be said to be independent.
side side
! '
suction
(3) two layers
no suction
treated
layer
(4) two layers
suction
Figure 1. Sketch of the choice-chamber apparatus, and chamber floor arrangements for separating the repellent phases:
(1) liquid and vapour present, (2) liquid only present, (3) vapour only present, (4) neither phase present (control).
40n
©
© ©
©
■ © ©
10-
©
©
©
Figure 2. Blattella germanica, untreated insects. Above, both phases of the repellent MGK R-874 present. Below, liquid
MGK R-874 only present (suction fan on). Indices of repellency averaged at intervals of 10 readings, showing that there
is no consistent decrease in the repellent effect over the period of time that the tests were run.
There is another reason why single insects were used rather than batches of insects. If
several readings are taken of the distribution of a single insect in the test chamber, the data
produced must follow a binomial pattern since the insect can only be counted as on the
treated side of the chamber or not. The resulting ratio of readings on the treated side versus
readings on the untreated side will give an estimate of the probability of the insect being on
the untreated side, which is a measure of the degree of repellency for that insect alone. If
the experiment is repeated using different insects, a measure can be obtained of the varia-
bility of this degree of repellency within the insect population. This variation may not be
binomial; indeed, it is more likely to follow a normal pattern, since it is the variation shown
by a natural population in response to a repellent substance. If a batch of insects is used, say
10 at a time, and an average of three counted on the repellent treated side, unless each
insect is marked and counted separately we have no way of knowing whether each insect
spent three-tenths of its time on the treated side, or whether three insects spent all their
time on the treated side and seven insects spent all their time on the untreated side. Thus
we have no measure of the variability of the repellent effect within the insect population.
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Experiment I
To show that there is no difference between the behaviour of untreated male German
cockroaches when they are placed in a binary -choice test chamber with:
1 . no repellent present and no air flow down through the chamber, both halves of the
chamber being untreated cloth;
2. no repellent present, identical untreated halves to the chamber floor, but with the
suction fan on;
3. two layers of cloth separated by glass fibre mesh, half the lower layer treated with
Action of repellents
343
repellent (MGK R-874), suction fan on; these are the conditions for testing the efficiency
of the apparatus (see Fig. 1).
For each test, 10 separate readings were taken on each of 20 cockroaches. For every
reading, a cockroach was placed on the centre line of the chamber, allowed to settle in the
dark, and a photograph taken of the insect’s position. The results of each test were tabu-
lated (tables 1, 2 and 3) and tested statistically against the following null hypothesis: there
is no difference between the observed distribution of the experimental data and an expected
binomial distribution, with a proposed probability of 0.5 that an insect will be on either
side of the chamber.
The results are given in tables 1, 2 and 3. In none of these tests is x2 significant at the
0.05 probability level, and therefore in no case can the null hypothesis be rejected. In the
absence of the experimentally introduced repellent stimulus, the test insects chose their side
of the test chamber at random, with the expected probability of 0.5 (table 1). This distri-
bution was binomial (tables 1 and 2), and was not affected by air flow down through the
chamber (table 2). With the apparatus set to remove both the liquid and vapour phases of a
repellent present in one side of the test chamber, the test insects showed no significant
preference for either side of the chamber, indicating that the two repellent phases had been
effectively removed (table 3).
Table 1 . Binomial distribution fit for 20 Blattella germanica adult males, no repellent, no
treatment, no airflow in the test chamber. For the binomial fit calculations see Steel and
Torrie (1960).
p = 0.5, 1 -p = 0.5
10 degrees of freedom (only one degree of freedom is lost, since p was not estimated)
344
Reddy
Table 2. Binomial distribution fit for 20 Blattella germanica adult males, no repellent, no
treatment, but with the suction fan on; i.e., airflow down through the chamber.
p = 0.5, 1 -p = 0.5
10 degrees of freedom (only one degree of freedom is lost, since p was not estimated).
Table 3. Binomial distribution fit for 20 Blattella germanica adult males, repellent MGK
R-874 present in the lower left layer of the choice chamber floor. Suction fan on, and
the insects separated from the repellent by a layer of fibre mesh and a second layer of
cloth. Control conditions for the removal of both the liquid and vapour phases of repellent.
p = 0.5, 1 -p = 0.5
10 degrees of freedom (only one degree of freedom is lost, since p was not estimated).
Action of repellents
345
Experiment II
This experiment was designed to test the response of treated and untreated German
cockroaches to various phases of the repellent MGK R-874 (purity 96.4%). It was hoped to
answer the following questions. Can the repellent effect be partitioned into a vapour effect
and a liquid effect? Which receptor sites on the insect respond to repellent, and to what
extent? Is there an association between the receptor sites and the repellent phases; i.e., do
the legs mostly respond to liquid and the antennae to vapour?
Ten readings were taken for each of the 20 separate insects used in each treatment com-
bination. The experiment was designed as a 3 x 4 factorial, and the results analysed by
standard analysis of variance procedures. The controls for the experimental design were not
included in the main analysis, but treated separately (experiment I) because the analysis of
variance presumes a common error variance. In the experimental readings there were two
sources of error variation, the binomial variation present in the test chamber readings on
each insect (sampling error), and the variation in the response of different insects from the
population to the repellent stimulus. An assumption of the analysis is that all measured
variables are normally independently distributed. Since the basic readings were binomial,
they were transformed by the arcsin y/X transformation (Steel and Torrie, 1960), giving
data which is approximately normal.
A randomization procedure was carried out on the treatment combinations to minimize
error, and the design was as follows.
A: repellent phase treatments, a = 3.
Aj liquid repellent only
A2 vapour repellent only
A3 liquid plus vapour repellent.
B: insect treatments, b = 4.
Bx palps exposed (legs and antennae blocked)
B2 legs exposed (palps and antennae blocked)
B3 antennae exposed (legs and palps blocked)
B4 untreated, all sensory areas exposed.
R: 20 male cockroaches used per treatment, r = 20.
10 readings taken on each insect, y = sin'1 y/X where
X = recordings of each insect on untreated side as a proportion.
The gross data and results are summarized in table 4. Since interaction was statistically
significant when compared with the error term, the main effects were compared with the
interaction, showing that overall only factor A repellent phase was significant. The inter-
action means that in this experiment the two factors, repellent phase and insect treatment
did not act independently of each other; and that for meaningful interpretation of the data,
the effect of each treatment must be examined separately; such effects are known as simple
effects.
Before going on to the simple effects, the nature of the interaction was examined to see
if its meaning could be understood in terms of the experiment. An interaction can be
expressed as a function of the regression characteristics of the treatment means. Tukey
(1949) has dealt with this type of problem and devised an approach, even though the
levels of each factor are not orthogonal. If the treatment means for each level of a factor
are averaged over all levels of the other factor, factor level means are obtained, (A and B in
table 5). These are estimates of proportions, and for ease of calculation were transferred
into deviations from the overall treatment mean, giving the x^ and xg values in table 5.
The experimental treatment means are denoted as y values. Using the x values as the basis
for linear regression equations, theoretical sums of squares can be calculated for the linear
346
Reddy
regression of A on B, B on A, and for the A-linear B-linear interaction, which is a measure
of the extent to which the two regressions are not additive but multiplicative. The A-linear
B-linear sum of squares comes to 2853.8, which is significant. A multiple regression equa-
tion based on the linear additive and linear multiplicative sums of squares was estimated as:
y = + xg + O.lx^xg + 56.48 (all figures in the transformed range). The $’s are estimates
of the treatment means y (see table 6). Table 6 also shows the residues (y — y) of the treat-
ment means not attributable to linear additive and multiplicative regression. These residues
would include any effect due a particular association between two specific levels of the
main factors, such as between the vapour phase of repellent and the antennae. These resi-
dues are all non-significant, both individually and collectively. This indicates that there is
no significant correlation between any particular group of sense organs and any particular
phase of repellent.
Table 4. Analysis of variance table for experiment II, and a summary of the results. Values
shown are based on transformed data.
♦significant at 0.05 probability level
Action of repellents
347
Table 5. Transformed treatment means (denoted as*y) for three levels of repellent factor,
Aj liquid, A2 vapour, A3 liquid plus vapour; and four levels of sense organ treatment,
palps only, B2 legs only, B3 antennae only, B4 all sense organs exposed. Average effects
of a factor at each level of the other factor are shown under A and B, and xg are the
deviations of A and B from the overall mean 56.48. Untransformed values for these means,
i.e., percent of insects on the untreated side, are given in brackets.
Table 6. Estimates (y) of the transformed experimental means (y, see table 5), based on
the multiple regression equation y = x^ + Xg + O.lx^xg + 56.48. This equation was
estimated from the experimental sums of squares. The non-significant residues (y-y) include
the contributions due to any particular association between a repellent phase A, and an
insect treatment B. The term O.lx^xg accounts for most of the significant interaction
noted in the main analysis (table 4). The increase in the repellent effect due to insect treat-
ment is greater if accompanied by an increase in the repellent effect due to repellent phase.
348
Reddy
The simple effects are a measure of the effect of each level of each factor examined
separately over all levels of the other factor. Table 7 shows these effects. Factor A, repel-
lent phase had a significant effect when the test insects were untreated or had their antennae
exposed. The repellent phase was not significant when the insects used had only the legs or
palps exposed. Factor B, insect treatment, had a significant effect when the insects were
exposed to the vapour phase of repellent or to both phases together. The insect treatment
was not significant when the insects were exposed to liquid alone. In table 8, the treatment
means are arranged in order of magnitude and classified according to levels of significance,
based on Duncan’s multiple range test.
In addition to the main analysis, the simple effects of repellent phase were analysed
separately, including the control from table 1 , (table 9). Duncan’s multiple range test was
also applied to these treatment means.
The significant differences between the treatment means for a factor at fixed levels of
the other factor, based on Duncan’s test, are summarized in table 10. This completes the
analysis. The conclusions are as follows.
Table 7. Simple treatment effects. Figures in the transformed range. The effect of differing
repellent phases A is significant for B3 (insects with the antennae exposed) and B4 (un-
treated insects). The effect of the differing insect treatments B is significant for A2 (expo-
sure to repellent vapour) and A3 (liquid plus vapour together).
Error 183.8
^significant at 0.05 level
Action of repellents
349
Table 8. Significance levels for the 12 treatment means. Treatments which are not signifi-
cantly different from each other have the same number opposite.
Aj liquid repellent B1 palps exposed
A2 vapour repellent B2 legs exposed
A3 liquid and vapour repellent B3 antennae exposed
B4 untreated insects
The effect of different repellent phases
With untreated insects, the shown repellent effect was greatest for both phases of repel-
lent together. There was no significant difference between the effect produced by liquid
repellent alone and vapour repellent alone, but all repellent treatments caused a significantly
greater effect than the control without repellent.
For insects with only the antennae exposed and the legs and palps covered, the effect of
both repellent phases together was significantly greater than for liquid alone, but not than
for vapour alone. There was no significant difference between the effect of the liquid and
vapour phases of repellent.
For insects with either the legs only exposed or palps only exposed, differences in repel-
lent phase treatment had no significant effect.
The effect of insect treatment (blocking groups of sense organs with nail varnish)
With both phases of repellent present together, all four insect treatments were signifi-
cantly different from each other. In order of descending repellent effect, they were: un-
treated insects; antennae exposed; legs exposed; palps exposed.
350
Reddy
Table 9. Analysis of variance for untreated insects. Repellent phase treatments are the same
as in the main analysis in experiment II, but include also the no repellent control.
*significant at 0.05 probability
With repellent vapour only present, insects with the palps only exposed were significantly
less repelled than insects with legs, antennae, or all sense organs exposed. There was no
significant difference between these last three treatments.
With repellent liquid only present, there was no significant difference shown due to insect
treatment. Some answers may be made to the questions posed on page 345. The removal by
the experimental apparatus of either the liquid or vapour phase of repellent did reduce the
repellent effect, but still left it greater than the control. The vapour phase seemed more ef-
fective than the liquid, but in no case could this be declared significant. The legs and anten-
nae were both shown to be capable of responding to repellent, but the palps were not. The
response produced by the antennae was greater than that shown by the legs, although this
was only significant with both phases of repellent present. No qualitative differences could
be shown between the responses of the various groups of sense organs to the two phases of
repellent. All observed differences could be explained in quantitative terms; i.e., as the repel-
lent effect connected with repellent phase increased from liquid to vapour to both phases,
the importance of the sensitivity of the sense organ groups was increased geometrically as
well as arithmetically. This fits well with the simple morphological observation that there
are more sense organs on the antennae of German cockroaches than on the legs, and more
on the legs than on the palps. It also indicates that there is little qualitative difference be-
tween these groups of receptors. If there are separate receptors involved in the perception of
repellent vapours and repellent liquids, they do not seem to be confined to separate areas.
As far as the repellent response is concerned, no distinctions could be made between
olfaction, gustation or the common chemical sense.
Action of repellents
351
Table 10. Duncan’s multiple range significance levels for all significant simple effects from
the main analysis (table 7) and the separate analysis with control (table 9). Treatments
which are not significantly different from each other share the same number opposite.
4 insect treatments, vapour repellent only present
factor A, repellent phases
A0 no repellent
Aj liquid
A2 vapour
A3 liquid and vapour
factor B, insect treatment
Bj palps active
B2 legs active
B3 antennae active
B4 all groups active
352
Reddy
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I should like to thank R. F. Ruth, W. G. Evans, R. H. Gooding, D. A. Craig and, in par-
ticular, B. Hocking for their unfailing help and patience.
I am indebted to S. Zalik for statistical advice, and to the Defence Research of Canada,
the United States Army and the University and Province of Alberta for financial aid.
REFERENCES
Bar-Zeev, M. 1960. The reaction of mosquitoes to moisture and high humidity. Entomologia
exp. appl. 3: 198-21 1.
Bar-Zeev, M. 1962. A rapid method for screening and evaluating mosquito repellents. Bull,
ent. Res. 53: 521-528.
Goodhue, L. D. 1960. New techniques for screening cockroach repellents. J. econ. Ent.
53(5): 805-810.
Gunn, D. L. and C. A. Cosway. 1938. The temperature and humidity relations of the cock-
roach. V. Humidity preference. J. exp. Biol. 15: 555-563.
Roys, C. 1954. Olfactory nerve potentials a direct measure of chemoreception in insects.
Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 58: 250-255.
Shepard, H. H. 1960. Methods of testing chemicals on insects. Burgess Publ. Co., Minn.
Steel, R. G. D. and J. H. Torrie. 1960. Principles and procedures of statistics. McGraw-Hill
Book Co. New York, N. Y. 481 pp.
Tukey, J. W. 1949. One degree of freedom for non-additivity. Biometrics 5: 232-242.
Willis, E. R. and L. M. Roth. 1950. Humidity reactions of Tribolium castaneum (Herbst.)
J. exp. Zool. 115: 561-587.
THE MODE OF ACTION OF INSECT REPELLENTS II:
ELECTROPHY SIOLOGICAL STUDIES
M. J. REDDY
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton, Alberta
Quaes tiones entomologicae
6 : 353-363 1970
Apparatus was designed to record sensory nerve impulses coming from the cerci, anten-
nae, and legs of American cockroaches. Recordings were made after stimulation of these
sensory zones with an attractant, repellents, and other irritant chemicals. The cereal recep-
tors could not be shown to respond to any chemical stimulation. The leg receptors re-
sponded to repellents and irritant chemicals but not to the attractant. The antennal recep-
tors responded to repellents and irritant chemicals plus the attractant. The type of response
from both leg and antennal sensory nerves was similar for both repellents and irritant
chemicals, when applied either as a liquid or as a vapour. The response of the antennal
receptors to attractant vapour was characteristically different.
Recordings were also made of receptor responses from the German cockroach to the
repellent MGK R-874. The cereal receptors did not respond. A response to both liquid and
vapour was obtained from the leg and antennal receptors. A weak response to repellent
liquid only was obtained from the palp receptors.
Possible mechanisms of repellent action are discussed.
Although behavioural studies remain the most important methods in evaluating insect
repellents, such experiments are subject to the physiological state and individual variation
of the insects used. Statistical comparisons between the presence or absence of a single
given stimulus can be made when batches of insects are tested under identical background
conditions. In practice however, it is not possible to exclude all other stimuli. This can
result in complicated interactions, since any behavioural response other than the simple
reflex arc is the outcome of a complex processing in the brain. The study of electrophysio-
logical recordings taken from the sensory nerves is more objective. By comparing nerve
responses after chemical stimulation of the sense organs to the resting discharge rate ob-
tained in the absence of known stimuli one is observing sensory inputs on the way to the
brain. Any obvious and consistant differences observed in these nerve responses can be
interpreted to give direct evidence of the location of the receptors involved with insect
repellents. By comparing the nerve responses to other stimuli, such as mechanical ones, with
the responses to a combination of repellent and mechanical stimulation, one can also show
whether repellents interfere with the reception of other stimuli at the receptor sites or
whether they act independently at these sites. Should the various stimuli act independently
at the receptor sites, any effect by the repellent on the normal responses to other stimuli is
the result of interaction in the brain.
No satisfactory method has been devised for recording the electrical responses of single
sense organs being stimulated by vapours. Some success was achieved by Morita and Yama-
shita (1961) but the method used is inconsistent in results when compared with Hodgson’s
(1957) method for recording the electrical responses from labial chemosensory hairs of the
blowfly to water soluble chemical stimuli. Antennal preparations have been used by a great
number of authors to characterize odour responses (Roys, 1954; Smith and Roys, 1955;
Boistel, Lecompte and Coraboeuf, 1956; Schneider, 1957a; Roessler, 1961; Schneider and
Boeckh, 1962; Boeckh, 1962; Schneider, Lacher and Kaissling, 1964; Lacher, 1964; Schnei-
der, Block, Boeckh and Priesner, 1967). Large probes placed in the antennae of insects to
record the activity from the antennal nerve do not record potential spikes of the frequency
354
Reddy
that would be expected from a single nerve fibre, but record overall potential changes
resulting from the stimulation of a large number of sensory neurons. Such a slow overall
change in electrical potential has been called an electroantennogram (Schneider, 1957a).
In the present investigation this preparation has been used to compare the antennal response
of cockroaches to various attractants and repellents, in the vapour phase and in the liquid
phase. A similar preparation has been used to study the effect of these chemicals on the
cockroach leg receptors and the effects compared with those obtained from the antennae.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Electrodes. — The electrodes used in most experiments were tungsten wire. The wire was
sharpened to a point by dipping in molten sodium nitrite and then polished electrolytically
after a method described by Hubei (1957). The tungsten needles were insulated to the tip
by dipping in Insulex, a vinyl lacquer (Donaldson, 1958). The impedance of tungsten elec-
trodes is quite high, depending on the size of the uninsulated tip, but decreases as the fre-
quency of an applied varying potential increases (Donaldson, 1958). This impedance varia-
tion in tungsten and other polarizable electrodes makes them unsuitable for the measure-
ment of static potentials such as the cell membrane resting potential, but they are quite
suitable for comparative studies of nerve action potentials, providing two identical elec-
trodes are used. They have the advantage of being mechanically robust compared with the
fragile glass micro-pipettes of the non-polarizable silver-silver chloride electrodes. Such
standard silver-silver chloride electrodes (Donaldson, 1958) were also used in a few prepara-
tions to check the results obtained with the tungsten electrodes. These were quite com-
parable; both tungsten and glass electrodes had an impedance of one to two megohms.
The preamplifier. — Shielded leads from the electrodes were connected to the input
(push-pull) stage of a battery operated Grass p-8 d-c preamplifier. The intrinsic noise level
of this model is rated at 20 microvolts at the maximum amplification of 2000, and is a little
greater than this in practice. This means that any detectable spike must be greater than 30
microvolts. High sensitivity of this order is necessary for a number of reasons. Although the
action potential across the membrane of a single nerve fibre is of the order of 1 00 millivolts
(Hodgkin, 1951), the full potential can only be detected by electrodes placed directly on
the membrane, and the recorded potential drops rapidly as the electrode distance from the
nerve fibre increases. This drop in potential is most often the case with recordings from
whole nerves or bundles of fibres, as in these experiments. Types of response are identified
by frequency not by amplitude.
The oscilloscope. — The output leads from the preamplifier were connected to the d-c
difference input terminals of a Tektronix dual-beam oscilloscope. With these connections,
the oscilloscope records only the difference in absolute potential between the two input
leads and potential fluctuations affecting both probes are not registered.
Permanent recordings were made with a Polaroid Land camera fixed on the bezel mount
flange of the screen. High contrast positive transparency film was used. The single shot
nature of the camera limited the number of recordings that could be made. Most of the
results are based on written notes taken during visual observations of the screen.
Methods of stimulation
Bursts of electrical activity in the ventral nerve cord of a cockroach are produced when
the cerci are stimulated mechanically with a puff of clean air from an eye dropper. A
similar eye dropper could be filled with a repellent or attractant vapour and any of the
preparations could be subjected to a puff or treated air.
Action of repellents
355
Vapour stimulation without the accompanying puff was achieved by merely holding a
glass rod which had been dipped in the liquid repellent or attractant, close to the preparatioa
Repellents were applied in liquid form with a squirrel hair paint brush.
The most common method of delivering a vapour stimulus to electrophysiological prep-
arations is by adding the chemical stimulus to a continuous stream of vapour blown over
the preparation. This tends to produce mechanical vibrations of the preparation which are
transduced into electrical pulses (Schneider, 1957b). A more gentle method of delivering
a vapour stimulus was devised. The leg or antennal preparation was set up on a cork stopper
in a glass vial so that the leg or antenna protruded through a hole in the stopper into the
lumen of the vial. Two pieces of glass tubing were welded into the bottom of the vial and
rubber hose attached to these. A slow water flow was maintained through these tubes
across the bottom of the vial. A hypodermic syringe could be filled with saturated chemical
vapour, and a bubble of known volume injected into the rubber tubing. The bubble would
travel slowly along the tubing and pop up into the vial, exposing the preparation to what-
ever vapour the bubble contained without causing any violent mechanical artifacts. This
preparation was only good for vapours insoluble in water, and for single stimulations or
combined effects, since there was no way of removing the vapour once it had been delivered.
Repellents used were MGK R-874 ( 2-hydroxy ethyl-n-octyl sulphide), dimethyl phthalate
and diethyl toluamide; other chemicals used included benzene, toluene, and ether; the
attractant used was banana vapour. Ripe bananas produced a vapour extremely attractive
to cockroaches, although the active ingredients have not been determined (Dethier, 1947).
More sophisticated apparatus was available for the Blattella work than that used with
Periplaneta, but the methods and techniques were basically the same. Silver-silver chloride
electrodes were used, the reference electrode being placed generally in the body of the cock-
roach and the recording electrode placed by micromanipulator on the desired nerve via
a fluid-filled microcapillary. The signals went through a Medistor A-35 electrometer ampli-
fier (single-sided input) and a Tektronix Type 122 amplifier to a Tektronix 502 oscilloscope.
Permanent records were taken with a Grass C4 camera, which inverts the traces (positive is
down in Fig. 9-15). The apparatus was capable of making continuous recordings of greater
sensitivity than the apparatus described in the previous section. The nerve activity recorded
ranged from 8-1000 Hz, in contrast to the slow d-c shifts recorded with Periplaneta.
RESULTS
American cockroaches Periplaneta americana (L.) were mainly used for this work because
their size made them convenient for operation. They were readily available from laboratory
cultures, and their nervous anatomy is well known.
Probes were placed with the aid of two Leitz micromanipulator units mounted on a
cast steel base. The operation was observed through a Zeiss binocular steromicroscope.
Four basic insect preparations were used:
Cereal preparation (American cockroach). — Decapitated cockroaches were dissected
from the dorsal side, revealing the ventral nerve cord. Probes were placed under the ventral
nerve cord about 1 mm apart and the cord lifted slightly off the underlying tissue. The
abdominal cavity was then filled with mineral oil, which prevented desiccation as well as
stimulation of the cord itself due to the presence of repellent vapour (Roys, 1954).
Mechanical stimulation of cockroach cerci either by a puff of air or by touching with a
needle produces easily recorded electrical activity in the ventral nerve cord. Spikes of
various amplitudes may be present and in general it can be said that spikes of different
amplitudes represent recordings from different nerve fibres. Since the action potential of
356
Reddy
all nerve tissue is about 100 millivolts (Hodgkin, 1951) two main factors are responsible
for different amplitudes being recorded. These are: the distance of the probes from the
various nerve fibres, since recorded potential drops rapidly as the distance of the probe
from the neuron membrane increases; the size of the neuron in question, since although the
action potential of all neurons is similar the current is not, and a large current from a large
fibre records as a higher potential than a small current from a small fibre. The frequency of
the recorded spikes from the cereal preparation depends on the intensity of the stimulation,
the greater the stimulation the greater the frequency (Roeder, 1953). Action potentials
recorded from the abdominal cord in a cereal preparation to a burst of stimulation such as
a puff of air are bursts of high frequency spikes which adapt slowly approaching the normal
resting activity of the nerve. No difference in the spike amplitude or frequency of the
recordings was observed between a cereal preparation stimulated with clean air and the same
preparation stimulated by a puff of air containing any chemical whatsoever, repellent or
attractant. Furthermore, the mechanical response was not affected by painting the cerci
with liquid repellent. It should be noted here again that the ventral nerve cord was covered
with mineral oil to prevent it being directly affected by chemical vapours. Refined mineral
oil itself does not appear to affect the preparation in any way other than to increase its
longevity by preventing desiccation.
Complete antennal preparation (American cockroach). — The head of the cockroach was
removed from the body and dissected in the eye region to reveal the antennal nerve. Two
probes were placed on the nerve and the exposed preparation was covered with mineral
oil. Since, in this preparation, the brain was still intact and connected to the antennal nerve,
the recordings were complicated by signals going from the brain through the motor neurons.
Detached antennal preparation (American cockroach). - A cockroach antenna was cut
off near the base and a reference electrode inserted well into the antenna lumen. Fluid soon
congealed in the space between the electrode and the antennal walls, preventing desiccation
of the interior of the antenna. A very fine recording electrode was inserted at a joint in the
antenna, usually between segments 5 and 6 (Roys, 1954). Beyond the first antennal seg-
ments, there are no muscles in a cockroach antenna, and any signals received from this
type of preparation are of sensory origin.
Antennal preparations where the antennal nerve was still attached to the brain produced
spikes which could be associated with the antennal muscles (Fig. 1). These spikes were of a
frequency range normally associated with nerve - muscle preparations, about 1 00 spikes per
second. These unwanted signals disappeared in preparations where the antenna was removed
from the head, and the only action potentials recorded from such preparations in still clean
air, were from weak mechanical vibrations (Fig. 2). These mechanovibrations just showed
above the 20 microvolt limit of amplification of the apparatus. Neither the muscle spikes
nor the response to mechano-vibrations could be confused with the 40 times slower fre-
quency changes of the electroantennograms. Slow potential changes of the electroantenno-
gram are thought to be the summed potentials coming from the many receptors on the
antenna. The cockroach antenna responded quite violently to stimulation by banana vapour
(Fig. 3). The response to repellent vapours was much less marked (Fig. 4 right) and closely
resembled in amplitude the continuous stimulation produced when the antenna was painted
with liquid repellent (Fig. 5). Breaks appeared in the response to continuous repellent appli-
cation (Fig. 5). Such breaks were also noted by Roys (1954). After stimulation with repel-
lent vapour the response of the antenna to stimulation by attractant vapour was consider-
ably reduced for several minutes (Fig. 4). Full recovery was effected after about 20 to 30
minutes. Benzene, toluene, and ether vapours acted very similarly to the vapours of repel-
lents such as MGK R-874, diethyl toluamide, and dimethyl phthalate (Fig. 6).
Action of repellents
357
■ M'i iiwi h» in mini 1'H i" 1
50 msec
I50
J
« I
50 msec
2sec
i I
1 sec
Fig. 1-6. Periplaneta americana. 1. Complete antennal preparation. Nerve-muscle potentials whose presence makes this
type of preparation unsuitable for investigations into chemosensory responses. Note the frequency of the responses from
the time base. 2-6. Detached antennal preparations. 2. Action potentials recorded from an isolated antenna in still clean
air. These weak potentials were the only noted steady state responses from the preparation. The baseline of about 20jtfV
shows the limit of amplification of the recording apparatus. 3. Electroantennogram from an antenna stimulated with an
attractant, banana vapour. Stimulus applied by holding a glass rod which had been dipped in crushed banana, near the
preparation. Note the time base; this is a very slow-changing potential. 4. Responses to stimulation with banana vapour
(left) and repellent vapour (right), 5 minutes after exposing the preparation to repellent vapour for 1 minute. The
repellent was MGK R-874, and the stimuli were applied with glass rods. The decreased amplitude of the attractant
response (cf. Fig. 3) shows the very slow recovery of the preparation from the effects of repellents. 5. Response to
liquid repellent MGK R-874 painted on the antenna. The amplitude of the response is similar to that obtained from
repellent vapour (Fig. 4). The breaks seen in the response to continuous stimulation were noted by Roys (1954).
6. Response to benzene vapour delivered by the bubble apparatus. Allowing for the greater scale of this recording
compared with that of Fig. 3, 4, and 5, this response is similar to that produced by insect repellents.
358
Reddy
Leg preparation (American cockroach). — The decapitated cockroach was dissected in
the coxal region of the foreleg. The main nerve leading from the leg (ganglionic nerve No. 5)
was severed from the ganglion and probes placed on it. The exposed region was covered with
mineral oil to prevent desiccation.
The cockroach leg did not respond to the attractant vapour at all. The leg did respond to
repellent vapours in very much the same way as the antenna (Fig. 7). Repellent liquids
painted on the leg produced the same sort of response as vapours except that the duration
of response was much greater. I could detect no difference in the response of the legs to
stimulation by liquid repellents from the response of the antennae (Fig. 8). The presence
of repellent liquid on the leg caused stimulation for a great length of time, breaks in the
stimulation gradually becoming longer and longer. However, activity was still noted even
after an hour and a half (Fig. 8). Benzene, toluene, and ether all acted similarly to repellents
when applied to the leg in either liquid or vapour form although the response, particularly
to ether, was slightly more pronounced.
i i
2 sec
Fig. 7-8. Periplaneta americana, leg preparations. 7. Response to repellent vapour, dimethyl phthalate. Two separate
stimulations from a treated glass rod. The leg is not as sensitive as the antenna, but the form of the response is very similar.
8. Recording taken 90 minutes after painting the leg with liquid DMP. The breaks between the bursts of activity are much
longer than they were just after the onset of stimulation, cf. antennal preparation, Fig. 5.
Although most of the experiments were done with the American cockroach, some tests
were carried out with the German cockroach Blattella germanica (L.) so that the results
could be compared with previous behavioural findings (Reddy, 1970). Adult male German
cockroaches were used for all the following experiments. The insects were between 3 and 1 0
days old and had been reared at 23 C. Each specimen was anaesthetized with carbon
dioxide, attached to a wax coated slide and allowed to recover for 30 minutes. The probes
were placed in the cockroach and the recordings made in the dark. The repellent stimuli,
both vapour and liquid were applied by means of a fine glass rod which had been dipped in
MGK R-874. A flashlight was used during stimulus application, since the bench light caused
60 cycle interference. The light itself did not appear to affect the preparation.
Action of repellents
359
Cereal preparation (German cockroach). - The recording electrode was placed on one of
the two cereal nerves posterior to the last abdominal ganglion, and the exposed preparation
covered in mineral oil. Although this preparation responded well to mechanical stimuli, no
response was obtained when a glass rod dipped in MGK R-874 was held near the cercus.
When liquid MGK R-874 was applied to the cercus with a glass rod there was a short initial
response to the mechanical stimulation, but no further response to the repellent itself
(Fig. 9).
Antennal preparation (German cockroach). - The recording electrode was placed in the
antenna in the region of the sixth antennal segment. When a glass rod dipped in MGK
R-874 was held near the antenna, a sharp burst of electrical activity lasting about 1 second
was recorded (Fig. 10). When the antenna was painted with liquid MGK R-874, activity
of similar amplitude and duration was noted (Fig. 11). This was followed by a resting
period of about 2 seconds, another burst of activity, a resting period of 3 seconds, more
activity and so on, with the periods of inactivity getting longer. Similar patterns of activity
were observed when the preparation was subjected to continuous stimulation by MGK
R-874 vapour. This pattern was also noted by Roys (1954). The antennal responses to
MGK R-874 were obtained in 9 out of 10 attempts.
Leg preparation (German cockroach). — With the recording electrode placed in the tibial
region of an isolated cockroach foreleg, responses could only be obtained in 5 out of 10
attempts, probably due to the greater difficulty in placing the probe on the nerve. The
response of the leg to MGK R-874 vapour was similar to that of the antennae, but of shorter
duration (about Vi second, Fig. 12). The response of the leg to MGK R-874 liquid was
Vi second bursts of activity with intermittent resting periods similar to those noted for the
antennae (Fig. 13).
Palp preparation (German cockroach). — The recording electrode was placed in the first
segment of a labial palp, and the rest of the mouthparts sealed with wax to prevent undue
mechanical activity. No response to MGK R-874 vapour could be obtained (Fig. 14). In
four out of six attempts the palps responded to MGK R-874 liquid with irregular bursts of
activity and resting periods (Fig. 15). The resting periods were shorter than those observed
in the legs and antennae.
The electrophysiological experiments with Blattelia confirmed the general conclusions
reached with Periplaneta. Both the legs and antennae can respond to both the vapour and
liquid phases of repellent. The type of nervous response was similar for both liquid and
vapour with the legs and antennae of Blattelia. The bursts of activity produced by the legs
were of shorter duration than those produced by the antennae. The situation with the palps
is not clear; I could detect a response to liquid MGK R-874 but not to vapour. It is possible
that the small number of chemosensory organs present on the palps are contact chemo-
receptors in the sense that they respond only to very high concentrations of chemical
stimuli.
DISCUSSION
My experiments with the American cockroach indicate that insects respond similarly to
both repellents and irritant chemicals such as benzene, toluene, and ether. This is not sur-
prising; benzene for instance, is a known insect repellent, but it has no commercial applica-
tion since it is so volatile.
Roys (1954) noted that the exposed ventral nerve cord of insects can be stimulated by
irritant chemicals. Even if the response to an irritant chemical stimulus is a fundamental
9
1
mechanical
stimulation
0. 1 sec
mv
10
WAT
t i 'Hi H
■ vfl I-Vt* 1 ‘j
*'• * * !{ip fi
Id
Wf
iijSni
0. 1 sec
11
*»■.» ‘ * -V*S. •* t ♦v*** '• ■ **■’"*!
<r *♦ »v ^ <■■• V »«W*. . -
'*•*. It » &W «»*. *** MMK, trxx
, !*••»•.« : ’y- ?
i 1
mv
0. 1 sec
12
»' / ’ «"■ i. »•' -v
0. 1 sec
1
mv
0. 1 sec
14
0. 1 sec
1
mv
15 •>'*' ^
pf ' •Vv^v.v.V‘-v^.-.A.v >/f^ -■. \ ■, ‘ ' ''' •/' .
0. 1 sec
1
mv
Fig. 9-15. Blattella germanica. 9. Recording from the left cereal nerve. After the slight initial response to mechanical
stimulation, no activity was produced by MGK R-874 liquid. 10. Response of the right antennal nerve to stimulation by
MGK R-874 vapour. 11. Response of the right antennal nerve to stimulation with MGK R-874 liquid. The vertical
recording scale is one half that of Fig. 10, which makes both these responses of the same order of amplitude. This
response was followed by alternating resting periods and further activity. 12. Response from the right foreleg after
stimulation with MGK R-874 vapour. 13. Response from the right foreleg after stimulation with MGK R-874 liquid.
This response was followed by alternating resting periods and further activity. 14. Recording from the left labial palp.
Lack of response to stimulation by MGK R-874 vapour. 15. Recording from the left labial palp. Response to MGK R-874
liquid. This response was followed by irregular resting periods and activity.
Action of repellents
361
property of all nervous tissue, that tissue must be exposed to the chemical for any response
to be noted. The sensory nerves of insect mechanoreceptors are not exposed to the surface,
but are protected by the insect cuticle which is a good barrier to most chemicals (Ebeling,
1964). This may explain why I could demonstrate no effect by repellents on mechano-
reception in the American cockroach. For chemoreception to be possible, chemicals must
have access to sensory tissue, and insect chemoreceptors have pores or openings which make
this possible, (Dethier, 1955; Slifer and Sekhon, 1962). Indeed, the chemoreceptors and
possibly the hygoreceptors seem to be the only locations on insects where nervous tissue is
exposed to stimulation by chemicals, and for this reason are the areas where insect repel-
lents act.
In a previous paper (Reddy, 1970) behavioural evidence was given for locating the main
sensory areas on the German cockroach to the repellent MGK R-874 on the antennae, with
sensory areas of secondary importance on the legs. The vapour phase of the repellent was
more effective than the liquid phase. Combining this behavioural evidence with the electro-
physiological evidence in this paper, I interpret the emerging pattern as follows. The prin-
cipal sites of action of insect repellents are on the legs and antennae, and to a lesser extent
on the labial palps. These areas possess thin walled chemoreceptors which are the only
parts of insects where chemicals have access through the cuticle to the sensory tissue. The
chemoreceptors on both the antennae and legs can respond to both vapours and liquids, and
do so in a similar electrophysiological way. In practice insect antennae are rarely in contact
with the substrate and therefore play little part in the behavioural response to contact repel-
lency. In practice the vapour phase of repellents is more important than the liquid phase
because both the antennae and legs are exposed to vapours and the antennae have more
chemoreceptors than do the legs. The antennal receptors of American cockroaches respond
to attractant vapour but the leg receptors do not, therefore either there are two types of
receptor neuron on the antennae (one for attractants and one for repellents) or the antennal
receptor neurons differ from those of the legs in being able to respond to both attractants
and repellents. The latter theory would require that there are different biochemical mecha-
nisms involved in the reception of attractants as compared with repellents and irritant
chemicals. Now the response of the American cockroach antenna to banana vapour was
considerably reduced after the preparation had been exposed to repellents. If the olfactory
receptors for attractants are capable of responding to repellents by a separate mechanism,
then this reduction in attractant response must be due to adaptation along the nerve axon
and not to competition at the site of action. On the other hand, if the neurons responsible
for the reception of repellents are separate from those responsible for the perception of
attractants, they cannot act independently or repellents would not cause a reduction in the
attractant response.
Repellent treated mosquitoes do not display their normal response to humidity and
carbon dioxide (Wright, 1962). The receptors for both humidity and carbon dioxide are
found on the antennae of insects and closely resemble other chemoreceptors in structure,
many of them having pores opening to the surface. Some of these receptors are also sensitive
to heat (Lacher, 1964).
If repellents can stimulate olfactory, gustatory, hygro- and carbon dioxide receptors in
insects, and fail to stimulate the mechanoreceptors only because the concerned neurons
are not exposed, then the confused behaviour of repellent treated insects noted by Khan
(1965) is not surprising. I do not think that the sensory mechanisms of insects are so
inelegant in function as to allow total disruption of their powers of discrimination by repel-
lents, especially since the standard insect response to high concentration of repellent is
oriented repulsion.
362
Reddy
There is convincing electrophysiological evidence for the presence of distinct neurons
which respond to general or irritant chemical stimuli (Hodgson, 1957; Boeckh, Kaissling
and Schneider, 1965). These ‘generalist’ neurons are commonly associated in the receptor
end organs with ‘specialist’ neurons which respond to a more restricted class of chemicals
such as sugar (Hodgson, 1957), or attractants (Schneider, 1962). Even hygroreceptors con-
tain at least two neurons and carbon dioxide sensory are similar in structure to other chemo-
receptors (Lacher, 1 964). The ‘specialist’ neurons of chemosensory organs respond to attrac-
tants or stimulants such as sugar, and the ‘generalist’ neurons respond to a wider range of
chemical stimuli. Inhibition of the ‘specialist’ impulse potentials by ‘generalist’ receptor
potentials could account for the observations that repellents reduce the response to attrac-
tants and disrupt the behavioural response to humidity and carbon dioxide. Inhibition,
however, does not account for the general sensitivity of nerve tissue to irritant chemicals
(Roys, 1954).
The known facts of repellency are best accounted for by combining a two neuron system
with an overall sensitivity to irritant chemicals and repellents, as follows.
All chemoreceptors in insects (including hygroreceptors and carbon dioxide receptors)
contain at least two types of sensory neurons, the ‘generalists’ which respond to a wide
spectrum of chemical stimuli, and the ‘specialists’ which respond selectively to a narrow
range of chemical stimuli at a much greater sensitivity.
Both types of receptor can respond to general irritant chemicals such as repellents,
through the common chemical sense. At very low concentrations of repellent stimulus,
only the ‘specialist’ receptors would respond, resulting in attraction.
At higher concentrations of repellent, the ‘specialist’ receptors for all types of attractant
stimuli including water, carbon dioxide and heat are stimulated and some of the ‘generalist’
neurons are stimulated, causing slight decrease in activity of the ‘specialist’ impulse poten-
tials. The result is confusion, disorientation and various types of abnormal behaviour. At a
very high concentration of repellents, total stimulation of the ‘generalist’ neurons produces
total decrease in activity of the ‘specialist’ impulse potential resulting in active repellency.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I wish to thank R. F. Ruth, W. G. Evans, R. H. Gooding, D. A. Craig and B. Hocking
for help and advice and T. R. Pearson for the loan of equipment. The work was supported
by the Defence Research Board of Canada, the United States Army and the Province and
University of Alberta.
REFERENCES
Boeckh, J. 1962. Elektrophysiologische Untersuchungen an einzelnen Geruchsrezeptoren
auf den Antennen des Totengr'abers ( Necrophorus , Coleoptera). Z. vergl. Physiol. 46:
212-248.
Boeckh, J., K. E. Kaissling and D. Schneider. 1965. Insect olfactory receptors. Cold Spr.
Harb. Sym. quant. Biol. 30: 263-280.
Boistel, J., J. Lecompte and E. Coraboef. 1956. Quelques aspects de l’etude electrophysio-
logique des recepteurs sensoriels des antennes d’hymenopteres. Insectes Soc. 3: 25-31.
Dethier, V. G. 1947. Chemical insect attractants and repellents. Blakiston Co., Philadelphia,
Pa., 289 pp.
Action of repellents
363
Dethier, V. G. 1955. The physiology and histology of the contact chemoreceptors of the
blowfly. Quart. Rev. Biol. 30: 348-371.
Donaldson, P. E. K. 1958. Electronic apparatus for biological research. Butterworths Scien-
tific Publications, London, 718 pp.
Ebeling, W. 1964. The permeability of insect cuticle. In the Physiology of Insecta. M.
Rockstein (ed.) Vol. III. Academic Press, N. Y.
Hodgkin, A. L. 1951. The ionic basis of electrical activity in nerve and muscle. Biol. Rev.
26: 339-409.
Hodgson, E. S. 1957. Electrophysiological studies of arthopod chemoreception. II. Respon-
ses of labellar chemoreceptors of the blowfly to stimulation by carbohydrates. J. Insect.
Physiol. 1 : 240-247.
Hubei, D. H. 1957. Tungsten microelectrode for recording from single units. Science 125:
549-550.
Khan, A. A. 1965. Effects of repellents on mosquito behaviour. Quaest. ent. 1: 1-35.
Lacher, V. 1964. Elektrophysiologische Untersuchungen an einzelnen Receptoren fur
Geriich, Kohlendioxyd, Luftfeuchtigkeit und Temperatur auf den Antennen der Arbeits-
biene und der Drohne ( Apis mellifica L.). Z. vergl. Physiol. 48: 587-623.
Morita, H. and S. Yamashita. 1961. Receptor potentials from sensilla basiconica on the
antennae of the silkworm larvae, Bombyx mori. J. exp. Biol. 38: 851-861.
Reddy, M. J. 1970. The mode of action of insect repellents I: choice chamber experiments
with the German cockroach Blattella germanica (L.). Quaest. ent. 6(4): 339-352.
Roeder, K. D. 1953. Electrical activity in nerves and Ganglia. In Insect Physiology. K. D.
Roeder (ed.) J. Wiley and Sons, N. Y.
Roessler, H. P. 1961. Versuche zur geruchlicher Anlockung weiblicher Stechmiicken (Aedes
aegypti L., Culicidae). Z. vergl. Physiol. 44: 184-231.
Roys, C. 1954. Olfactory nerve potentials a direct measure of chemoreception in insects.
Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 58: 250-255.
Schneider, D. 1957a. Electrophysiological investigation on the antennal receptors of the
silk moth during chemical and mechanical stimulation. Experientia 13: 89.
Schneider, D. 1957b. Elektrophysiologische Untersuchungen von Chemo- und Mechano-
rezeptoren der Antenne des Seidenspinners Bombyx mori L. Z. vergl. Physiol. 40: 8-41.
Schneider, D. 1952. Electrophysiological investigation on the olfactory specificity of sexual
attracting substances in different species of moths. J. Insect. Physiol. 8: 15-30.
Schneider, D., B. C. Block, J. Boeckh and E. Priesner. 1967. Die Reaktion der m'annlichen
Seidenspinner auf Bombykol und seine Isomeren: Electroantennogram und Verhalten.
Z. vergl. Physiol. 54: 192-209.
Schneider, D. and J. Boeckh. 1962. Rezeptorpotential und Nervenimpulse einzelner olfak-
torischer Sensillen der Insecktantenne. Z. vergl. Physiol. 45: 405-412.
Schneider, D., V. Lacher and K.— E. Kaissling. 1964. Die Reaktionsweise und das Reak-
tionsspektrum von Reichzellen bei Antheraea pemyi (Lepidopter, Satumiidae). Z. vergl.
Physiol. 48: 632-662.
Silfer, E. H. and S. S. Sekhon. 1962. The fine structure of the sense organs on the antennal
flagellem of the yellow fever mosquito Aedes aegypti L. J. Morph. Ill: 49-68.
Smith, M. H. and C. C. Roys. 1955. Chemoreception in insects and the action of DDT.
Biol. Bull. mar. biol. Lab., Wood’s Hole 108: 66-76.
Wright, R. H. 1962. The attraction and repulsion of mosquitoes. World Review of Pest
Control 1(4): 1-12.
364
ANNOUNCEMENTS
Due to a lack of demand, the 3x5 inch and 5x8 inch abstract card editions of
Quaestiones entomologicae are discontinued, effective with the April 1970 issue (Volume
6, No. 2 and on).
Entomology abstracts published by CCM Information Corporation (prepared by Infor-
mation Retrieval Limited) and Abstracts of Entomology published by Biological Abstracts
have been received by the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta. We expect
to publish a review of these journals after their first year of publication.
Corrigenda:
Quaest. ent. 6(3): 298 (July 1970)
Fig. 2, under Chrysops frigidus add one fly Aug. 7 and one fly Aug. 10; under Chrysops
furcatus add two flies Aug. 7; under Aty lotus incisuralis add six flies Aug. 7, 1 1 flies Aug.
10, and one fly each Aug. 13, 19, and 22.
X